WORKING PAPER
Bioterrorism and
Biocrimes
The Illicit Use of Biological
Agents Since 1900
W. Seth Carus
August 1998
(February 2001 Revision)
Center for Counterproliferation Research
National Defense University
Washington, D.C.
ii
Opinions, conclusions, and recommendations expressed or implied
within are solely those of the author, and do not necessarily represent the
views of the National Defense University, the Department of Defense, or any
other U.S. Government agency.
This study documents numerous instances in which someone claimed
that individuals or groups engaged in criminal conduct. The sources of the
allegations are documented in the text. Every effort has been made to
distinguish between instances in which the alleged conduct led to criminal
convictions and those that were never authoritatively proven.
This is a work in progress. The author welcomes comments,
especially those that correct errors, identify additional cases for research, or
identify additional sources of information on any of the existing cases.
Because additional research can change conclusions based on this data, the
author encourages readers to contact him before they use of any of the data
discussed in this manuscript. Please direct comments to the following
address:
Dr. W. Seth Carus
Center for Counterproliferation Research
National Defense University
Fort McNair, Building 62, Room 211
Washington, D.C. 20319-6000
Voice: 202-685-2242
Fax: 202-685-2264
iii
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS..........................................................................................................................III
PREFACE..............................................................................................................................................V
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS......................................................................................................................VII
PART I: BIOTERRORISM IN PERSPECTIVE............................................................................... 1
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 3
What is Bioterrorism?.................................................................................................................... 3
Studying Bioterrorism .................................................................................................................... 4
CHAPTER 2 : THE PRACTICE................................................................................................................ 7
Experience of Bioterrorism............................................................................................................ 7
Trends in Bioterrorism................................................................................................................. 10
Acquiring Biological Agents ........................................................................................................ 12
Employing Biological Agents....................................................................................................... 16
CHAPTER 3 : THE PRACTITIONERS .................................................................................................... 25
Nature of the Perpetrators ........................................................................................................... 25
Terrorist Group Characteristics .................................................................................................. 27
Operational Considerations......................................................................................................... 31
PART II: CASES................................................................................................................................. 33
CHAPTER 4 : CASE DEFINITION ......................................................................................................... 35
Sources of information ................................................................................................................. 37
Assessing the data ........................................................................................................................ 38
Organization of cases................................................................................................................... 39
CHAPTER 5 : USE OF BIOLOGICAL AGENTS....................................................................................... 42
Confirmed Use.............................................................................................................................. 42
Probable or Possible Use............................................................................................................. 76
CHAPTER 6 : THREATENED USE ........................................................................................................ 95
Threatened Use (Probable or Known Possession)....................................................................... 95
Threatened Use (No Known Possession) ................................................................................... 104
Threatened Use (Anthrax Hoaxes)............................................................................................. 122
CHAPTER 7 : POSSESSION................................................................................................................ 151
Confirmed Possession ................................................................................................................ 151
Probable or Possible Possession ............................................................................................... 154
CHAPTER 8 : OTHER........................................................................................................................ 161
Possible Interest in Acquisition (No Known Possession)........................................................... 161
False cases and hoaxes .............................................................................................................. 167
APPENDIX A: LIST OF CASES .................................................................................................... 179
SOURCES.......................................................................................................................................... 199
INDEX .............................................................................................................................................. 205
ABOUT THE AUTHOR....................................................................................................................... 209
v
Preface
This is the eighth revision of a working paper on biological terrorism first released in August 1998.
The last version was released in April 2000. As with the earlier versions, it is an interim product of the research
conducted by the author into biological terrorism at the National Defense University’s Center for
Counterproliferation Research. It incorporates new cases identified through December 31, 2000, as well as a
considerable amount of new material on older cases acquired since publication of the previous revision.
The working paper is divided into two main parts. The first part is a descriptive analysis of the illicit
use of biological agents by criminals and terrorists. It draws on a series of case studies documented in the
second part. The case studies describe every instance identifiable in open source materials in which a
perpetrator used, acquired, or threatened to use a biological agent. While the inventory of cases is clearly
incomplete, it provides an empirical basis for addressing a number of important questions relating to both
biocrimes and bioterrorism. This material should enable policymakers concerned with bioterrorism to make
more informed decisions.
In the course of this project, the author has researched over 270 alleged cases involving biological
agents. This includes all incidents found in open sources that allegedly occurred during the 20
th
Century. While
the list is certainly not complete, it provides the most comprehensive existing unclassified coverage of
instances of illicit use of biological agents. Research into the cases is ongoing, and additional information will
be incorporated as further information is uncovered.
vii
Acknowledgements
This working paper could not have been prepared without the assistance of a large number Most
important were my colleagues at the Center for Counterproliferation Research at the National Defense
University. Ambassador Robert Joseph, director of the Center when the bulk of the work was conducted,
provided the author with the opportunity to work at the Center, which provided the time needed to research and
write this manuscript. He showed extraordinary forbearance and support for this project. In addition, his
careful editing substantially strengthened the manuscript.
Writing this study would have been impossible without the expert guidance provided by many people
who took the time to explain the arcana of biological warfare. To all of them, I express my appreciation. In
particular, I have benefited from the willingness of several people who have had first hand experience in the
development of biological agents to spend time explaining the esoteric art of biological warfare. This includes
the late Thomas Dashiell, William J. Patrick III, and Ken Alibek.
Detailed research into two of the bioterrorism incidents was supported in part by Jonathan Tucker and
the Monterey Institute for International Studies. Case studies based on that research were published in Jonathan
B. Tucker, editor, Toxic Terror: Assessing Terrorist Use of Chemical and Biological Agents (Cambridge,
Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2000). In addition, the author benefited considerably from interactions with his
fellow authors, although the conclusions reached here sometimes differ from theirs.
The author is grateful for the assistance provided by the staff of the National Defense University
Library. In particular, the author is indebted to Jeannemarie Faison, Lorna Dodt, and Bruce Thornlow for their
expertise in performing electronic searches. Especially appreciated is the expert assistance of Katrina Elledge
provided valuable research assistance while serving as an intern at the Counterproliferation Center.
A considerable number of people have provided useful suggestions that corrected errors and otherwise
improved the manuscript. My thanks to Kathleen Bailey, Ph.D., Gordon Burck, LTC George W. Christopher,
USAF, MC, Joseph Goldberg, Ph.D., Ambassador Read Hanmer, Dave Huxsoll, D.V.M., Ph.D., Noreen A.
Hynes, M.D., M.P.H., Ambassador Robert Joseph, Ph.D., Shellie A. Kolavic, DDS, Cornelius G. McWright,
Ph.D., Dennis Perrotta, Ph.D., and Brad Roberts, Ph.D. I am indebted to them all. Any remaining errors are the
fault of the author.
Finally, the research and writing of this study was guided in many ways, more than she may realize,
by the sage advice and expert assistance of my wife, Noreen.
viii
PART I:
BIOTERRORISM IN
PERSPECTIVE
2
3
Chapter 1:
Introduction
During the past five years, the threat of bioterrorism has become a subject of widespread concern.
Journalists, academics, and policy analysts have considered the subject, and in most cases found much to alarm
them. Most significantly, it has captured the attention of policy makers at all levels of government in the
United States. Unfortunately, bioterrorism remains a poorly understood subject. Many policymakers and policy
analysts present apocalyptic visions of the threat, contending that it is only a matter of time before some
terrorist uses biological agents to cause mass casualties. In contrast, other analysts argue that the empirical
record provides no basis for concern, and thus largely dismiss the potential threat.
Neither approach is helpful. Imagining catastrophic threats inevitably leads to a requirement for
impossibly large response capabilities. In contrast, denying the potential danger altogether leads to the kind of
tunnel vision that led U.S. intelligence officials to totally ignore the emergence of Aum Shinrikyo in Japan,
despite its overtly hostile attitude towards the United States. This study takes an intermediate course. It
provides empirical evidence to support the views of those who argue that biological agents are difficult to use.
It also provides abundant evidence that some people have desired to inflict mass casualties on innocent
populations through employment of biological agents. Fortunately, these accounts also suggest that such
people lacked the capability to follow through with their plans. The research also casts considerable doubt on
our ability to predict which biological agents a perpetrator might employ. While some analysts assume that
terrorists will use those agents that proved of most interest to state weapons programs, bioterrorists and
biocriminals have acquired and used agents of little or no value as weapons of war. Ultimately, the evidence
supports the view that bioterrorism is a low probability, potentially high consequence event.
What is Bioterrorism?
There is no commonly accepted definition of bioterrorism. For purposes of this study, bioterrorism is
assumed to involve the threat or use of biological agents by individuals or groups motivated by political,
religious, ecological, or other ideological objectives. This definition, which emerged from the research
recorded in this volume, differs in several significant ways from many of the widely accepted definitions of
terrorism. Official definitions of terrorism generally emphasize that terrorism is intended to intimidate
governments or societies.
1
In essence, the core of terrorism is the ability to terrorize. The definition of
bioterrorism adopted here does not require such a motivation, although it also does not exclude it. A definition
that focuses on political intimidation fails to capture two significant motivations for bioterrorism.
First, some terrorists are attracted to biological weapons because they understand that pathogens could
cause mass casualties on an unprecedented scale. Official definitions appear to exclude groups with
apocalyptic visions who are uninterested in influencing governments and seek instead to inflict mass casualties.
Traditional terrorists use violence as a means to an end. In contrast, proponents of catastrophic terrorism view
mass killing as the desired end. Groups of this type are not common, yet they do exist.
Second, other terrorists are attracted to unique features of bioterrorism that have nothing to do with
the intended psychological impact of biological weapons use. They see biological agents as a tool for achieving
specialized objectives not necessarily intended to directly influence government actions. Virtually all
bioterrorists seek to keep their use of biological agents a secret, because in many instances success depended
on the lack of appreciation that a disease outbreak was intentional.
A bioterrorist can include any non-state actor who uses or threatens to use biological agents on behalf
of a political, religious, ecological, or other ideological cause without reference to its moral or political justice.
1
There are multiple definitions of terrorism. The Department of Defense defines terrorism as “the calculated use of violence or
threat of violence to inculcate fear; intended to coerce or to intimidate governments or societies in the pursuit of goals that are generally
political, religious, or ideological.” See Joint Publication 1-02, DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, as found at
http://www.dtic.mil/doctrine/jel/doddict/. In contrast, the FBI defines terrorism as “the unlawful use of force or violence against persons or
property to intimidate or coerce a Government, the civilian population, or any segment thereof, in furtherance of political or social
objectives.” See Federal Bureau of Investigation, Terrorism in the United States 1995, as found at http://www.fbi.gov.
4
This includes non-state actors who operate in organized military units (as with guerillas) if biological agent use
was undertaken with covert, improvised delivery means.
Studying Bioterrorism
Despite all the attention devoted to bioterrorism, it remains surprisingly misunderstood. In part, this
reflects a lack of information about bioterrorism. Relatively little effort was devoted to its study, and the focus
of the small literature on the subject was largely theoretical.
2
Virtually nothing was written about past
examples of bioterrorism. Indeed, the first unclassified effort to systematically identify all bioterrorism
incidents was not conducted until 1995.
3
Given this apparent lack of interest, it is perhaps not surprising that
the first official account of the 1984 use of biological agents by the Rajneeshees was published only in 1997.
4
In the late 1990s, the gaps in our understanding of past terrorist interest in biological agents have been reduced
by several initiatives to explore the history of bioterrorism. The Monterey Institute for International Studies has
played a significant role in this process. It has created a comprehensive database of chemical and biological
terrorism incidents and has sponsored teams of scholars who have produced detailed case studies analyzing
terrorist resort to chemical and biological weapons.
5
In addition, several researchers have examined specific
instances of bioterrorism.
Study objectives
This volume reflects the result of a study initiated in early 1997 to address the lack of information
about bioterrorism. Part I provides a descriptive analysis of what is known about past instances of bioterrorism,
based on the comprehensive survey of all known bioterrorism incidents provided in Part II. Each of the
incidents included in Part II is described to the extent possible with the available information. In addition, the
data provided in this volume provides some insights useful for the debates about bioterrorism that erupted in
the late 1990s. In particular, it provides some insight into possible motivations for resort to bioterrorism and
the technical hurdles that face anyone attempting to use biological agents.
The result is a description and analysis of 54 alleged terrorist cases. The quality of the available
information, however, is such that only 27 of the cases can be substantiated.
6
Because it was clear that it would
be possible to identify few confirmed cases involving terrorist groups, the research included other types of
perpetrators, including criminals and covert use by governments.
7
These inclusions led to the addition of 82
criminal cases, of which there was confirmation on 56, and 113 cases where the perpetrators cannot be
characterized clearly as either criminals or terrorists (only 97 confirmed). Almost all of the confirmed cases
where a perpetrator cannot be identified are anthrax hoaxes. Most of these cases probably would be classified
as criminal incidents if more information about the perpetrators were available.
8
In addition, 20 of the cases
2
Among the past studies of bioterrorism are Jeffrey D. Simon, Terrorists and the Potential Use of Biological Weapons: A
Discussion of Possibilities, RAND report R-3771-AFMIC, December 1989, p. 8, Jessica Eve Stern, “Will Terrorists Turn to Poison?,”
Orbis, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Summer 1993), pp. 393-410, and Raymond Allan Zilinskas, “Terrorism and Biological Weapons: Inevitable
Alliance?,” Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Autumn 1990), pp. 44-72. See also the essays in Brad Roberts, editor,
Terrorism with Chemical and Biological Weapons (Alexandria, Virginia: Chemical and Biological Arms Control Institute, 1997).
3
The major exception was the survey of bioterrorism incidents by Ron Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism: The Threat
According to the Open Literature, Canadian Security Intelligence Service, June 1995.
4
Thomas J. Török, et al., “A Large Community Outbreak of Salmonellosis Caused by Intentional Contamination of Restaurant
Salad Bars,” JAMA, August 6, 1997, pp. 389-395.
5
The case studies are contained in Jonathan B. Tucker, editor, Toxic Terror: Assessing Terrorist Use of Chemical and
Biological Agents (Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2000). They provide a more detailed look at several of the cases included in this
volume. However, the conclusions in this volume sometimes differ from those of the authors of the Toxic Terror case studies..
6
The criteria for inclusion are discussed in Chapter 4, while the individual cases are described in Chapters 5 through 8. The
cases are listed in Appendix A.
7
Criminals are distinguished from terrorists by motivation and objective. Criminals are motivated by objectives such as
personal revenge or financial gain. They may be driven by psychological pathologies. They do not have larger ideological objectives.
8
In some instances, it is difficult to determine if perpetrators were motivated by political or criminal motivations. Several
perpetrators who tried to extort money from governments also made political demands. Since such political demands could have been a
cover for financial motivations, when little is known about the perpetrator’s true objectives it is impossible to determine whether an
incident should be considered terrorist or criminal. Some widely reported cases fall into this category. For example, Thomas Lavy, a
survivalist living in Arkansas, was arrested in 1995 on charges related to the possession of the toxin ricin. His motivations for acquiring the
ricin were never clarified before he committed suicide. Nor is it clear why Larry Wayne Harris purchased Yersinia pestis, the organism that
causes plague. Although Harris had links to white supremacist groups, including the Aryan Nation and the Christian Identity movement, he
5
involve allegations of covert state activities, although the evidence is compelling in only 11 of then. In all, 269
cases were researched involving allegations that terrorists, criminals, or covert state operators used, acquired,
threatened use, or took an interest in biological agents.
Although there are differences between terrorist and criminal uses of biological agents, the
biocriminal faces many of the same obstacles as the bioterrorist. Both must acquire, develop, and employ
biological weapons, so the technical constrains that appear in criminal cases are likely to apply for terrorist
cases. In addition, it is possible that criminal cases will be a leading indicator of possible terrorist interest in
biological agents. Nevertheless, the differences between terrorists and criminals suggest caution needs to be
exercised in extrapolating from the experience of criminals to that of terrorists.
claimed that the cultures were needed to support research on the development of medical treatments for the disease. The law enforcement
investigation uncovered no evidence that he had a more nefarious objective.
7
Chapter 2:
The Practice
The unique characteristics of biological agents make bioterrorism fundamentally different from other
forms of terrorism. Not only do biological agents differ radically from other weapons available to the terrorist,
but biological weapons also are substantially different from other weapons of mass destruction, such as
chemical and nuclear weapons. Assessing the prospects for bioterrorism requires an appreciation of how
biological agents can be acquired and how they are disseminated. Because terrorists are likely to be confronted
with many of the same obstacles faced by criminals in the acquisition and use of biological agents, both types
of actors are included in this discussion.
Experience of Bioterrorism
A starting point for evaluating the challenge posed by bioterrorism is an examination of the evidence
regarding the extent to which terrorists have used or thought about using biological agents. Some caution must
be exercised in evaluating the empirical data, because it is possible that future patterns will differ significantly
from past patterns of behavior. Hence, the following should be considered in the context of the subsequent
discussion of the factors that might affect the propensity of terrorists to resort to biological weapons.
Bioterrorism or Biocrimes
Interest in biological agents is not confined to groups with known political agendas. Indeed, most
individuals and groups who have used biological agents had traditional criminal motives. Hence, it is essential
to separate the clearly criminal perpetrators from those with political agendas, whether the motive is sectarian,
religious, or ecological. The available evidence, in fact, suggests that the vast majority of cases involve
criminal motives.
Extent of interest
To date, few terrorists have demonstrated an interest in bioterrorism, and fewer still tried to acquire
biological agents. As mentioned previously, open source accounts mention at least 54cases in which a terrorist
group allegedly had an interest in biological agents, but there is little evidence to confirm most of the cases.
Thus, there are only 27 cases in which there is more than minimal evidence that a terrorist group possessed,
attempted to acquire, threatened to use, or expressed interest in biological agents. Even in some of confirmed
cases, there is no way to determine the seriousness of the interest in biological agents. Terrorist groups
apparently acquired biological agents in only eight cases.
Terrorists have used biological agents, but rarely and with relatively little effect. A review of the cases
researched for this study confirms only five groups that used or tried to use biological agents. Although there
may be other examples that have never been publicly identified, only one of these cases is known to have
resulted in harm to people.
Rajneeshees: According to the FBI, there is only one instance in which a terrorist group operating in
the United States actually employed a chemical or biological agent.
9
This incident took place in September
1984. The perpetrators were members of the Rajneeshee, a religious cult that established a large commune in
Wasco County, a rural area east of Portland, Oregon. The Rajneeshees used Salmonella typhimurium, which
causes salmonellosis or food poisoning, to contaminate restaurant salad bars. An estimated 751 people became
ill because of that attack, including about 45 who were hospitalized. There were no fatalities. This is the only
bioterrorism incident in which human illness has been verified.
9
Testimony of John P. O’Neill, Supervisory Special Agent, Chief, Counterterrorism Section, Federal Bureau of Investigation,
p. 238, in Committee on Governmental Affairs, U.S. Senate, Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Part I.
8
Aum Shinrikyo: In addition to using sarin nerve gas in the Tokyo subway system, Aum Shinrikyo
produced biological agents and tried to use them. According to press reports, the Japanese police discovered
that the Aum’s membership included skilled scientists and technicians, including some with training in
microbiology. The Aum expressed an interest in several biological agents, allegedly including B. anthracis,
botulinum toxin, C. burnetii (Q-fever), and even Ebola. The Aum tried to disseminate biological agents,
including B. anthracis and botulinum toxin, but there is no evidence that they actually managed to produce any
pathogens or toxins. The group allegedly targeted the U.S. Navy base at Yokosuka in one of its attempted
attacks.
10
Dark Harvest: This little known group protested the continued anthrax contamination of Gruinard
Island, which is where the British military tested an anthrax bomb during World War Two. The group took
anthrax-contaminated soil, apparently from the island, and dumped it on the grounds of Porton Down, the site
of Britain’s biological and chemical weapons research establishment. The anthrax was in a form that was
highly unlikely to cause harm.
Mau Mau: The British believe that in late 1952 individuals associated with the Mau Mau African
independence movement were responsible for using a plant toxin to poison livestock in what is now Kenya.
The full extent of these activities is not known.
Polish Resistance: Multiple reports suggest that Polish resistance organizations used biological agents
against German forces during the early part of the World War Two. At least one Polish official claimed that
200 Germans were killed in this fashion, but the claim was never confirmed.
Motives for use
The review of cases identifies a number of reasons that led terrorists and criminals to become
interested in biological agents:
10
Sheryl WuDunn, Judith Miller, and William J. Broad, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted World,” New York Times, May 26,
1998, pp. A1, A10, provides the most thorough reporting of Aum’s biological warfare activities. See page 47 for additional details.
Table 1: Confirmed cases of illicit biological agent activity
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/Uncertain Total
Cases
Acquire and Use 5 16 0 21
Acquire 3 7 2 12
Interest 6 4 0 10
Threat/Hoax 13 29 95 137
Total Cases 27 56 97 180
Source: Based on cases reviewed in Part II. A brief explanation for the decision to include or exclude
each specific case is provided in Appendix A.
9
Mass murder: At least two terrorist groups, motivated by apocalyptic, millenarian visions of creating
a better society, clearly wanted to kill large numbers of people. In principle, such groups also could be
motivated by desires for revenge against a specific political or ethnic group. Steven Pera and Allan Schwander
formed a group, which they called R.I.S.E., with the intention of killing most of the human race so that
mankind could start over again. Aum Shinrikyo also wanted to murder large numbers of people as part of their
efforts to seize control of Japan.
Murder: Several terrorist groups are known to have considered biological agents as weapons to kill
specific individuals. In general, the perceived attractiveness of biological agents results from the belief that the
victim will appear to have died a natural death. The perpetrators hoped that it would prove impossible either to
detect the biological agent (especially if it was a toxin) or to determine that the victim was deliberately infected
(especially if it was a pathogen).
Incapacitation: In at least two instances, the perpetrators wanted to incapacitate large numbers of
people without necessarily killing anyone. According to press accounts, the Weathermen attempted to obtain
biological agents to infect water supplies. They hoped the repressive reaction of the government to such an
incident would radicalize the general population and create additional supporters for their cause. The
Rajneeshees also wanted to incapacitate the citizens of The Dalles, Oregon, so that the people of the
community could not vote in an upcoming election. While the circumstances of that attack are unlikely to
reappear, the case demonstrated that biological agents have utility as mass incapacitants.
Political statement: In one case, the perpetrators used biological agents to make a political statement.
This was the objective of Dark Harvest, a group that apparently was uninterested in causing harm to people or
property, but was willing to “use” of biological agents to send a political message.
Anti-agriculture: This can mean either targeting livestock or crops.
11
As previously mentioned, the
Mau Mau apparently used a plant toxin to kill cattle as part of a concerted campaign that involved known use
of other poisons, including arsenic. Besides this instance, there are no confirmed cases of threats against
11
Lester C. Caudle III, “The Biological Warfare Threat,” pp. 459-461, Frederick R. Sidell, et al., Medical Aspects of Chemical
and Biological Warfare (Washington, D.C.: Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, 1997), provides a summary of the
biological warfare threat to animals and crops.
Table 2: Objectives for using biological agents
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/ Uncertain Total
Cases
Murder 4 17 0 21
Terrorize 6 9 22 37
Extortion 0 13 3 16
Disruption 0 5 0 5
Anti-animal/crops 1 2 0 4
Mass Murder 4 0 0 3
Revenge 0 3 0 3
Incapacitation 2 0 0 2
Political statement 1 0 0 1
Unknown 9 7 72 88
Note: Because some perpetrators had multiple objectives, the totals in this table may
exceed the total number of cases.
10
agriculture.
12
Numerous biological agents can be used to target crops and livestock. The viability of the threat
is demonstrated by the efforts by several countries to develop biological agents for use against crops. The
United States Army weaponized several agents for use against crops prior to the 1969 decision to dismantle the
U.S. offensive BW program.
13
The Soviet Union had a substantial program to agents for use against crops and
animals.
14
Iraq admits that during the 1980s it was developing at least one biological agent for use against
crops, wheat cover smut, which kills the affected plants.
15
Criminal motives: An examination of criminal use of biological agents reveals additional motives.
Many of the criminal uses of biological agents involved extortion. Extortion was the motive in about 9 per cent
of the confirmed cases. Generally, the target was a food or grocery company. In only one of these cases is the
perpetrator known to have had the capability to undertake the threatened contamination. There is no
documented case of a terrorist group using biological agents to extort money. However, several unidentified
individuals tied political agendas to extortion plots involving threats of biological weapons use. Many of the
cases appear to involve deliberate efforts to terrorize the victims. In most of these cases, the perpetrator
appeared to want to accomplish nothing more than to make the victims worry about their health. At least one
case, involving the Japanese physician Dr. Mitsuru Suzuki, appears to have been motivated by the desire for
revenge. Suzuki was angry about the treatment he was receiving as a resident in his medical training, and
allegedly retaliated by infecting other health care providers and patients. Suzuki’s motivations are complicated
by suggestions that he may have been creating clinical cases to further his academic research into S. typhi.
Trends in Bioterrorism
The available evidence indicates that there is an explosion of interest by criminals in biological
agents. Forty of the 56 confirmed criminal cases occurred in the 1990s. Similarly, 19 of 27 confirmed terrorist
cases occurred in the 1990s. This suggests growing interest in biological agents.
16
The most extensive official
comment on terrorist and criminal interest in biological weapons comes from 1997 testimony given by Director
Louis Freeh. At that time, he made the following observations:
The FBI has also investigated and responded to a number of threats which involved biological
agents and are attributed to various types of groups or individuals. For example, there have been
apocalyptic-type threats which actually advocate destruction of the world through the use of WMD
[weapons of mass destruction]. We have also been made aware of interest in biological agents by
individuals espousing white-supremacist beliefs to achieve social change; individuals engaging in
criminal activity, frequently arising from jealousy or interpersonal conflict; individuals and small
anti-tax groups, and some cult interest. In most cases, threats have been limited in scope and have
targeted individuals rather than groups, facilities, or critical infrastructure. Threats have surfaced
which advocate dissemination of a chemical agent through air ventilation systems. Most have made
little mention of the type of device or delivery system to be employed, and for this reason have
been deemed technically not feasible. Some threats have been validated.
17
According to 1997 testimony by DCI George Tenet, the intelligence community also has found evidence that
foreign terrorist groups are showing greater interest in biological weapons. “We are increasingly seeing
terrorist groups looking into the feasibility and effectiveness of chemical, biological, and radiological
weapons.”
18
Overall, the CIA concluded, “The current WMD terrorist threat is considered low but
12
There are documented instances of chemical contamination of food to prevent sale of agricultural produce. For example,
mercury was injected into oranges exported from Israel in 1978, causing a dramatic reduction in demand for its citrus crop. See Purver,
Chemical and Biological Terrorism, pp. 87-88, for a review of the literature discussing this event.
13
Specifically, the United States weaponized and stockpiled rice blast, rye stem rust and wheat stem rust. See Table 1 in George
W. Christopher, et al., “Biological Warfare: A Historical Perspective,” JAMA, Vol. 278, No. 5 (August 6, 1997), p. 412. The rice blast was
aimed at China, while the other two were targeted at the Soviet Union. For one view on the utility of such attacks, see J.H. Rothschild,
Tomorrow’s Weapons (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1964), pp. 121-131.
14
Judith Miller, “U.S. to Use Lab for More Study Of Bioterrorism,” New York Times, September 22, 1999, p. A25.
15
R. A. Zilinskas, “Iraq’s Biological Weapons: The Past as Future?,” JAMA, Vol. 278, No. 5 (August 6, 1997), p. 419.
16
This conclusion differs significantly from the author’s original views, when it appeared that only three of 12 terrorist cases
took place in the 1990s. New cases and additional research on old cases have resulted in an increase in the number of identified terrorist
cases from three to eight.
17
Statement of Louis J. Freeh, Director, Federal Bureau of Investigation, before the United States Senate Appropriations
Committee Hearing on Counterterrorism, May 13, 1997.
18
United States Senate, Select Committee on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United States
(Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1997), p. 8.
11
increasing.”
19
In April 1998, Clinton Administration officials reportedly testified during a classified hearing
before the Senate Intelligence Committee that there was a “high degree of likelihood that such an attack would
occur in 10 years.”
20
There is also reason for concern that future bioterrorism attacks may be more deadly than past
incidents. Three factors account for the change. First, an increasing number of terrorist groups—foreign and
domestic—are adopting the tactic of inflicting mass casualties to achieve ideological, revenge, or “religious”
goals, often hard to understand. If such groups acquired an effective aerosol dissemination capability for
anthrax, for example, they could potentially kill tens or hundreds of thousands of people. The World Trade
Center and Oklahoma City bombings both were conducted by people who had no compunction about mass
killing and, in fact, sought to kill large numbers of civilians.
21
Second, the technological sophistication of the
terrorist groups is growing. We now know that some terrorists have tried to master the intricacies of aerosol
dissemination of biological agents. Perhaps more disturbing for the future, some terrorists might gain access to
the expertise generated by a state-directed biological warfare program. Finally, Aum Shinrikyo demonstrated
that terrorist groups now exist with resources comparable to some governments. Therefore, it is seems
increasingly likely that some group will become capable of using biological agents to cause massive casualties.
19
United States Senate, Select Committee on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United
States, p. 94.
20
As characterized by Senator Carl Levin, reported by “Reno, FBI Head Warn Of Terrorism,” Associated Press, April 23,
1998, 4:44 A.M. feed. The FBI has issued some statistics that appear to indicate a trend towards greater use of nuclear, biological, and
chemical weapons. In testimony before the same committee, Louis Freeh reported that the Bureau investigated 114 cases involving
chemical, biological, or other weapons of mass destruction during the last year. See Tim Weiner, “U.S. May Stockpile Medicine for
Terrorist Attack,” New York Times, April 23, 1998.
The significance of that figure is difficult to interpret. The Department of Defense defines a weapon of mass destruction to
include nuclear, biological, and chemical weapons, but the legal definition is different. “The Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement
Act of 1994,” defines a WMD to include “any destructive device as defined in section 921” of Title 18 of the U.S. Code. According to
section 921, a destructive device is “any gun with a barrel larger than half an inch, any bomb, any grenade, any “rocket having a propellant
charge of more than four ounces.” In other words, to the FBI, a weapon of mass destruction is basically any destructive device, including a
great many that clearly cannot cause mass destruction and that have nothing to do with nuclear, biological, or chemical weapons.
Nevertheless, the Director’s statement apparently refers only to nuclear, biological, and chemical weapons cases.
21
Bruce Hoffman, Inside Terrorism (London: Victor Gollancz, 1998), pp. 92-94.
Table 3: Trends in bioagent cases
Terrorist Criminal Other/
Uncertain
Total
1990-1999 19 40 94 153
1980-1989 3 6 0 9
1970-1979 3 2 3 8
1960-1969 0 1 0 1
1950-1959 1 0 0 1
1940-1949 1 0 0 1
1930-1939 0 3 0 3
1920-1929 0 0 0 0
1910-1919 0 3 0 3
1900-1909 0 1 0 1
Totals 27 56 97 180
12
Acquiring Biological Agents
Biological agents are organisms or toxins produced by organisms that can be used against people,
animals, or crops. In contrast, chemical agents, poisonous substances that can kill or incapacitate, are man-
made materials.
22
Pathogens: Pathogens are naturally occurring microorganisms that cause disease. There are hundreds
of pathogens, including bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites. Among the pathogens often mentioned as
potential biological agents are Bacillus anthracis, the organism that causes anthrax, and Yersinia pestis, the
organism that causes plague.
23
Because pathogens are living organisms, they are self-replicating. Exposure to
even a small number of organisms can produce severe symptoms or even death. Thus, it is believed that the
ID
50
for pneumonic plague is fewer than 100 Y. pestis organisms, while 8-10,000 B. anthracis spores will cause
inhalation anthrax.
24
Only some pathogens are transmissible from person to person. For example, someone suffering from
pneumonic plague can transmit Y. pestis organisms to others, creating a serious risk of epidemic spread. In
contrast, bubonic plague is communicable generally only if someone is exposed to pus from an infected
22
There is no standard definition of a biological agent. The definition used here follows the definition in Frederick R. Sidell and
David R. Franz, “Overview: Defense Against the Effects of Chemical and Biological Warfare Agents,” pp. 4-5, in Frederick R. Sidell, et
al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological Warfare (Washington, D.C.: Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army,
1997): “Biological agents are either replicating agents (bacteria or viruses) or nonreplicating materials (toxins or physiologically active
proteins or peptides) that can be produced by living organisms. Some of the nonreplicating biological agents can also be produced through
either chemical synthesis, solid-phase protein synthesis, or recombinant expression methods.”
The Department of Defense officially defines a biological agent as “a microorganism that causes disease in personnel, plants, or
animals or causes the deterioration of materiel.” It separately defines a toxin agent as “a poison formed as a specific secretion product in
the metabolism of a vegetable or animal organism as distinguished from inorganic poisons. Such poisons can also be manufactured by
synthetic processes.” See Joint Publication 1-02, DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, as found at
http://www.dtic.mil/doctrine/jel/doddict/. A slightly different definition of toxins was offered in Medical Management of Biological
Casualties (Fort Detrick, Frederick, Maryland: U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases, March 1996), p. 75: “Toxins
are defined as any toxic substance of natural origin produced by an animal, plant, or microbe. They are different from chemical agents such
as VX, cyanide, or mustard in that they are not man-made.”
The Biological Weapons Convention provides no specific definition. Article I requires adherents not to “develop, produce,
stockpile or otherwise acquire or retain: Microbial or other biological agents, or toxins whatever their origin or method of production, of
types and in quantities that have no justification for prophylactic, protective or other peaceful purposes.” Thus, the convention really
provides little guidance as to what is prohibited.
23
There is considerable misunderstanding of biological agents. In February 1998, federal officials alleged that some
perpetrators had “military grade anthrax”, a meaningless statement. There are many different strains of B. anthracis, but there is no
uniquely “military” type. Rather, biological agents used in biological weapons have been strains of naturally occurring organisms.
Similarly, there is considerable confusion about plague. Y. pestis, the plague bacillus, causes several different diseases, including bubonic
plague and pneumonic plague, but there is no bubonic plague or pneumonic plague organism.
24
The ID
50
is the dose (D) at which 50 per cent of those exposed will become infected (I). The LD
50
is the dose (D) that is lethal
(L) to 50 per cent of those exposed. With some diseases, the ID
50
might be identical to the LD
50
. The figures are from Medical
Management of Biological Casualties, Appendix.
According to one estimate, there are 10
10
B. anthracis spores (or 10 billion) in a milligram, which is one-thousandths of a gram
or one-millionth of a kilogram. Thus, a milligram contains roughly one million infective doses. Because the agent cannot be disseminated
perfectly, it could not infect anywhere near that number of people. According to one estimate, the accidental release of B. anthracis spores
from the Soviet biological weapons facility at Sverdlovsk killed at least 66 people and involved somewhere between a few milligrams and
a gram of agent. It appears that 1-3 per cent of those in the area covered by the B. anthracis cloud died. Thus, if only 6 milligrams were
disseminated, the agent cloud would have contained at least 6 million lethal doses, which is nearly 100,000 times the number of people
who actually died. See Matthew Meselson, Jeanne Guillemin, Martin Hugh-Jones, Alexander Langmuir, Ilona Popova, Alexis Shelokov,
and Olga Yampolskaya, “The Sverdlovsk Anthrax Outbreak of 1979,” Science, Volume 266, Number 5188 (November 18, 1995), pp.
1202-1208. See also, Matthew Meselson, “Note Regarding Source Strength,” November 21, 1994.
Estimates of LD
50
should be treated cautiously. Generally, they are based on extrapolation of animal data. A recent review of
the published anthrax research reached the following conclusion on the susceptibility of humans to infection from anthrax.
The data available on human exposure to B. anthracis spores do not allow us to establish the minimum critical
dose required to establish any of the forms of the disease. From the information available, it can be said that
man appears to be moderately resistant to anthrax. It is crucial to note that any critical dose will depend very
heavily on the strain of B. anthracis, particularly the presence of the virulence factors, and on the health of the
individual host.
See A. Watson and D. Keir, “Information on which to base assessments of risk from environments contaminated with anthrax spores,”
Epidemiology and Infection, 113(1994), pp. 479-490.
13
person. Anthrax is not contagious, and only those exposed to the released B. anthracis spores are likely to
become infected.
25
Pathogens require an incubation period before symptoms of infection appear. For some diseases, the
incubation period is only a few days, while for others it might be several weeks. Typically, 3-5 days pass
before the acute symptoms of inhalation anthrax appear, while for Q fever (caused by the Coxiella burnetii
organism) the incubation period is two to three weeks, depending on the size of the dose.
26
Toxins: Toxins are poisonous chemicals produced by living organisms. Among the best known are
botulinum toxin, which is produced by the bacteria Clostridium botulinum, and ricin, which is extracted from
the seed of the castor bean plant. Unlike pathogens, toxins are not self-replicating, so their physical effects are
solely a result of the agent released.
While toxins share many characteristics with chemical agents, they also have some significant
differences.
27
Many toxins are more toxic than the most lethal of chemical agents. Thus, the LD
50
for botulinum
toxin when injected is 0.001 micrograms per kilogram of body weight. In contrast, VX, perhaps the most lethal
of the chemical agents, has an LD
50
of 15 micrograms per kilogram of bodyweight.
28
Toxins are not volatile,
unlike many chemical agents, and thus do not naturally generate a persistent threat. Generally, toxins are not
dermally active, meaning that contact with the skin is insufficient to produce disease. Rather, the agent must be
brought into the body, either by ingestion, inhalation, or through an opening in the skin.
29
The quantity of toxin required to achieve a desired effect is dependent on the lethality of the agent.
According to one estimate, eight tons of ricin would be needed to blanket an area to achieve the same effect
accomplished using only eight kilograms of botulinum toxin. For many toxins, the quantities of agent required
to produce a given effect are similar in size to that for the more lethal chemical agents.
30
Sources of agent
Only 33 of non-state cases involved actual acquisition of agent. Four different methods were used:
purchase from legitimate suppliers, theft, self-production, and use of material of natural origin contaminated
with biological agents. The data on acquisition routes are summarized in Table 4.
Gaining access to biological agents never appears to have been a significant limiting factor. In fact,
acquiring biological agents has usually proven to be relatively easy. In a few cases, pathogens were acquired
from culture collections, usually legitimately but sometimes not, while the perpetrators usually produced
toxins. Culture collections were a preferred source for pathogens even when the terrorists or criminals
possessed the skills to culture organisms acquired in nature. Reliance on such collections may be a result of the
relative ease with which the cultures can be obtained. Alternatively, perpetrators may prefer to obtain cultures
from standardized sources to ensure purity and avoid cross-contamination of cultures with unwanted
organisms. In addition, the effectiveness of biological agents depends heavily on the specific strain of the
organism, and it may be difficult to acquire the more dangerous strains relying on natural sources.
25
Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Disease Manual, 16
th
edition (Washington, DC: American Public
Health Association, 1995), pp. 20, 355.
26
Benenson, Control of Communicable Disease Manual, pp. 19, 380. Note, however, that in Sverdlovsk the incubation period
was 4 to 43 days and that a 9 to 10 day period was most common. See Meselson, et al., “The Sverdlovsk Outbreak of 1979,” pp. 1206-
1207.
27
A useful comparison of chemical and toxin agents is provided by David R. Franz, “Defense Against Toxin Weapons,” pp.
604-608, in Sidell, et al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological Warfare.
28
Medical Management of Biological Casualties, Table 1, Appendix. At least one authority argues that the LD
50
is significantly
greater than commonly reported. According to William Patrick, who developed biological weapons for the U.S. Army in the 1950s and
1960s, the LD
50
for botulinum toxin through the inhalation route is 4.88 micrograms (a microgram is one millionth of a gram) for a 70
kilogram man (assuming 50% pure toxin). This translates to about 0.035 micrograms of pure toxin per kilogram of body weight, not 0.001
micrograms as usually reported. See Frederick R. Sidell, William C. Patrick, III, and Thomas R. Dashiell, Jane’s Chem-Bio Handbook
(Alexandria, Virginia: Jan’s Information Group, 1998), p. 179, and William C. Patrick III, “Potential Incident Scenarios,” p. I-60, in
Proceedings of the Seminar on Responding to the Consequences of Chemical and Biological Terrorism, July 11-14, 1995, sponsored by
the U.S. Public Health Service, Office of Emergency Preparedness, Uniformed Services University of Health Sciences, Bethesda,
Maryland. Other authorities cite a figure of 0.003 micrograms per kilogram of body weight for inhaled botulinum toxin. See John L.
Middlebrook and David R. Franz, “Botulinum Toxin,” p. 647, in Sidell, et al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological Warfare.
29
At least one class of toxins, mycotoxins (the substances allegedly involved with the “yellow rain” attacks in Southeast Asia),
pose a dermal hazard because they can penetrate the skin. See Medical Management of Biological Casualties, pp. 75 and 100, and Robert
W. Wannemacher, Jr., and Stanley L. Weiner, “Tricothecene Mycotoxins,” pp. 658-659, in Medical Management of Biological Casualties.
30
Figure 30-1 in Franz, “Defense Against Toxin Weapons,” p. 606, in Sidell, et al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and
Biological Warfare.
14
Despite efforts to restrict the illicit acquisition of biological agents, it is likely that terrorists and
criminals will be able to obtain the agent that they want when they want it. If unable to acquire from a
legitimate culture collection or a medical supply company, they can steal it from a laboratory. If unable to steal
it, a group with the right expertise could culture the agent from samples obtained in nature. Many biological
agents are endemic, and a skilled microbiologist would have little difficulty culturing an agent from material
taken from nature.
Culture Collections: In 11 of the 33 cases involving acquisition, the non-state actors obtained
biological agents or toxins from legitimate suppliers. The American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) was the
source of the agent in at least two cases. Larry Wayne Harris obtained Y. pestis, while Kevin Birch and James
Cahoon acquired Clostridium botulinum and Clostridium tetani from this source. Benoyendra Chandra Pandey
obtained the Y. pestis from the stocks of a medical research institute that he used to murder his brother, but
only after several failed attempts to obtain it illicitly from the same source. The Rajneeshees purchased their
seed stock of Salmonella typhimurium from a medical supply company. Significantly, another group could do
the same today under current regulations, because the organism involved is not on any control list.
31
In any
case, the Rajneeshees had a state certified clinical laboratory, which gave them a legitimate reason to acquire
agents like the one that they used.
Theft: In four cases of the 33 cases involving acquisition, the perpetrators acquired their biological
agents by stealing them from research or medical laboratories. Almost all of the thefts involved people who
had legitimate access to the facilities where the biological agents were kept. J.A. Kranz, a graduate student in
parasitology, took the Ascaris suum eggs that he used against his roommates from the collections in the
university laboratory where he studied. Law enforcement officials believe that a laboratory technician removed
the Shigella dysenteriae Type 2 used to infect hospital laboratory technicians from the culture collection of the
hospital where she worked. Similarly, Dr. Suzuki stole S. typhi cultures from the Japanese National Institute of
Health, and reportedly used those cultures in preference to the ones he cultured himself from specimens taken
from typhoid patients. In only one of the reported incidents was an attempt made to infiltrate a laboratory to
steal a biological agent. It is alleged that the Weathermen group attempted to suborn an employee at the U.S.
military research facility at Ft. Detrick in order to obtain pathogens.
Self-manufacture: In six of the cases involving acquisition, the perpetrators manufactured the agent
themselves. In every reported case, the perpetrators produced ricin toxin by extracting it from castor beans. The
Minnesota Patriots Council, which produced a small quantity of ricin toxin, made it from a recipe found in a
book. In contrast, there were no successful attempts to grow C. botulinum to produce botulinum toxin.
Several readily available “how-to” manuals purport to describe techniques for producing botulinum
toxin or extracting ricin from castor beans. A considerable number of perpetrators have used The Poisoner’s
Handbook and Silent Death. Maynard Campbell’s Catalogue of Silent Tools of Justice, which is apparently no
31
The United States has implemented regulations that control the transfer of biological agents on a control list.
Table 4: Acquisition of biological agents
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/ Uncertain Total
Instances
Legitimate supplier 1 9 1 11
Theft 1 3 0 4
Self-manufactured 1 4 1 6
Natural source 2 4 0 6
Unknown 3 3 0 6
Total instances 8 23 2 33
Note: This table reflects the predominant method of acquisition; some individuals or groups
acquired agent through multiple paths.
15
longer in print, was used by the Minnesota Patriots Council in their ricin production. Long before the Internet,
perpetrators found it easy to obtain information about biological agents.
Natural: In six cases involving acquisition the biological agent was obtained from a natural reservoir
and transmitted without any processing. Some perpetrators apparently used castor beans, the seed containing
ricin, to poison people without attempting to extract the ricin from the bean. Similarly, in several cases the
perpetrators injected the victims with HIV-contaminated blood.
Types of agent actually acquired
Terrorists and criminals have shown an interest in both pathogens and toxins. In 129 of the 150 non-
state cases, the perpetrators threatened to use or considered pathogens. Note that few of these cases involved
actual possession. Some perpetrators considered multiple pathogens. In one instance, at least seven different
pathogens were involved.
Terrorists and criminals may not use the same agents as those selected by military biological weapons
programs. A comparison between the biological agents commonly considered suitable for military use and
those actually adopted by the perpetrators of the cases studied here is shown in Table 6. The objectives of the
terrorists will influence the selection of an agent, as will agent availability and the resources at the disposal of
the group for producing and disseminating the agent. This may lead to selection of unusual agents not
associated with state-sponsored biological weapons programs. Fortunately, many of the alternative agents are
unlikely to result in mass fatalities, even if they affect large numbers of people.
Bacterial agents: Approximately 125 of the cases focused on bacterial agents. B. anthracis appears
most often, and is associated with at least 113 cases, largely due to the growing popularity of anthrax threats.
Note that only three of cases involved possession of anthrax. Aum Shinrikyo may have had a stolen vaccine
anthrax strain incapable of causing harm to humans. Dark Harvest had anthrax-contaminated soil, but never
possessed the agent in a form likely to cause harm to people. Finally, the Polish Resistance apparently used
cultures stolen from laboratories with legitimate uses for the organism. Yersinia pestis, S. typhi, and Shigella
dysenteriae strains appear several times, while seven other pathogens appear no more than once.
Viral agents: Few perpetrators have considered viral agents, except when they can use it in a natural
state. HIV appears in 15 cases, including at least four murder cases. Six of the HIV cases involved extortion
threats in which in which there is no evidence of actual possession. In one case, the perpetrators employed a
viral agent, rabbit hemorrhagic disease.
Other pathogens: In only one case involved use of a parasite. In that case, the perpetrator
contaminated food with Ascaris suum, a worm that infects pigs and does not normally infect humans.
Toxins: In 27 of the 180 non-state cases, the perpetrators considered toxins. Ricin was considered in
14 cases. The next most common choice was botulinum toxin, which was an agent of choice in 9 cases.
Significantly, there is no reported example of successful production of botulinum toxin, despite claims that it is
easy to produce.
32
Other toxins include tetrodotoxin, an unknown mushroom poison, and an unspecified snake
toxin. In most cases, only a single toxin was involved. In one case, a group of murderers acquired the toxins
produced by Corynebacterium diphtheria and Vibrio cholerae.
32
Uncle Fester, Silent Death, Revised and Expanded 2
nd
Edition (Port Townsend, Washington: Loompanics Unlimited, 1997),
pp. 93-106.
Table 5: Type of agent involved
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/ Uncertain Total
Cases
Pathogen 15 38 83 136
Toxin 9 15 2 26
Unknown 4 1 1 6
Note: Because some perpetrators considered multiple agents, the totals in this table
exceed the total number of cases.
16
Combinations: In six cases, the perpetrators considered use of both pathogens and toxins. In three of
the cases, the perpetrator was interested in both B. anthracis and botulinum toxin. In another case, the
perpetrators thought about HIV and tetanus in addition to both B. anthracis and botulinum toxin. The last two
cases involved combinations that are more unusual: tetanus and botulinum toxin in one case, and S. typhi and
an unknown mushroom poison in another instance. In only two of these cases did the perpetrator acquire a
viable biological agent.
Employing Biological Agents
A biological agent is not necessarily a biological weapon. Only if there is a mechanism for spreading
the agent is it transformed into a weapon. Thus, a pathogen growing on a petri dish is not a weapon, or even a
threat, because it is unlikely to infect anyone. In some cases, the release method need not be very sophisticated.
If the agent is highly contagious, infecting a single person or animal may be sufficient to start an epidemic.
Disseminating biological agents in theory
When the agent is not contagious, as with many pathogens and all toxins, it is necessary to have a
dissemination mechanism that spreads the agent to the intended target. While it is possible to infect people by
injecting them one by one with biological agents, such a method is unlikely to prove attractive to most
Table 6: Biological agents involved
Traditional Biological Warfare
Agents
Agents associated with biocrimes
and bioterrorism
Pathogens Bacillus anthracis*
Brucella suis
Coxiella burnetii*
Francisella tularensis
Smallpox
Viral encephalitides
Viral hemorrhagic fevers*
Yersinia pestis*
Ascaris suum.
Bacillus anthracis*
Coxiella burnetii*
Giardia lamblia
HIV
Rickettsia prowazekii (typhus)
Salmonella typhimurium
Salmonella paratyphi
Salmonella typhi
Shigella species
Schistosoma species
Vibrio cholerae
Viral hemorrhagic fevers
(Ebola)*
Yellow fever virus
Yersinia enterocolitica
Yersinia pestis*
Toxins Botulinum*
Ricin*
Staphylococcal enterotoxin B
Botulinum*
Cholera endotoxin
Diphtheria toxin
Nicotine
Ricin*
Snake toxin
Tetrodotoxin
Anti-crop agents Rice blast
Rye stem rust
Wheat stem rust
* These agents appear in both lists.
17
terrorists. More likely, a terrorist will seek a technique to infect the entire target, whether people, livestock, or
crops, at one time.
Aerosol dissemination: Of greatest concern is the possibility that a terrorist might disseminate
biological agents as an aerosol cloud. In the context of biological warfare, the aerosol cloud should consist of
particles of 1-5 microns (one-millionth of a meter) in size. Particles much larger than 5 microns do not
penetrate into the lungs, since they are filtered out by the upper respiratory tract. In addition, they tend to settle
out of the air relatively quickly. In contrast, smaller particles do not remain in the lungs, but tend to be breathed
out.
33
Several considerations account for the concern about aerosol delivery. Many diseases are most
dangerous when contracted in this fashion. Thus, cutaneous anthrax, which is contracted through the skin, has
a case fatality rate of 5 to 20 per cent, though antibiotic treatment is highly effective. In contrast, inhalation
anthrax is usually fatal, and if not detected early there is no effective treatment. Similarly, Y. pestis is
responsible for substantially different diseases, including both bubonic and pneumonic plague. Bubonic plague,
generally acquired from the bite of an infected flea, has a case fatality rate of 50 to 60 per cent if untreated, but
generally responds to medical treatment. Pneumonic plague is also generally fatal if untreated. Early treatment
is essential to save those infected. Pneumonic plague is considered highly contagious, while bubonic plague is
not.
34
Aerosol transmission also makes it possible to spread biological agents over a large area and thus
affect a large number of people in one attack. The Office of Technology Assessment calculated that 100
kilograms of anthrax spread over Washington could kill from one to three million people if disseminated
effectively under the right environmental conditions. In contrast, a one-megaton nuclear warhead would kill
33
Edward M. Eitzen, “Use of Biological Weapons,” p. 440, in Sidell, et al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological
Warfare.
34
Benenson, Control of Communicable Disease Manual, pp. 18-19, 353. A recent review of the anthrax threat, however, notes
that the survival data predates the creation of hospital intensive care units, and suggests that more people might survive under
contemporary conditions than usually stated. See James C. Pile, John D. Malone, Edward M. Eitzen, and Arthur M. Friedlander, “Anthrax
as a Potential Biological Warfare Agent,” Archives of Internal Medicine, Vol. 158 (March 9, 1998), pp. 429-434. Significantly, there were
11 identified survivors of inhalation anthrax from the Sverdlovsk release, suggesting a case fatality rate of only 85 per cent.
Table 7: Biological Agent Attack on City of 1,000,000 people
Disease Caused by Agent Number of People at Risk Deaths Incapacitated
Only
Anthrax 180,000 95,000 30,000
Brucellosis 100,000 400 79,600
Epidemic typhus 100,000 15,000 50,000
Plague 100,000 44,000 36,000
Q fever 180,000 150 124,850
Tularemia 180,000 30,000 95,000
Venezuelan equine encephalitis 60,000 200 19,800
Source: World Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and Biological Weapons (Geneva: World Health Organization, 1970), pp. 95-99.
The WHO model assumes a city of 1,000,000 people in a developed country, and makes assumptions regarding the population distribution
around a high density urban core that may no longer be appropriate. The model also makes certain assumptions about the agent (50 kilograms of
dried powder containing 6 × 10
15
organisms disseminated in a line 2 kilometers long at a right angle to the wind direction. The model nominally
illustrates dissemination from an aircraft, but none of the calculations appears to depend on the type of the delivery vehicle involved. As an
example, the model assumes that the Venezuelan equine encephalitis will survive for only about 5-7 minutes, during which time it will travel
about 1 kilometer. About 60,000 people will be exposed to the agent. About 20,000 people will become incapacitated, including 200 who will
die. In contrast, anthrax will survive for more than two hours and will travel for more than 20 kilometers. At least 180,000 people will be exposed
to the agent, including 30,000 who will become incapacitated and 95,000 who will die.
18
from 750,000 to 1.9 million people.
35
An alternative set of calculations was prepared for a study by the World
Health Organization (WHO). According to estimates prepared by WHO’s expert panel, 50 kilograms of dry
anthrax used against a city of one million people would kill 36,000 people and incapacitate another 54,000.
36
Water contamination: Many pathogens that have had a significant impact on human life, such as
Vibrio cholerae (which is the organism responsible for cholera) and Salmonella typhi (which causes typhoid
fever), are water-borne. It is also possible to inject toxic substances into water systems, including toxins. Thus,
it is not surprising that some terrorist groups interested in biological agents have targeted municipal water
systems.
37
Fortunately, water systems are less vulnerable than often thought. Municipal water systems are
designed to eliminate impurities, especially pathogens. As part of this process, communities use filters to
remove particles from the water and add chlorine to kill any organisms that remain. In addition, the ID
50
for
diseases spread through water is often extremely high. One test indicated that only half of persons who
ingested 10
7
(10 million) S. typhi organisms became ill.
38
According to a Department of Defense biological
warfare analyst, it would require “trainloads” of botulinum toxin to contaminate the New York City water
supply to cause problems, simply because of the extent to which the toxin is diluted.
39
For all these reasons,
infecting a large population through deliberate contamination of water supplies is difficult to accomplish.
Food contamination: Terrorists also have spread biological agents by contaminating food. In
general, only uncooked or improperly stored food is vulnerable, because the heat generated during cooking
readily destroys most pathogens and toxins. This implies that a terrorist would need to target foods that are
commonly eaten uncooked, or that can be contaminated after being cooked. Alternatively, the terrorists would
need to rely on a toxin that survives cooking.
The dangers from deliberate contamination of food have probably grown due to fundamental changes
in food distribution systems. The food processing industry has become increasingly centralized, so that
contamination introduced at a single facility can affect large numbers of people. In addition, an increasing
amount of food is imported, raising the prospect that perpetrators operating in a foreign country might be able
to contaminate food eaten in the United States.
40
Direct application: The most reliable way to infect someone is to inject the victim with the
organisms responsible for causing a disease. This technique avoids most of the technical problems associated
with the dissemination of biological agents. Similar techniques can be used with toxins. In addition, some
toxins can cause harm even if applied on the skin.
35
U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment, Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction: Assessing the Risks, OTA-
ISC-559 (Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, August 1993), pp. 53-54.
36
This calculation assumes a 50 per cent reduction in fatalities due to prompt administration of antibiotics. It also excludes
people who might be infected more than two hours after agent release. World Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and
Biological Weapons (Geneva: World Health Organization, 1970), pp. 98-99.
37
For a review of the risk to municipal water systems, see World Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and
Biological Weapons, pp. 113-120.
38
World Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and Biological Weapons, p. 115.
39
Testimony by Dr. Barry Erlick, p. 38, in United States Senate, Committee on Governmental Affairs, Permanent
Subcommittee on Investigations, Global Spread of Chemical and Biological Weapons (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office,
1990).
40
Janice Rosenberg, “Attack of the killer shellfish, raspberries, hamburgers, milk, poultry, eggs, vegetables, potato salad,
pork….” American Medical News, May 4, 1998, pp. 12-15.
19
Insect vectors: Many diseases are naturally transmitted by insects. For example, plague is transmitted
by certain flea species, yellow fever is carried by one specific mosquito species, Aedes aegypti, and typhus is
spread by the body louse, Pediculus humanus corporis. It is thus not surprising that biological warfare experts
have considered insects as potential vectors for biological agents. The Japanese biological warfare program
devoted considerable effort to this dissemination route. On at least a few occasions, the Japanese to have used
infected fleas to spread plague.
41
The United States considered use of mosquitoes to disseminate certain
agents, and established a facility to breed the needed mosquitoes.
42
Insect vectors posed problems: they were
difficult to control, and their use was likely to create disease reservoirs in the area where the insects were
released.
Dissemination in practice
There is a substantial difference between the theory and practice of bioterrorism. The technical
obstacles associated with the use and dissemination of biological agents are considerable, and should not be
underestimated. Even individuals with considerable technical expertise often find that it is difficult to work
with biological agents, even when using relatively simple dissemination techniques.
Aerosolization: Only two groups are known to have considered aerosolization of biological agents:
Aum Shinrikyo and R.I.S.E. Neither group mastered the requisite technology. According to published
accounts, the Aum Shinrikyo attempted to disseminate both B. anthracis and botulinum toxin on multiple
occasions. They are not known to have caused any casualties.
Water contamination: In six instances, the perpetrators threatened or planned to contaminate water
supplies. The quasi-Green group R.I.S.E. wanted to put S. typhi into the Chicago water supply with the
objective of killing hundreds of thousands of people. In contrast, it is alleged that the Weatherman organization
conceived of biological agents as something that could be used to contaminate water supplies to make a great
many people sick.
Food contamination: Ten of the 17 cases in which people were harmed by use of biological agents
involved contamination of food. The use of biological agents to contaminate food has resulted in the largest
41
Ed Regis, Biology of Doom: The History of America’s Secret Germ Warfare Project (New York: Henry Holt and Company,
1999), pp. 18-19, 112-113.
42
Jeffery K. Smart, “History of Chemical and Biological Warfare: An American Perspective,” p. 50, in Frederick R. Sidell, et
al., Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological Warfare (Washington, D.C.: Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army,
1997)
Table 8 : Dissemination techniques
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/
Uncertain
Total
Cases
Aerosol dissemination 2 0 0 2
Direct injection/Topical
application
6 10 0 16
Contaminate food 1 20 1 22
Contaminate water 4 0 2 6
Insect/Natural vectors 0 1 1 2
None 10 13 79 102
Unknown 5 10 2 17
Total Cases 28 54 85
Note: Because some perpetrators considered multiple agents, the totals in this table exceed the total number
of cases.
20
number of casualties. The Rajneeshee spread S. typhimurium at salad bars and other places to affect a large
number of people. Several of the criminal cases also involved contamination of food to make multiple people
ill, including one case of contamination of donuts and muffins with shigella organisms.
Direct application: In 16 cases the perpetrators planned to directly apply a biological agent, either by
parenteral delivery (injection) or topical application. Injection has been used to deliver both toxins and
pathogens. Dr. Suzuki injected S. typhi, as did the French murderer Henri Girard. Several perpetrators have
injected their victims with HIV-contaminated blood. Topical application generally involves use of toxins,
although the Rajneeshees attempted to spread S. typhimurium by contaminating objects that people handle in
the hope that the intended victims would transfer the organisms to their mouth. The Minnesota Patriots Council
planned to use a mixture of ricin and DMSO, apparently hoping that the DMSO would transport the ricin.
More plausibly, Thomas Leahy mixed DMSO with pure nicotine to achieve the same result.
Insect vectors: In at least two cases, the threatened dissemination technique involved insects. In one
case, an individual sent letters containing ticks, threatening to spread infection in that way. There is no
evidence, however, that the ticks carried any pathogens. In any event, the insects were dead on delivery.
Consequences of use
Bioterrorism differs significantly from other forms of terrorism. In the typical terrorist attack, there is
immediate evidence that something has happened. In contrast, a biological agent attack is unlikely to generate
any visible signatures, and the first evidence of a biological attack is likely to be the onset of disease.
43
Thus, it
might be days or even weeks before the consequences of a biological attack become evident. It might be
impossible to determine that an outbreak resulted from an intentional act.
Numerous efforts have been made to calculate the potential impact that biological weapons might
have on population centers. In general, such estimates should be used with considerable caution. Models used
to calculate agent effects rely on numerous assumptions regarding the movement and infectiveness of the
agent, and the results may be extremely sensitive to changes in those variables. At best, the models provide an
illustration of the potential consequences of bioterrorism.
The World Health Organization has prepared the most authoritative estimates of the casualties likely
to result from the biological weapon use.
44
Although these estimates are highly dependent on the assumptions
built into the calculations, they provide a basis for understanding the potential consequences of biological
agent use. The impact depends heavily on the nature of the attack, including the method of dissemination, the
particular agents involved, the concentration of agent, and (in the case of aerosol dissemination) atmospheric
conditions.
Some of the WHO estimates are summarized in Table 7, which shows the potential impact on a city of
one million people of aerosol releases. In all cases, the attacks assume a release of 50 kilograms of dried
powder along a two-kilometer line at a right angle to the wind direction. As is evident, the impact varies
considerably depending on the agent involved. If the agent causes a disease resulting in few fatalities, such as
Q-fever, only a few hundred people might be killed, although tens of thousands of people might be
incapacitated. In contrast, a high lethality agent, such as anthrax, could kill 95,000 people and incapacitate
another 30,000.
43
Dan Crozier, William D. Tiggertt, and Joseph W. Cooch, “The Physician’s Role in the Defense Against Biological
Weapons,” JAMA, January 7, 1961, p. 99.
44
World Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and Biological Weapons (Geneva: World Health
Organization, 1970).
21
There has never been a biological warfare attack of the type modeled by the WHO team of experts.
Therefore, it is not surprising that the consequences of biological agent use have been far less severe than
shown in Table 7. There are only 21 confirmed bioterrorism and biocrime cases involving use or attempted use
of biological agents. In 20 of these cases, there were human casualties, including deaths in seven cases. In all,
there were 881 victims, including 10 deaths. The outbreak caused by the Rajneeshees caused an estimated 751
casualties. Dr. Suzuki’s activities resulted in an estimated 66 victims. In other words, two cases accounted for
nearly 93 per cent of all the confirmed victims of biological weapons use. This information is summarized in
Table 9. The incidents leading to death are listed in Table 10.
The diseases inflicted by biological agents are not the only potential consequences of their use.
Threats of use also can cause considerable disruption. This was demonstrated during the B’nai B’rith incident
Table 9: Casualties from use of bioagents
Total Casualties Deaths
Bioterrorism 751 0
Biocrimes 130 10
Totals 881 10
Table 10: Confirmed deaths using biological agents
Perpetrator Victims Date/ Location Number
of Deaths
Agent Employed
Arthur Warren
Waite
Mrs. Hannah Peck New York City,
1916
1 Uncertain
O’Brien de Lacy
and Dr.
Pantchenko
Captain Buturlin Russia, 1910 1 Direct injection of
diphtheria toxin
Henri Girard M. Pernotte
Mme. Monin
France, 1909-
1918
2 Food contamination
and direct injection
using pathogen
Salmonella typhi and
unknown poisonous
mushroom
Benoyendra
Chandra Pandey
Amarendra Pandey India, 1933 1 Direct injection of the
pathogen Yersinia
pestis
Tei-Sabro
Takahashi
Hisako Inukai
Yoshiko Yanagida
Yorinobu Nakayama
Japan 1936 3 Pastries contaminated
with Salmonella typhi
Kikuko Hirose Ritsuo Kato Japan, 1939 1 Pastries contaminated
with Salmonella typhi
and S. paratyphi
(types A and B)
Graham Farlow Geoffrey Pearce July 1990 1 Injection of HIV-
infected blood
22
in Washington, D.C., which resulted in the shut down of a large part of Washington’s downtown. Thus, even in
cases where no agent was present, the perpetrators can achieve a disproportionate impact. The costs of the
required medical and public health response to an attack also could be disproportionate to the actual effects of
the dissemination. A single case of smallpox in Yugoslavia in 1972 eventually required the quarantine of
10,000 people for periods of at least two weeks, and the government was forced to immunize 20,000,000
people. The neighboring countries closed their borders with Yugoslavia, disrupting normal commerce. It was
nine weeks before the outbreak was over. This illustrates how even a small outbreak can have huge economic
and social consequences.
45
Finally, the psychological impact of even a small agent release should not be
underestimated. The concern that developed over the relatively small plague outbreak in India in 1996 is
indicative of the fear that certain infectious diseases can generate. Experience with Aum use of chemical agents
suggests that there will be lasting psychological consequences for many of the victims and initial responders.
46
Technical constraints on use
There is considerable disagreement among experts concerning the extent of the technical impediments
that may constrain use of biological agents.
47
Some argue that terrorists face few if any technical hurdles in
employing bioagents. For example, DCI George Tenet told Congress, “Terrorist interest in chemical and
biological weapons is not surprising, given the relative ease with which some of these weapons can be
produced in simple laboratories….”
48
In contrast, Dr. David Franz, formerly Commander of the U.S. Army
Medical Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID), argued that “an effective, mass-casualty producing
attack on our citizens would require either a fairly large, very technically competent, well-funded terrorist
program or state sponsorship.”
49
Empirical evidence suggests that effective dissemination of some agents, and especially aerosolization
of agents such as anthrax, can pose significant technical hurdles. Every case discussed in Part II of this study in
which an individual became sick due to use of a biological agent was perpetrated by someone (a criminal or a
terrorist) who had basic scientific or medical training. In general, the level of expertise required appears to
depend on two factors: the quantity of agent involved and the dissemination technique.
As previously noted, access to bioagents has rarely posed a problem for terrorists or criminals. More
skill was necessary if the perpetrators sought to grow larger quantities of an agent, depending on the agent
involved. Some pathogens are easy to culture, while others are extremely difficult. For this reason, perpetrators
who adopted objectives that required significant quantities of agent usually selected biological agents easy to
culture. None of the perpetrators examined in this study successfully cultured any agent that required technical
skill to grow. Thus, there is no evidence that any managed to culture a virus, although several had success with
bacteria. Nor is there any evidence to suggest that any individual or group ever successfully cultured a virulent
strain of C. botulinum, although several have tried. In fact, one recent criminal perpetrator, Thomas Leahy,
may have inadvertently grown a non-virulent strain of the organism.
If a simple dissemination technique is employed, relatively little technical expertise is needed. For
example, limited skill is required if the perpetrators can inject agent directly into their victims or if they seek to
contaminate food. Moreover, dissemination of a highly communicable disease like smallpox would require
limited expertise. The use of highly contagious diseases may be the easiest way to cause mass casualties from a
technical perspective. However, such agents pose risks for the group using them and could have an impact on
people that the perpetrators do not want to affect. In contrast, spreading an agent through the air poses
45
D.A. Henderson, “Biological Terrorism,” Emerging Infectious Diseases, Vol. 4, No. 1 (July-September 1998), p. 400.
46
Harry C. Holloway, et al., “The Threat of Biological Weapons: Prophylaxis and Mitigation of Psychological and Social
Consequences,” JAMA, 278 (August 6, 1997), pp. 425-427.
47
Statement of Richard Davis, Director, National Security Analysis, National Security and International Affairs Division,
Combating Terrorism: Observations on Crosscutting Issues, Testimony Before the Subcommittee on National Security, International
Affairs and Criminal Justice, Committee on Government Reform and Oversight, House of Representatives, General Accounting Office,
GAO/T-NSIAD-98-164, April 23, 1998.
48
Prepared Statement of George J. Tenet, Acting Director, Central Intelligence, p. 8, in United States Senate, Select Committee
on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United States (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office,
1997). Similarly, Richard Danzig, former Under Secretary of the Navy, argued, “Biological weapons are inexpensive and accessible. A
small pharmaceutical industry or even moderately sophisticated university or medical research laboratory can generate a significant
offensive capability.” See “Biological Warfare: A Nation at Risk—A Time to Act,” Strategic Forum, Institute for National Strategic
Studies, Number 58, January 1996.
49
Posture Statement by Colonel David Franz, Deputy Commander, United States Army Medical Research and Development
Command for the Joint Committee on Judiciary and Intelligence, United States Senate, “International Biological Warfare Threat in
CONUS,” March 4, 1998.
23
formidable difficulties. There is no known example of a terrorist or criminal successfully spreading a disease
through the aerosol route, at least one group—the Aum Shinrikyo—reportedly tried, and R.I.S.E. intended to
do so.
The central technical problems for bioterrorism arise when the objective is to cause mass casualties
through the aerosolization of an agent. The apparent failure of the Aum Shinrikyo to develop a biological
warfare capability is suggestive. The Aum drew on the skills of a relatively large cadre of trained people, and
apparently devoted considerable resources to their biological warfare efforts. It appears that the Aum failed to
produce an effective biological weapon. Unfortunately, too little is known about the Aum’s activities to
determine why they failed.
50
Aerosolization is a complicated process, and is subject to factors that are difficult to assess. Agents
that can be spread through the air can be in either liquid or dry form. The liquid form is relatively easy to
produce, but must be processed into a form suitable for dissemination. The processing must address both
physical issues (to ensure that the sprayer nozzles do not become clogged) and biological issues (to ensure that
the organisms survive once aerosolized). An agent in liquid form can be aerosolized using a modified
commercially available sprayer, but problems remain. Most of the agent dies during the spraying process
(estimates range as high as 99 per cent). In contrast, a dry agent is relatively simple to disseminate, but most
experts agree producing it is a dangerous process almost certainly beyond the capabilities of non-state actors.
51
As previously noted, biological agents disseminated through the air must be released in particles 1-5
microns in size. Smaller particles are not retained in the lungs. Particles larger than 10 microns fall out of the
air relatively quickly. In addition, the body filters large particles so that they do not reach the lungs. Moreover,
the size of the dose required to induce illness climbs substantially as the size of the particles grows. Producing
aerosol particles of the wrong size might reduce an attack to complete ineffectiveness.
52
In addition, the
particles must be released in the correct location to have the desired effect. Particles 1-5 microns in size act like
a gas. They settle from the air very slowly. If the agent is not released in an enclosed space, like a building or
subway, then considerable operational skill is needed to ensure that the agent infects the intended victims.
53
Finally, technical skills are required to overcome environmental conditions hostile to agent survival.
54
Biological agents die or lose virulence once released into the atmosphere. Thus, some disease-causing bacteria
lose virulence at a rate of 10 per cent per minute, while some viruses would decay at a rate of 30 per cent per
minute. A few organisms, such as the spores of B. anthracis, decay extremely slowly when not exposed to
ultraviolet radiation.
The implications of these variables will differ from one organism to the next. Perpetrators need to be
familiar with the factors that affect the agents they are using.
55
The rate of biological decay depends on a host
of factors, including ultraviolet radiation, temperature, humidity, and a phenomenon known as the Open Air
Factor (believed to be the presence of certain air pollutants).
56
There are other potential difficulties in effective
50
According to a press report, Japanese authorities believe that Aum may have used a “relatively harmless vaccine strain” of B.
anthracis. Similarly, it appears that Aum may have used a C. botulinum strain that was not prolific in the production of toxin. See Broad,
Miller, and WuDunn, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted World,” New York Times, May 26, 1998, p. A10.
51
Franz, “International Biological Warfare Threat in CONUS.” See also World Health Organization, Health Aspects of
Chemical and Biological Weapons, pp. 93-95.
52
One study reported that guinea pigs became infected by only 3 tularemia organisms when the particles were of 1 micron.
When the particle size was increased to 7 microns, 6,500 organisms were needed. At 22 microns, 170,000 organisms were necessary.
Research reported in William D. Sawyer, “Airborne Infection,” Military Medicine, February 1963, pp. 90-92.
53
Aerosols consisting of particles of 1-5 microns have certain characteristics of significance for biological weapons use. Such
aerosol clouds tend to act as a gas, meaning that the particles will enter buildings. The particles also remain airborne for extended periods.
According to one calculation, a 1-micron particle settles out of the air at a rate of 0.21 centimeters per minute. This means that the particle
will take about 500 minutes, or more than 8 hours, to drop just 1 meter. In contrast, a 5-micron particle has a settling rate of 4.7 centimeters
per minute, so would take only 20 minutes to drop 1 meter. Charles L. Punte, “Some Aspects of Particle Size in Aerosol Studies,” Armed
Forces Chemical Journal, March-April 1968, p. 28.
54
A survey of our knowledge in this area is provided by Alan Jeff Mohr, “Fate and Transport of Microorganisms in Air,” pp.
641-650, in Christon J. Hurst, editor in chief, Manual of Environmental Microbiology (Washington, D.C.: ASM Press, 1997). See also
Linda D. Stetzenbach, “Introduction to Aerobiology,” pp. 619-626, in the same volume.
55
The WHO experts estimated that an aerosol cloud containing the organisms that cause Q fever would decay at a rate of 10
percent per minute. They estimated the decay rate for the organism responsible for yellow fever at 30 percent per minute, the rate decay for
the agents causing plague and tularemia at only 2 percent per minute, and the decay rate for anthrax is a mere 0.1 percent per minute. All
these figures assume that the agents were produced using special stabilizers to protect against adverse environmental conditions. World
Health Organization, Health Aspects of Chemical and Biological Weapons, p. 94. B. anthracis survives only in the spore form; the
vegetative organisms are not very hardy and die quickly in the outdoors.
24
dissemination of biological agents. Weather is particularly important. Poor atmospheric conditions can make it
virtually impossible to release an agent cloud likely to cause casualties.
These comments suggest that aerosolization of pathogens can be extremely difficult. Thus, while
aerosolization is the most dangerous way to disseminate agent, it is significantly more difficult to accomplish
than by the alternative methods. This is an important factor in assessing the sources of potential threats from
biological agents.
57
Yet, this threat is not theoretical. The potential was demonstrated during studies conducted by the
United States Army’s Chemical Corps in the 1950s and 1960s, before the United States abandoned its
offensive biological warfare program. These tests demonstrated—to the extent possible with the technology
then available—that biological agents could be disseminated as an aerosol cloud and cover a large area with
potentially lethal doses.
58
Particularly disturbing are the results of tests in the New York City subway
conducted during the 1960s. The U.S. Army released a simulant for B. anthracis, Bacillus globigii, into the
subway system. Based on the distribution patterns of the agent, Army experts estimated that 10,000 people
would have died if B. anthracis had been released.
59
56
Open Air Factor, which remains a poorly understood phenomenon, was first identified by British researchers in the late
1960s. They found that when E. coli organisms were exposed to air from outdoors the decay rate went from 0.2 per cent per minute to
between 1.5 and 20 per cent per minute, but normally between 3-10 per cent per minute. This effect was noted with many organisms,
including some with biological warfare potential, such as the organisms responsible for tularemia and brucellosis. See K.R. May, et al.,
“Toxicity of Open Air to a Variety of Microorganisms,” Nature, 221(March 22, 1969), pp. 1146-1147. Significantly, spore-forming
organisms such as B. anthracis were unaffected. Some researchers believe that the Open Air Factor is related to the presence of ozone and
certain kinds of hydrocarbons. See G. de Mik and Ida de Groot, “The germicidal effect of the open air in different parts of the
Netherlands,” Journal of Hygiene, 78(1977), pp. 175-187.
57
Some of the perpetrators of anthrax hoaxes have included powders in the packages sent to their victims. As this discussion
indicates, if the particles are larger than 10 microns they are unlikely to pose a risk to large numbers of people. In most cases, the
descriptions suggest the particles were considerably larger than 10 microns. Such large particles will fall out of the air relatively quickly,
so even if it turned out that the powder was composed of Bacillus anthracis spores few people would get exposed
58
These tests are reviewed in Leonard A. Cole, Clouds of Secrecy: The Army’s Germ Warfare Tests over Populated Areas
(Savage, Maryland: Littlefield, Adams Quality Paperback, 1990).
59
Pile, et al., “Anthrax as a Potential Biological Warfare Agent,” pp. 429-434. A retired Army biological warfare expert has
calculated that as many as 3 million people would have been affected if F. tularemia had been used instead. See Patrick, “Potential
Incident Scenarios,” p. I-60, in Proceedings of the Seminar on Responding to the Consequences of Chemical ad Biological Terrorism.
25
Chapter 3:
The Practitioners
In this chapter, the characteristics of perpetrators who employed, acquired, or considered use of
biological agents are examined. The perpetrators included in this study were both terrorists and criminals.
Terrorists were groups who were motivated primarily by political objectives, while criminals were driven by
motives of financial gain, personal revenge, or some other non-political consideration.
Nature of the Perpetrators
Size of the perpetrating group
The size of the perpetrating groups was examined to gain some insight into the number of people
required to exploit biological agents. Anyone participating in the acquisition or use of biological agents,
whether in the planning, production, or distribution, was counted.
In three of the 180 confirmed non-state cases, the perpetrating group consisted of five or more
people. All of these groups attempted use. There were 19 cases in which small groups of two to four people
were involved. Generally, it appears that in small groups there was a single person with scientific or technical
skills. Other members directed or supported the efforts of the sole expert.
A single individual was responsible for perpetuating plots in 43 cases. Significantly, the lone
perpetrators successfully acquired biological agents in 19 of those cases, and used the agent in 12 of them. In
115 of 180 cases, there is not enough information available to estimate the number of people involved. In most
such cases, the alleged perpetrators have never been identified.
Geographical distribution
The perpetrators involved with biological agents have been located in countries around the globe.
About 82 percent (147 of 180) of the cases took place in North America, all but one in the United States.
Europe was the next most common location with 17 cases. Incidents occurred in Britain, France, Germany,
Poland, and Russia.
Table 11: Size of perpetrating group
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/ Uncertain Total
Cases
Lone 0 37 6 43
Small group (2–4) 5 12 2 19
Large group (5+) 3 0 0 3
Unknown 19 7 89 115
Totals 27 56 97 180
26
Scientific and technical expertise
The range of perpetrator expertise varies considerably. Technical expertise could include background
in medicine, microbiology, or pharmaceutics.
The perpetrators had some scientific or medical training in 23 cases. In 16 of the cases, a physician or
a Ph.D.-level microbiologist was involved. In several cases, individuals with medical training instigated use of
biological agents. A nurse, Ma Anand Puja, created the Rajneeshee biological warfare capability. She relied on
the expertise of a trained laboratory technician to culture the Salmonella typhimurium used to contaminate the
salad bars. Dr. Suzuki, a Japanese physician and bacteriologist with considerable laboratory experience,
infected at least 66 people with typhoid and dysentery before he was arrested in 1966.
In a few cases, the person who conceived the notion of using biological agents lacked the requisite
skills, and so enlisted the services of unscrupulous physicians. Benoyendra Chandra Pandey drew on the
medical skills of Dr. Taranath Bhatacharya, who was responsible for culturing the Y. pestis that was used in the
1933 murder of Pandey’s brother. Similarly, in 1910 Patrick O’Brien de Lacy’s brother-in-law was murdered
by an injection of diphtheria toxin given by a physician, Dr. Pantchenko, who obtained the agent from a
research laboratory in Russia.
The available evidence suggests that in 36 cases the perpetrators had no scientific or medical
expertise. Significantly, in only six cases is there any evidence that the perpetrators actually acquired biological
agents. Equally significant, there is only a single case of use involving perpetrators with no known technical
training, although this number might grow when more is known about some of the other perpetrators. In that
case, Graham Farlow, a prison inmate, murdered a guard by injecting him with HIV-tainted blood. A
perpetrator with no known professional training obtained a biological agent in only five cases. In three
instances they extracted ricin toxin from castor beans, in one case used HIV-infected blood, and in the last case
acquired the agent from a legitimate supplier. Eight of the 36 cases were extortion plots. Interestingly, only one
extortion case involved a perpetrator who actually possessed a biological agent. The perpetrator in that case,
Michael Just, had a Ph.D. in microbiology. He was convicted in 1996 for threatening to contaminate milk with
Yersinia enterocolitica.
Table 12: Geographic distribution
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/ Uncertain Total
Cases
North America 14 37 96 147
Europe 6 10 1 17
Asia 5 6 0 11
Africa 2 0 0 2
Australia/New
Zealand
0 3 0 3
Totals 27 56 97 180
27
In 121 cases, the available evidence makes it impossible to assess the expertise of the perpetrators.
Given that 91 of them were anthrax threats, all those cases probably involve people with no technical expertise.
Terrorist Group Characteristics
A number of studies have attempted to identify the characteristics of terrorist groups that could lead
them to consider acquisition and use of biological agents. A study by Jeffrey Simon argues that a terrorist
group inclined to use biological agents would demonstrate certain attributes:
A general, undefined constituency whose possible reaction to a biological-weapons
attack does not concern the terrorist group.
A previous pattern of large-scale, high-casualty-inflicting incidents.
Demonstration of a certain degree of sophistication in weaponry or tactics.
A willingness to take risks.
60
These criteria are largely consistent with the characteristics of groups inclined to inflict mass casualties using
biological agents. Simon’s list may be less useful in identifying groups with alternative motives, such as
harming agriculture, who may believe that they can deal with the risk of using biological agents that do not
cause loss of life.
Another effort to consider the types of groups potentially attracted to the use of biological agents
appears in a draft report on the threat of chemical and biological weapons prepared by the North Atlantic
Assembly. That report gave the following list of terrorist groups likely to resort to biological weapons.
Those whose goals include vague notions about world revolution, universalistic
goals such as the Japanese Red Army and certain European radical left-wing
groups.
Those unconcerned with the effects of public opinion such as neo-Nazi groups in
Europe and North America.
Those with a history of high-casualty, indiscriminate attacks, such as Sikh
extremists, pro-Iranian Shiite fundamentalist groups such as Hezbollah, and
extremists within the Palestinian movement such as the Abu Nidal Organization.
Those ideologically opposed to Western society in general.
Those noted for their sophistication in weaponry or tactics, such as the Popular
Front for the Liberation of Palestine-General Command.
Those with state sponsors, especially where the sponsor is known to possess
chemical or biological weapons.
61
60
Simon, Terrorists and the Potential Use of Biological Weapons, p. 17.
61
Draft report of the North Atlantic Assembly, Chemical and Biological Weapons: the Poor Man's Bomb, AN253 STC(96)8,
October 4, 1996.
Table 13: Perpetrator expertise
Type Terrorist Criminal Other/
Uncertain
Total
Cases
Medical or scientific expertise 4 17 2 23
No Known expertise 6 24 6 36
Unknown 17 15 89 121
Totals 27 56 97 180
28
This list is too inclusive to identify potential users of biological agents. It refers to groups that are not known to
have considered use of biological agents, yet provides no basis for predicting under what circumstances a
group might decide to adopt biological agents.
More recently, Professor Walter Laqueur has argued that terrorism is undergoing a profound change.
In contrast to the politically motivated terrorists who predominated in the 1970s, many of today’s terrorists
define their objectives in ethnic or religious terms. Many of these groups are infected by millenarian ideas,
believing that the world as we have known it is ending. Such groups may have few if any scruples about using
weapons to cause mass casualties.
62
Other terrorism experts believe that the perpetrators most likely to employ biological agents are
religiously motivated terrorists. Significantly, the two most significant bioterrorism incidents, involving the
Rajneeshees and the Aum Shinrikyo, were undertaken by religious cults with political agendas. A former Chief
of Counter-Terrorism at the FBI expressed a similar view of Middle East groups influenced by radical Islam.
The danger originating from Middle East terrorist groups infused with the dogma of Radical
Islamic Fundamentalism cannot be minimized. One of the principal concerns is the potential for
their use of weapons of mass destruction. Given their demonstrated disregard for limiting
casualties, indeed their apparent desire to inflict maximum damage, this scenario is one that has
occupied much of the thinking of counter-terrorism planners at all levels of government. Biological
and chemical weapons are certainly available to sophisticated terrorist organizations, especially
those, like many of the Middle East groups, that operate with the support of governments. These
weapons are both relatively easy to acquire and lethal in their application.
63
The essential consideration seems to be a combination of group’s interest in causing mass casualty coupled
with an ideology that would justify such operations. Such views are not necessarily unique to religiously
motivated groups.
Domestic groups
There is considerable evidence to suggest that terrorist groups based in the United States have actively
explored resort to biological agents. Experience suggests that interest in biological agents can come from a
broad range of terrorist groups espousing radically different political philosophies. In the 1960s, the leader of
the right-wing Minuteman group openly discussed the possibilities of biological agents, although there is no
evidence that there was any substance behind the rhetoric. In the 1970s, several left wing groups considered
bioterrorism. As noted earlier. The quasi-Green group R.I.S.E. was on the verge of disseminating several
biological agents when the Chicago police arrested the ringleaders. The left-wing Weather Organization may
have initiated a plot to acquire biological agents for use against municipal water systems. In the1980s, a
religious cult, the Rajneeshees, acquired and used biological agents. More recently, it appears that right wing
groups, many affiliated with the militia movement, have expressed the most interest in biological terrorism. In
some cases, the groups have acquired biological agents.
Fortunately, in the past there was more interest in bioterrorism than actual use. From this perspective,
an important question becomes the extent to which domestic terrorists might decide to resort to biological
agents. This involves two related considerations: to what extent could they acquire the capability to employ
biological agents, and under what circumstances might they decide to use them?
Although domestic groups could acquire some bioterrorism capability with little or no outside
assistance, as demonstrated by the experience of the Rajneeshees, there is reason to doubt the ease with which
such groups could cause mass casualties. For reasons discussed above, aerosol dissemination of biological
agents may be beyond the capabilities of groups developing their own dissemination technology. Such groups
would need to develop a considerable range of expertise, and it is likely that it would take some time before
they could effectively undertake wide area dissemination of agent of highly lethal agents. Consequently, the
initial uses of biological agents will probably involve small-scale actions with limited consequences. This
suggests that effective public health surveillance of unusual disease outbreaks coupled with vigilant law
enforcement activity could detect and respond to bioterrorism before the responsible groups develop a mass
casualty capability.
The ability of terrorists to employ biological agents effectively would be greatly enhanced if such
groups received external assistance from state-sponsored biological weapons programs. Such assistance could
62
Walter Laqueur, “Postmodern Terrorism,” Foreign Affairs, September-October 1996, pp. 24-36.
63
Steve Pomerantz, “Counterterrorism in a Free Society,” Journal of Counterterrorism & Security International, Spring 1998,
p. 24.
29
come directly from a state biological weapons program, or from individuals formerly associated with such a
program.
State–sponsorship
A number of countries with records of supporting terrorist organizations also are believed to have
biological weapons programs. The Department of State names seven countries as state supporters of terrorism:
Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria.
64
Published reports issued by the Department of
Defense and the Arms Control and Disarmament Agency suggest that five of these countries, Iran, Iraq, Libya,
North Korea, and Syria, possess biological warfare programs.
65
Press reports have suggested that some Iraqi
scientists associated with biological weapons research may be working in Sudan, and that the Sudanese have
created a research institute for chemical and biological warfare funded by Osama bin Laden. Bin Laden is the
former Saudi citizen who has become a major financial supporter for international terrorism.
66
U.S. intelligence
officials have reported that bin Laden has provided support for a Sudanese biological weapons program. This
allegation was confirmed by the British Minister of State for Defence, George Robertson, in an on-the-record
interview.
67
Since at least the late 1980s, press reports have claimed that Cuba has a biological weapons
program.
68
In early 1998, the Department of Defense expressed concern about Cuba’s potential for creating
biological weapons.
69
Thus, almost all the countries associated with support for international terrorism also
support efforts to develop biological weapons.
Relatively little publicly available information is available on the biological warfare programs of these
countries, except for Iraq.
70
What is known suggests that the sophistication of these programs varies
considerably. Iraq certainly had a relatively sophisticated program, and probably retains a capability to develop
biological weapons within a few weeks. Less is known about North Korea’s activities, but it has been
conducting research in the area of biological warfare for more than thirty years and probably has capabilities
equal to or greater than Iraq’s. Iran likely comes next in competence, followed by Syria and Libya.
71
If it exists,
Sudan’s program is certainly the least developed.
64
U.S. Department of State, 1996 Patterns of Global Terrorism Report, as found at http://www.state.gov.
65
Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, Adherence To and Compliance With Arms Control Agreements, 1996, as found at
http://www.acda.gov, and Office of the Secretary of Defense, Proliferation: Threat and Response, November 1997.
66
Al J. Venter, “North Africa faces new Islamic threat,” Jane’s Pointer, March 1998, p. 11. Based on an October 31, 1997
report that appeared in an Arabic language newspaper published in Paris, Al-Watan al-’Arabi. For official confirmation of bin Ladin’s role
in supporting terrorism, see the testimony of Assistant Secretary of State Toby T. Gadi, United States Senate, Select Committee on
Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United States, p. 21, and the reply for the record appearing on p. 128
of that report.
67
Background briefing on “Terrorist Camp Strikes,” August 20, 1998, as found at http://www.defenselink.mil, and “Britain Has
Bin Laden Evidence,” Associated Press, August 23, 1998,11:00 a.m. EDT.
68
John Barron, “Castro, Cocaine and the A-Bomb Connection,” Reader’s Digest, March 1990, p. 70, and Harvey McGeorge,
“Chemical Addiction,” Defense and Foreign Affairs, April 1989, p. 17. The allegation was repeated by Congressman Lincoln Diaz-Balart
(R-Florida), “Under the guise of genetic, biological and pharmaceutical research, Castro is developing a serious germ and chemical
warfare capability.” See, George Gedda, “U.S. Gen. Supports Some Cuba Ties,” Associated Press, April 25, 1998, 12:06 p.m. EDT.
69
The DIA assessment is that “Cuba’s current scientific facilities and expertise could support an offensive BW program in at
least the research and development stage. Cuba’s biotechnology industry is one of the most advanced in emerging countries and would be
capable of producing BW agents.” See DIA, “The Cuban Threat to U.S. National Security,” May 6, 1998. Secretary of Defense William S.
Cohen noted, “I remain concerned about Cuba’s potential to develop and produce biological agents, given its biotechnology
infrastructure.” See his transmittal letter to Strom Thurmond, Chairman, Armed Services Committee, May 6, 1998. This material was
taken from the Department of Defense public affairs web site at http://www.defenselink.mil.
70
Zilinskas, “Iraq’s Biological Weapons: The Past as Future?,” JAMA, pp. 418-424, provides an excellent overview of the Iraqi
program.
71
Office of the Secretary of Defense, Proliferation: Threat and Response, November 1997, pp. 6, 27, 32-33, 34, 37, for
reporting on Iran, Iraq, Libya, and North Korea. See also the comments by DCI John Deutch, at the Conference on Nuclear, Biological,
Chemical Weapons Proliferation and Terrorism, May 23, 1996, regarding North Korea, Iran, Iraq, and Libya.
30
Under what circumstances might a hostile state provide biological warfare expertise to a terrorist
group? There is no evidence that such an exchange has ever taken place. In 1996, the Defense Intelligence
Agency made the following points.
Most of the state sponsors have chemical or biological or radioactive material in their stockpiles
and therefore have the ability to provide such weapons to terrorists if they wish. However, we have
no conclusive information that any sponsor has the intention to provide these weapons to
terrorists.
72
Moreover, the Department of Defense asserted in 1997, “The likelihood of a state sponsor providing such
weapons to a terrorist group is believed to be low.”
73
In addition, it appears that terrorists now rely less on state-sponsorship than was true in the 1980s.
According to an unclassified CIA assessment, the primary threat increasingly comes from transient groups not
necessarily dependent on any particular country for support
International terrorist groups have developed large transnational infrastructures, which in some
cases literally circle the globe. These networks may involve more than one like-minded group, with
each group assisting the others. The terrorists use these infrastructures for a variety of purposes,
including finance, recruitment, the shipment of arms and material, and the movement of
operatives.
74
Potentially, the emergence of such transient groups has considerable significance. Such groups are less tied to
the strategic interests of any particular country, and thus are less likely to act in a manner that reflects the
guidance of specific countries. This makes them difficult to deter by exerting pressure on a state sponsor.
While the groups may have substantial resources, they usually lack a permanent infrastructure, which may
make it harder for them to generate an effective biological warfare capability. From this perspective, reports
that bin Laden has financed a Sudanese biological warfare facility becomes a source of serious concern.
Political and moral constraints
Some analysts have argued that moral constraints are likely to inhibit use of biological weapons,
either because the terrorists subscribe to moral tenets or because their supporters do. This is based on the
72
United States Senate, Select Committee on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United States
and its Interests Abroad, p. 213.
73
Office of the Secretary of Defense, Proliferation: Threat and Response, p. 49.
74
Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United States, p. 7. Some additional elaboration is provided in the
reply for the record on p. 93.
Table 14: State Supporters of Terrorism and BW Programs
State Supporters of Terrorism BW Program
Cuba Suspected
Iraq Confirmed
Iran Confirmed
Libya Confirmed
North Korea Confirmed
Sudan Suspected
Syria Confirmed
Sources: U.S. Department of State, 1996 Patterns of Global Terrorism Report; Arms Control
and Disarmament Agency, Adherence To and Compliance With Arms Control Agreements,
1996, as found at http://www.acda.gov, and Office of the Secretary of Defense, Proliferation:
Threat and Response, November 1997. Also, see the text.
31
argument, as articulated by terrorism expert Bryan Jenkins, that terrorists are usually not interested in mass
murder.
Simply killing a lot of people has seldom been a terrorist objective. Terrorists want a lot of people
watching, not a lot of people dead. Most terrorists operate on the principle of minimum force
necessary. Generally, they do not attempt to kill many, as long as killing a few suffices for their
purposes.
75
Thus, Jenkins appears to argue that combinations of political and moral considerations have affected the
willingness of terrorists to employ weapons that could cause massive harm. The implication is that they would
be unwilling to employ biological weapons for the same reasons.
The Rajneeshees, for example, specifically rejected the use of a more dangerous pathogen, S. typhi,
which causes typhoid fever. However, in this case, the primary factor that militated against use of the agent
was not moral qualms, but rather concern that an outbreak of typhoid fever would attract too much attention.
The group believed that it could accomplish its intended objective, incapacitation, using a generally non-lethal
agent, S. typhimurium, which causes a common form of food poisoning.
In fact, in recent years there has been growing evidence that terrorist groups are interested in causing
mass casualties. This is reflected in the publicly expressed views of the CIA.
The emphasis on high casualty operations and the frequency of attacks on nonofficial targets have
been significant trends in international terrorism in recent years. These trends are reflected in the
statistics on international terrorism, which show that the number of terrorist incidents has declined
during the 1990s but casualties from terrorist attacks lately have been on the increase.
We expect these trends to continue. The newer breed of international terrorist, who seeks revenge
more than carefully defined political objectives, is interested in inflicting mass casualties.
76
Thus, there are growing concerns of erosion in the political and moral constraints that in the past kept most
terrorist groups from resorting to weapons of mass murder.
In general, however, the most serious constraint on the use of biological agents has probably been
operational rather than moral. For many purposes, biological agents are more difficult to use and less effective
than other weapons. Guns and bombs are probably more than sufficient if the objective is to murder one or
even several hundred people.
77
The fact that so many individuals and groups have considered using biological
agents is an indication of the fragility of the moral barriers.
Operational Considerations
The research highlights certain operational aspects in the use of biological agents. While these
observations should be considered tentative, because they are based on a small sample, they are derived from
real world experience.
Terrorists or criminals who possess or use biological agents almost never advertise their intent. In
only one case is it clear that perpetrators known to have possessed biological agents sent communiqués or
otherwise made known the fact of possession. In contrast, those who claimed to possess biological agents
almost never did. This tends to suggest that individuals or groups who do not claim credit will undertake most
cases involving actual use of biological agents.
This experience adds weight to the views of some experts that terrorists are increasingly unlikely to
claim credit for their actions. According to Bruce Hoffman, “Terrorists now deliberately seek to conceal their
responsibilities for attacks in hopes of avoiding identification and subsequent arrest.”
78
In Hoffman’s view,
75
Brian Michael Jenkins, Future Trends in International Terrorism, RAND Paper P-7139, December 1985, p. 4. For another
articulation of this statement, see Brian Michael Jenkins, The Future Course of International Terrorism, RAND Paper P-7139, September
1985, p. 4.
76
United States Senate, Select Committee on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United
States, p. 94.
77
An unnamed intelligence official made these comments on this point: “The fertilizer bomb has demonstrated its capacity on
numerous occasions to inflict … mass casualties. We would consider those tried-and-true low-tech means of operation still to be the main
type of attack about which we have to worry.” See Jim Wolf, “First terrorist cyber-attack reported by U.S.,” Reuters, May 4, 1998, 3:17
PDT.
78
Bruce Hoffman, “Why Terrorists Don’t Claim Credit,” Terrorism and Political Violence, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 4.
32
terrorists can obtain the publicity that they seek even without claiming credit for specific acts of terror.
Significantly, he argues that this anonymity may make them more likely to commit increasingly lethal acts.
79
Hiding biological weapons programs is easy. The efforts of the Rajneeshees to develop biological
agents were detected only when the cult fell apart and law enforcement agencies developed informers among
former members of the group. An intensive public health investigation of the outbreak failed to determine the
cause of the outbreak. In fact, an Oregon State official issued a report claiming that unsanitary practices by
restaurant workers caused the outbreak and dismissed allegations that intentional contamination was a factor. It
was only a year after the outbreak that law enforcement officials developed credible evidence that intentional
contamination was responsible.
The available evidence suggests that intelligence and law enforcement agencies are unlikely to learn
that a particular terrorist group is interested in acquiring and using biological agents. This is a concern of the
intelligence community, as reflected in the publicly stated views of the State Department’s Bureau of
Intelligence and Research.
The involvement of terrorist groups in WMD would be difficult to detect. This is particularly true
with regard to chemical and biological materials since the agents can be obtained fairly easily and
the production can be hidden.
80
There is no evidence that Japanese authorities were aware of Aum Shinrikyo’s interest in biological
agents. Only after the subway attack did Japanese law enforcement officials learn of the biological warfare
program and hear the allegations that Aum actually attempted to use biological agents. Moreover, the Aum was
virulently anti-American, and repeatedly accused the United States of waging chemical and biological warfare
on the cult.
81
Yet, the U.S. intelligence community was completely unaware of its activities. Neither the CIA
nor the FBI appears to have believed at the time that they had any responsibility for tracking such activities on
the part of groups like the Aum.
82
79
Hoffman, “Why Terrorists Don’t Claim Credit,” p. 5.
80
United States Senate, Select Committee on Intelligence, Current and Projected National Security Threats to the United
States, p. 129.
81
See Staff Statement, “Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction: A Case Study on the Aum Shinrikyo,” pp. 52-54
in United States Senate, Committee on Governmental Affairs, Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Part I.
82
United States Senate, Committee on Governmental Affairs, Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Part I, pp.
275-276.
PART II:
CASES
35
Chapter 4:
Case Definition
The survey included all publicly reported instances in which a non-state actor, either a terrorist or a
criminal, or an operative acting on behalf of a state, allegedly used, threatened to use, acquired, attempted to
acquire, or even expressed an interest in biological agents.
83
Agent involvement
The primary characteristic of the cases is the involvement of biological agents, as defined in the first
chapter of this study. This means that the agents can include a variety of microorganisms, such as bacteria,
viruses, fungi, and parasites.
The involvement of biological agents can include use, threatened use, acquisition,
attempted acquisition, or an expression of interest in biological agents.
The target of the biological agents can be people, animals, crops, or processed
foods. If animals or crops are targeted, the action or planned action must either
violate the laws of the jurisdiction involved or otherwise involve a prohibited
activity.
Cases that involve animals, such as insects or poisonous snakes, are excluded unless
the animals were used as a vector for a pathogen.
Cases involving transmission of disease directly from an infected person are not
included.
84
Cases involving only chemical agents are excluded.
Perpetrators and activities
The perpetrators must meet one of several criteria.
83
Several cases discussed below do not meet the criteria for inclusion in the study. Such cases were researched based on
published claims that they involved biological agents. Descriptions of these cases are provided to explain the rationale for excluding them.
84
This excludes instances in which people deliberately engage in risky behavior, such as HIV carriers engaging in unprotected
sex. It also excludes cases where the perpetrators deliberately introduce infected individuals into the target population.
There are a surprising number of instances in which HIV-infected people have tried to deliberately infect others. According to
one account, by 1991 there had been more than 200 prosecutions of AIDS-related criminal cases, mostly for attempted murder. See
Jennifer Grishkin, "Knowingly Exposing Another to HIV,” Yale Law Review, 106(March 1997), p. 1617, citing sources dated to 1990 and
1991.
On January 15, 1998, George Howard Stewart was arrested by the Denver Police Department for violating an order to stay
away from his wife’s house. After being arrested, Stewart, who was HIV positive, reportedly spit at the arresting officer, including into his
mouth. Stewart is alleged to have had a history of threatening to infect people with his HIV. A District Judge ruled that he had to stand trial
for second degree assault. See Howard Pankratz, “Man with HIV to stand trial in assault case,” Denver Post, April 29, 1998, as found at
the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://denverpost.com. Similarly, in April 1998, a Clinton, Louisiana, jury convicted James
Houston of attempted intentional exposure to HIV. The incident occurred on October 15, 1997, when Houston, who had been diagnosed as
HIV positive in July 1997, was being moved to a new cell block. Houston tried to resist, and spat on the officers who were attempting to
control him. Louisiana has a law prohibiting the “throwing of blood or other bodily substances” to spread HIV. See James Minton, “Man
convicted in AIDS exposure case,” Advocate (Baton Rouge), April 14, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site,
http://www.theadvocate.com.
Also relatively common are convictions of HIV-infected individuals who put others at risk of contracting the disease through
unsafe sexual practices. For example, in late October 1998, Swedish police were searching for an HIV-infected man who called himself
James Patrick Kimball who had unprotected sex a large number of women. Swedish courts have convicted eight people for such behavior.
See “Sweden looks for American with HIV,” Associated Press, October 20, 1998, 5:45 p.m. EDT.
36
If the perpetrators are non-state actors, then any involvement of biological agents
merits inclusion. Both terrorists, who use biological agents to further political
agendas, and criminals, who are motivated by more personal considerations, are
included.
If the perpetrators are employed by a nation state, then the involvement of
biological agents must be outside the context of a declared or undeclared war with
another nation state.
Excluded from the study are incidents in which health care providers poison patients
using biological agents with common medicinal uses, such as digitalis or curare.
85
Also excluded are instances of suicide.
86
Timeframe
The incident must have occurred on or after January 1, 1900.
Geographic scope
The incident could have occurred anywhere in the world.
Case identification numbers
The case identification numbers consist of the year in which the incident occurred and a sequence
number assigned as each newly identified case was researched. A case is dated to the point either when the
earliest date when the activity involving biological agents is known to have occurred, or, if that date is not
known, to the date when the activity way was discovered. Thus, the number 1996-05 indicates that the incident
took place in 1996 and that it was the fifth case from that year investigated. This means that the cases are not
necessarily numbered in chronological order. In many instances, a case was uncovered long after earlier cases
were researched. In such instances, the original case numbers were retained, and the new case inserted into the
working paper in the correct chronological order.
In some instances, the sources do not identify the exact year in which the incident took place. Such
cases are arbitrary assigned to the first year belonging to the same decade, which is defined to include every
year that has the same first three digits. Thus, cases believed to have occurred in the 1970s are assigned to
1970 and are given a sequence number for that year. When it is impossible to assign a case to a specific
decade, it was assigned to 1900. To indicate that the date is approximate, such cases are also marked with an X
at the end of the number.
Cases that have an M at the end of their identification number involve illicit use of a biological agent
with legitimate medicinal uses by a health care provider in a medical setting. While these cases are excluded
from the analysis for the reasons discussed above, several were researched during the course of the study.
85
This is an admittedly arbitrary exclusion. Health care providers have opportunities for using certain toxins not available to
other perpetrators. They often have legitimate access to toxins, or can easily steal it from facilities that have a legitimate need for the
substances. In addition, health care providers have routine access to victims that other perpetrators do not have. There are few other
settings in which people willingly allow a stranger to stick them with a needle. Thus, the activities of health care providers give little
insight into what a terrorist might be able to accomplish. Finally, there appear to be a significant number of cases of this type, so that
including them in the study would distort analysis of the data.
The drugs of choice today are rarely biological agents. According to Eric W. Hickey, Serial Murderers and Their Victims, 2
nd
edition (Washington: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1997), pp. 219, 248-250, commonly used drugs are potassium chloride, pavulon,
succinylcholine, and digoxin. Only one of these could be considered a biological agent, digoxin, which is one of the active ingredients of
digitalis. See John Mann, Murder, Magic, and Medicine (New York: Oxford University Press, 1992), pp. 170-171. While the true
incidence of murder by health care providers in medical settings is unknown, Hickey suggests that it is a growing problem. Three cases are
discussed in the text, case 1977-02M, Arnfinn Nesset, on page 60, case 1994-03M, Orville Lynn Majors, on page 76, and case 1966-01M,
Mario Jascalevich, on page 86.
86
Two cases of suicidal use of pathogens are discussed in the case studies: the first involves a physician who injected himself
with rabies (see Case 1930-02X on page 90); the second involves a woman who injected herself with HIV-infected blood (see Case 1990-
05X on page 77). Such cases are excluded from the analysis because the motivations and actions of such individuals differs significantly
from that of other perpetrators more relevant to the study of bioterrorism.
37
Comments on the case definition
The case definition was generated in order to serve the research needs of the project. Specifically, the
objective was to study incidents involving terrorists. Preliminary research indicated that there were few
instances in which terrorist groups used, acquired, or even considered using biological agents. In fact, the
author has been able to identify only 30 cases in which a terrorist group is thought to have been involved with
biological agents. In almost all of those cases, the perpetrators never actually possessed or used a biological
agent. This apparent lack of interest in biological agents is significant, and will be discussed further.
The small number of bioterrorism cases led the author to extend the study to cover other illicit
activities that might shed some insight into bioterrorism. Many of these added cases are criminal in character
(biocrimes). Such cases show what an individual or small group can accomplish using biological agents, and
thus provide some insight into what a terrorist group might be able to accomplish. Certain state-sponsored
activities also are discussed as well, including assassinations involving biological agents and sabotage
operations. The state-sponsored cases also provide some insight into the complexities of undertaking covert
biological activities, as well as giving some insights into what state support might mean for a terrorist group.
None of the cases involved use of biological agents by military organizations or other state entities in
the context of wars with other countries. Japanese use of biological weapons during the Second World War,
alleged Soviet use of biological agents in Southeast Asia, and other claimed instances of biological warfare in
the context of conventional military operations are excluded. In contrast, German use of biological agents
during World War One is included because of the covert use of such agents in neutral countries.
Sources of information
Identifying cases for research
This survey is as comprehensive as possible. It includes every case that the author has been able to
identify in the unclassified literature that meets the case definition of a biological incident. Several sources
were used to identify potential cases. An important source was the open source literature on biological
terrorism, which describes numerous incidents involving biological agents. Especially useful were the lists of
biological terrorism incidents compiled in 1995 by Ron Purver and in 1987 by Joseph D. Douglass, Jr., and
Neil C. Livingstone.
87
Bruce Hoffman shared data from the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, an
electronic database of international terrorism incidents, by providing an extract of “All Chemical/Biological
Incidents, 1968-1995.” Jason Pate of the Chemical and Biological Weapons Project at the Center for
Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute for International Studies, kindly shared a working copy of a
similar list that he was in the process of compiling. Finally, in 1971 the Stockholm International Peace
Research Institute (SIPRI) compiled a comprehensive survey of allegations of use of biological agents in
connection with wars, including several instances that appear to meet the case definition used here.
88
These
earlier studies identified approximately half the cases.
Several other sources also played an important role in uncovering cases. First, the author identified
additional cases through a survey of press reports, books, and other published accounts. Much of this effort
focused on regional newspapers, because the major national newspapers ignored most of the cases discussed
here. Books discussing the criminal use of poisons also were consulted, primarily to identify old cases. Second,
other analysts brought a number of cases to the attention of the author. The sources are credited in the notes.
Researching the cases
Five main sources of information were used to describe the cases. First, the bulk of the information
came from press reports. Most of the incidents received little coverage in major newspapers, such as the New
87
The primary source was Ron Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism: The Threat According to the Open Literature,
Canadian Security Intelligence Service, June 1995, supplemented by Joseph D. Douglass, Jr., and Neil C. Livingstone, America the
Vulnerable: The Threat of Chemical and Biological Warfare (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company,
1987), pp. 183-187. Not all cases mentioned by these sources are included in this review. For example, Purver mentions cases involving
acquisition of some toxic fungi by a foreign scientist, which have been excluded here since they appear to refer to acquisition of biological
agents by a state biological weapons program. Similarly, Purver mentions some incidents involving people infected with infectious
diseases who were allegedly used as vectors to infect target populations.
88
SIPRI, The Problem of Chemical and Biological Warfare, Volume I: The Rise of CB Weapons (New York: The Humanities
Press, 1971), pp. 214-230.
38
York Times, the Washington Post, or the London Times. For this reason, it was necessary to rely on regional
newspapers, such as the Chicago Tribune, the Columbus Dispatch (Ohio), the Dallas Morning News, the Las
Vegas Sun and the Las Vegas Review-Journal, the Portland Oregonian, and the Seattle Times. Second, some of
the accounts rely on descriptions that came from the bioterrorism literature. In a few cases, it appears that these
sources had access to intelligence or law enforcement information not available elsewhere. Third, a few of the
cases have been described in detail in the medical literature, including specialized forensic medicine
publications. Fourth, in some cases court records and other legal or law enforcement documents were used.
Finally, the author interviewed individuals associated with some of the cases, usually public health or law
enforcement officials.
Assessing the data
Because the data used in this research is of uneven reliability, a careful assessment of the quality of
data supporting the allegations associated with individual cases is essential. Research for this study identified
more than 100 instances in which it is alleged that terrorists, criminals, or state actors used, acquired, attempted
to acquire, or considered acquisition of biological agents. Reviewing the data presented in Part II of this study
reveals problems with at least half the cases. At the same time, any analysis may be skewed by the exclusion of
cases.
Criteria for inclusion
Each case was evaluated to determine if the supporting evidence met the case definition. Because
information about the activities of many of the alleged perpetrators is scanty, the quality of the supporting
material was carefully reviewed. With one exception, cases were included in the analysis only if verified by an
authoritative source, such as an official government document, or if at least two apparently independent
unofficial sources were found. The only exception applies to anthrax hoaxes, which are included if only a
single source refers to them. In most cases, those hoaxes are insufficiently serious to merit more extensive
press coverage. Cases are not included if controversy surrounds essential data related to the inclusion criteria.
Whenever there were serious questions concerning the accuracy of the allegations, the case was treated as
unconfirmed.
Lack of data: Many of the cases were excluded because there was insufficient evidence to confirm
the allegations. In some cases, the reports are extremely tenuous. Thus, the RAND-St. Andrews database
includes a report that an otherwise unknown organization calling itself the “Legion of Nabbil Kadduri Usur”
threatened to release bacteria if its demands were not met. The original source of the report is unknown, and all
that is known of the allegation is what appears in the database.
89
Under the circumstances, the data is too weak
to merit inclusion.
Faulty data interpretation: In some cases, it appears that allegations were made based on
misunderstanding of the available data. Thus, one source lists as a biological terrorism incident a 1973 case
involving contamination of the Naples water supply. A closer reading of the available data, however, indicates
that the episode involved criminal charges resulting from negligence on the part of municipal officials who
failed to prevent the spread of cholera-contaminated water. The episode had nothing to do with intentional
contamination. (See page 173 for details.)
False accusations: In a number of cases, authoritative sources erroneously believed that some illicit
activity had occurred. This is true for the well-publicized incident (discussed on page 167) in which the FBI
wrongly accused Larry Wayne Harris and William Leavitt of possessing a biological weapon.
Such cases are
interesting to study as part of an effort to understand responses to biological terrorism threats, but do not satisfy
the case definition.
Fabrications: Some incidents appear to be without any foundation. Thus, Steve Quayle, a survivalist
who produces a shortwave radio broadcast known as “Blueprint for Survival,” claimed that unspecified
“Middle East terrorists” had tried to mount a biological warfare attack on Ames, Iowa. The available evidence,
reviewed starting on page 110, suggests that there was no basis for the story.
Gaps in evidence: The difficulties entailed in identifying cases are exemplified by the allegations that
a Florida dentist, Dr. David Acer, deliberately infected at least six of his patients with HIV in the late 1980s
(see page 79). Despite an extensive investigation, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has
been unable either to exonerate Dr Acer or to confirm his culpability. Thus, while CDC believes that Acer’s
patients contracted HIV from him, it cannot demonstrate that the transmission was intentional rather than
89
For a description of this incident, see page 122.
39
accidental.
90
For this reason, the Acer case is excluded from the analysis, although it is possible that Acer
deliberately infected his patients.
Alternative case definition: The definition of a biological agent used in this study excludes insects,
unless they are a vector for a pathogen. For this reason, cases involving the deliberate spread of insects do not
meet the case definition used for this study. This leads to the exclusion of incidents such as the one reviewed
on page 173 involving “The Breeders”, a California group that allegedly was deliberately releasing Medflies.
Others, however, treat such cases as instances of biological terrorism.
91
How complete is the survey?
Despite efforts to make the research as comprehensive as possible, the list of incidents is clearly not
complete. Indeed, it is virtually a certainty that there are additional instances of biological agent use not
included in the study. It is impossible to ascertain, however, how many cases are not included. Nor is it
possible to estimate the number of people who might have been affected by bioagent use.
The circumstances surrounding the discovery of some of the cases reinforces the view that there are
additional unidentified cases. Several of the incidents became known only because of information obtained by
law enforcement agencies or other authoritative sources well after the event. The Japanese military reportedly
attempted to infect members of the League of Nations’ Lytton Commission in 1932, but information about the
incident did not become public until 1994, sixty-two years later. (See page 67.) It was a year after the
salmonellosis outbreak in The Dalles, Oregon, before law enforcement officials obtained information linking
the outbreak to use of biological agents by the Rajneeshees. (This episode is discussed starting on page 50.)
Similarly, Japanese authorities (see page 47) only learned of the efforts by Aum Shinrikyo to employ
biological agents after the cult collapsed and former members confessed to police.
In addition, the sources used in researching the cases also necessarily limit the comprehensiveness of
the study. Most of the sources consulted during the research originated in the United States, and almost all are
English language. It is likely that a thorough exploration of foreign language material would uncover
additional cases. In addition, the research relied on searches of electronic databases available in full text form.
Additional cases may be identified by searching through sources currently not on-line. At present, publications
in the United States are more readily available on-line than those published elsewhere, which probably leads to
over-representation of incidents that occurred in the United States. Finally, some cases have been described in
publicly available sources. Consequently, there is little doubt but that additional cases could be identified and
added to the list in the study.
Although it is difficult to estimate the impact of missing cases, the overall data set is so small that
even a few additional cases might significantly skew the results reported below. This is particularly true for
assessments of the consequences of biological agent use. The number of casualties associated with these cases
is relatively small, so that even a few additional cases involving illness would make a substantial difference in
the reported data. For this reason, caution should be exercised in using this data.
Organization of cases
The cases described in the following sections are divided into four categories: use of biological
agents, threatened use, possession, and other. These categories are then subdivided into sub-categories.
1. Use of biological agents
Confirmed use: The use of a biological agent was confirmed by some authoritative
source, either a court, a law enforcement agency, or by a credible government
official in these cases.
Probable or possible use: In these cases, the perpetrators may have used a
biological agent, but there is no authoritative confirmation. It also includes some
cases in which a biological agent was used, but there is no information to indicate
whether the perpetrator knowingly caused the infection. The probability of
intentional contamination for these cases ranges from highly likely to highly
unlikely.
90
Dennis L. Breo, “The dental AIDS cases—Murder or an unsolvable mystery,” JAMA, December 8, 1993, p. 2732.
91
Robert S. Root-Bernstein, “Infectious Terrorism,” Atlantic, May 1991, p. 48.
40
2. Threatened use
Threatened use (confirmed possession): This category includes cases in which the
perpetrators threatened to use biological agents, and subsequent investigations
confirmed that they possessed or probably possessed biological agents. This
category includes cases in which the perpetrators never implemented planned
attempts to use biological agents, even if their intentions were kept secret.
Threatened use (no confirmed possession): This category includes cases in which
the perpetrators threatened to use biological agents, but subsequent investigations
determined that they did not possess biological agents. This category also includes
cases in which it was never determined whether the perpetrator possessed a
biological agent.
Threatened use (anthrax hoaxes): This category includes cases in which the
perpetrators threatened use of anthrax, or in which the recipient interpreted the
threat to involve anthrax. These cases were separated from those in the previous
category because of the substantial number of anthrax hoaxes.
3. Possession of biological agents (no use or threat to use)
Confirmed possession: Cases in which authoritative sources confirmed that the
perpetrators possessed biological agents. In these cases, no attempt was made to use
the agents, and there was no known threat to use the agents.
Probable or possible possession: There is no authoritative confirmation that the
perpetrators possessed biological agents. In these cases, no attempt was made to use
the agents, and no threats of use were made.
4. Others
Interest in acquisition: The perpetrators expressed an interest in acquiring
biological agents, but never actually acquired the agent in these cases. In some
cases, the interest was slight, while in other cases the perpetrators actually attempted
to acquire the agent. In these cases, the perpetrators also never made threats to
employ biological agents.
False cases: Some source incorrectly identified a case as an example of biological
agent use. In some instances, it is unclear if the alleged event ever took place. In
other cases, something may have happened, but a biological agent was not involved.
In yet other cases, law enforcement officials believed that perpetrators were
engaged in illegal activity, but the evidence failed to support the accusations.
The cases are discussed in reverse chronological order, starting with the most recent.
41
42
Chapter 5:
Use of Biological Agents
Confirmed Use
In these cases, the use of a biological agent was confirmed by some authoritative source, either a
court, a law enforcement agency, or by a credible government official.
Case 1997-06: Unknown New Zealand farmers, August 1997
On August 26, 1997, New Zealand’s Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF) confirmed that it
had identified the presence of rabbit hemorrhagic disease (RHD) in areas of the country’s South Island.
According to MAF’s Chief Veterinary Officer, “It appears that this disease has been deliberately and illegally
introduced by people wanting to use it as a biocontrol tool.”
92
Australian farmers use RHD to kill feral rabbits
as an animal control tool.
Earlier in 1997, a group of agricultural organizations mounted an effort to gain MAF approval to
import RHD from Australia and use it to reduce the feral rabbit population on farms in New Zealand. This
application was rejected on July 2, 1997, after considerable scientific review.
93
An appeal was turned down on
August 19, 1997.
New Zealand authorities believe that someone smuggled RHD into New Zealand, probably from
Australia, and introduced it into rabbit population. Farmers apparently told journalists that the RHD had been
brought into the country two months before the release.
94
Some farmers indicated that introduction of RHD
into New Zealand was inevitable, whatever the government decided.
95
Government officials apparently
believed that illegal introduction was likely, and took steps to deal with such an eventuality. Significantly, no
attempts were made to address farmers’ concerns about the need for effective rabbit control that would
motivate such an illegal act.
96
Although it is not known who originally introduced the RHD, other farmers admitted to further
propagating the disease. According to press reports, farmers spent six weeks prior to the identification of the
outbreak perfecting their dissemination techniques. They mixed in a blender the liver, spleen, and hearts of
infected rabbits with 100 milliliters of water. Initially, the farmers injected this mixture into rabbits, but found
92
New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, “RCD Confirmed in South Island,” August 26, 1997, as it appears in the
ministry’s World Wide Web site, http://www.maf.govt.nz/. An interesting discussion of this episode is provided in notes prepared for a
presentation given at Plum Island by Graham Mackereth, “Rabbit Haemorrhagic Virus (RHDV)—The New Zealand experience,” National
Centre for Disease Investigation, New Zealand, August 1998. The author is grateful to Terrance M. Wilson, D.V.M., Ph.D., for providing a
copy of this paper.
Rabbit hemorrhagic disease (RHD) or rabbit hemorrhagic viral disease (RHVD) was called rabbit calicivirus disease (RCD) in
Australia and New Zealand. The Australian government adopted the name RCD because it claimed that the pathogen involved technically
did not cause a hemorrhagic disease. The government of New Zealand followed the Australian example. Others rejected RCD as a name
because this disease is not the only calicivirus known to infect rabbits, and thus lacks specificity. Australia has invested considerable effort
into a program to use RCD as a rabbit control tool, and some critics claim that the disease was renamed to make its use more palatable to
the public. For a description of the use of RCD as a rabbit control tool, see the web site maintained by the Australia and New Zealand
Rabbit Calicivirus Disease Program at http://www.csiro.au/communication/rabbits/qarabbit.htm. In 1999, governments decided to revert to
the name RHD after some European scientists discovered another organism that causes similar symptoms and named it rabbit calicivirus
disease. See “A disease by any other name,” The Press (New Zealand), February 11, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web
site, “The Press On-Line: New Zealand News,” at http://www.press.co.nz. All newspaper references were taken from this web site.
93
New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, “MAF Says "No" To RCD As Rabbit Control in New Zealand,” July 2,
1997, as it appears on the ministry’s World Wide Web site, http://www.maf.govt.nz/.
94
Michael Rentoul, “Govt likely to abandon RCD fight,” The Press (New Zealand), August 30, 1997.
95
“Farmers’ reaction,” The Press (New Zealand), July 3, 1997.
96
Mackereth, “Rabbit Haemorrhagic Virus (RHDV).”
43
that the disease spread too slowly. They then put the mixed the material with carrots and oats to attract rabbits,
and then spread the infected bait in areas heavily infested with rabbits.
97
After the presence of the disease was discovered, MAF made a largely ineffective effort to prevent the
organism from spreading. For about a week the ministry attempted to quarantine the infected area. The MAF
deployed 15 of its people to the area, and 30 police supported them. Roadblocks were established to prevent
the movement of any “rabbits or rabbit-related material” from the quarantine zone.
98
This effort collapsed,
however, as the ministry found that the disease was spreading more quickly than it could be contained. This
appears to have led to a reevaluation of government policy towards RHD.
The response of the New Zealand government to the illegal introduction of RHD was extremely
confused. There were substantial divisions within the New Zealand government. Some ministers wanted to
eradicate the disease. Others accepted that the disease had been introduced and advocated adopting it as an
animal control measure. There also appear to have been disagreements within the government over
interpretations of the laws that regulated biological agents.
Initially, the government threatened to prosecute anyone involved in the introduction or spread of the
disease. Subsequently, however, the government adopted a softer line. The MAF took the position that under
the terms of the Biosecurity Act, New Zealand could not prosecute those involved in spreading the disease by
using agent obtained from New Zealand rabbits. Consequently, the government decided to change its
regulations and legalize use of the disease under the terms of the Biosecurity Act.
MAF initially took the position that the government had no authority to prevent someone from
spreading a pathogen by using infected animal parts, as the farmers had admitted to doing. However, the
Crown Law Office reportedly determined that provisions of the Animals Act made any possession of RHD
illegal. In addition, the Crown Law Office also determined that the Biosecurity Act prohibited intentional
spreading of RHD. However, because of the contrary advice given by MAF, the government determined that it
could not prosecute violators of the laws.
MAF continued its efforts to identify the perpetrators, and signaled its intent to prosecute anyone
involved either in smuggling RHD into the country or in releasing the original agent.
99
To determine who was
responsible for introducing the agent into the country, MAF staff began interviewing “every rabbit-plagued
farmer” in the areas where the disease first appeared.
100
Despite the introduction of the disease into New Zealand, MAF continued to oppose importing RHD
from Australia. The ministry argued that the strains of the disease already present in New Zealand were
proving effective in killing rabbits. It also claimed that there was no evidence indicating that the RHD in New
Zealand could lose its virulence. Finally, the government asserted that it was impractical to rely on imported
Australian seed stock for logistics reasons.
101
In February 1998, however, the New Zealand government
decided to legalize the use of RHD for rabbit control.
102
As of late 1997, the government of New Zealand had not identified those responsible for introducing
the RHD virus into the country.
103
According to one press report, apparently relying on the statements of New
Zealand farmers, the person responsible for importing the disease was not from New Zealand.
104
Case 1996-05: Diane Thompson, October 1996
On October 29, 1996, twelve people who worked in the laboratory of the St. Paul Medical Center
hospital in Dallas, Texas, were deliberately infected with Shigella dysenteriae type 2, a rare strain of shigella
that causes diarrhea. Another person became ill after consuming a pastry brought home by one of the
97
John Keast, “Rabbit smoothies help spread virus,” The Press (New Zealand), August 30, 1997. These accounts are confirmed
by New Zealand government officials. See Mackereth, “Rabbit Haemorrhagic Virus (RHDV).”
98
“Outbreak dispatches from the RCD zone,” The Press (New Zealand), September 6, 1997.
99
New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, “MAF Clarified Legal Stance on RCD Prosecutions,” September 5, 1997,
as found on the ministry’s World Wide Web site at http://www.maf.govt.nz/. See also New Zealand Government, “Government Response
To The Outbreak of RCD,” September 9, 1997.
100
“MAF still investigating RCD,” Southland Times, September 17, 1997.
101
New Zealand Government, “Government Response To The Outbreak of RCD,” September 9, 1997, as found at
http://www.maf.govt.nz/.
102
Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, “Pesticides Board Grants Experimental Use Permit for RCD,” February 26, 1998, as
found at http://www.maf.govt.nz/.
103
“Introduction Probe Continues,” The Southland Press, November 12, 1997.
104
John Keast, “Silence of the rabbits,” The Press, July 25, 1998.
44
laboratory workers. Four people became sufficiently sick to be hospitalized and five other victims went to
emergency rooms for treatment. There were no fatalities.
105
Reportedly, an e-mail message was sent to the laboratory personnel inviting them to eat some pastries
that were available in the laboratory’s lunchroom. There were two boxes of pastries with blueberry muffins and
an assortment of doughnuts. The lunchroom was always locked and was accessible only to those with the
combination. Eleven of the workers ate pastries between 7:15 a.m. and 1:30 p.m. The twelfth victim took a
muffin home and shared it at 7:00 p.m. The victims started to become sick at 9:00 p.m. All were ill by 4:00
a.m. on November 1. Everyone who ate a pastry became ill.
106
Clinical tests revealed that eight of the victims were infected with S. dysenteriae. Tests of a muffin
saved by one of the victims revealed that it was contaminated with the same pathogen. The muffin was given
to police investigating the case, and taken to a laboratory at the Texas Department of Health. Comparisons
indicated that there was an extremely high probability that the victims had the same strain of the organism as
was identified in the muffin. Investigators learned that the laboratory had a vial containing beads impregnated
with S. dysenteriae type 2 of the same strain. Some of the beads apparently were missing.
107
In addition to the epidemiological study, the St. Paul Medical Center Police also launched an
investigation into the incident. Their attention was focused on a 25-year old laboratory technician, Diane
Thompson, who had ready access to the laboratory’s shigella culture.
108
During the investigation in the shigella outbreak, hospital police learned that a year before a boyfriend
of Thompson, John P. Richey, had suffered from similar symptoms.
109
Richey met Diane Thompson in January
1994, when the two worked at the Harris Methodist Hospital in Ft. Worth, Texas. The two began dating.
Although Richey tried to end the relationship in September 1995, he continued to see Thompson because his
parents were fond of her. The next month, Richey became ill with what his physician diagnosed as strep throat.
He was treated with an antibiotic and initially seemed to get better. A few days later, however, he developed
diarrhea and a fever, and, on the night of October 20, he went to the emergency room at St. Paul’s Medical
Center after developing severe chest pains. Richey’s condition continued to worsen. On October 26, he was
admitted to the hospital suffering from severe dehydration. According to information subsequently uncovered
by investigators, Thompson falsified Richey’s laboratory tests. She apparently went to the hospital’s
microbiology laboratory and replaced Richey’s stool sample with one from someone who was not infected. In
this way, she hoped to ensure that the physicians treating Richey would not learn of his infection.
According to Richey’s statements to investigators, he became suspicious of Thompson’s behavior at
this time. She apparently brought him a glass of water while he was in the hospital, and became agitated when
he refused to drink it. After being released from the hospital, she brought him a bottle of Gatorade, which he
refused to use when he came to suspect that Thompson was trying to conceal that she had previously opened it.
A few days later, Thompson gave Richey some lasagna to take to work for lunch. Sometime after eating it,
Richey again became sick. As before, he was treated with antibiotics. The next night, Thompson convinced
Richey to allow her to take a blood sample so that she could analyze it at the hospital. Approximately an hour
later, his arm began to get sore. Later that evening Thompson’s hospital supervisor called to tell him that his
blood was filled with bacteria and that he should go to the emergency room. He was again treated with
105
The primary sources used in preparing this account are the Affidavit of Warrant for Arrest, St. Paul Medical Center Police,
November 8, 1996, as provided by Nancy J. Cutler, Assistant District Attorney, Dallas County District Attorney’s Office, and S. A.
Kolavic, et al., “An Outbreak of Shigella dysenteriae Type 2 Among Laboratory Workers Due to Intentional Food Contamination,” JAMA
(Journal of the American Medical Association), August 6, 1997, pp. 396-398. An earlier presentation of the JAMA study was given in
“Outbreak of Shigella dysenteriae 2 among Hospital Laboratory Workers—Texas,” a presentation by Dr. Shellie A. Kolavic at the 46th
Annual Epidemic Intelligence Service Conference, April 18, 1997, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia. The
hospital’s name is not given in the CDC reports, but is identified as the St. Paul Medical Center in the affidavit and multiple press
accounts. See “Spiking of doughnuts with rare bacteria probed by FBI,” San Diego Union-Tribune, November 12, 1996, p. A4, and the
Houston Chronicle, November 11, 1996. The Houston Chronicle citation was drawn from the newspaper’s World Wide Web site at
http://www.chron.com.
106
The e-mail was sent from a supervisor’s computer at a time when the supervisor was out of the office. See Kolavic, et al.,
“An Outbreak of Shigella dysenteriae Type 2 Among Laboratory Workers Due to Intentional Food Contamination,” p. 397.
107
Kolavic, et al., “An Outbreak of Shigella dysenteriae Type 2 Among Laboratory Workers Due to Intentional Food
Contamination,” pp. 397-398, and the Affidavit of Warrant for Arrest. The origin of the laboratory’s S. dysenteriae type 2 culture is not
known. Investigators believe that it may have been obtained from a patient and then used for training purposes at a time when the
laboratory was used as a training facility.
108
Published accounts do not indicate why investigators focused on Thompson.
109
The details of Richey’s involvement are taken from Affidavit of Warrant for Arrest, St. Paul Medical Center Police,
November 8, 1996.
45
antibiotics. Richey believed that Thompson contaminated a syringe with bacteria before using it to draw his
blood.
During the next month and a half, Richey had his tires slashed five times and sugar was put into his
car’s fuel tank. At that point, Richey moved to Corpus Christie to get away from Thompson. He told
investigators that he made the move to get away from Thompson, and that he was extremely afraid of her.
Richey claimed that Thompson subsequently admitted to him that she was responsible for his illnesses. This
statement was corroborated by statements made by two of Thompson’s co-workers at the hospital.
110
Because of the police investigation, Thompson was arrested on November 8, 1996 for allegedly
falsifying documentation related to the laboratory.
111
A Dallas County grand jury indicted her on counts of
tampering with a government document and aggravated assault on January 14, 1997.
112
At the time, authorities
claimed that she intentionally contaminated food eaten by her boyfriend with the shigella organisms. She was
released from jail after paying bail set at $15,000.
113
On August 28, 1997, Thompson was indicted by the State of Texas on three charges of tampering
with a food product. She was accused of infecting 12 people with Shigella dysenteriae Type 2. The maximum
penalty for each charge is life imprisonment. According to press reports, a federal criminal investigation was
also launched.
114
Thompson was found guilty on five felony assault charges and to falsifying documents related to the
infection of her boyfriend. She was sentenced to twenty years in prison.
115
Case 1995-02: Debora Green, August 1995
On April 17, 1996, Dr. Debora Green pleaded no contest to two charges of murder and two charges of
attempted murder. One of the attempted murder charges was based on a claim that she had tried to use ricin to
poison her estranged husband, Dr. Michael Farrar.
116
She had earlier pleaded not guilty to those charges. After
prosecutors indicated that they would seek the death penalty, she negotiated a plea bargain that eliminated any
chance she would be sentenced to death. Instead, she was sentenced to life with a provision that she will be
eligible for parole only after serving 40 years.
117
Farrar is a cardiologist, who was then in the process of getting a divorce from Green, an oncologist.
The two had three children. Green apparently was a heavy drinker, and appeared to suffer from a severe
psychiatric disorder. A psychologist who examined Green claimed that she was “a very, very immature
person” who had “the emotional capability of a 1-year-old.”
118
On August 17, 1995, Farrar was hospitalized with a mysterious illness that almost killed him. He had
come down with the symptoms about a week earlier. Initially, his physicians thought he might have contracted
an unusual tropical disease during a July 1995, trip to Peru, perhaps an unusual form of typhoid. He was
hospitalized twice more in the next few weeks.
119
110
Affidavit of Warrant for Arrest.
111
Charles Ornstein, “Lab bacteria put in pastry caused illnesses,” Dalles Morning News, November 11, 1996, p. 20A, and
Houston Chronicle, November 11, 1996.
112
“Grand jury indicts ex-lab worker in poisoning case,” Dallas Morning News, January 28, 1997, p. 14A.
113
Steve Scott, “Ex-hospital worker indicted: She’s accused of tainting muffins, doughnuts that made co-workers ill,” Dallas
Morning News, August 29, 1997, p. 28A.
114
Steve Scott, “Ex-hospital worker indicted: She’s accused of tainting muffins, doughnuts that made co-workers ill,” Dallas
Morning News, August 29, 1997, p. 28A.
115
“Ex-lab worker tainted food,” Houston Chronicle, September 12, 1998, p. A48. The sentence information comes from
Nancy Cutler in a telephone communication.
116
“Mother pleads in children’s murder,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, April 18, 1996, as found on the newspaper’s web site,
http://www.stlnet.com. For a lengthy account of this case, see Ann Rule, Bitter Harvest: A Woman’s Fury, A Mother’s Sacrifice (New
York: Simon & Schuster, 1997).
117
Tony Rizzo, “Green gets life sentence,” Kansas City Star, May 31, 1996. These articles were found at
http://www.kcstar.com.
118
Tony Rizzo, “Green gets life sentence,” Kansas City Star, May 31, 1996.
119
Tony Rizzo, “Fire inquiry examined possible poisoning,” Kansas City Star, November 9, 1995, Richard Espinoza, “Mother
accused of arson is moved,” Kansas City Star, November 25, 1995. Additional details appear in Rule, Bitter Harvest, pp. 74-78. According
to Rule’s account, the first poisoning incident apparently occurred on August 11, when Green fed Farrar a chicken salad sandwich that
tasted “a little bitter.” Farrar became extremely ill, but appeared to be getting better until his symptoms worsened on August 18, when he
was hospitalized. He remained in the hospital until August 25. The second incident apparently occurred that same day after he ate a
spaghetti dinner served by Green. He was hospitalized again three or four hours after eating the meal. Finally, on the evening of September
4 he was again put into the hospital after the symptoms returned.
46
The cause of his illness was only clarified in late September. After a bitter argument with his wife,
during which she became extremely abusive, Farrar called police. She was taken into custody at that time, and
Farrar tried to have her committed. She was released after voluntarily spending four days at the Menninger
Institute.
At the time of her detention, Farrar gave the police eight packages of castor beans, which he had
removed from her purse. Some of the packages were empty. Only a few days before, on September 20 or 22, a
garden store sold her ten identical packages of castor beans. The store’s assistant manager remembered the
transaction because of the need to special order the beans. Because castor plants are quick-growing annuals,
they must be replanted every year. Normally, the seeds are purchased only at the start of the growing season,
and to obtain the seeds so late in the year meant getting them from the store’s main office.
120
On the night of October 24, after Farrar informed Green that he was seeking custody of their three
children, Green set fire to their house to kill the children. Two died in the fire, and the third escaped only by
climbing out of a second story window. Believing that the fire was arson, an investigation was launched, and
Green was arrested for killing her children. She also was charged with attempting to poison her husband.
Analysis by the FBI laboratory found antibodies in Farrar’s blood that proved he had been poisoned with
ricin.
121
Police apparently believe that he was poisoned on three occasions when Green served him meals
during August and September.
122
Farrar was hospitalized after each suspected poisoning. In addition, he required additional
hospitalization in the months following the attacks. According to Farrar’s doctors, the ricin perforated his
gastrointestinal tract, leading to metastatic infections of the heart (endocarditis) and brain (abscesses), both of
which required surgical intervention.
123
It is not known how Green prepared the beans prior to contaminating Farrar’s food. Despite pleading
guilty, Green has refused to describe how Farrar was poisoned. In fact, she now blames the poisoning on her
dead son.
124
The poisoning could have been done in one of two ways. If castor beans are eaten intact, they are
not poisonous, since the shell does not contain ricin and is sufficiently rugged to survive a passage through the
digestive tract.
125
Accordingly, either Green must have prepared the beans in a way that exposed the ricin
inside or she extracted the ricin from the beans and then added the toxin to the food. Any evidence of her
activities might have been destroyed when she set her house on fire.
120
From the testimony of Kyle Shipps and Leighann Stahl during Green’s preliminary hearing, State of Kansas vs. Debora
Green – 95CR5387, pp. 207-265. Paul J. Morrison, District Attorney, Tenth Judicial District, and his executive assistant, Terri L. Issa,
provided selected transcripts from these hearings. See also Tony Rizzo, “Green to stand trial in children’s death,” Kansas City Star,
February 2, 1996.
Green must have made at least one previous purchase of caster beans to use in August and early September when she
apparently poisoned Farrar. There is no indication that law enforcement officials were able to identify such purchases.
121
See the testimony of FBI supervisory special agent Drew Campbell Richardson at Dr. Green’s preliminary hearing, pp. 395-
402. According to Richardson (pp. 417-418), this may have been the first time that the FBI laboratory did an immunoassay of a blood
sample. He noted that during the 1980s, the laboratory did gain some experience in assaying solid ricin samples, but that different
techniques are needed to detect the antibodies created in response to an exposure to ricin. The FBI laboratory received technical advice
from the Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland.
122
Tony Rizzo, “Fire inquiry examined possible poisoning,” Kansas City Star, November 9, 1995.
123
Richard Espinoza, “Mother accused of arson is moved,” Kansas City Star, November 25, 1995, Tony Rizzo, “Green gets life
sentence,” Kansas City Star, May 31, 1996.
124
Telephone interview with Paul Morrison, Johnson County District Attorney, September 15, 1997. Green repeated this
allegation in her interview with Ann Rule. See Rule, Bitter Harvest, p. 343.
125
Julia F. Morton, “Poisonous and Injurious Higher Plants and Fungi,” p. 1502, in C.G. Tedeschi, William G. Eckert, and
Luke G. Tedeschi, editors, Forensic Medicine: A study in trauma and environment, Volume III: Environmental Hazards (Philadelphia: W.
B. Saunders, 1977). According to “Castor Beans (Ricinus Communis L),” pp. 1847-1849, in Matthew J. Ellenhorn, et al., editors,
Ellenhorn’s Medical Toxicology: Diagnosis and Treatment of Human Poisoning, 2nd Edition (Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, A Waverly
Company, 1997), the lethal dose of ricin is about 1 microgram per kilogram (µg/kg) of body weight. This corresponds to about eight beans,
depending on the size of the beans. Other sources give different doses. Thus, Medical Management of Biological Casualties, Appendix,
estimates 3-5 µg/kg.
A distinctly different perspective on castor bean toxicity is offered by Albert Rauber and Julia Heard, “Castor Bean Toxicity
Reexamined: A New Perspective,” Veterinary and Human Toxicology, Vol. 27 (December 1965), pp. 498-502. These authors reviewed the
available data on castor bean poisoning, drawing on data from poison control centers. They collected reports discussing 751 cases, and
calculated that there was a 1.8 per cent fatality rate. Excluding the oldest cases, from a study published in 1906 that identified a 6 per cent
case fatality rate, leads to a fatality rate of only 0.8 per cent. Modern standards of medical treatment probably account for much of the
discrepancy. They conclude that while “capable of causing severe disease … a pessimistic prognosis will rarely be warranted.”
47
Case 1994-04: Richard J. Schmidt, August 1994
On October 23, 1998, a Lafayette, Louisiana, jury voted 10-2 to convict Richard J. Schmidt of
attempted second-degree murder. Schmidt could have received a prison sentence of between 10 and 50
years.
126
The trial judge sentenced Schmidt to 50 years in prison.
127
Schmidt was accused of injecting a former lover, Janice Trahan, with HIV-infected blood. Schmidt, a
married gastroenterologist, resisted efforts by the victim to end a ten-year-old affair. According to authorities,
Schmidt gave the injection on the night of August 4, 1994. Schmidt regularly gave vitamin B-12 injections to
Trahan. According to the prosecution, Schmidt made a quick visit that evening to the victim’s house after first
calling to determine that she was home. He found her already in bed, and offered to give her a vitamin
injection. She refused. District Attorney Michael Hanson gave the following account of what happened next.
“Before she could do anything more, he jab her in the left arm. She has never even sees the hypodermic. Next
thing, he’s leaving almost immediately.” That was the last time that the two had physical contact. Trahan
developed symptoms about a month later. Laboratory tests confirmed that she was infected with HIV. The
accused denied the charges and claimed that the alleged victim was trying to “ruin his life with this charge.”
128
The prosecution argued that laboratory tests demonstrated that Trahan contracted the same strain of
HIV as found in one of Schmidt’s patients. The defense attempted to keep the scientific data concerning the
DNA typing of the HIV strains out of the trial. Louisiana courts rejected the defense request, and allowed the
prosecutors to make use of it.
129
Case 1993-03: “Iwan E.”, June 1992
In May 1994, a Dutch man, identified in court only as “Iwan E.” was given a ten-year prison sentence
for injecting his former girlfriend, identified only as “Gina O.”, with 2-5 milliliters of HIV-contaminated
blood. The blood was drawn from an HIV-positive friend of the perpetrator. According to prosecutors, “Iwan
E.” acted in June 1992 after “Gina O.” broke up with him. The defense argued that the defendant was acting in
self-defense, because “Gina O.” had threatened to stab him with a knife during an argument. Three months
after the injection, she was diagnosed as HIV-positive. Following the trial, the District Court issued a statement
that said, “The defendant has attacked the victim’s life in an extremely aggressive way and has violated her
physical and mental integrity.”
130
Case 1992-05: Brian T. Stewart, February 1992
On April 22, 1998, Brian T. Stewart was arrested on charges of deliberately infecting his own son
with HIV. He was arraigned the next day in St. Charles County, Missouri, charged with first-degree assault,
and ordered to post a $500,000 bond to be released from jail. Stewart pleaded innocent to the charges, which
could result in a life sentence.
131
Prosecutors believe that Stewart injected the boy with HIV-contaminated blood on February 6, 1992,
when the then 11 month-old baby was being treated for a respiratory ailment at the St. Joseph’s Medical
Center-West in Lake Saint Louis. According to press accounts, he was seen carrying a lab coat into his son’s
room. It is alleged that he then injected the blood into his son. The coat was of a type not typically worn at that
time of year. According to St. Charles County Prosecutor Tim Braun, “The inference that we would have is
that he had blood in there, and if somebody looked in the pocket of the coat, he would say, ‘Oh, I had that left
over from my other job’ or ‘I forgot to take that out’.” Stewart allegedly told one witness something like, “You
don’t have to worry about me paying child support because the child won’t live long enough.”
132
126
Bruce Schultz, “Jury says physician tried to kill lover with HIV injection,” Baton Rouge Advocate, October 24, 1998, pp. 1-
b, 3-b [Acadiana edition].
127
Bruce Schultz, “Judge sentences Lafayette doctor to 50 years in HIV case,” Advocate (Baton Rouge, Louisiana), February
18, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.theadvocate.com.
128
“Doctor accused of Injecting His Girlfriend with HIV,” Los Angeles Times, July 25, 1996, p. A17.
129
“Appeals Court Takes HIV Case Under Advisement,” Sun Herald (Biloxi, Mississippi), May 5, 1997.
130
A medical account of the case appears in Jan Veenstra, et al., “Transmission of Zidovudine-Resistant Human
Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 Variants Following Deliberate Injection of Blood from a Patient with AIDS: Characteristics and Natural
History of the Virus,” Clinical Infectious Diseases, Vol. 21 (September 1995), pp. 556-560. “Man Jailed For 10 Years For Injecting
Girlfriend with HIV Virus,” Associated Press, AP Worldstream, May 26, 1994, 9:50 a.m. Eastern Time. See also, “Aids attack,” Times
(London), May 12, 1994, p. 10.
131
Michele Munz, “Stewart arraigned on charges of injecting son,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, April 23, 1998. Articles were taken
from the newspaper’s web site at http://www.stlnet.com.
132
“Mother in HIV case pleads for privacy,” CNN, April 24, 1998, as found at http://www.cnn.com.
48
Stewart worked as a phlebotomist, a medical technician who draws blood from patients. At the time
of the alleged incident, Stewart was working at Barnes Hospital in St. Louis, Missouri. Authorities apparently
believe that he obtained blood from an HIV-infected patient, and took that blood to the hospital where his son
was being treated.
133
The boy was born thirteen months after Stewart met the mother in January 1990. The two were
married in July 1993, and divorced in 1996. Stewart apparently refused to pay child support for the boy after
the two separated, claiming that he had not fathered the boy. Subsequently, the courts were convinced by
laboratory tests that he was the father, and ordered him to pay child support.
134
The boy was extremely sick as a baby, but his physicians were unable to determine the cause. Finally,
in May 1996, when he was five years old and in extremely ill health, they determined that he was suffering
from AIDS. At that point, social workers at St. Louis Children’s Hospital informed police of the case, and an
investigation was launched. According to St. Charles County Sheriff Douglas Saulters, law enforcement
officials spent two years investigating the case. They ruled out alternative causes, but admitted that the
evidence was largely circumstantial.
135
At the end of a two-day hearing, held May 26-27, 1998, Judge Jon Cunningham ruled that the
prosecution had sufficient evidence to proceed with a trial. The defense attorney argued that the boy could
have contracted AIDS either because of the medical treatments that he received or by coming into contact with
an infected needle.
136
On December 8, 1988, a jury found Stewart guilty of the charges after deliberating for only seven
hours.
137
In early January 1999, the trial judge sentenced Stewart to life imprisonment, the maximum sentence
for first-degree assault. The case is currently under appeal.
138
Case 1990-04: Graham Farlow, July 1990
In July 1990, an Australian prison warder, Geoffrey Pearce, was injected with HIV-contaminated
blood by Graham Farlow, an inmate in a prison in New South Wales. Pearce was treated with zidovudine, also
known as AZT. Nevertheless, four weeks after the attack laboratory tests detected the presence of HIV in
Pearce’s blood. Farlow was asymptomatic at the time he injected Pearce. Nine months later, however, Farlow
was diagnosed with AIDS. He died two months later. Soon after the assault, Farlow was charged with assault
and malicious wounding. He could not be charged with murder because the then-existing law required the
victim to die within one year and one day of the alleged assault. Farlow died before he could be tried. Pearce
died in 1997.
139
Case 1990-01: Aum Shinrikyo, April 1990-March 1995
The Japanese group responsible for the 1995 dissemination of sarin nerve gas in the Tokyo subway
system, a religious cult known as the Aum Shinrikyo, also produced biological agents and tried to use them.
140
In fact, it appears that the group attempted to master biological agents before focusing on chemical agents.
133
Kristina Sauerwein, “Someone with access, intent can defy lab security,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, April 26, 1998.
134
William C. Lhotka and Lance Williams, “Man Accused of Giving Son HIV is Described as a Drifter,” St. Louis Post-
Dispatch, April 26, 1998.
135
Jim Salter, “Dad May have Injected Son with AIDS,” Associated Press, April 24, 1998, 2:29 a.m.
136
Michele Munz, “Trial is ordered for man accused of giving son AIDS,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, May 28, 1998, Michele
Munz, “Lawyer suggests other ways boy could have gotten AIDS,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, May 27, 1998, Jim Salter, Associated Press,
May 28, 1998, 12:57 a.m. EDT, and Jim Salter, Associated Press, May 26, 1998, 10:27 p.m. EDT.
137
Michele Munz, “Father is found guilty of giving his son an HIV-tainted injection,” ,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, December 6,
1998.
138
Jim Salter, “Father of AIDS-infected child is sentenced,” Associated Press, January 9, 1999.
139
Philip D. Jones, “HIV transmission by stabbing despite zidovudine prophylaxis” [letter], Lancet, Vol. 338 (October 5, 1981),
p. 884. According to Jones, he could find no previous reports in which the “malicious transmission” of HIV occurred through use of HIV-
infected blood in a syringe. For other press accounts, see “Prison Guard says he got AIDS virus after attack,” Los Angeles Times,
September 1, 1990, p. A24, “Prisoner charged with AIDS-poisoning of warder dies from AIDS,” Reuters North American Wire, April 27,
1991, PM cycle, Robert Milliken, “Sydney warders strike over HIV needle attacks,” Independent (London), September 17, 1990, p. 14,
“AIDS-attack victim prison officer dies in Australia,” Deutsche Presse-Agentur, September 2, 1997, BC cycle, 02:42 Central European
Time, and Rob Taylor, “Prison officer dies after seven year AIDS battle,” AAP, September 1, 1997.
140
This account is based primarily on David E. Kaplan and Andrew Marshall, The Cult at the End of the World (New York:
Crown Publishers, 1996), supplemented by Sheryl WuDunn, Judith Miller, and William J. Broad, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted
World,” New York Times, May 26, 1998, pp. A1, A10, which provides new details of alleged Aum activities. See also D.W. Brackett, Holy
Terror: Armageddon in Tokyo (New York: Weatherhill, 1996) and Staff Statement, “Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction:
49
A charismatic guru who called himself Shoko Asahara founded Aum Shinrikyo. Asahara built the cult
into a massive empire with a membership of approximately 10,000 with financial assets of at least US $300
million.
141
Aum was organized into Ministries and Departments, mimicking the structure of the Japanese
government. Of particular importance for the biological warfare activity was the Ministry of Science and
Technology, headed by Hideo Murai, and the Ministry of Health and Welfare, headed by Seichi Endo. Murai
had graduated from Osaka University with a degree in astrophysics, and then worked for Kobe Steel doing
research and development. Endo had researched genetic engineering at Kyoto University’s Viral Research
Center.
142
According to one report, Endo first investigated Clostridium botulinum, which they obtained from
environmental samples acquired near the Tokachi River on Hokkaido, the northern-most of the main Japanese
islands.
143
By early April 1990, the Aum thought that it had made considerable progress in its efforts to develop
botulinum toxin as a biological agent. A production facility was built at the cult’s Mount Fuji facility.
Unfortunately, when Endo tested the toxin, it failed to affect test rats. Aum’s researchers also were attempting
to produce an antitoxin using horse sera. This work was conducted by the group’s Mount Aso laboratory. A
stable was built for the horses used in the research.
144
Sometime in mid-1993, the cult completed work on a new biological research facility, which was
located on the highest floor of an eight-story office building that Aum owned in the eastern part of Tokyo. At
this location, Aum worked on Bacillus anthracis. On the adjacent roof of the building, a larger industrial
sprayer was built to disseminate the anthrax.
145
In addition to botulinum toxin and anthrax, the Aum also was believed to have experimented with Q
fever and the spores from a poisonous mushroom.
146
In 1992, Aum sent a team of 40 people to Zaire to acquire
Ebola. Led by Asahara himself, the team included doctors and nurses. During an outbreak of Ebola in Zaire, a
Japanese tourist visiting that country may have contracted the hemorrhagic fever. This report, which received
considerable publicity in Japan, apparently inspired Asahara to mount the expedition to Zaire in October 1992.
Ostensibly, this trip was intended as a humanitarian mission, called the “African Salvation Tour.” It is not
known if Aum actually obtained Ebola cultures. A Japanese magazine quoted a former member of the group,
“We were cultivating Ebola, but it needed to be studied more. It can’t be used practically yet.”
147
Press accounts suggest that Aum attempted to use aerosolized biological agents against nine targets,
two with anthrax and seven with botulinum toxin.
148
In April 1990, the Aum Shinrikyo outfitted three vehicles to disseminate botulinum
toxin. One vehicle was driven through central Tokyo, spraying the toxin, with the
Japan’s parliament, the Diet, the main target. Another vehicle reportedly was
directed against two targets: the town of Yokohama and the Yokosuka naval base,
the U.S. Navy’s most important facility in the east Pacific. The third vehicle
allegedly was used in the area of the Narita International Airport, one of Japan’s
most important airports.
In early June 1993, the cult attempted to disrupt the planned wedding of Prince
Naruhito, Japan’s Crown Prince, by spreading botulinum toxin in downtown Tokyo
using a specially equipped automobile.
A Case Study on the Aum Shinrikyo,” pp. 47-102, in Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Governmental Affairs,
U.S. Senate, Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Part I (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1996).
141
Kevin Sullivan, “Japan Cult Survives While Guru Is Jailed,” Washington Post, September 28, 1997, p. A21. Other sources
provide much larger estimates. According to Staff Statement, “Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction: A Case Study on the
Aum Shinrikyo,” pp. 54, 57-58, puts the membership at 40,000 to 60,000, including an estimated 30,000 to 50,000 in Russia, and the total
financial resources at about US $1 billion.
142
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, pp. 51-53.
143
WuDunn, Miller, and Broad, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted World,” p. A10.
144
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, p. 97.
145
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, pp. 94-95.
146
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, p. 151.
147
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, p. 97. Staff Statement, “Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass
Destruction: A Case Study on the Aum Shinrikyo,” pp. 63-64, indicates that the Endo mentioned Ebola as a biological agent in a
December 1994 radio broadcast from Moscow.
148
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, pp. 58-59, 93-94, 94-96, and pp. 234-236, and WuDunn, Miller, and
Broad, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted World,” p. A10.
50
In late June 1993, the cult attempted to spread anthrax in Tokyo using a sprayer
system on the roof of an Aum-owned building in east Tokyo.
Sometime in July 1993, an attempt was made to contaminate the area around the
Diet in central Tokyo using a truck modified to disseminate anthrax.
Later in July 1993, another attempt was made to disseminate anthrax in the area
around the Imperial Palace in Tokyo. A truck-based system was used in this
operation as well.
On March 15, 1995, the Aum planted in the Tokyo subway three briefcases
designed to release botulinum toxin.
149
Apparently, the individual responsible for
filling the botulinum toxin had qualms about the planned attack and substituted a
non-toxic substance. The failure of this attack led the cult to use sarin in its March
20, 1995 subway attack.
The Aum scientists apparently made mistakes either in the way they produced or disseminated the
agents, and all the attacks failed. Aum may have relied on a strain of C. botulinum that produced little or no
toxin, and thus may have been incapable of producing the desired effects. The quantities of toxin disseminated
may have been too small to cause lethal effects. The Aum also had problems with their anthrax. According to
Japanese officials, Endo discovered that Aum was using a vaccine strain of the organism, which was
“relatively harmless.” The Aum also had problems with the nozzles on their sprayers clogging. As far as is
known, no one became ill or died from the Aum attempts.
150
Finally, it is reported that the cult murdered some of its own members by feeding them food
contaminated with toxins and pathogens from Endo’s laboratory.
151
Case 1984-02: The Rajneeshees, August-September 1984
In August and September of 1984, a religious cult, known as the Rajneeshees, employed biological
agents against the inhabitants of The Dalles, a small town in Oregon.
152
Consequently, 751 people became sick.
According to an FBI official, this is the only confirmed instance of chemical or biological terrorism to occur in
the United States.
153
Despite its uniqueness, surprisingly little is known of this incident. While often mentioned
in the terrorism literature, the accounts are often inaccurate and always incomplete.
154
For these reasons, an
extended account of the incident is provided here.
149
Staff Statement, “Global Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction,” p. 100, shows a drawing of the botulinum
dissemination system. The design appears relatively simple. A vent was cut into the side of the briefcase. There were three cylindrical
reservoirs filled with liquid and three small battery-powered fans above the cylinders. Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World,
p. 235, describe the device in the following way:
The bacillus was held in solution in vinyl tubes, which were mounted on a small ceramic diaphragm. Powered
by dry batteries, this device turned the solution into steam, which was then blown from the brief case by a small
electric fan. The whole system was ultrasonic. The vibration of a passing train was enough to trigger the
mechanism and release a fine spray of botulinus [sic] toxin.
150
WuDunn, Miller, and Broad, “How Japan Germ Terror Alerted World,” p. A10. See footnote 28 on page 13 for a discussion
of the quantities of botulinum toxin required to cause fatalities.
151
Kaplan and Marshall, Cult at the End of the World, p. 232.
152
This account is based on a longer paper, “A Case Study in Biological Terrorism: The Rajneesh in Oregon, 1984,” prepared
as part of a project on chemical and biological terrorism sponsored by the Center for Nonproliferation Studies at the Monterey Institute for
International Studies. The primary source of information for this account are primary documents obtained in Oregon. Records of the
Oregon Attorney General’s office relating to the legal proceedings against the cult brought by the state of Oregon are in the
Rajneeshpuram case files, 1981-1989, 91A-081, Oregon State Archives (cited as OSA files). In addition, the State of Oregon’s Attorney
General’s office provided copies of certain affidavits, sworn statements, and law enforcement records (cited as AG files). There is
additional material related to the court cases, including testimony in several criminal trials, in the records of the U.S. District Court,
Portland, Oregon (cited as US District Court files). Among the documentation obtained from these sources are statements by several
members of the group who participated in the attacks. Finally, several people provided additional useful material, including the
administrator of the Wasco-Sherman County Public Health Department. There remains a significant gap in the accounts of the cult’s
activities, however, since the key people responsible for the plot never admitted involvement, and never testified or gave statements about
what they did. Accordingly, we do not have accounts written from their perspective.
153
John P. O’Neill, Supervisory Special Agent, Chief, Counterterrorism Section, Federal Bureau of Investigation, p. 238, in
Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Governmental Affairs, United States Senate, Global Proliferation of Weapons
of Mass Destruction, (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1996).
154
Ron Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism: The Threat According to the Open Literature, Canadian Security
Intelligence Service, June 1995, p. 39, summarized the published accounts of the incident. Relying on those versions of what happened,
51
The Rajneeshee cult was created by an Indian guru who called himself the Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh.
Founded in the 1960s, by the early 1970s it began to attract a following among young upper middle class
people from Europe and the United States. The Bhagwan was highly charismatic, extremely intelligent, and a
master at manipulating people. By the early 1980s, the Bhagwan, called “Enlightened Master” by his
followers, had thousands of adherents around the world. Many of his followers were wealthy and donated
considerable sums to the group. In addition, the cult made a substantial income from the sale of books and
tapes about the Bhagwan’s teachings.
155
Because of the cult’s controversial beliefs, it became increasingly notorious in India. By 1980,
opposition in Poona, where the cult had its ashram, was growing. For these reasons, the Bhagwan wanted to
move the ashram to a new location. Under the influence of one of his followers, Ma Anand Sheela, an Indian
who went to college in the United States, in 1981 Rajneesh moved to the United States, where he planned to
establish a new ashram. Sheela acquired an Oregon property known as the Big Muddy Ranch, located in
Jefferson and Wasco counties. The most important parts of the ranch were in Wasco County, a largely rural
area with a population of about 20,000. The county seat of Wasco County was a small town, The Dalles, which
in 1985 had a population of about 10,000.
Once the cult settled in Oregon, it proceeded to build a town for its adherents, which they officially
named Rajneeshpuram and unofficially called Rancho Rajneesh. Rajneeshpuram was a legally incorporated
community. As a mark of the status the group obtained, it created a police force, known as the Peace Force,
whose members received training from the state government. For a time, the town even had access to law
enforcement computer databases.
The cult was run in a peculiar fashion. All power derived from the Bhagwan’s authority, even though
he had no direct involvement in the daily operations of the organization. In fact, he was secluded from the
other members except for his daily drive through Rajneeshpuram in one of his Rolls Royce’s. He relied on
Sheela to run the cult, and met with her privately every day to discuss important issues. Sheela controlled the
finances and directed the operations of almost all of the organizations created to administer the cult’s activities,
including the town of Rajneeshpuram. She relied on a small inner circle that directed the operations of Rancho
Rajneesh. Almost all of Sheela’s trusted aides were women, which led members of the cult to refer to the
group’s leaders as “moms”. The more senior of the “moms” were called the “big moms”, although at least one
disaffected Rajneeshee derisively called them the “Dowager Duchesses”.
156
Decision-making was a mixture of authoritarian and collegial. Sheela regularly held meetings in her
private quarters during which many critical decisions were made. She also made decisions on her own, or after
consultation with the Bhagwan, and brooked no opposition. Because she was accountable only to the
Bhagwan, members of the cult had to accept her decisions or risk being expelled from Rajneeshpuram. This
peculiar decision-making style had a significant impact on the group’s move to employ biological agents.
157
When the cult first moved to Oregon, it hoped to establish good relations with the local inhabitants.
Relatively quickly, however, it began to alienate people in the area. Some of the antagonism arose because of
Purver inaccurately reports that the Rajneeshees used the pathogen that causes typhoid fever, Salmonella typhi. In fact they used another
salmonella strain, Salmonella typhimurium, which is a common cause of food poisoning.
155
A considerable amount has been written about the Rajneeshees and their activity in Oregon. Lewis F. Carter, Charisma and
Control in Rajneeshpuram: The role of shared values in the creation of a community (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1990)
provides the best scholarly study of the Rajneeshees in Oregon. Insight into the activities of the cult can be obtained from some of the
autobiographies written by former members of the cult, including Satya Bharti Franklin, The Promise of Paradise: A Woman’s Intimate
Story of the Perils of Life with Rajneesh (Barrytown, New York: Station Hill Press, 1992) and Hugh Milne, Bhagwan: The God That
Failed (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1986). Unfortunately, none of the key individuals involved in the use of biological agents has
penned an autobiography. Also useful are accounts written by outsiders who observed the activities of the cult during this period, including
Kirk Braun, Rajneeshpuram: The Unwelcome Society (West Linn, Oregon, Scout Creek Press, 1984), James S. Gordon, The Golden Guru:
The Strange Journey of Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh (New York: Viking Press, 1988), Donna Quick, The Rajneesh Story: A Place Called
Antelope (Ryderwood, Washington: August Press, 1995), and Bert Webber, Rajneeshpuram: Who Were Its People? (Medford, Oregon:
Webb Research Group, 1990).
156
Sheela’s top lieutenants were Ma Prem Savita, who managed the finances, and Ma Yoga Vidya, who was responsible for
personnel matters, deciding where people worked and lived. Under them was a third tier of five women. “The Dowager Duchesses,”
Oregonian (Portland), June 30, 1985, p. A10, and “Charged,” Oregonian (Portland), December 30, 1985, p. B2.
157
Sheela’s power was not absolute, however, and the presence of potential rivals was a serious threat to her position. The
Bhagwan’s personal household was a danger because it included the only people with more access to the Bhagwan than Sheela herself. It
included the Bhagwan’s personal physician, Devaraj, who Sheela believed was an incompetent who undermined the cult by satisfying the
guru’s drug habit. She also blamed Devaraj for failing to satisfactorily document the supposed health problems that constituted the main
justification for the Bhagwan’s continued presence in the United States. A second threat to Sheela was the so-called “Hollywood Crowd”
composed of wealthy individuals with direct access to the Bhagwan. Ma Prem Hasya, the divorced wife of the man who produced the
movie The Godfather led this group. By 1984 alliances were developing between these two groups. In 1985 Hasya and Devaraj got
married. Hasya became the Bhagwan’s chief of staff after Sheela fled the group in September 1985.
52
the religious beliefs of the group, which offended those with traditional Christian values. The most significant
problems, however, emerged because of Oregon’s stringent land use laws, which constrained development in
rural areas. To get around the land use laws that threatened to limit efforts to expand Rajneeshpuram, the cult
exploited Oregon’s liberal voter registration laws to seize control of a small town near Rajneeshpuram called
Antelope. This was the turning point in relations between the Rajneeshees and the inhabitants of Wasco
County, because it offended many people whom otherwise cared little about the group. Faced with growing
hostility from the locals, the cult reciprocated with its own aggressive responses, which included such tactics as
filing libel suits against people who spoke out against the group.
By early 1984, the cult was under considerable pressure. The U.S. Attorney’s office in Portland,
Oregon, had taken charge of an immigration investigation that threatened to lead to the deportation of many
cult members, possibly including the Bhagwan. In addition, the office of Oregon’s Attorney General was
conducting an investigation into the legal status of Rajneeshpuram that threatened the continued existence of
the community.
158
Sheela and the other senior Rajneeshees also had come to recognize that the hostility of the Wasco
County Court, the name of the county commission, was a problem. The cult had to obtain permits from the
county for many of its activities, and the county government was becoming increasingly hostile towards the
Rajneeshees. Although the cult could draw on a substantial team of skilled lawyers to contest any unfavorable
decisions by the county government, the opposition of Wasco County was a major impediment in the cult’s
ability to conduct its activities.
Wasco County Court consisted of three elected commissioners. Two commissioners hostile towards
the Rajneeshees were up for reelection in November 1984. In early 1984, Sheela and the Bhagwan decided to
gain control of the Wasco County Court in the November 1984 election. Initially, Sheela focused on the
prospects for large-scale voter, but eventually rejected that approach because investigators would find it too
easy to uncover the fraudulent activity.
159
The group tried to find someone sympathetic towards the cult to run
against the hostile commissioners. This effort failed when they were unable to get enough signatures to have
their preferred candidate placed on the ballot.
160
Finally, Sheela decided that they would make the voters of Wasco County sick before the election so
that they would not be able to vote. According to KD, after the meeting in which she raised this idea, Sheela
and Puja started looking at books that described “bacteria and other methods to make people ill.”
161
Furthermore, he claimed that Sheela said “she had talked with Bhagwan about the plot to decrease voter turn
out in The Dalles by making people sick. Sheela said that Bhagwan commented that it was best not to hurt
people, but if a few died not to worry.”
162
Sheela also decided that the group would bring thousands of homeless people to Rajneeshpuram from
cities around the country. Oregon had liberal voter registration laws, so that the homeless people would be
eligible to vote in the November election. Sheela was sure that these people could be induced to vote for
candidates favored by the Rajneeshees. This came to be known as the “Share-A-Home” program, which
brought thousands of homeless people to Rajneeshpuram, ostensibly to provide them with a home.
163
We know a great deal about the plot to employ biological agents, because of information provided by
former members of the cult. The most important source was Krishna Diva (the Rajneesh name for David Berry
Knapp), familiarly known as KD. He was the mayor of Rajneeshpuram and thus a part of the cult’s inner
158
The Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) had been investigating the cults activities for several years with little
result. The INS believed that the group was violating U.S. immigration laws by arranging sham marriages between foreigners and U.S.
citizens to ensure that the non-U.S. members could remain at Rajneeshpuram. In addition, the group worried that the INS intended to expel
the Bhagwan because of irregularities in his visa application. The application focused on the Bhagwan’s need for medical treatment in the
United States, which he somehow never bothered to obtain. By 1984, the U.S. Attorney’s office had taken charge of the investigation, and
it had begun to produce results.
In addition, the cult knew that the Oregon’s Attorney General, David Frohnmeyer, was investigating possible violations of
church and state separation. He suspected that the town of Rajneeshpuram was run by the cult for the benefit of the cult, which was not
permitted under Oregon law. Successful prosecution of this case endangered the legal status of Rajneeshpuram and thus the ability of the
cult to operate the town. Without the legal status, the cult; had
159
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, FBI, AG files.
160
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, FBI, AG files.
161
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, FBI, AG files.
162
Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA David Berry Knapp, November 25, 1985, AG files.
163
According to KD, it was either Sheela or KD who came up with the original idea to bring in homeless people as voters. See
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files.
53
circle.
164
In addition, at least two other people who participated in the use of biological agents gave accounts of
their actions.
About a dozen Rajneeshees were involved in the plots to employ biological agents. At least eleven
people appear to have participated in the planning the operation. No more than four appear to have been
involved in the laboratory activities, although not all of them necessarily were aware of the nefarious
objectives behind the production of the biological agent. At least eight people distributed agent on at least one
occasion.
165
The person most responsible for Rajneeshee activities associated with biological agent acquisition
was a woman who went by the Rajneeshee name of Ma Anand Puja. Puja was closely tied to Sheela almost
from the time she joined the cult in 1979. Born in the Philippines, Puja was raised in California. She became a
family nurse practitioner in 1976 and received a license as a registered nurse the next year. After working in
oncology clinics in the Philippines and Indonesia in 1977, she became restless and began to travel. She joined
the cult after hearing the Bhagwan speak at the ashram in Poona. In April 1980, she became director of the
Shree Rajneesh Ashram Health Center.
166
Puja was secretary-treasurer of the Rajneesh Medical Corporation, and as such was considered a “big
mom”.
167
She had total authority over Rajneeshpuram’s medical facilities, including both the Pythagoras Clinic
and the Pythagoras Pharmacy. Her power also extended beyond the medical realm. For a time, she was a vice
president of the Bhagwan’s church, Rajneesh Foundation International (RFI). According to the Oregonian,
“Puja’s importance in the ranch hierarchy was greater than outsiders may have guessed from the modest post
she held with the medical corporation.”
168
People who encountered Puja found her a sinister figure. She was disliked by members of the
commune, who referred to her as “Dr. Mengeles” after the notorious Nazi concentration camp doctor.
According to a Rajneeshee who worked under Puja from February 1984 to January 1985, “Puja was feared and
disliked by personnel at the RMC. Puja behaved as a tyrant.”
169
Another Rajneeshee who clerked at the RMC
told authorities that Puja was a “loner” who socialized only with Sheela. She even ate her meals alone at her
house.
170
KD recalled that Puja “delighted in death, poisons and the idea of carrying out various plots.”
171
Another member of the cult, who joined in 1972 but was not involved in its illegal activities, had the following
reaction to Puja:
There was something about Puja that sent shivers of revulsion up and down my spine the moment I
met her. There was nothing I could put my finger on beyond her phony, sickeningly sweet smile; it
was years before she became widely-known as the Dr. Mengeles of the sannyas community, the
alleged perpetrator of sadistic medical practices that verged on the criminal; my reaction to her
seemed irrational. … Sheela trusted her implicitly.
172
At least some outsiders shared this impression of Puja.
173
Some former members suspect that Puja was involved in nefarious activities almost from the time she
joined the Rajneeshees. Rumors suggested that she was involved in the June 1980 death of Chinmaya, Sheela’s
first husband, who was sick with Hodgkin’s disease at the time. In addition, some former Rajneeshees believe
164
KD, however, was not in the inner most circles. KD was in the fourth tier of leaders.
165
Based on a review of all the available documentation.
166
“Interviews revealed Puja’s medical background,” Oregonian, October 4, 1985, p. D2. The Oregonian based its account on a
1984 interview with Puja and a 1983 letter that she sent to the INS. She claimed in the letter that for four years she was director of the Kern
County Medical Center outpatient clinic.
167
“The Dowager Duchesses,” Oregonian, June 30, 1985, p. A10.
168
“Profiles: The key Rajneeshees under indictment,” Oregonian, October 29, 1985, p. D3.
169
Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
170
Affidavit for Search Warrant, drafted by Lieutenant Dean Renfrow, Oregon State Police, October 1, 1985, OSA files.
171
From Exhibit E attached to David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, Federal Bureau of
Investigation, AG files.
172
Franklin, The Promise of Paradise, p. 136.
173
Carla Chamberlain, the administrator of the Wasco-Sherman Public Health Department, met with Puja and Sheela in a futile
effort to convince the Rajneeshees to notify the health authorities of cases of reportable diseases. She recalls viewing Puja as a sinister
figure, and hence was not surprised at subsequent reports of her involvement in the various poisoning cases. Interview, Carla Chamberlain,
Administrator, Wasco-Sherman Public Health Department April 11, 1997.
54
that others may have been poisoned by Puja.
174
It is known that she was fascinated with poisons. Among the
items discovered in her possession after she fled Rajneeshpuram in 1985 were numerous items reflecting an
interest in chemical and biological agents, including information on salmonella poisoning.
175
Puja considered several biological agents for the contamination scheme. The main agent she relied
upon was Salmonella typhimurium, a strain of salmonella that is a common cause of food poisoning. Puja’s
interest in salmonella apparently originated in the spring of 1984. Pretending that she needed to identify
poisons that could be used against the cult, Puja asked one of the Rajneeshee physicians about difficult to
detect poisons that would make people sick without killing them. Salmonella was mentioned as a possible
agent.
176
Puja also considered several other biological agents. One of these was Salmonella typhi, the organism
that causes typhoid fever. One of the Rajneeshees, Ma Ava, recalled hearing from her friend Parambodhi, who
was the laboratory technician at the Rajneesh Medical Clinic, that Puja wanted to culture the organism
responsible for typhoid.
177
This was confirmed by KD, whose recollections were recorded by the Oregon law
enforcement investigators.
Sheela and Puja talked about ordering typhoid in the name of the Rajneesh Medical Corporation
(R.M.C.) from a lab somewhere in the United States. K.D. objected, pointing out that the typhoid
cultures could possibly be traced back to the R.M.C. K.D. states Sheela told him not to be so
paranoid and not to worry about the typhoid cultures being traced back to RMC. Puja favored using
typhoid because it would cause a couple of weeks of fever. As far as Knapp [K.D.] knows, this plan
was never implemented.
178
There is no information in the available records about why Puja decided not to use S. typhi. It is
likely, however, that Sheela and Puja heeded KD’s advice and decided that causing a typhoid outbreak was too
risky.
According to KD, Puja also expressed an interest in hepatitis.
179
There are several forms of hepatitis,
and it is unclear which Puja wanted to use.
180
KD also claimed that Puja had some other ideas for spreading
infection in The Dalles.
Other ideas Puja had of making people sick in The Dalles including the putting of dead rodents,
especially “beavers” into The Dalles water system. Puja had explained that beavers naturally
contained bacteria in their bodies. There was some comment that beavers could not be put into the
water tanks in The Dalles because of screens over the tanks. K.D. recalls someone jokingly
suggesting that the beavers be put into a blender (and liquefied). Someone suggested rats or mice
could be injected with a substance and placed into The Dalles water system. K.D. heard Anugiten
talk of trapping mice. K.D. believes some of the traps were set in The Dalles so that the rodents
would be indigenous to the area.
181
The pathogen associated with beavers is Giardia lamblia, a protozoan that causes giardiasis, a
diarrheal disease.
182
It is commonly called “beaver fever” in the Rocky Mountains area, since most beavers are
infected with giardia. Due to the prevalence of giardia-infected animals in the area, it is considered unsafe to
drink water in the Rocky Mountains, even from freely flowing streams.
183
174
Franklin, The Promise of Paradise, pp. 136-137. KD claims that in 1985 he was told by Sheela during a trip to India that
Sheela had injected Chinmaya with a poison the night of his death. See David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985,
Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files.
175
Affidavit for Search Warrant, drafted by Lieutenant Dean Renfrow, Oregon State Police, October 1, 1985, OSA files.
176
Mentioned in the Affidavit for Search Warrant, drafted by Lieutenant Dean Renfrow, Oregon State Police, October 1, 1985,
OSA files.
177
Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
178
Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA David Berry Knapp, Oregon State, November 25, 1985, AG files.
179
Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA David Berry Knapp, Oregon State, November 25, 1985, AG files.
180
There are several forms of hepatitis, including types A, B, C, and E. See Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of
Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 217-233.
181
Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA David Berry Knapp, Oregon State, November 25, 1985, AG files.
182
Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American
Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 202-204.
183
Stuart Warren and Ted Long Ishikawa, Oregon Handbook, third edition (Chico, California: Moon Publications, 1995), pp.
51-52.
55
According to KD, “Puja was always very excited about the disease AIDS.” He noted, “Puja talked
about culturing the AIDS virus and she was very secretive concerning her work in that area.”
184
According to
evidence given law enforcement officials, Puja questioned one of the medical people who worked with her
about culturing AIDS. She was told that the Rajneeshees lacked the equipment needed if the laboratory was to
grow AIDS. This led to a rush purchase of a “quick-freeze dryer” in September 1984.
185
Unconfirmed reports
indicate that she may have deliberately infected at least one individual with HIV to see if it was possible to
transmit the disease.
186
The Rajneeshee obtained their S. typhimurium from a commercial supplier. Some time between
October 1, 1983 and February 29, 1984, the Rajneeshee Medical Corporation obtained a set of what are known
as bactrol disks from VWR Scientific, a medical supply company located in Seattle, Washington. Some of the
disks contained S. typhimurium of a strain known as ATCC 14028, which is commonly used in medical
settings.
187
Puja apparently took samples of the S. typhimurium from this set of bactrol disks, which were used
by the RMC’s state-licensed medical laboratory.
188
The RMC had a legitimate requirement for the S.
typhimurium. It was one of the control organisms used by licensed clinical laboratories to satisfy quality
assurance requirements.
189
Puja apparently produced S. typhimurium in a covert laboratory at a secret location within
Rajneeshpuram. The laboratory was dismantled before law enforcement officials could search it, but Ava
reported that it contained ”a large freeze dryer with tubes and other equipment and an incubator.” There was a
large, green incubator the size of a “small apartment-type refrigerator” that was filled with petri dishes used to
cultivate the S. typhimurium. Puja eventually moved the laboratory to a relatively remote location within
Rajneeshpuram in what was known as the Alan Watts complex.
190
This complex was located in a canyon
northeast of the center of the community, and included about two dozen buildings.
191
According to KD, who
saw the Alan Watts laboratory on September 14, 1985, just before Sheela, Puja, and the others fled
Rajneeshpuram, it was in a building with boarded up windows.
When they entered the building, there was cardboard on the floor, and he described a long table on
the left, a long table on the right and two other tables in the room. On the left table, Knapp [KD]
described a piece of equipment which had a motor on it and rubber tubing coming out of it. Knapp
described this piece of equipment as being approximately two and a half feet long, one and a half
feet wide, and one foot high. He said that it was on a platform and described the hoses as being firm
as opposed to flexible. He said that the machine was gray in color. He asked Anujiten what the
machine was, and Anugiten said it was “Puja’s salmonella maker.” There were also two or three
small refrigerators which were empty and unplugged.
192
After Sheela fled the commune, Rajneeshee officials described it as a “germ warfare” laboratory.
193
Puja apparently learned how to culture S. typhimurium from the RMC’s laboratory technician,
Parambodhi. Puja apparently asked the laboratory technician to culture salmonella. He initially objected,
because he said the organism was dangerous, but eventually obeyed Puja’s orders and produced quantities of S.
typhimurium. One witness remembered receiving two large jars filled with a liquid containing salmonella.
194
184
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files.
185
Affidavit for Search Warrant, drafted by Lieutenant Dean Renfrow, Oregon State Police, October 1, 1985, OSA files.
186
Interview, Lynn Enyart, October 23, 1997.
187
Government’s Statement of Expected Testimony and Evidence, US v. Ma Anand Sheela, et al, CR. 86-53, June 21, 1986,
US District Court files. This statement was the presented by the US Attorney’s office to the judge in the case and summarizes the evidence
that the prosecutors intended to present if the case had gone to trial.
188
When law enforcement officials searched the clinic laboratory on October 2, 1985 they seized a culture of S. typhimurium
that proved to be the same strain as on the bactrol disks. See Government’s Statement of Expected Testimony and Evidence, US v. Ma
Anand Sheela, et al, CR. 86-53, June 21, 1986, US District Court files.
189
Elmer W. Koneman, et. al., Color Atlas and Textbook of Diagnostic Microbiology, 4
th
edition (Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott,
1992), pp. 55-58, 118-120. S. typhimurium is used to validate growth media used by clinical laboratories to diagnose infectious diseases.
Koneman specifically mentions five different growth media that can be tested using S. typhimurium as a control organism.
190
Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
191
James Long and Leslie L. Zaitz, “Lab reputedly used in germ experiments,” Oregonian, September 28, 1985, p. A1.
192
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files. See also,
Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA David Berry Knapp, November 25, 1985, AG files.
193
James Long and Leslie L. Zaitz, “Lab reputedly used in germ experiments,” Oregonian, September 28, 1985, p. A1.
194
Notes of Interview, Ava Kay Avalos (Ma Ava), October 7, 1985, Oregon Department of Justice, OSA.
56
The first clearly documented incident in which the Rajneeshees used biological agents occurred on
August 29, 1984, during a routine fact-finding visit to Rajneeshpuram by the three Wasco County
commissioners. The Rajneeshees gave S. typhimurium contaminated water to the two commissioners hostile to
the group, Judge William Hulse and Commissioner Ray Matthew. Both became sick; Judge Hulse required
hospitalization.
195
A second incident apparently did not result in any victims, occurred sometime in “late July/August,”
according to KD’s vague recollection. Puja gave KD an eyedropper filled with a “brownish clear liquid” and
told him to spread the liquid on doorknobs and urinal handles in the Wasco County Courthouse. KD believed
that the liquid contained salmonella, based on Puja’s subsequent account of how the material would work. KD
spread the liquid as directed, but no one got sick. Consequently, KD told law enforcement officials “Sheela
was frustrated and angry that Puja’s substance was not working.”
196
On another occasion, also reported to be sometime in July or August, but the recollections were
vague, a group of Rajneeshees, including Sheela, Puja, KD, and several other Rajneeshees visited The Dalles
to select targets for disruption attacks. During that trip, the Rajneeshees stopped at an Albertson’s supermarket
in The Dalles. KD gave a graphic description of this episode.
Sheela said to Puja “Puji lets have some fun”. K.D. says that Puja giggled and replied “oh boy” (or
words to that effect). K.D. recalls that Sheela, Puja, himself, Jayananda, and probably the others
went into the store. Both K.D. and Jayananda were Sheela’s bodyguard. While in the store, K.D.
recalls observing Sheela in the produce department sprinkling on the lettuce what he assumed to be
a similar substance he had been given by Puja to put on door knobs in the courthouse, and salad
dressing in the restaurant on an earlier date. K.D. said that Sheela had the container with the
substance up her sleeve, at the wrist and palm, to conceal what she was doing. Puja commented to
K.D. that she was thinking of injecting the substance into the milk cartons. K.D. objected to her
doing that saying it would be obvious that the carton had been tampered with because of the holes
in the carton. It was unknown to K.D. if Puja injected the substance into the milk cartons.
Comments were made by Sheela that the intent of putting the substance onto the lettuce was to give
people in The Dalles “the shits”. When they returned to their vehicle Puja was giggling and saying
that she had a good time.
197
Another Rajneeshee, Alma Peralta, was involved in two other attempts to spread salmonella, although her self-
described efforts were less than successful.
I was asked as one of the first projects to drive into The Dalles and visit nursing homes and schools
and to see Puja before I left. And Puja gave me a kit -- which then I inspected when I was in the car
and by myself.
So I went by myself that time. And because I knew what salmonella is and after I opened it then I
realized that’s what it was. And I realized that they actually were quite serious about the fact that I
needed to drive there alone and try and put that in the food in the nursing homes that I visited and
in the schools.
… I actually got there and went into the nursing homes and went into -- I found two schools, and I
believe one or two nursing homes and talked with the people and went through the whole thing ….
What happened is if I didn’t put it in because it -- thank god for the fact that those ladies were
really watching, you see. So I could at least get in the car and dump the stuff out on the street.
When I got back I lied, I said to them I had done it.
198
In addition to this abortive attempt, Yogini also participated in one additional operation. At a political
meeting in The Dalles, she put some of the salmonella-contaminated liquid on her hands and held hands with
an “older gentleman” that she sat with. It is not known exactly when these two incidents took place.
199
Starting in early September 1984, the Rajneeshees began to pour vials containing S. typhimurium into
food products at restaurants in The Dalles. According to CDC figures, 751 people became ill after eating at
195
Interview, Judge William Hulse, April 1997, and Interview, Ava Avalos, October 22, 1985, AG files.
196
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, FBI, AG files.
197
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, FBI, AG files.
198
Testimony, Alma Peralta, Grand Jury Testimony, May 21, 1990, US District Court files.
199
Testimony, Alma Peralta, Grand Jury Testimony, May 21, 1990, US District Court files. Ava recalled Yogini talking about
spreading salmonella by shaking hands with people. See Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
57
salad bars in ten of restaurants.
200
Our information about these attacks is limited to the accounts of two former
Rajneeshees, who apparently were involved in contaminations at only a few of the restaurants. KD admitted to
participation in one incident. According to his recollection, Puja gave him a plastic bag containing a test tube
filled with a “mostly clear” light brown liquid. He was ordered to spread the contents at a restaurant in The
Dalles during a trip to The Dalles. He arrived at a restaurant known as the Portage Inn after lunchtime, and
found that the salad bar was closed. Although the salad fixings had been removed, the salad dressing was still
there. He poured the contents of the vial into the salad dressing.
201
Another Rajneesh, Ma Ava, admitted to participating in contaminations at three restaurants. She
recalled, “Sheela and Puja told her that they wished to do an experiment in The Dalles which would make
people sick so they could not vote.” She and another Rajneesh replaced their distinctive Rajneesh clothes with
street clothes, took five or six vials containing salmonella, and drove to The Dalles. They put salmonella into
the coffee creamers at two restaurants. At a third restaurant, they put the liquid into the bleu cheese salad
dressing at the salad bar. Press reports suggest that there were victims at only two of the restaurants.
202
KD also said that he believed Puja was directly involved in contaminating the salad bar at one
restaurant. Another Rajneesh told him, “She described the fact that Puja was being very obvious about pouring
a substance in the salad dressing and salads. … Puja was wearing a wig.”
203
Sheela subsequently congratulated
Puja on making so many people sick. “Pujy (referring to Puja), you’ve done a good job making everyone sick.
Too bad you didn’t make more people sick.”
204
Ava also recalled hearing Puja claiming to have put salmonella
in “lots of places.”
205
Other Rajneeshees also may have been involved in the contamination.
206
The Rajneeshees also tried to contaminate the water system in The Dalles. Sometime during July or
August 1984, efforts were made to obtain maps of the town’s water system. Once the maps were obtained, the
Rajneeshees decided to contaminate a water tank that supplied the town. A Rajneesh who apparently visited
the water system reportedly told Puja that they would need considerably more “salsa” (an apparent reference to
salmonella) in order to contaminate the water system. Puja replied that she might not be able to produce
sufficient material in time for their return visit to The Dalles.
207
Two attempts were made to contaminate the water system with “salsa”. During one of the trips, a
police car showed up while the Rajneeshees were getting reading to contaminate the water tank and “freaked
them out.”
208
KD described what he had been told about the water poisoning in the following terms.
Julian described how he and Anugiten climbed up a hill to a water tank that overlooked a nearby
school. He recalled something being mentioned about trying to pry open the screen on the water
tank and hearing rushing water.
209
200
Thomas J. Török, et al., “A Large Community Outbreak of Salmonellosis Caused by Intentional Contamination of
Restaurant Salad Bars,” JAMA, August 6, 1997, pp. 389-395, reviews the outbreak from the perspective of the federal and state public
health officials involved in the investigation.
201
KD told the story both to the FBI and to the Oregon state investigators. See Report of Interview, Swami Krishna Deva, AKA
David Berry Knapp, November 25, 1985, AG files., and David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, Federal
Bureau of Investigation, AG files.
This is the only time KD mentions involvement in a restaurant poisoning. He dates it to sometime in August, after the time that
he contaminated the Wasco County Courthouse. However, press accounts suggest that he was seen by an employee of the Portage Inn on
September 12 near the salad bar. Federal prosecutors eventually came to date this incident to sometime between August 16 and September
12. See Roberta Ulrich, “Indictment of Sheela, Onang applauded,” The Oregonian, March 20, 1985, p. E6.
202
Roberta Ulrich, “Indictment of Sheela, Onang applauded,” The Oregonian, March 30, 1985, p. E6.
203
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, FBI, AG files. One Rajneeshee saw Puja stop at the
Zorba the Buddha restaurant operated by the commune at Rajneesh (formerly Antelope) and change into a disguise during the time of the
outbreaks in The Dalles. See Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
204
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 13, 1985, FBI, AG files.
205
Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
206
Ava believed that another Rajneeshee, named Yogini, took part. Specifically, she recalled that Yogini may have placed some
salmonella at the “Tapadaro,” presumably a reference to the Tapadera Inn and Restaurant Lounge. Ava Kay Avalos interrogation,
transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files. The Tapadera was not mentioned in press accounts as one of the restaurants affected by the
contamination.
207
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files.
208
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files, and Ava Kay
Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
58
It is not altogether clear what was put into the water tank. KD believed that it was salmonella. On the other
hand, Ava believed that it might be a mixture of raw sewage taken from Rajneeshpuram and dead rodents.
According to her recollections, Puja contacted the woman who was Resource Manager at Rajneeshpuram to
obtain raw sewage. She also recalls that there were many empty cages at the Puja’s laboratory and thought that
Puja might have put dead rats in with the sewage.
210
Despite the success of the restaurant contamination, no follow-on attacks were made. The Rajneeshee
abandoned their efforts to take over Wasco County by early October, when the publicity and legal pressure
made it evident that their plot would fail.
Case 1981-02: “Dark Harvest,” October 1981
On October 10, 1981, a package of soil supposedly removed from Gruinard Island was discovered on
the grounds of the Chemical Defence Establishment located at Porton Down, Wiltshire, England. Tests of an
anthrax bomb were conducted at Gruinard Island in the Hebrides during 1941, and heavily contaminated soil
on the island. According to a press account, the soil was found in a paper package placed inside a bucket.
Because the bucket was located on the border of the Porton Down complex, alongside a railway line, police
speculated that the soil might have been thrown from a train.
211
An anonymous statement given to the press indicated that a group calling itself “Dark Harvest”
orchestrated the incident. According to the group, they were returning the “seeds of death” to their source. The
group claimed that microbiologists from two universities landed on Gruinard Island, and with the assistance of
locals had removed 300 pounds of contaminated soil. The group complained that Gruinard Island would
remain uninhabitable for 200 to 1,000 years. The statement called for a survey of the island to locate the
anthrax-contaminated soil and proposed burying the soil under several feet of concrete. The group threatened
to place additional packages at “appropriate places” during the next year.
212
Subsequent tests indicated that the soil contained anthrax in low concentrations (about 10 organisms
per gram of soil). The soil was consistent with other samples taken from Gruinard Island.
213
A second package was deposited at the site of a Conservative Party meeting on October 14, 1981. In
this instance, police received an anonymous tip about the presence of a metal box containing the soil, which
was located on the roof of the meeting site. Subsequent analysis indicated that the soil did not contain
anthrax.
214
The Ecology Party condemned the activities of “Dark Harvest”. According to the party’s general
secretary, “Although we agree with the object of the group, which is to bring public attention to the fact that
these experiments in germ and chemical warfare leave a deadly legacy for future generations, we cannot
condone their action.”
215
The British government subsequently agreed to decontaminate Gruinard Island, although it is not
known if the decision to eliminate the contamination resulted from the publicity engendered by “Dark
Harvest”.
Case 1978-04: Bulgarian Secret Police (Georgi Markov), September 1978
The death of the Bulgarian dissident Georgi Markov is one of the most infamous incidents of the Cold
War. At the time of his death, Markov was an announcer for Radio Free Europe (RFE), working out of
London. He had been a prominent writer in Bulgaria before his 1969 defection. In 1971, he moved to England,
where he worked as a commentator first for the BBC’s Bulgarian service and then for RFE.
216
Markov’s wife gave the following account of the attack during the inquest.
209
David Berry Knapp interrogation, transcribed November 15, 1985, Federal Bureau of Investigation, AG files. Law
enforcement officials confirmed that the metal screens were ripped open on one of the water tanks when they examined it in 1985.
Interview, Robert Hamilton, April, 1997.
210
Ava Kay Avalos interrogation, transcribed October 22, 1985, AG files.
211
“Anthrax soil claim doubted,” Times (London), October 13, 1981, p. 2.
212
David Nicholson-Lord, “Anthrax protest ‘puts whole country at risk’,” Times (London), October 12, 1981, p. 26.
213
Henry Stanhope, “Anthrax spores found in protest soil sample,” Times (London), October 14, 1981, p. 2.
214
David Nicholson-Lord, “Anthrax soil alert near Tory conference,” Times (London), October 15, 1981, p. 2, and Tony
Samstag, “Blackpool ‘anthrax’ cleared,” Times (London), October 27, 1981, p. 3.
215
“Ecologists condemn soil dumpers,” Times (London), October 16, 1981, p. 6.
216
Markov’s biography appears in his obituary. See “Mr Georgi Markov,” Times (London), September 16, 1978, p. 14.
59
He told me that while waiting for a bus on the south side of Waterloo Bridge he had felt a jab in the
back of his right thigh and, looking around, saw a man drop an umbrella. The man said he was
sorry and Georgi said that he got the impression that he was trying to cover his face as he rushed
off and hailed a taxi.
Georgi told me he thought the man must have been a foreigner because the taxi driver seemed to
have some difficulty in understanding him. He showed me some blood on his jeans and a mark like
a puncture, about the size of the tip of a ball-point pen on the back of his right thigh.
217
The next day, she took him to the hospital. Despite the medical care he received, Markov’s condition
grew progressively worse. He died four days after he was injured, on September 11, 1978.
218
Even before the
cause of death was ascertained, Markov’s friends suspected that the Bulgarians were involved.
219
The autopsy located a tiny metallic sphere in the wound. Subsequent analysis found that it was only
1.52 mm in diameter and was 90 per cent platinum and 10 per cent iridium. There were two holes, each 0.35-
mm in diameter, drilled all the way through the pellet. The volume of space in the holes was only 0.28 mm
3
.
Given the small quantity of material involved, and Markov’s symptoms, British experts were confident that the
poison used was ricin.
220
Revelations continue to emerge about the case, from both Bulgarian and former Soviet sources.
Unfortunately, most of the Bulgarian documents relating to the case were destroyed, and it is unlikely that we
will ever know the complete story of what happened to Georgi Markov.
Oleg Kalugin, a retired KGB official who was involved in the decision to provide the Bulgarians with
the ricin weapon, provided an extended account of the episode from a Soviet perspective.
221
According to
Kalugin, the Bulgarians approached the Soviets in early 1978 to obtain assistance in killing Markov. There was
some opposition to providing that support. Eventually, it was given with the provision that “there is to be no
direct participation on our part.” The Soviets proposed three alternative methods for murdering Markov: a
jelly-like material containing a poison that would penetrate the skin, poisoning food, and a poison pellet.
Kalugin does not mention what poisons were associated with the different methods.
Kalugin claims that several unsuccessful attempts preceded the September assassination. First, the
Bulgarians wanted to use the poison jelly, thought about putting it on the door handle of Markov’s car. This
idea was abandoned when it was realized that someone else might encounter the poison jelly, and thus warn
Markov about the plot to kill him. The second scheme emerged when the Bulgarians learned that Markov was
visiting an Italian beach resort. The Bulgarians thought that it might be possible for someone to rub the poison
jelly on Markov, but the beach was so deserted that their agent had no opportunity to unobtrusively encounter
Markov. Finally, the Bulgarians decided to use a food poison, and plotted to use it during a trip that Markov
made to West Germany. This attempt also failed.
It was only after the failure of these earlier efforts that the Bulgarians turned to the ricin pellets.
Kalugin indicates that when the Bulgarians acquired the pellet weapon, they tested it on a political prisoner.
The prisoner survived the attack with no ill effects, apparently because the pellet did not release the ricin. This
forced the KGB to make modifications to the weapon so that it would work.
Oleg Gordievsky, a defector from the KGB, provides another account of the Markov murder. First, he
claims that the Bulgarians requested assistance in eliminating defectors, not just in killing Markov. Second, he
appears to provide a somewhat different version of the unsuccessful attempts on Markov’s life. (He indicates
that the first victim was “a Bulgarian émigré living in England.” It appears from the context that this is meant
to apply to Markov, but that is not clear.) According to Gordievsky’s account, “While he was on a holiday on
the Continent, the DS smeared surfaces in the room where he was staying with a poison that, once absorbed
through the skin, would, according to the KGB laboratory, prove fatal and leave no trace. Though the target
became seriously ill, however, he survived.”
222
217
Guy Rais, “Markov poison ‘stronger than cobra venom’,” Daily Telegraph (London), p January 3, 1979, p. 1.
218
Bernard Knight, “Ricin--a potent homicidal poison,” British Medical Journal, February 3, 1979, p. 350. This account
mistakenly claims that Markov died three days after the attack.
219
Stewart Tendler, “Police inquiry into possible killing of defector in London,” Times (London), September 12, 1978, p. 4.
220
Bernard Knight, “Ricin--a potent homicidal poison,” British Medical Journal, February 3, 1979, pp. 350-351.
221
Oleg Kalugin, The First Directorate (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994), pp. 178-186.
222
Christopher Andrew and Oleg Gordievsky, KGB: The Inside Story of its Foreign Operations from Lenin to Gorbachev (New
York: HarperCollins, 1990), p. 644-645.
60
Press reports suggest that Bulgarian officials told British police in 1993 that Francesco Guilino, a
Danish citizen of Italian extraction, killed Markov. Guilino apparently was warned that he was going to be
arrested, and he fled Denmark.
223
As of 1996, police officials in both Bulgaria and Britain continue to investigate the case. Given the
destruction of documents in Bulgaria, however, it is believed that access to KGB material is essential to finally
resolving the case.
224
Case 1978-03: Bulgarian Secret Police (Vladimir Kostov), August 1978
On August 26, 1978, the Bulgarian secret police attempted to assassinate Vladimir Kostov, a defector
who had served as a Bulgarian news correspondent in France until 1977. He also was a major in the DS
(Darjavna Sigurnost), Bulgaria’s equivalent of the KGB. After Kostov’s defection, he broadcast reports
beamed to Bulgaria for Deutsche Welle, the West German radio service, and for the BBC’s Bulgarian
service.
225
According to Kostov’s account of the incident, he was attacked at the Arc de Triomphe Metro station.
“I felt a sharp pain in my back and heard a crack like a pistol. The wound started to hurt, and we stopped so my
wife could examine my back. My jacket and shirt had been pierced and there was a mark like a bee sting,
surrounded by blood.” Kostov suffered from a high fever, but never lost consciousness.
226
Hearing about the death of Georgi Markov, Kostov got in touch with British authorities and had an x-
ray that identified a small metal object in his back.
227
The pellet that was subsequently removed from Kostov
was identical to the one that killed Markov.
228
Subsequent tests apparently identified the presence of ricin
antibodies, which are formed by the body’s immune system to counter ricin toxin.
229
According to Douglass and Livingstone, the pellet “lodged in the subcutaneous fat layer and was
surgically removed in time to save his life.” They add, “the heat in the fat layer was insufficient to melt the
wax before the surgeons were able to remove the pellet.”
230
The British doctors who investigated the Georgi
Markov case expressed a different view in 1980. Dr. David Gall, a Research Medical Officer at Britain’s
Chemical Defense Establishment at Porton Down, performed the toxicological studies associated with the
investigation. He found that the pellets penetrated about the same distance in both the Markov and Kostov
cases, about a half-inch. Gall also noted that these were the first cases ever identified in which ricin was
injected. In previous cases, the ricin was ingested. Dr. Rufus Crompton, who performed the autopsy on
Markov, provided the following explanation for Kostov’s survival:
I do not think we really have any idea, except that there is a much bandied about phrase these days
in toxicology: called the ‘LD50’, which is a dose that will kill 50 per cent of the population. I can
only assume that they were working very closely on that.
231
Case 1977-02M: Arnfinn Nesset: May 1977
Arnfinn Nesset, who ran a nursing home for elderly people in Norway, was convicted in March 1983
of murdering 22 of his patients. He injected them with curacit, which is derived from curare. Some aborigines
223
Agence France Presse, January 29, 1997.
224
Eve-Ann Prentice, “Moscow ‘broke Markov promise’,” Times (London), March 31, 1994, p. 14, and Roger Boyes,
“Bulgarian leader pledges inquiry into Markov case,” Times (London), November 25, 1996, p. 17.
225
Vladimir Kostov, The Bulgarian Umbrella: The Soviet Direction and Operations of the Bulgarian Secret Service in Europe
(New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988), and Times (London), September 15, 1978, p. 4.
226
Times (London), September 15, 1978, p. 4.
227
Times (London), September 20, 1978, p. 6.
228
Stewart Tendler, “Bulgarian death case police sent to Paris,” Times (London), September 27, 1978, p. 1, and Guy Rais,
“Markov poison ‘stronger than cobra venom’,” Daily Telegraph (London), p January 3, 1979, p. 1.
229
According to the testimony given by FBI supervisory special agent Drew Campbell Richardson, ricin was identified in a
tissue sample from one of the two Bulgarians attacked at the time. He was unable to recall from which of the men the positive sample
came. See Richardson’s testimony at Dr. Debora Green’s preliminary hearing, p. 417, State of Kansas vs. Debora Green – 95CR5387.
230
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, p. 84.
231
Dr. Rufus Crompton and Dr. David Gall, “Georgi Markov—Death in a Pellet,” Medic-Legal Journal, Volume 48 (1980), pp.
51-62.
61
in South America smear curare on the tips of arrows. The curare paralyzes the victim’s respiratory system and
cases suffocation.
232
Case 1970-01: Eric Kranz, February 1970
According to press reports, in February 1970 Eric Kranz, a postgraduate student in parasitology at
MacDonald College, a small agricultural institute affiliated with McGill University and located near Montreal,
Canada, contaminated food eaten by four of his roommates. Kranz was not getting along with his roommates,
who asked him to leave the house they shared “because he wasn’t paying his share of the rent.”
233
Some days after Kranz finally left the house, four of his five former roommates became seriously ill.
According to the New England Journal of Medicine, the victims became sick from 10 to 14 days after eating
the contaminated food, two of them suffering from acute respiratory failure.
234
Initially, the illness mystified
the attended physicians, who later told a reporter that the illness was life threatening. Examination of the
victim’s sputum, however, revealed the presence of large numbers of worms, which a professor of parasitology
at MacDonald College identified as Ascaris suum, a parasite found in pigs similar to one (Ascaris
lumbricoides) that infects people. According to the attending physician, the victims could have died from the
disease.
235
They were not released from the hospital until March 5. Following discovery of the parasites, an
arrest warrant was issued for Kranz charging him with attempted murder. He surrendered to police on March
10, and was tried on the charges on March 18.
236
Case 1964-01: Dr. Mitsuru Suzuki, December 1964-March 1966
On April 7, 1966, the Japanese police arrested Dr. Mitsuru Suzuki, a physician with training in
bacteriology, for infecting four of his colleagues with a sponge cake contaminated with dysentery.
237
Subsequent investigations linked Suzuki to a series of typhoid and dysentery outbreaks between December
1964 and March 1966. Suzuki confessed to the crimes one week after his arrest.
238
Japanese police estimated
that 200 people were affected, including four deaths. There is reason to suspect that they exaggerated the
number of people who Suzuki infected.
239
A tally of the specific incidents described below suggests that no
more than 120 people were affected, including four fatalities.
On December 26, 1964, Suzuki purchased a sponge cake from a store near the Chiba University
Hospital. He allegedly laced the cake with dysentery and offered it to four of his colleagues at the hospital that
night. All four became ill and needed hospitalization. This came to be described by police as the “sponge cake
incident.”
240
The “Calpis case” occurred on August 6, 1965. At the time, Suzuki was working part time at the clinic
of the Kawasaki Steel Corporation’s Chiba City factory. Suzuki apparently laced bottles of a milk-based
Japanese soft drank called “Calpis” with typhoid, and gave the contaminated drinks to 16 of his colleague’s at
the infirmary. All became sick, although it is unclear if the nature of the illness was diagnosed at the time.
Suzuki admitted to police, before his confession, that he was the person who made anonymous phone calls ten
days later to three hospitals in Chiba City warning the hospitals to report the typhoid outbreak “because they
232
“Nursing home chief killed 22 patients,” Times (London), March 12, 1983, p. 5, and Colin Wilson and Donald Seaman, The
Encyclopedia of Modern Murder 1962–1982 (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1985), pp. 172-173.
233
“Four treated for parasitic worm as trail of student leads to U.S.,” Globe and Mail (Toronto), February 27, 1970, p. 1, and
Eddie Collister, “Student hunted as would-be ‘parasite killer’,” The Gazette (Montreal), February 26, 1970, p. 2.
234
James A. Phills, A. John Harrold, Gabriel V. Whiteman, and Lewis Perelmutter, “Pulmonary Infiltrates, Asthma and
Eosinophilia due to Ascaris Suum Infestation in Man,” New England Journal of Medicine, May 4, 1972, pp. 965-970, provides a complete
clinical review of the case. For additional details on Ascaris, see Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual,
Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 55-57.
235
Eddie Collister, “Student hunted as would-be ‘parasite killer’,” Gazette (Montreal), February 26, 1970, pp. 1, 2.
236
Leon Levinson, “Kranz sent to trial in ‘bug’ murder try,” Gazette (Montreal), March 19, 1970, p. 3.
237
“Deliberate spreading of typhoid in Japan,” Science Journal, Vol. 2 (1966), pp. 2.11-2.76. Dr. Shellie A. Kolavic brought
this case and this particular reference to my attention. See also “Doctor accused of spreading germs,” Times (London), April 30, 1966, p. 8.
238
“Suzuki Confesses Spreading Typhoid,” Japan Times, April 14, 1966, pp. 1, 3.
239
The estimate of 200 infected including four fatalities first appears on April 15, a day after Suzuki’s confession was reported.
Even after additional cases were reported, the number of victims remained constant, suggesting that 200 was only an estimate.
240
“Dr. Suzuki Indicted by Prosecutors,” Japan Times, April 30, 1966, p. 3. An earlier account provides slightly different
details. It asserts that Suzuki bought the cake on December 20 “last year,” contaminated at 9 p.m. the same night, and then offered it to his
colleagues eight days later. See “Dr. Suzuki Says Revenge Led Him to Spread Germs,” Japan Times, April 16, 1966, p. 4.
62
are acute and infectious typhoid cases.” Police believe that he made the telephone calls to find out the extent of
the outbreak.
241
Suzuki also confessed to injecting dysentery into four of the victims of the “Calpis” contamination
under the guise of giving them something “good for curing this kind of disease.”
242
Prosecutors charged that he
used a duodenal probe to force one of his patients at the Kawasaki Steel plant clinic to drink dysentery-
contaminated water.
243
On September 4, 1965, Suzuki gave a typhoid-contaminated cake to a member of the staff of the First
Internal Medicine Department at the Chiba University Hospital. The man shared the cake with two members of
his family, and all three became sick with typhoid. That same day, ten nurses and doctors became ill after
eating bananas that Suzuki contaminated with typhoid.
244
On September 5, 1965, Suzuki purchased ten bananas from a shop by the hospital. He took the
bananas to his laboratory. He put typhoid on the tip of a platinum probe normally used to clean syringes and
jabbed the instrument several times into each of six bananas. Suzuki offered the bananas to the five nurses
working on the night shift. All the nurses were infected with typhoid, as were two people related to one of the
nurses.
245
Immediately after Suzuki visited his uncle’s family in Gotemba, Shizouka Prefecture, on September
9, 1965, eight of the nine members of his uncle’s family came down with typhoid.
246
Suzuki apparently gave
them contaminated bananas.
247
In addition, 13 patients at the Chiba University Hospital became ill from typhoid after eating bananas
given them by Suzuki in September.
248
This came to be known as the “banana incident.”
249
On December 27, 1965, he gave typhoid-contaminated bananas to a nurse at the Mishima Hospital in
Shizuoka Prefecture. The nurse gave one of the bananas to the hospital’s deputy director, Dr. Masahisa
Matsuda, who died from typhoid in January 1966.
250
Suzuki also reportedly confessed that he gave medicines laced with typhoid to patients at the Mishima
Hospital, Shizuoka Prefecture. He apparently did this over a several month period starting in December 1965.
Reportedly, 42 patients became ill, and three died after taking contaminated medicines.
251
On January 1, 1966, Lt. Col. Toshikazu Yokoto became ill with typhoid after eating clams given him
by Suzuki. Police suspected that Suzuki might have infected the shellfish with typhoid.
252
On February 28, 1966, Suzuki was accused of putting S. typhi organisms into a barium solution given
to two outpatient clinics at the Mishima Social Insurance Hospital in Shizuoka. Investigators referred to this as
the “barium incident.” That same day, Suzuki allegedly used a typhoid-contaminated tongue depressor on a
patient.
253
241
“Dr. Suzuki Stays Silent At 2
nd
Session of Trial,” Japan Times, August 9, 1966, p. 3. Earlier accounts gave fewer victims.
“Suzuki Admits Phoning Hospitals, Police Claim,” Japan Times, April 12, 1966, p. 4, claimed 13 victims, while “Suzuki Admits Tainting
Bananas With Typhoid,” Japan Times, April 17, 1966, p. 2, says 15 people infected.
242
“Suzuki Admitbs Giving Four ‘Dual Treatment’,” Japan Times, April 20, 1966, p. 2.
243
“Dr. Suzuki Stays Silent At 2
nd
Session of Trial,” Japan Times, August 9, 1966, p. 3.
244
“Suzuki Confesses To Another Case,” Japan Times, April 27, 1966, p. 4.
245
“Suzuki Admits Tainting Bananas With Typhoid,” Japan Times, April 17, 1966, p. 2, and “Dr. Suzuki facing 2
nd
Indictment,” Japan Times, May 3, 1966, p. 3. These two accounts differ somewhat. The first claims only four bananas were infected, while
the second says six.
246
“Suspect’s Relative Attempts Suicide,” Japan Times, April 24, 1966, p. 2.
247
“Suzuki Says He Fed Kin With Germs,” Japan Times, April 21, 1966, p. 3. This story also states that Suzuki gave
contaminated bananas to relatives “on several occasions from September last year to January this year,” but provides no details of the other
incidents.
248
“Police Continuing Suzuki Case Probe,” Japan Times, April 15, 1966, p. 3.
249
“Suzuki Says He Fed Kin With Germs,” Japan Times, April 21, 1966, p. 3.
250
“Suzuki May Face Murder Charge,” Japan Times, May 12, 1966, p. 2.
251
“Police Continuing Suzuki Case Probe,” Japan Times, April 15, 1966, p. 3. None of the patients who died is named. One is
described in this story as a “71-year-old Mishima man,” but nothing is said regarding the other two. Another account suggests that the
Mishima hospital outbreaks occurred in December and March. See “Suzuki Confesses Spreading Typhoid,” Japan Times, April 14, 1966,
p. 3. This report also places the total number affected at the hospital at 44, including both patients and staff.
252
“Police Arrest Doctor For Germ Spreading,” Japan Times, April 8, 1966, p. 3, and “Police Continue Quizzing Doctor in
Typhoid Case,” Japan Times, April 9, 1966, p. 3.
253
“Dr. Suzuki Again Refuses To Speak at Arraignment,” Japan Times, September 27, 1966, p. 3.
63
On March 15, 1966, three nurses at the hospital became sick after eating mandarin oranges left in the
nurses’ dressing room. The nurses proved to be carrying the same D2 strain that appeared in other cases
infected by Suzuki, and Japanese police believed that he was responsible for that incident as well.
254
Also in
March 1966, his brother and sister-in-law, who lived in Koyama, came down with typhoid, as did five of his
parent’s friends in Koyama.
255
Originally, Suzuki told police that he gave the dysentery-contaminated cake to his colleagues as an
experiment to test a new theory he had developed. He eventually changed his story and said that revenge was
what led him to infect people. Suzuki reportedly told the police, “It is true I wanted to see how a mass outbreak
of disease would develop from the planted bacilli, but I spread the germs out of my deep antagonism to the
seniority system which prevails in [Japanese] medical circles.”
256
He added, “I was unpaid and my status was
unstable … I thought I was being discriminated against as I am not a graduate of Chiba University.”
257
Suzuki
also said that he infected his relatives because they refused to provide him with financial support that he
needed to conduct research.
258
Prosecutors claimed that Suzuki created the typhoid cases to enable him to
complete his dissertation thesis, which involved studies of S. typhi organisms recovered from numerous
patients.
259
Subsequent investigations revealed that the hospital discovered Suzuki’s activities more than a year
before the arrest, but the discovery was suppressed to avoid embarrassment to the university. Only after the
Ministry of Health and Welfare received an anonymous tip did an official investigation start.
260
Suzuki apparently obtained his cultures from several sources. He cultured typhoid taken from a
Kawasaki Steel Corporation worker whom he treated on May 8, 1965.
261
In addition, Suzuki told police that he
obtained typhoid cultures by stealing them from Japan’s National Institute of Health. He worked at the institute
in September 1965 as a trainee. According to experts who examined his laboratory, several of the test tubes in
his possession clearly came from the National Institute of Health.
Forty of the 171 test tubes in his laboratory
contained the D2 strain of typhoid.
262
Press accounts do not indicate where he obtained the dysentery organism.
The Chiba District Public Prosecutor’s Office ultimately charged Suzuki with 13 separate cases
involving 66 infected people. He was charged with no deaths.
263
Case 1952-02: Mau Mau, 1952
British authorities discovered in late 1952 that the Mau Mau, operating in what is now Kenya,
poisoned 33 steers at a mission station located in the tribal areas that were reserved for the Kikuyu. British
authorities believed that a toxic plant, Synadenium grantii Hook, also known as African milk bush, was used in
the attack.
264
The Mau Mau apparently inserted the latex of the plant into incisions cut into the skin of the animals.
Eight of the animals died, six of them within five days. It was impossible to determine the cause of the
problem, and so the Veterinary Research Laboratory in Kabete, just outside Nairobi, was asked to investigate.
254
“Dr. Suzuki Says Revenge Led Him to Spread Germs,” Japan Times, April 16, 1966, p. 4.
255
“Deliberate spreading of typhoid in Japan,” Science Journal, Vol. 2 (1966), pp. 2.11-2.76. A slightly different account given
just after Suzuki made his original confession suggests that police believed that he was responsible for typhoid outbreaks that involved “six
members of his family in Oyama-cho, west of Mishima, three members of his brother’s family in Odawara and eight relatives in Gotemba,
Shizuoka prefecture. All were taken ill after eating fruit given them by Suzuki.” See “Police Continuing Suzuki Case Probe,” Japan Times,
April 15, 1966, p. 3.
256
“Dr. Suzuki Says Revenge Led Him to Spread Germs,” Japan Times, April 16, 1966, p. 4.
257
“Deliberate spreading of typhoid in Japan,” Science Journal, Vol. 2 (1966), pp. 2.11-2.76.
258
“Suzuki Says He Fed Kin With Germs,” Japan Times, April 21, 1966, p. 3.
259
“Dr. Suzuki Again Refuses To Speak at Arraignment,” Japan Times, September 27, 1966, p. 3.
260
“Police Continuing Suzuki Case Probe,” Japan Times, April 15, 1966, p. 3, and “Police Continue Quizzing Doctor in
Typhoid Case,” Japan Times, April 9, 1966, p. 3.
261
“Suzuki Admits Tainting Bananas With Typhoid,” Japan Times, April 17, 1966, p. 2.
262
“Dr. Suzuki Makes New Confession,” Japan Times, April 28, 1966, p. 3.
263
According to additional research conducted by Masaaki Sugishima, based on Japanese court documents.
264
P.W. Thorold, “Suspected Malicious Poisoning,” Journal of the South African Veterinary Medical Association, Volume 24
(December 1953), pp. 215-217. Thorold was an investigator working at the Veterinary Research Laboratory, which was under the
supervision of the Director of Veterinary Services, Kenya Colony.
64
Identifying the cause of the incident proved difficult. Researchers ruled out a range of potential causes,
including infectious disease.
265
When other possible causes were ruled out, the investigators focused on poisoning as a cause. At first,
they considered several common toxic plants, including the seeds of Abrus precatorius (also known as
jequirity, they contain the toxin abrin), Ricinis communis (better known as the castor bean, which contain the
ricin toxin), and Jatropha curcas.
266
Serologic tests, however, ruled out the involvement of any of these
poisons. The investigators then considered African milk bush, which was a plant known to the Kikuyu. They
gave subcutaneous injections of the plant material to guinea pigs, which developed symptoms similar to those
of the cattle. Based on this research, they concluded that the Mau Mau used latex from either S. grantii or
another plant in the same family.
In 1951, the Mau Mau, a nationalist liberation movement originating with the Kikuyu tribe, initiated
attacks on the British in colonial Kenya. At first, the attacks consisted mainly of sabotage actions directed at
British farmers. By October 1952, however, the violence had escalated and the British declared a state of
emergency. The revolt was finally suppressed in 1956, by which time an estimated 15,000 people died, almost
all people associated with the Mau Mau.
267
The British believed that the cattle poisonings were one part of a concerted campaign aimed at
livestock. In other instances, investigations demonstrated that the animals were killed using arsenic. At the
time, arsenic was easily available, because it was then common to routinely dip cattle in arsenic to kill insects
on the animals. According to a British investigator, in other suspicious cases it was impossible to discover the
cause of death. Researchers apparently suspected that the Mau Mau might have killed the animals using plant-
derived toxins.
268
This episode is not mentioned in histories of the Mau Mau revolt, suggesting that such incidents were
rare.
269
While poisoning apparently was uncommon, Mau Mau bands often killed or maimed cattle in their
raids. It seems likely that the instances of poisoning were associated with the medicine men who accompanied
Mau Mau guerrilla formations. Such men may have had access to traditional medicines and poisons.
270
The
African milk bush was common in the area where the Kikuyu lived.
271
265
Thorold, “Suspected Malicious Poisoning,” pp. 215-216. It appears that other accounts of this incident were based on
Thorold’s article. See Julia F. Morton, “Poisonous and Injurious Higher Plants and Fungi,” p. 1504, in C.G. Tedeschi, William G. Eckert,
and Luke G. Tedeschi, editors, Forensic Medicine: A study in trauma and environment, Volume III: Environmental Hazards (Philadelphia:
W. B. Saunders, 1977). Bernard Verdcourt and E.C. Trump, Common Poisonous Plants of East Africa (St. James’s Place, London: Collins,
1969), p. 62, gives the following account of this incident.
During the Mau Mau uprising Synadenium grantii Hook. F. was suspected of being used maliciously in a case
where thirty-three steers were poisoned and eight died. They developed oedematous swellings along the chest,
belly and upper part of the limbs; these lesions were assumed to be due to stabbing with a sharp instrument, thus
introducing the acute irritant.
Another account of this incident appears in John Mitchell Watt and Maria Gerdina Breyer-Brankwijk, Medicinal and Poisonous Plants of
Southern and Eastern Africa (London: E. & S. Livingstone, 1962).
In an outbreak of suspected malicious poisoning of bovines in Tanganyika, in which the affected animals
developed large oedematous swellings between the brisket and the near fore leg, extending in some cases to the
chest and abdomen, eight steers died, six within five days of the symptoms appearing. Post mortem the
swellings showed a gelatinous oedema with numerous petechiae and ecchymoses and the tissues presented a
slightly cooked appearance and were oily to the touch. Synadenium grantii came under suspicion.
Experimentally a similar type of lesion was produced in the guinea-pig by the subcutaneous and intramuscular
injection of 0.5 to 1 ml. of the latex, 40 per cent of the animals dying within forty-eight to seventy-two hours of
the administration. The survivors developed necrosis and sloughing in the area of the injection.
266
Descriptions can be found in Morton, “Poisonous and Injurious Higher Plants and Fungi,” pp. 1497-8 (Jatropha curcas L.),
pp. 1501-1503 (Ricinus communis L.), and pp. 1504-1508 (Abrus precatorius L.). See also Verdcourt, Common Poisonous Plants of East
Africa, pp. 59-61 and pp. 79-80. British investigations into the mysterious death of Georgi Markov considered the toxin abrin before
settling on ricin as the responsible poison.
267
There appears to be no comprehensive account of the Mau Mau’s activities. This discussion is based on Wunyabari O.
Maloba, Mau Mau and Kenya An Analysis of a Peasant Revolt (Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1993) and Robert B. Edgerton,
Mau Mau: An African Crucible (New York: Free Press, 1989).
268
Thorold, “Suspected Malicious Poisoning,” p. 215.
269
This observation is based on a quick scan of books written about the Mau Mau held by the National Defense University
Library.
270
On the important role of the traditional healers in Mau Mau military strategy and operations, see Maloba, Mau Mau and
Kenya, pp. 125, 127.
271
271
Thorold, “Suspected Malicious Poisoning,” p. 216.
65
The Mau Mau were highly decentralized, especially in the early days of the revolt, so the poisonings
may not have reflected general policy. According to one account, at least one Mau Mau group produced
quantities of a poison for use against the British. Fear that the British might retaliate with chemical weapons
led to a decision to refrain from using the poison.
272
There is at least one reported instance in which a Mau
Mau fired a poisoned arrow at a policeman. The constable was hit, but the arrow failed to penetrate the skin.
273
Case 1939-01: Kikuko Hirose, 1939
In April 1939, a Japanese physician, Kikuko Hirose, gave pastries contaminated with Salmonella
typhi and Salmonella paratyphi (types A and B) to her former husband, Mikio Kato. Kato shared with food
with his brother, Ritsuo, and sister, Fumi. Fumi in turn shared some of the pastries with nine of her colleagues
at the Kawaike Elementary School. All twelve of the people who ate the confectionery became sick. Ritsuo
died of his infections in May.
274
Hirose and Kato were married in 1931, but lived separately while Kato conducted research at Kyoto
Imperial University. She provided financial assistance. After Kato received his medical degree in 1936, and
began working as vice president at the Maiko Hospital in Hyogo Prefecture, he rejected Hirose’s request that
they begin living together. Ultimately, in March 1938 the two were divorced. Hirose remained angry, however,
and in April 1939 she acquired cultures from the Kimura Bacteriological Research Institute, located in Kobe.
The method by which she obtained the organisms is not recorded in the available documents, but it appears she
did so legitimately.
Authorities determined that Hirose was responsible for the infection through an epidemiological study
of the outbreak. The source of the infection was traced to the pastries supplied by the store, which indicated
that Hirose had ordered the pastries.
She was convicted of the crime, and sentenced to eight years. The final judgment against Hirose was
handed down by the Supreme Court on June 27, 1940.
Case 1936-01: Tei-Sabro Takahashi, 1936
The Saitama Prefecture Police Department in Japan arrested Tei-Sabro Takahashi on 8 May 1937 on
charges of using food contaminated with Salmonella typhi to infect 17 people, including three people who
subsequently died. He was convicted on 4 July 1938 and given a death sentence.
275
According to newspaper reports, Takahashi may have first tried to use S. typhi to inflict harm in
March 1935, when he provided some confectioneries laced with the organism to another physician, Tokio
Hojo. The physician did not eat the pastry, but someone else in his house allegedly did consume some and
become extremely ill. Similarly, Takahashi apparently sent confectioneries to another doctor, Chiyo-Saburo
Sato, in October 1936, but Sato did not touch it. It appears that Japanese prosecutors believed that the evidence
supporting these allegations was insufficient, and he was never charged with these acts. Takahashi was charged
in five other incidents, all involving food contaminated with S. typhi.
The first incident involved a competing physician, Kazukichi Tsukada. Takahashi was jealous of
Tsukada, and apparently hoped to undermine his practice. On March 7, 1936, Takahashi purchased some
cakes, which he proceeded to contaminate with S. typhi. That same day, he took the contaminated cakes to
Tsukada’s office, and gave them to a nurse as a gift to his rival’s children. The four children ate the cake, and
at least one was diagnosed with typhoid.
The second incident occurred in June 1936, and involved a competing physician, Tadanobu Ono. In
order to undermine his rival’s practice, Takahashi again contaminated some pastry with S. typhi. He brought
the contaminated pastries to one of Ono’s offices in early June 1936, and offered them to the staff working
there. Three people were infected, and one died. In addition, a fourth person became ill with typhoid, probably
from contact with one of the infected workers. He was never charged with the fourth victim.
The third incident involved his wife, Sekiko. Takahashi wanted to divorce his wife because she was
unable to conceive, and he thought that it would be easier to accomplish this under Japanese law if she were
disabled. To accomplish this he contaminated some pastries with S. typhi, and left them with her at a spa where
272
Edgerton, Mau Mau, p. 130, citing W. Itote, “Mau Mau” General (Nairobi: East African Publishing House, 1967), p. 108.
Itote was a leading figure in the Mau Mau movement, who commanded 5,000 warriors using the name “General China.”
273
“Three Kikuyu Elders Missing: Murder Feared,” Times (London), December 11, 1952, p. 6.
274
This account is derived from an unpublished article by Masaaki Sugishima, Associate Professor at the Asahi University
School of Law, supplemented by electronic communications. His account is based on Japanese court documents and press reports.
275
This account is derived from two unpublished articles by Masaaki Sugishima, Associate Professor at the Asahi University
School of Law, who based his account on official court documents and newspaper reports.
66
he sent her to recover her health before undergoing an operation to correct her inability to conceive. Sekiko ate
the pastry, and became ill on October 23. Six days later she was admitted to the hospital. On November 10,
Takahashi tried to murder her by using an injection of morphine hydrochloride. This effort failed, largely due
to the skill of the hospital staff.
The fourth incident involved yet another physician, Masao Yanagida, who was a competitor and also
Sekiko’s physician. Takahashi apparently resented Yanagida’s prosperity, and also was angry at Yanagida’s
success in saving Sekiko. On 22 November 1936, he asked a department store to deliver some pastries to
Yanagida’s house, after having contaminated them with S. typhi. Six members of the family became ill,
including Yanagida’s wife, four of his daughters, and one of his sons. The wife died from the infection on
January 3, 1937. One of the daughters died on 4 February 1937, apparently of pneumonia after having
recovered from the typhoid infection. It appears that the court considered him response for the second death,
perhaps because the typhoid made the victim more susceptible to other diseases.
The final incident occurred on 23 November 1936, and involved several employees of the Do-Ai
Hospital, located in Tokyo. Takahashi apparently hoped to infect one of the members of the staff who he
disliked, Ei-ichiro Sato. At a party given in honor of one of the physicians at the hospital, Takahashi tried to
give Sato some salmon eggs contaminated with S. typhi. Sato refused the gift, but three physicians from the
hospital ate the eggs. All three became ill, and one died.
Dr. Yanagida was responsible for uncovering Takahashi’s activities. Yanagida apparently looked into
the foods eaten by his family, and discovered that everyone who became sick had eaten some of Takahashi’s
confectioneries. He took the remaining pastries to the Hygienic Laboratory operated by the Ministry of
Interior, which determined that they were laced with S. typhi. The laboratory notified the local authorities.
Apparently, the officials became convinced that intentional contamination was responsible for the presence of
the S. typhi, after an investigation of the confectionery identified no likely source and uncovered no other
typhoid cases that could be linked to the producer. This led the police to open an investigation, which began to
focus on Takahashi. A local court judge found Takahashi guilty in all five incidents on 4 July 1938, and
condemned him to death. The sentence was upheld by an appeals court the following year.
Takahashi reportedly told authorities that he thought his use of S. typhi would go unnoticed. He
believed that it would be difficult to identify the source of the infection, given that S. typhi has a lengthy
incubation period and people might forget what they ate at the time of infection. He also thought that other
physicians might misdiagnose the disease. Finally, there was considerable typhoid in Japan at that time, so
cases of infection would not be considered so unusual.
Case 1933-01: Benoyendra Chandra Pandey, 1933
On February 16, 1935, Benoyendra Chandra Pandey and Dr. Taranath Bhatacharya were sentenced to
death by hanging for murdering 20-year old Amarendra Pandey, Benoyendra’s half-brother.
276
According to
the court, the two conspired to infect Amarendra with a lethal dose of the plague (Yersinia pestis) organism.
The two brothers had feuded over the division of their father’s estate.
277
After reviewing the case, an appellate
judge asserted that this case was “probably unique in the annals of crime.”
278
Benoyendra, eleven years older than Amarendra, was an unsavory spendthrift who consorted with
people of questionable character. The feud appears to have begun once Amarendra became eighteen and began
demanding his share of the estate.
279
On November 19, 1933, Amarendra arrived in Calcutta, having been lured
there by a telegram written by Benoyendra but falsely sent in the name of their aunt. The two half-brothers
again fruitlessly discussed dividing the estate. Finally, on the 26th, Amarendra decided to leave Calcutta.
Uncharacteristically, Benoyendra went to the train station to say good-bye. While Amarendra was walking to
the train platform, he was bumped by “a black man in khaddar [cotton homespun clothing] who was not a
gentleman.” At the time, Amarendra felt a prick in his arm, and told his companions, “Someone has pricked
me.” Although some of Amarendra’s relatives were suspicious, and begged him to stay in Calcutta and visit a
doctor, Amarendra decided to continue with his trip.
276
The best single source for this case is Dr. D.P. Lambert, “The Pakur Murder,” Medico-legal and Criminological Review,
vol. 5, July 1937, pp. 297-302. Shellie A. Kolavic brought this case to my attention.
277
According to “Two Indians Sentenced to Death,” Times (London), February 18, 1935, p. 11. The estate was worth £2,500
per year. In addition, Amarendra was heir to an estate of equivalent value (presumably that of his aunt), but Benoyendra stood to inherit in
the event of Amarendra’s death.
278
“Death sentences not confirmed,” Star of India (Calcutta), January 10, 1936, p. 1.
279
S.J., “Homicide By Means of Plague Bacilli,” Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine, September 1967, pp. 850-851,
Dr. D.P. Lambert, “The Pakur Murder,” Medico-legal and Criminological Review, vol. 5, July 1937, pp. 297-302, and Hokay El Kay,
“Murder by Black Death,” n.d. Shellie A. Kolavic provided copies of this material.
67
Amarendra returned to Calcutta on November 29 to consult with a physician, who noted that the
pricked spot looked “something like the mark of a hypodermic needle.” The next day, Amarendra became
feverish, felt pain in his armpit, and a small weal developed at the site of the prick. A blood sample was taken
for testing at that point and sent to the Bacteriology Department of the School of Tropical Medicine. On
December 1, Amarendra became sicker, and by December 3, he lost consciousness. Amarendra died on the
morning of December 4, just over seven days after he had been pricked. The body was cremated.
A few days after the death, the laboratory identified the presence of Y. pestis in the blood sample, and
notified the family and the Calcutta Public Health Department. The family attorney made investigations, and
discovered that Benoyendra had developed a friendship with Dr. Taranath, a physician with training in
bacteriology. The lawyer also found out about the efforts to acquire plague organisms from the Haffkine
Institute. Accordingly, the police were notified, a criminal investigation was initiated, and Benoyendra was
arrested.
The police discovered that the two conspirators made several attempts to acquire plague cultures. At
the time, the only place that kept cultures of Y. pestis was the Haffkine Institute, located in Bombay. Dr.
Taranath first tried to obtain plague on May 12, 1932. It was not until July 7, 1933, after five previous failures,
that Dr. Taranath finally had a viable culture of plague organisms. Dr. Taranath spent the next five days testing
the virulence of the culture by infecting white rats.
The defendants appealed their conviction on February 25, 1935 to the Criminal Appellate Side of the
High Court. On January 9, 1936, Their Lordships dismissed the appeal, but set aside the death penalty and
instead sentenced the defendants to transportation for life. The justices ruled that the Crown had proved beyond
a reasonable doubt that the victim was murdered by plague organisms injected into his arm, and that the two
defendants were connected to the crime.
280
The justices gave three reasons for their decision to overturn the death sentence. First, the length of
time required to handle the appeal was considered unreasonable, since all of ten months passed between the
time of their conviction and the date of the appellate court’s ruling. Second, the justices noted that the evidence
was entirely circumstantial. Finally, the justices hoped that the defendants might be convinced to give evidence
enabling the authorities to apprehend the individuals who actually committed the crime.
281
Case 1932-01: Japan, 1932
According to a 1944 document prepared by Prince Mikasa, younger brother to Japanese Emperor
Hirohito, the Japanese military attempted to poison members of the Lytton Commission. The League of
Nation’s General Assembly established the Lytton Commission in December 1931 to investigate Japan’s
conquest of Manchuria. Prince Mikasa claimed that a “senior Japanese medical officer in Manchuria” told him
that when the commissioners visited Manchuria they were served fruit “laced” with cholera. For unknown
reasons none of the commissioners became sick.
282
Press reports indicate that the commission spent about six
weeks in Manchuria from April 22 through June 5, 1932.
283
Case 1916-01: Arthur Warren Waite, March 1916
The New York Times called Arthur Warren Waite, a dentist, “one of the most remarkable individuals
in criminal history.”
284
He was convicted on May 27, 1916 of poisoning his wife’s parents. He infected both
with potentially lethal pathogens, although it appears that he ultimately relied on other means to kill the two.
The story received extensive front page coverage in the New York newspapers at the time.
On March 22, 1916, the New York City District Attorney’s office was notified that the March 12
death of John E. Peck, a wealthy businessman, was due to arsenic poisoning. Because Peck died in New York
City, the case was under the jurisdiction of New York City officials. After the body by returned to Peck’s home
in Grand Rapids, the authorities in Michigan performed an autopsy based on a mysterious telegram claiming
that Peck’s death was suspicious. The autopsy identified the presence of a lethal dose of arsenic, which led the
280
“Death sentences not confirmed,” Star of India (Calcutta), January 10, 1936, p. 1.
281
“Death sentences not confirmed,” Star of India (Calcutta), January 10, 1936, p. 1.
282
Gwen Robinson, “Hirohito’s brother tells of war crimes by army,” Times (London), July 7, 1994, p. 15.
283
Times (London), April 23, 1932, p. 11, reports the arrival of the commission in Mukden, while “Lytton Commission in
Peking,” Times (London), June 6, 1932, p. 11, reports its return to Beijing.
284
“Dr. Waite, Calm, Goes to his Death,” New York Times, May 25, 1917, pp. 1, 20. I am indebted to Jason Pate, Center for
Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for bringing this case to my attention.
68
Michigan authorities to alert officials in New York City. A team was sent to Grand Rapids, including the
Coroner’s Physician, who performed a second autopsy and confirmed the results of the first.
285
Peck died while staying at the 435 Riverside Drive apartment of his daughter and son-in-law
following the death of his wife. He was in good health, until he became ill on the night of March 11, 1916. He
died at 3 a.m. the next morning.
According to Schindler, “Waite always said ‘he’ or ‘the other fellow’ in talking about the murders of
Mrs. Peck and Mr. Peck.” Schindler reported that Waite made the following statement while reviewing his
confession.
The other fellow killed Mr. Peck, but I don’t believe he really was responsible for the death of Mrs.
Peck, although he tried to kill her. He gave her germs, first one kind and then another, but they
didn’t seem to have much effect. She was already sick, but the germs didn’t seem to make her any
sicker. Finally he got impatient, and one night he gave a lot of cocaine. She did soon after that, but I
believe she died from her disease, and not from the germs or cocaine which he gave her.
286
Investigators subsequently discovered that Waite made serious efforts to learn about pathogens. He
began his studies in September 1915 under the tutelage of a Dr. Louis Heitzman, a pathologist at the Flower
Hospital in New York City. Subsequently, he worked with Dr, P. L. De Nyse, an associate pathologist at the
hospital. Dr. De Nyse turned over “a large quantity of virulent disease germs” that Waite had left at the Flower
Hospital to the District Attorney’s office. According to the District Attorney’s office, Dr. De Nyse reported
that Waite was always trying to obtain the most virulent organisms possible. After complaining that the
organisms available to him were not “live enough,” Dr. De Nyse directed Waite to obtain more virulent
organisms from a commercial suppler, the Parke Davis & Company, then a Detroit corporation.
287
Sometime in November, Waite also began studying under Dr. David Nye Barrowes, a physician on
the staff of Cornell Medical School. Barrowes told investigators that Waite was especially interested in the
symptoms produced by the organisms responsible for typhoid. To learn more about the disease, Waite infected
himself and experienced a mild case.
288
The private detectives hired by the family discovered further evidence of Waite’s interest in biological
agents in his apartment. Hidden in a closet and elsewhere, they found about 180 glass slides containing
samples of different microorganisms. There were slides labeled tetanus (lockjaw), Asiatic cholera, pneumonia,
tuberculosis, typhoid, typhus, and anthrax. In addition, the detectives apparently found approximately 100 test
tubes. There is no indication of what was in the test tubes.
289
During his trial, Waite admitted that he murdered both his in-laws, and that he tried to murder his
father-in-law’s sister. He also provided some details of his murder plots. According to his courtroom
testimony, his murder attempts involved pathogens, arsenic, chloroform, powdered glass, chlorine gas, burned
flypaper, colomel, and varinol. According to his testimony, he infected his in-laws with several pathogens,
including typhoid, influenza, diphtheria, pneumonia, tuberculosis, streptococcus, “and some others.”
290
He had considerable success against his mother-in-law. She came to New York to stay with Waite and
his wife. The first time she ate at their house, he put pathogens into her food. She was dead within a week. It is
unclear which pathogen he used or in what quantities. He initially tried to repeat this process with his father-in-
law, because the pathogens left no implicating evidence. Unfortunately for Waite, his father-in-law failed to
become sick. Waite then tried an experiment. Press reports about the fighting in France indicated that soldiers
exposed to chlorine gas became more susceptible to pathogens. To test this, he opened bottles of chlorine gas
in his father-in-law’s bedroom, and then put dosed his food with pathogens in the next day. For several weeks,
he contaminated his father-in-law’s food with a test tube of pathogens daily. Waite finally gave up on the
pathogens, and purchased a large quantity of arsenic, which he put into Mr. Peck’s food.
291
Waite also admitted that he made several attempts before his marriage to murder his future father-in-
law’s sister. He expected that his wife would inherit substantial amounts of money. On one occasion, he tried
to extract the arsenic from flypaper by burning the paper and collecting the residue. The substance had no
effect. He also tried other ways to kill her. He put powered glass in her food, arsenic, and experimented with
285
“Arsenic in Body of John E. Peck, Autopsy Shows,” New York Times, March 23, 1916, p. 1.
286
“Waite in New Story Names Another Aid,” New York Times, March 30, 1916, p. 8.
287
“New Waite Letter Uses Kane’s Name,” New York Times, April 7, 1916, p. 7.
288
“Waite Once Victim of His Germ Study,” New York Times, April 8, 1916, p. 22.
289
“Dig Up the Money Waite Gave Kane,” New York Times, April 1, 1916, p. 20.
290
“Murdered Two, Tried for a Third, Waite Tells Jury,” New York Times, May 26, 1917, p. 1.
291
“Murdered Two, Tried for a Third, Waite Tells Jury,” New York Times, May 26, 1917, p. 1.
69
several pathogens, including anthrax, tuberculosis, typhoid, and some others never named. It was his apparent
lack of success with the pathogens that led Waite to try to obtain more virulent organisms.
292
Waite also
admitted that he planned to murder his wife, according to his attorney.
293
Waite was sentenced to death. He unsuccessfully appealed the conviction. Waite was electrocuted at
Sing Sing prison on May 24, 1917.
294
Case 1915-01: German Secret Service, 1915-1917
The Germans mounted a covert biological warfare campaign in the United States during the early part
of World War I, while the United States was still neutral. The target of the effort were draft animals, horses and
mules, that the Allies purchased in the United States for use by their military forces in Europe. The Germans
devised a plan to infect the animals with glanders and anthrax organisms. Glanders, caused by Burkholderia
mallei (once known as Pseudomonas mallei), is a highly contagious disease that affects horses, mules, and
donkeys. It rarely affects humans, except those who work closely with the animals.
295
The first effort to implement this plot involved a German naval officer, Captain Erich von Steinmetz,
who illegally entered the United States dressed as a woman. He brought with him a vial containing glanders
cultures. Attempts to use the pathogen failed, and von Steinmetz discovered his organisms were dead when he
took the risk of bringing the culture to a laboratory for analysis.
296
The effort was resumed in late 1915. A German agent, also involved in other sabotage activities,
organized operations to infect horses being kept in pens in Van Courtland Park in New York City. Long after
the war, he described these operations to U.S. officials.
The germs were given to me by Captain Hinsch in glass bottles about an inch and a half or two
inches long, and three-quarters of an inch in diameter, with a cork stopper. The bottles were usually
contained in a round wooden box with a lid that screwed on the top. There was cotton in the top
and bottom to protect the bottles from breaking. A piece of steel in the form of a needle with a
sharp point was stuck in the underside of the cork, and the steel needle extended down in the liquid
where the germs were. We used rubber gloves and would put the germs in the horses by pulling out
the stopper and jabbing the horses with the sharp point of the needle that had been down among the
germs. We did a good bit of work by walking along the fences that enclosed the horses and jabbing
them when they would come up along the fence or lean where we could get at them. We also
spread the germs sometimes on their food and in the water that they were drinking.
Captain Hinsch gave me the instructions as to where I would find the horses and also gave me
bottles of germs and the money [to pay his associates]. I used a good many of the same men on this
work that I did in starting the fires. I had about ten or twelve men working on these matters with
me. We would work at it sometimes at night and sometimes in the daytime. A good many of the
men were also doing other work and they made this extra money on the side. Captain Hinsch was
accustomed to giving me brown paper bags filled with these tubes and with the fire things….
Captain Hinsch spoke often when I met him of different fires that had occurred and of outbreaks of
disease among horses and would make remarks about how well things were going.
297
The operation was expanded in 1916 with the creation of a laboratory in Chevy Chase, Maryland, a
town just outside Washington, D.C. Dr. Anton Dilger was put in charge of the new lab, which was given the
name “Tony’s Lab.” Dilger joined the German army in 1914 at the start of the war. He was sent to the United
States, ostensibly to recuperate from a nervous breakdown brought on by a bombing raid on a hospital that
killed a considerable number of children. On the trip to the United States, he carried with him “E and B
cultures,” codenames for anthrax and glanders cultures. Working with his brother Carl, Dr. Dilger produced
cultures of the organisms for Hinsch, who then distributed them to the men actually involved in the inoculation
292
“Murdered Two, Tried for a Third, Waite Tells Jury,” New York Times, May 26, 1917, p. 3.
293
“Waite Now Admits Intent to Kill Wife,” New York Times, April 3, 1916, p. 1.
294
“Dr. Waite, Calm, Goes to his Death,” New York Times, May 25, 1917, p. 1.
295
Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American
Public Health Association, 1995), p. 301.
296
Jules Witcover, Sabotage at Black Tom: Imperial Germany’s Secret War in America, 1914-1917 (Chapel Hill, North
Carolina: Algonquin Books of Chapel Hill, 1989), p. 92. Witcover’s account is based on archival material and on memoirs written by
participants.
297
Witcover, Sabotage at Black Tom, pp. 126-127.
70
of the draft animals. The Germans explored setting up a second laboratory in St. Louis, but decided that the
cultures would die in the cold Midwestern winters.
298
The Germans conducted similar operations elsewhere, which the British discovered through reading
decoded German cables.
299
According to various reports, the Germans tried to introduce plague cultures into St.
Petersburg in 1915, sent anthrax and glanders cultures to Romania in August 1916 to infect sheep being
shipped to Russia, tried to infect Norwegian reindeer with glanders organisms in January 1917, infected 4,500
mules used by British forces in Mesopotamia during 1917 with glanders organisms, infected sheep, cattle, and
horses being shipped from Argentina to Britain and to the Indian Army with glanders and anthrax during 1917
and 1918, and tried to infect advancing Allied forces with glanders and cholera organisms during the German
retreat in October 1918.
300
The Germans also infected horses being shipped from Argentina to France and Italy.
They believed the operation was so successful that it ended all such shipments.
301
Another report suggests that
the Germans attempted to introduce cholera organisms into Russia.
302
In addition, decoded German cables suggest that the Germans undertook other operations using
biological agents. First, German operatives tried to spread a wheat fungus. One cable sent by the German
General Staff to Germany’s Military Attaché in Madrid, ordered that “work against grain is to be suppressed as
it promises little success.” Second, the Germans apparently attempted to contaminate food produced at “meat
factories.” The British intercepted one message, directing that such operations were to be “held in abeyance,”
apparently because the operations were considered too risky.
303
298
Witcover, Sabotage at Black Tom, pp. 136-137.
299
W. Reginald Hall and Amos J. Peaslee, Three Wars with Germany (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1944), pp. 85-88. Then
Captain Hall was the Royal Navy’s Director of Naval Intelligence. In this capacity he directed OB40, Britain’s code breaking organization
at that time.
300
Martin Hugh-Jones, “Wickham Steed and German Biological Warfare Research,” Intelligence and National Security, Vol. 7,
No. 4 (1992), pp. 379-402, and LCDR Andrew G. Robertson, RAN, “From Asps to Allegations: Biological Warfare in History,” Military
Medicine, August 1995, pp. 370-371. Hall and Peaslee, Three Wars with Germany, p. 85, claims that 5,400 mules being shipped to
Mesopotamia from Argentina were “thoroughly treated.” A recent detail concerning the Norwegian operations became known in June
1997, when a vial of viable anthrax was discovered in the Norwegian Police Museum in Trondheim. The vial was taken from a German,
Baron Otto Karl von Rosen, in January 1917. The baron was in Karasjok, apparently attempting to infect reindeer that the Germans
thought were being used to transport supplies from through Norway to Russia. See Doug Mellgren, “Potent anthrax capsule found,”
Associated Press, June 30, 1997, 2:03 p.m. feed.
According to R.V. Jones, Reflections on Intelligence (London: Mandarin Paperbacks, 1990), p. 181, British intelligence
discovered many of these plots during the war. R.V. Jones was director of scientific intelligence for the Royal Air Force during World War
II.
Berlin did decline to a proposal to infect the rivers of Portugal with cholera to cause human casualties and thus
seal the Spanish frontier; but it did approve a proposal to employ anthrax against reindeer sledging British arms
through north Norway to the Russians, against Romanian sheep being supplied to Russia, and Argentinean
sheep, cattle and mules being supplied to Britain and the Indian Army. Most of these moves were uncovered by
the cryptographic efforts of Room OB40, and confirmed by on-the-spot investigations by agents both from
Britain and from neutral countries being attacked. Thanks to their surveillance, the only German success
appears to have been 200 mules that were being shipped from the Argentine. The means of infection were
ampoules inside sugar cubes, taken to Buenos Aires by U-Boat.
301
Hall and Peaslee, Three Wars with Germany, p. 85.
302
Dr. G. Woker, “Chemical and Bacteriological Warfare,” pp. 388-389, in Inter-Parliamentary Union, Geneva, What Would Be
the Character of a New War (London: Victor Gollancz, 1933).
He made the following remarks about this incident:
[I]t was only the collapse of one of the great Powers and the merest chance which prevented that Power from
attempting to spread infection among the civilian population of an enemy state. Anarchist elements in the latter
State had already been hired to carry bacteria cultures, such as cholera bacteria, from the neutral state in which
the discovery was made to the intended victim State, where they would have distributed them. The collapse
came before this diabolical crime could be accomplished. The consul-general in whose office the cultures were
stored, fearing discovery, instructed a porter to throw the incriminating evidence into the river. Fortunately the
porter was suspicious and informed the police. Such was the origin of the notorious Zurich bomb and baccilli
case, the documents of which, along with the instructions of the Ministerial Department in question, must
contain valuable information as to the possible application and effects of bacteriological warfare at the end of
the Great War. A study of the relevant documents should also show whether the alleged attempt to send cholera
cultures to Russia in fountain pens was ever actually made, and if so with what success.
303
Hall and Peaslee, Three Wars with Germany, pp. 86-88. Hall suspected that certain disease outbreaks on troop ships carrying
U.S. soldiers to Europe in 1918 might have resulted from contaminated meat, but no investigation was conducted at the time.
71
Case 1913-01: Karl Hopf, 1913
In January 1914, a German court tried Karl Hopf on charges that he murdered his father, two of his
children, and his first wife. He also was accused of attempting to poison his second and third wives and his
mother. Arsenic was used in all of the poisonings. In addition, he admitted that in 1913 he infected his third
wife with cholera and typhus organisms, “because he wanted to see how they worked.” He was convicted of
poisoning his two children and his first wife, and of attempting to poison his second and third wives, and was
sentenced to death.
304
It appears that Hopf benefited financially from many of these deaths, although it is unclear whether or
not that was the only motivation for his actions. He had some training in handling drugs. From 1884 to 1888 or
1889, he worked in a chemist’s shop in London. Among the poisons found in Hopf’s house were “morphia”,
opium, and arsenic, and he apparently had other pathogens besides typhus and cholera. The cultures were
acquired from a supply house in Vienna. According to press reports of the trial, he complained to the supplier
about the quality of the cultures. This led him to order cholera obtained from the battlefields in Bulgaria.
305
According to Frankfurter Zeitung, this was the first known case in Germany in which someone used
bacteria for murder.
306
Case 1912-01: Henri Girard, 1909-1918
On April 21, 1921, Henri Girard was committed for trial by the French examining magistrate charged
with investigating suspicions that Girard had poisoned several people using Salmonella typhi, the organism that
causes typhoid fever, and poisonous mushrooms. He was arrested in August, 1918, but the magistrate needed
32 months to investigate the case.
307
Girard died in June before the start of his scheduled July 1921 trial.
308
Girard reportedly confessed to his crimes before dying.
309
Police also seized a diary that recorded his activities,
including his acquisitions of S. typhi cultures, poisonous mushrooms, the purchase of laboratory equipment,
and scientific and medical literature. On one occasion, Girard reportedly recorded in his diary, “Poisons;
prepare bottle, tubes, rubber gloves; buy microbe books.”
310
Girard eventually enlisted four people into his activities, including his wife, his mistress Jeanne
Douétèau, a chauffeur named Bragnier and a wine merchant named Rieu. All four were subsequently convicted
for roles in his crimes. His wife received a life sentence with hard labor, his mistress was sentenced to 20
years, and the other two were given sentences of two years.
311
Girard was an Alsatian born into what was called a “good family.” He was trained as a druggist, but
abandoned that field for work as an insurance broker.
312
According to one newspaper account, “he liked good
304
“The Hopf Poisoning Case,” Times (London), January 19, 1914, p. 7. The author first came across a reference to this case in
Georges Claretie, “L’affaire des poisons: II,” Le Figaro, October 24, 1921, p. 2. The full account reads, “En 1914, à Berlin, un boucher
nomme Hoff, avait déjà donne sa femme la fièvre typhoïde au moyen de bacilles mêlés aux aliments.” A search of the London Times index
indicated that it had four stories on the case. The Frankfurter Zeitung appears to have published more than a dozen stories on the trial in
January 1914, but the author is awaiting an English translation of the text.
305
“German Poisoning Case: Administration of bacilli,” Times (London), January 13, 1914, p. 8. For additional coverage, see
“The German Poisoning Case,” Times (London), January 16, 1914, p. 49, and “The German Poisoning Case,” Times (London), January 17,
1914, p. 7.
306
“The Hopf Poisoning Case,” Times (London), January 19, 1914, p. 7.
307
There is no really satisfactory English-language account of this case. The accounts disagree on certain key facts, and none of
them provides a complete version of the case. There is a short account in C.J.S. Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners: With Historical
Accounts of Some Famous Mysteries in Ancient and Modern Times (London: Harold Shaylor, 1940), pp. 369-371. English-language
newspaper stories appeared in the Times (London), the New York Times, and the New York Herald (European Edition–Paris). The story
was extensively reported in the French papers, including Le Figaro, which published a four part account of the case by Georges Claretie,
“L’affaire des poisons,” on October 22, 1921, p. 2, October 24, 1921, p. 2, October 25, 1921, p. 2, and October 27, 1921, p. 3. On Girard’s
arrest, see “Le courtier empoisonneur,” Le Figaro, April 21, 1921, p. 2, “Life Insurance Crimes Charged Against Girard,” New York
Herald (European Edition—Paris), April 22, 1921, p. 3, “Insures his friends, then poisons them,” New York Times, April 22, 1921, p. 17,
and “Fatal luncheon parties,” Times (London), April 22, 1921, p. 10.
308
“Gentleman Girard Dead: Paris Deprived of Sensation,” Times (London), June 14, 1921, p. 9. He died of tuberculosis,
according to “La Mort de l’empoisonneur,” Le Figaro, June 14, 1921, p. 1.
309
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 371.
310
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 369.
311
“Girard poisoning case,” Times (London), November 2, 1921, p. 9.
312
“La Mort de l’empoisonneur,” Le Figaro, June 14, 1921, p. 1.
72
living without working too hard for it.” He was convicted in 1914 of a fraud connected with the lottery, and
served time in 1917 for theft.
313
The investigation of this case was lengthy and difficult. The investigators employed a number of
bacteriologists, and several autopsies were performed on suspected victims. Police investigations determined
that Girard was studying bacteriology at the time of his first suspected murder. The prosecution was aided by
Girard’s diary, which referred to at least some of his activities. In addition, a search of Girard’s apartment
revealed a considerable number of medical texts, cultures of S. typhi, the organism responsible for typhoid,
and, according to one account, other “toxic organisms and toxins.” He is known to have purchased cultures of
S. typhi, reportedly from wholesale drug suppliers. In addition, he created a laboratory in a house where his
mistress, Mlle. Douétèau, lived.
314
Girard’s first victim is believed to have been a man by the name of Pernotte. The two met in 1910.
Girard quickly became extremely friendly with Pernotte and convinced him to purchase two life insurance
policies from separate companies, and to make Girard a beneficiary of the policies. Some time after purchasing
the policies, Pernotte, his wife, and two children contracted typhoid. Fortunately, all recovered from the illness.
After recovering from the immediate effects of the illness, the entire family left for a vacation. Pernotte
apparently was still suffering from his exposure to typhoid. Girard reportedly convinced Pernotte to take an
injection of a medicine that Girard possessed. Soon after that injection, Pernotte died. On November 3, 1912,
Girard recorded in his diary, “Pernotte innocu…,” apparently a reference to the fatal injection.
315
In April, 1913, Girard became acquainted with M. Godel. He agreed to purchase insurance policies
worth 200,000 francs to be paid to the survivor. Sometime after the policy was purchased, Godel had lunch
with Girard. Soon thereafter, he contracted typhoid. He recovered from the disease, but became suspicious of
Girard and completely severed his connections with him.
316
During the First World War, Girard served in the Paris ambulance service. In 1915, he met and
became friendly with Delmas, a French soldier. Girard apparently obtained copies of Delmas’ papers and used
them to purchase insurance with a death benefit of 40,000 francs. From the beginning of March, 1915, Delmas
began to feel sick. By early April, he was diagnosed with typhoid. Just before he had to pay the second
premium on the policy, Girard invited Delmas for dinner at his mistress’ house. During that meal, Girard
infected Delmas using a S. typhi culture that he had recently purchased. Delmas subsequently contracted
typhoid, and was hospitalized. Accounts of the event report that he was sick with “abnormal typhid fever,
criminal contamination.” The basis for that judgment is unclear from the press accounts. Having survived his
illness, Delmas became suspicious of Girard and broke off the relationship.
317
It appears that at about this time, Girard began to focus on poisonous mushrooms. Girard purchased
several large life insurance policies worth 40,000 francs in the name of Michel Duroux, a postal employee.
Duroux knew nothing of policies, which designated as beneficiary a man named Emile Ramon, which was one
of Girard’s known aliases. Girard apparently gave Duroux aperitifs contaminated with typhoid, but Duroux
never got sick. Girard then tried to kill Duroux at a dinner by putting poison mushrooms in one of the dishes, a
possibility suggested by some comments recorded in his diary on three occasions in May, 1917. Duroux
survived the episode with no ill effects. On two occasions during December 1917, Duroux became ill after
eating with Girard at a café. Although he had not eaten any mushrooms, the doctors who treated him diagnosed
mushroom poisoning. Duroux was advised to break off the relationship with Girard.
318
Girard’s last reported victim was a widow, Madame Monin, who worked at the Ministry of Pensions.
She supplemented her income by making hats. Jeanne Drouhin met Mme. Monin at a small restaurant, and
apparently told Girard about her. It appears that at the beginning of April 1918, Girard paid a visit to Mme.
313
“Fatal luncheon parties,” Times (London), April 22, 1921, p. 10.
314
“Insures his friends, then poisons them,” New York Times, April 22, 1921, p. 17, and Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p.
370-371. Jeanne Douétèau destroyed some papers of his before police were able to seize them.
315
“Four accomplices of dead poisoner in court today,” New York Herald (European Edition–Paris), October 28, 1921, p. 6, and
“Gentleman Girard,” Times (London), October 29, 1921, p. 7. Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 369, claims that £8,400 was involved.
Two accounts date the events to 1912, not 1909. See are “Insures his friends, then poisons them,” New York Times, April 22, 1921, p. 17,
and “Girard poisoning case,” Times (London), November 2, 1921, p. 9. The accounts vary on when this episode took place. Some claim
that the two met in 1909, while another states 1910. There is also some dispute about the date of the events.
316
“Four accomplices of dead poisoner in court today,” New York Herald (European Edition–Paris), October 28, 1921, p. 6, and
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 370.
317
“Four accomplices of dead poisoner in court today,” New York Herald (European Edition–Paris), October 28, 1921, p. 6, and
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 370.
318
“Four accomplices of dead poisoner in court today,” New York Herald (European Edition–Paris), October 28, 1921, p. 6,
“Insures his friends, then poisons them,” New York Times, April 22, 1921, p. 17, and Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 370.
73
Monin, posing as a genealogist, and, claiming that there was an inheritance at stake, obtained personal
information from her. On April 8 and 9, 1918, Girard visited four life insurance companies accompanied by a
woman who identified herself as Mme. Monin. Three of the policies, each worth 20,000 francs, named
Drouhin as the beneficiary, and the fourth, also worth 20,000 francs, named Girard. The two made the initial
payments on the policies; the next installments were owed July 9 to 11. To ensure that the bills were not sent to
Mme. Monin, they either had to pay them in person at the company offices or make sure that she was dead
before July.
Sometime in April, Drouhin gave Monin a hat to repair. Monin was asked to deliver it to the residence
that Drouhin shared with Girard. During this visit, Girard offered Monin an apéritif containing a mushroom
poison. Soon after Monin left to return home, she became so ill that some policeman had to help her get home.
Within three hours, she was dead.
Eight days after Mme. Monin’s death, Girard claimed the death benefit from the policy for which he
was the beneficiary. Similarly, Mlle. Drouhin was paid by one the companies that held policies naming her a
beneficiary. However, when she attempted to claim money from the third company, it refused to pay and
accused the pair of fraud. This led to a criminal investigation that culminated in Girard’s arrest in August.
Worried that they might be prosecuted, the two married in July.
An autopsy was not performed for six months. The expert who performed the autopsy was unable to
find any traces of poisoning. At the same time, he was also unable to identify a cause of death. Based on the
symptoms Mme. Monin reportedly suffered, he concluded that she had been poisoned.
319
It appears that Girard was responsible for killing two people, M. Pernotte and Mlle. Monin. Six other
people recovered after Girard infected or poisoned them, including Pernotte’s family, Godel, Delmas, and
Duroux.
Case 1910-01: Patrick O’Brien de Lacy and Vladimir Pantchenko, May 1910
On February 16, 1911, Patrick O’Brien de Lacy, and his accomplice, Vladimir Pantchenko, were
convicted by a Russian court in St. Petersburg, Russia, of murdering Captain Vassilli Buturlin, de Lacy’s
brother-in-law. A third defendant, Yekaterina Muravieff, was acquitted. According to evidence offered at their
trial, Pantchenko, a physician, injected Captain Buturlin with diphtheria toxin at the instigation of de Lacy. De
Lacy was sentenced to life imprisonment and Pantchenko was given fifteen years.
320
De Lacy was a Polish nobleman who claimed to be a descendent of Irish kings. In 1906, de Lacy, then
in his second marriage, met Ludmilla, the married daughter of General Dmitry Buturlin. Despite the General’s
objections, Ludmilla divorced her husband and married the now divorced de Lacy in December 1908.
According to one newspaper account, he was “said to have been a ne’er-do-well” who wasted the fortune of his
first wife.
321
De Lacy apparently lost his fortune in the shipbuilding industry. He reportedly owned a shipyard in
Poland and built a shipyard in Finland that built two ships for the Russian fleet. He once had sufficient wealth
to donate two ships to the Russian fleet that fought Japan. The failure of these businesses left him financially
ruined. Even a wedding gift from General Buturlin of two estates and mill was insufficient to cover his debts.
Nor was an allowance of 500 rubles a month sufficient for a man of his ambitions.
322
Ludmilla’s parents were extremely wealthy. General Buturlin was worth 1,400,000 rubles (apparently
about $700,000). His two children were the heirs to this fortune. His son, Captain Buturlin, was to receive
1,000,000 rubles ($500,000), while Ludmilla was to get 400,000 rubles ($200,000). De Lacy reportedly
resented this distribution, believing that his wife was not to receive her fair share of the estate. In addition,
Ludmilla’s mother, the former Countess Bobrinsky, had a fortune of 1,000,000 ($500,000), which she intended
319
The best account is “L’affaire des poisons IV,” Le Figaro, October 27, 1921, pp. 3-4. See also “Four accomplices of dead
poisoner in court today,” New York Herald (European Edition–Paris), October 28, 1921, p. 6, “Insures his friends, then poisons them,”
New York Times, April 22, 1921, p. 17, and Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 370-371.
320
“Russian Poisoners Are Found Guilty,” New York Times, February 17, 1911, p. 4. The most complete accounts of this case
are Herman Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1, and
“Criminal Poisoning with Bacteria: The Remarkable Case of O’Brien de Lacy and Panchenko,” pp. 213-219, in C.J.S. Thompson, Poisons
and Poisoners: With Historical Accounts of Some Famous Mysteries in Ancient and Modern Times (London: Harold Shaylor, 1940).
Bernstein appears to have attended the trial, while Thompson provides no indication of his sources of information. The spelling of names
follows those used in the Times (London).
321
“A Russian Murder Trial,” Times (London), January 11, 1911, p. 7.
322
Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1. De
Lacy apparently depended on receiving orders to supply ships to the Russian Navy, and it was a decision of the Marine Ministry to cancel
orders from his shipyard that led to his financial troubles. See “Experts in Clash at Russian Trial,” New York Times, February 7, 1911, p. 4.
74
to give to her two children. (She had divorced the General some twenty years earlier, and in 1910 lived in Paris
married to a man called Lizardi.)
323
De Lacy decided that he could solve his financial problems by murdering his in-laws. He apparently
did not want to wait for his in-laws to die natural deaths, and wanted his wife to inherit the bulk of their estates.
There is some evidence that he embarked on this plan even before his marriage to Ludmilla.
To accomplish his objectives, de Lacy recruited the services of Pantchenko, an indigent physician
with a dubious reputation.
324
Pantchenko was a purveyor of quack medicines. While living in Paris in 1895, he
reportedly sold poison used in a suicide. He also was implicated in other dubious activities, including faking
death certificates and producing pornography. In early 1911 one of his patients died due to Pantchenko’s use of
dirty needles.
325
Pantchenko first encountered Captain Buturlin in the fall of 1908, when his future victim inquired
about an anti-cholera injection that Pantchenko peddled. The two met periodically after that. In February 1910,
Pantchenko convinced Captain Buturlin of the beneficial effects of a compound known as spermin, and began
to give him regular injections.
326
According to one account, de Lacy approached Pantchenko in the fall of 1908, even before his
marriage to Ludmilla. In their first meeting, de Lacy offered Pantchenko 1,500 rubles to perform an abortion.
A few days later, de Lacy told Pantchenko what he really wanted: the murder of his in-laws through use of
biological agents. He offered Pantchenko 10,000 rubles for the death of Captain Buturlin, 50,000 rubles to kill
General Buturlin, and 500,000 rubles to go to Paris to dispose of the mother.
327
De Lacy told Pantchenko that he wanted his brother-in-law killed by infecting him with cholera. The
disease was endemic in St. Petersburg at the time, and de Lacy hoped that people would believe that his
victims had died of natural causes.
Now that cholera is raging, it would seem the safest way of removing him. When he dies, as a
victim of the epidemic, he will be buried immediately. And even if he should be exhumed, they will
find that he died of cholera.
328
Pantchenko, however, was doubtful about relying on cholera, and instead suggested diphtheria toxin, which he
obtained from two different research laboratories. Ultimately, Pantchenko found an opportunity to inject
Captain Buturlin with the diphtheria toxin, which killed him.
There were questions about Captain Buturlin’s death almost immediately. General Buturlin was
suspicious and demanded a post-mortem, a request seconded by the dead man’s wife. At the same time, a man
approached the police with a story suggesting that Buturlin had been murdered. Apparently, the man rented a
room from Mme. Muravieff, who was Pantchenko’s lover. This sparked a police investigation. Pantchenko and
de Lacy initially denied any complicity in the death, but the two were arrested, as was Mme. Muravieff.
329
Following his arrest, Dr. Pantchenko confessed to his involvement in the crime. (According to one
account, “the Russian legal procedure for worming avowals out of prisoners resembles the so-called American
‘third degree’.”
330
Although he retracted the confession during his trial, the jury found it credible in their
deliberations.
331
This is a unique document, since it describes one man’s account of his involvement with the
use of biological agents.
Patients were brought to me occasionally by a friend named Raffoff, who acted as a tout, receiving
a share of the profits. One day he introduced me to O’Brien de Lacy. We adjourned to a private
room in a restaurant, where, in Raffoff’s presence, he asked me if I would perform a certain illegal
operation [an abortion] for 1,700 rubles. I assented. O’Brien de Lacy seemed pleased and gave me
323
Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1.
324
“Pantchenko’s Many Crimes,” New York Times, February 8, 1911, p. 4.
325
“Poison Trial Drags On,” New York Times, February 12, 1911, Section 3, p. 4.
326
Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1.
327
Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1.
328
Bernstein, “The Doctor Who Killed His Patients With Germs,” New York Times, February 19, 1911, section five, p. 1.
329
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, pp. 214-215.
330
“Doctors Gave Fatal Germs to Poisoner,” New York Times, February 4, 1911, p. 1.
331
He told the court, “When I gave evidence to the examining magistrate and denounced de Lacy I was simply investing a tale
of the Arabian Nights. Had I really been guilty I could easily have fled before my arrest.” See “The Russian Murder Trial,” Times
(London), February 10, 1911, p. 5.
75
100 rubles. I asked him to visit me in my own study. I was a physician of the Petrograd district of
the North Railway.
Subsequently O’Brien intimated that he would prefer to talk with me without a witness. I
acquiesced. He told me he had just become a bridegroom, and the operation he really wanted was
to have his future brother-in-law made away with. For this service he would pay 10,000 rubles.
After that it would be necessary to remove the father-in-law. For that riddance I would be paid
50,000 rubles, and lastly, the old man’s divorced wife must be launched into eternity. For this job
he would not grudge 500,000 rubles. He impressed upon me the necessity of extreme
circumspection, and advised me to begin with young Buturlin, to whom he proposed I should
administer cholera germs on bread, buttered and covered with caviar. Death by cholera, he
explained, would evoke no surprise at a moment when that epidemic was making havoc in
Petrograd. Therefore he had much to say in favor of cholera germs, and informed me that young
Buturlin was using anti-cholera subcutaneous injections.
By this time I had extracted 2,000 rubles from O’Brien de Lacy. At last he introduced me to
Buturlin, on the ground that were interested in founding a sanatorium, but I was to whet his
curiosity about a certain drug and get him as a patient. Then, instead of the drug, I was to inject
some poison or other, and having done the job, to abstain sedulously from writing or telegraphing,
as a kinsman of his, Count Roniker, who had been charged with murder in Warsaw, had been
tripped up by a telegram. The plan was successful; I treated young Buturlin, substituting diphtheria
toxin for the other drug.
I received the germs from a chemist, who believed my story that it was required for experiments on
rabbits. I injected two large doses into the victim’s thigh. Later, I learned he was very ill, and, being
conscience smitten, I wired for O’Brien de Lacy, who was furious that the telegram should have
been sent. He exclaimed: ‘You may as well give yourself up now.’ I visited young Buturlin after
this, and learned from his own lips that he had had high fever and sharp pains, but was now much
better. The other physician who was called in did not diagnose the malady. Then I read of
Buturlin’s death in the papers. It occurred exactly as had been calculated, seven days after the
injection. When I read that the day of the burial would be announced later, I knew it boded evil.
Meanwhile, General Buturlin arrived ad demanded a post-mortem. O’Brien de Lacy supported the
demand, convinced that the examination would be fruitless. I, too, was of the same opinion,
because throats are never analyzed during such investigation, and few symptoms of diphtheria
infection would be visible in the throat.
332
Pantchenko subsequently made the following statement about the injections given to Captain Buturlin.
On May 16
th
[1910] I visited Buturlin, and injected a pure drug [of anti-cholera serum] from a
phial. I repeated the injection on the following day. Before my evening visit to Buturlin on the
same day, I broke the necks of the two drug-phials in my own lodging that nobody should notice it.
Having emptied the contents, I filled the phials with diphtheria poison by means of a paper funnel.,
plugging them with wadding, and putting them into my waistcoat-pocket, set out for Buturlin’s.
Before starting I gulped down vodka for courage.
I got to Buturlin’s about eight or nine in the evening, with trembling in my legs and throbbing
waves of darkness filling my eyes and fitfully blotting out my sight. I had been wont to break off
the necks of the phials in Buturlin’s presence, first putting them in a handkerchief to avoid cutting
my fingers. That is why he could not notice that this time the necks were already snapped off. I
made two incisions in Buturlin’s body, injecting each time the contents of one phial of the
diphtheria poison. Each vessel held about two cubic centimeters, but as the effects of the diphtheria
poison had not been tested on human beings, I injected two phials full in order to be quite sure of a
deadly issue, and I quivered in every limb. I was in dread that Buturlin might discern my state.
Pulling myself together, and mastering my failing voice, I asked him whether it hurt. He answered,
‘not at all.’ I then left for home and threw the phials into the street. The livelong night I could not
close an eye. Conscience-ache racked me ruthlessly.
333
Court testimony revealed that Pantchenko obtained both diphtheria toxin and cholera endotoxin. Dr.
Heinrich, assistant director of a medical laboratory, testified that Pantchenko requested cholera endotoxin and
was provided with two tubes containing the substance. He returned several months later, and asked for more,
since he said that he had used the first batch experimenting on guinea pigs. He was provided with additional
332
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, pp. 215-216.
333
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, pp. 217. Thompson appears to imply that this statement was given at the time of the trial.
76
toxin.
334
Pantchenko admitted to acquiring the cholera endotoxin, but claimed that he sold it to O’Brien de
Lacy for 25 rubles. The material was apparently to be used to kill General Buturlin.
335
Pantchenko subsequently approached Professor Zabolotny, a microbiologist, who gave the physician a
small quantity of diphtheria toxin for what Pantchenko claimed was research into its effects on the nervous
system. Zabolotny testified that he subsequently learned that his toxin was not virulent, although he never
informed Pantchenko.
336
After supplying Pantchenko, Zabolotny suggested that he approach the Institute of
Experimental Medicine to obtain additional quantities of the toxin. Professor Zdrjekoffski, a chemist at the
Institute of Experimental Medicine, testified during the trial that, “I gave him, I forget whether one or two
phials of diphtheria toxin, each containing thirty or forty cubic centimeters. I explained to Dr. Pantchenko the
action of this toxin and the minimum dose that would cause death.” A prisoner who shared a jail cell with
Pantchenko subsequently claimed that the physician told him about experiments with a guinea pig to test the
toxin.
337
Probable or Possible Use
In these cases, the perpetrators may have used a biological agent, but there is no authoritative
confirmation. It also includes some cases in which a biological agent was used, but there is no information to
indicate whether the perpetrator knowingly caused the infection. The probability of intentional contamination
for these cases ranges from highly likely to highly unlikely.
Case 1994-03M: Orville Lynn Majors, January 1994
Orville Lynn Majors was arrested on December 29, 1997 on charges that he poisoned at least six
people at the Vermillion County Hospital from 1993-1995. In addition to use of potassium chloride, a
chemical, Majors is alleged to have used epinephrine, also known as adrenaline. He was suspected of
involvement in as many as 100 deaths, and police investigators performed autopsies on 15 people.
338
In
November 1998, a seventh murder charge was filed against Majors, although it is unclear whether the
substance involved was a chemical or biological poison.
339
Case 1993-04: Animal Liberation Front, December 1994
A spokesman for the Animal Liberation Front (ALF) claimed that several bombs placed by ALF
activists at several Boots pharmacies in the United Kingdom were contaminated with HIV. Authorities
discounted the claim, but also suggested that even if true the HIV was unlikely to pose a hazard.
340
Case 1992-06: Marilyn Tan, June 1992
Authorities in Alberta, Canada, alleged that Marilyn Tan deliberately injected Con Boland with HIV-
contaminated blood during a sexual encounter. Prosecutors claimed that Tan got the idea from an episode of
the television series Murder, She Wrote. She allegedly obtained the HIV from her sister, a nurse who lived in
the United States. Although Tan allegedly admitted the plot to a friend, the presiding judge found that witness’
testimony less than credible. In addition, the judge noted that the prosecution could provide no convincing
evidence that Boland acquired his HIV through injection. The judge believed that Boland’s promiscuous
lifestyle opened the possibility that he was infected in other ways. For this reason, the judge acquitted Tan.
341
334
“The Russian Murder Trial,” Times (London), February 4, 1911, p. 7, and Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, pp. 215-216.
335
“The Russian Murder Trial: History of the Case,” Times (London), February 17, 1911, p. 5, and Thompson, Poisons and
Poisoners, p. 218.
336
“Doctors Tell of Autopsy,” New York Times, February 4, 1911, p. 2.
337
Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners, p. 218, and “The Russian Murder Trial,” Times (London), February 4, 1911, p. 7.
338
See Charles Hoskinson, “Indiana Nurse Pleads Not Guilty in Hospital Deaths,” Washington Post, December 31, 1997, p. A6,
Charles Hoskinson, “Former Nurse Charged in Six Deaths,” Washington Post, December 30, 1997, p. A7, and Dirk Johnson, “Nurse Held
in Six Killings,” New York Times, December 31, 1997, p. A10.
339
Amy Cahill, “Seventh murder charge filed in Majors case,” Brazil Times (Indiana), November 3, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://braziltimes.com.
340
Chris Court, “Police Seek Woman in Firebomb Inquiry,” Press Association, January 4, 1994. I am indebted to Jason Pate of
the Monterey Institute for International Studies for bring this reference to my attention.
341
“Model accused of injecting lover with AIDS virus,” Agence France Presse, May 17, 1995, 13:11 Eastern Time, “HIV Trial
Told of Strange Thigh Bruise”, Toronto Globe and Mail, May 4, 1995, p. A11, and Alanna Mitchell, “Tan Not Guilty of Injecting Lover,”
Toronto Globe and Mail, May 24, 1995, p. A4.
77
Case 1990-05X: Suicide using HIV-infected blood (1990?)
In early 1991, several French physicians reported on a case in which a 41-year-old woman tried to
commit suicide by injecting herself with two to three milliliters of HIV-contaminated blood taken from a friend
who had AIDS. Two hours after the event, she went to a hospital emergency room, where she was treated with
zidovudine. Despite the treatment, three months after the injection laboratory tests indicated that she was
infected with HIV.
342
Case 1990-02: Giardia in Scotland, June 1990
According to a report that appeared in The Lancet, a British medical journal, during June 1990 nine
people living in an apartment building in Edinburgh, Scotland, became sick with a diarrheal disease caused by
Giardia lamblia. Investigators discovered that the one of the tanks that supplied water to the building had been
broken into and deliberately contaminated with Giardia-containing fecal material.
343
The identity of the perpetrator was not reported, and the motivation for the contamination is not
known. It is not known if the perpetrator knowingly intended to cause giardiasis, or was even aware that the
feces were contaminated with Giardia.
Case 1989-04M: Efren Saldivar
In March 1998, a respiratory therapist named Efren Saldivar confessed to having murdered between
40 and 50 patients at the Glendale Adventist Medical Center in Los Angeles. According to the confession, he
killed the patients over a nine year period starting in 1989 by smothering them or by injecting them with lethal
substances. He claimed to have used morphine, Pavulon, or succinylcholine chloride. Pavulon and
succinylcholine chloride are both muscle relaxants. He subsequently retracted the confession, claiming that he
was suicidal at the time of his confession but lacked the will to kill himself.
344
The case is currently under investigation. Press reports suggest that law enforcement officials believe
that at least one patient was murdered, but lack the evidence needed to make an arrest.
345
As of March 1999,
the case was still under investigation.
346
Case 1989-03: South Africa, August 1989
In May 1990, a South African newspaper, Vrye Weekblad, reported that a South African government
covert operations unit, known as the Civilian Cooperation Bureau (CCB), employed biological agents against
SWAPO, the South West African People’s Organization. The CCB had nearly 300 people working for it, and
reportedly consumed about 0.28 per cent of the entire South African defense budget. The group had authority
to operate inside South Africa and in neighboring countries. It was apparently disbanded around April 1991.
347
The claim that South Africa used biological agents is based on the statements of Petrus Jacobus Botes,
who claimed to have directed operations by CCB in Mozambique and Swaziland. According to his account, in
May 1989, he was ordered to contaminate the water supply at Dobra, a refugee camp located in Namibia, with
cholera and yellow fever organisms provided him by a South African army doctor. The attempt to contaminate
the water supply was made in late August, but apparently failed to have any effect because of the high chlorine
content of the treated water at the camp.
348
A Namibian health official subsequently confirmed that the water
342
Eric Durand, Claire Le Jeunne, and François-Claude Hugues, “Failure of prophylactic zidovudine after suicidal self-
inoculation of HIV-infected blood” [letter], New England Journal of Medicine, Vol. 324 (April 11, 1991), p. 1062.
343
C.N. Ramsey and J. Marsh, “Giardiasis due to deliberate contamination of water supply,” Lancet, Vol. 336 (October 6,
1990), pp. 880-881. This incident was brought to my attention by Robert S. Root-Bernstein, “Infectious Terrorism,” Atlantic, May 1991, p.
48.
344
Buck Wargo, Donna Huffaker, and Julie Marquis, “Hospital Worker Says He Killed Up to 50,” Los Angeles Times, March
28, 1998, p. A1.
345
T. Christian Miller, “Possible Victims of Alleged Mercy Killer Identified,” Los Angeles Times, May 6, 1998, Valley Edition,
Metro section, p. 1.
346
Scott Glover, “Critics Lament Slow Pace of ‘Angel of Death’ Investigation,” Los Angeles Times, March 28, 1999, as found
at http://www.latimes.com.
347
For a short discussion of the role of CCB, see Jacques Pauw, In the Heart of the Whore: The story of apartheid’s death
squads (Halfway House, South Africa: Southern Book Publishers, 1991), pp. 150-155. Pauw is a South African journalist who investigated
efforts by the apartheid regime to forcibly suppress dissent. Bruce Hoffman and The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology brought
this incident to my attention.
348
Pauw, In the Heart of the Whore, pp. 187-188. See also “Dirty Tricks and Dirtier Germs,” CovertAction Quarterly, Winter
1998, p. 29, citing Jacques Pauw, Into the Heart of Darkness: Confessions of Apartheid’s Assassins (Johannesburg: Jonathan Ball
Publishers, 1997).
78
supply was treated, and that the camp’s water was monitored during that period. No evidence of cholera was
ever found.
349
Sketchy details of South Africa’s biological weapons program emerged following the arrest of Wouter
Basson in January 1997. Basson, a physician, was the project leader for Project Coast, the codename for South
Africa’s covert biological and chemical weapons program. In that capacity, he is thought to have had
comprehensive knowledge of South Africa’s entire biological weapons program. Four trunks full of material
related to Project Coast were seized by law enforcement officials at the time of his arrest, providing the first
real insight into the full dimensions of the program. Only a limited amount of information was made public,
however, because of four separate investigations into Project Coast: South Africa’s Commission on Truth and
Reconciliation; the Office of Economic Offences; the Gauteng Attorney-General’s Special Investigation Team;
and, the National Intelligence Agency (NIA).
350
Additional details of the program were provided in the course of hearings held before the
Commission’s Human Rights Violations Committee during June and July 1998. Scientists involved in the
biological weapons program provided details of their activities to the committee. According to the researchers,
pathogens and toxins were developed for use against opponents of the apartheid regime. One operation
associated with the program was the Roodeplaat Research Laboratories (RRL). Schalk van Rensburg, formerly
a director of the facility, told the Committee, “I would say that 95 percent of what went on was covert work.
Over the five year offensive period at RRL, some 500 products were issued, many in small quantities capable
of killing just a few people.”
351
Significantly, the company reportedly produced 32 bottles containing cholera
cultures. In addition, the laboratory produced chocolates and cigarettes laced with anthrax, beer contaminated
with botulinum toxin, and sugar containing an unidentified salmonella species.
352
Another person who testified
before the Commission, Dr. Schalk van Rensburg, claimed that the South Africans infected three Russians
advising the African National Congress with anthrax, and that one died.
353
No evidence was presented to the Commission confirming allegations of use of cholera against
SWAPO.
Case 1988-01: Poisoner of Colonel Jean-Claude Paul, November 1988
On November 6, 1988, Colonel Jean-Claude Paul, the recently retired commander of Haiti’s elite
Dessalines Battalion, died after eating a bowl of pumpkin soup for lunch. Paul was a leader of the notorious
Tontons Macoutes, essentially the terror squad created by the Duvalier regime to maintain its power. Even
after the President Jean-Claude “Baby Doc” Duvalier was forced from power in 1986, the Tontons Macoutes
remained a power in the country. Until he was retired from the military following a September 1988 coup, Paul
was considered one of the most powerful figures in Haiti. At the time of his death, the United States
government was attempting to extradite Paul for his alleged involvement in smuggling drugs from South
America to the United States.
354
Following Paul’s death, the Haitian police arrested Paul’s wife, Mireille Deinois, and two of their
servants, based on suspicions that they might have poisoned him. They were subsequently released.
355
Some
accounts suggest that Paul’s wife was arrested to protect her from vengeful members of his family.
356
349
“South African paper reports cholera plot,” San Jose Mercury News, May 11, 1990, p. 21A, and San Jose Mercury News,
May 12, 1990, p. 7F.
350
These details are from Commission on Truth and Reconciliation, Final Report, Volume 2, Chapter 6, as found (at the time)
at the Commission’s World Wide Web site, http://www.truth.org.za.
351
Jeremy Lovell, “S. African panel told of secret murder factory,” Reuters, June 9, 1998, 05:18 p.m. EST feed.
352
Suzanne Daley, “In Support of Apartheid: Poison Whisky and Sterilization,” New York Times, June 11, 1998, p. A3.
353
David Beresford, “Mandela on apartheid's poison list,” Age (Melbourne, Australia), June 11, 1998, taken from the paper’s
World Wide Web site, http://www.theage.com.au/.
354
Alan Tomlinson, “Poison suspicion after Haiti colonel on drug charges dies,” Times (London) November 8, 1988, p. 7,
“Haitian Officer Charged by U.S. Is Reported Dead,” New York Times, November 7, 1988, p. A11, and “Possibility of Poisoning Is Raised
In the Death of a Haitian Colonel,” New York Times, November 8, 1988, p. A14. See also Christine Toomey, “Tontons’ terror lives on as
boss dies from poison,” Sunday Times (London), November 13, 1988, p. A24. Bruce Hoffman and The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism
Chronology brought this incident to my attention.
355
“Haiti police seize wife, two servants in Colonel’s death,” Miami Herald, November 8, 1988, p. 3A, and “Haiti colonel
poisoned,” Sunday Times (London), December 4, 1988, p. A20.
356
“Indicted Haitian Colonel dies,” Miami Herald, November 7, 1988, p. A1.
79
Initial press reports indicated that Paul died of a heart attack. It was generally assumed, however, that
he was poisoned, and the press soon indicated that “poisoning is suspected.”
357
The Haitian press noted that his
lips were suspiciously dark. According to one newspaper, it had information that his table salt was
contaminated with cyanide. A sample of the pumpkin soup that he was eating just before his death was sent to
a laboratory in Miami, Florida.
358
Tests of the soup did not identify any poisons. According to press accounts,
however, the autopsy suggested that he had been poisoned. It is not known if the poison was ever identified.
359
The Port-au-Prince police chief, Colonel Georges Valcin, asserted that Paul died after “absorbing a toxic
substance,” but he never identified the substance involved.
360
It is possible that Paul was poisoned using any one of several toxins known to Haitian practitioners of
voodoo. For example, they employ tetrodotoxin in the preparations supposedly used in the process of
zombification. Similarly, it appears that the plant-derived drug datura, another powerful toxin, is used to
counter the effects of the tetrodotoxin. It appears that Haitians are also familiar with other toxins derived from
plants and animals.
361
There is some evidence suggesting that some of the compounds used by traditional Haitians in their
rituals have made their way to the United States. In February 1986, a fireman in Delray Beach, Florida, was
hospitalized after entering a burning house where it is believed certain of these preparations were stored.
362
Case 1987-01: Dr. David Acer, December 1987-1990
According to the Centers for Defence Control and Prevention (CDC), a Florida dentist infected with
HIV, Dr. David Acer, transmitted the disease to six of his patients. It is not known how the patients became
infected. For several reasons, the Acer case has been the focus of intense controversy. CDC was concerned due
to fears that health care providers might transmit the disease to their patients. In fact, this was the first known
instance in which a health care provider appeared to have transmitted HIV to a patient.
363
Both the infected patients who sued Acer’s estate and his malpractice insurance company, and the
insurance companies, have had an interest in determining whether Acer transmitted the disease to his patients,
and, if he did, how it happened. Because of the controversy, CDC has spent more than $1 million on the Acer
investigation. More than two dozen CDC personnel have been involved.
364
A senior CDC official, Harold Jaffe, has offered three alternative explanations of how Acer
transmitted the disease. First, Acer could have contaminated his own dental instruments and then failed to
sterilize them before using them on his patients. Second, Acer might have cut himself in some fashion and his
blood could have infected the patients when he performed dental work on them. Third, Acer might have
intentionally infected the patients. According to Jaffe, “There is no direct evidence for any of these three
theories.”
365
The first of Acer’s victims became known on July 27, 1990, when the CDC reported the case in its
Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report. According to CDC, the victim had no obvious risk factor for AIDS,
357
“Haiti police seize wife, two servants in Colonel’s death,” Miami Herald, November 8, 1988, p. 3A.
358
Christine Toomey, “Tontons’ terror lives on as boss dies from poison,” Sunday Times (London), November 13, 1988, p.
A24.
359
“Haiti colonel poisoned,” Sunday Times (London), December 4, 1988, p. A20.
360
Miami Herald, December 3, 1988, p. 25A.
361
Wade Davis, The Serpent and the Rainbow: A Harvard Scientist’s Astonishing Journey into the Secret Societies of Haitian
Voodoo, Zombis, and Magic (New York: A Touchstone Book published by Simon and Shuster, 1997). On the role of tetrodotoxin in
Haitian rituals, see pp. 116ff and 165ff. On datura, see pp. 35ff and 164-165. Among the other toxins that the Haitians appear to employ
are bufogenin and bufotoxin (see p. 114 in Davis), derived from the Bufo marinus toad, and saponin extracted from the plant Albizzia
lebbeck (p. 111).
362
“Haiti poisons pose problem in a new land,” Orlando Sentinel, July 19, 1987.
363
There is a considerable literature on this case. It has received enormous press coverage, and there have been numerous
scientific articles reviewing aspects of the case. In addition, it has been the subject of several books, including Mark Carol Rom, Fatal
Extraction: The Story Behind the Florida Dentist Accused of Infecting His Patients with HIV and Poisoning Public Health (San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1997). For a shorter review of the case, see “CDC Closes the Case of The Florida Dentist,” Science, May 22, 1992,
p. 1130.
364
Dennis L. Breo, “The dental AIDS cases—Murder or an unsolvable mystery,” JAMA, December 8, 1993, p. 2732.
365
Breo, “The dental AIDS cases,” p. 2732.
80
and had a strain of HIV genetically identical to Acer’s.
366
The young woman involved, Kimberly Bergalis,
subsequently sued Acer’s estate, and mounted a public campaign to force mandatory HIV testing of medical
workers. Over time, five additional cases surfaced. The last of the victims was identified in May 1993.
Almost from the beginning, there have been attacks on the CDC research. Some critics have argued
that the victims had risk factors not identified by CDC, and that the methodology used by CDC to compare the
HIV strains was flawed. These arguments were publicly aired in a segment broadcast by 60 Minutes, the CBS
television program.
367
Most scientific experts, however, appear to agree with CDC that Acer somehow infected
his patients.
368
Most of the controversy centers on whether or not Acer infected them deliberately.
369
Edward Parsons, a friend of Acer’s, came to suspect that the dentist might have deliberately infected
his patients. Parsons recalled in 1992 comments that he heard Acer make in 1988, “When it starts affecting
grandmothers and younger people, then you’ll see something done.” For Parsons, this seemed to convincingly
suggest Acer’s guilt, given that two of the first victims were Bergalis, a young woman, and Barbara Webb, a
grandmother.
370
According to Jaffe, however, Parsons gave a different account in his sworn testimony, which
casts doubt on his subsequent statements.
371
Many of those who have looked into the case believe that Acer deliberately infected his patients.
According to one expert, “Whether it’s scientifically valid or not, it is definitely the most prevalent theory
today—at least in the dental community.”
372
For example, one scientist who looked into the case claims, “It
was murder … simply because we’ve eliminated everything else.”
373
Other investigators have taken CDC to task for failing to properly investigate the case. They argue
that CDC focused too much on the victims, and insufficiently on the activities and character of Dr. Acer. For
example, CDC spent three months investigating the first known victim, Bergalis, before looking into Acer’s
activities. One critic argues that strong similarities can be identified between Dr. Acer’s behavioral patterns
and those of known sexual criminals. This critic contends that CDC’s investigation of the case was flawed
from the beginning, and consistently overlooked evidence supporting the intentional contamination theory.
374
Experts at the CDC, however, do not believe that there is compelling evidence to support the
deliberate contamination theory. Similarly, an investigator in the Florida Department of Health and
Rehabilitative Services told a reporter, “The only evidence we have to support the theory of criminal intent is
the lack of evidence supporting any of the other theories. We will probably never know the answer.”
375
Case 1985-02: Unknown, 1985
According to an official of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Mexican contract workers involved in
a screwworm eradication program may have deliberately spread that pathogen among livestock. Although the
perpetrators were never charged, the workers apparently spread the screwworm because they were seeking to
protect their jobs, which would have disappeared once the parasites were eliminated. The releases apparently
took place in an area of Mexico about 50 miles south of the border with the United States.
376
366
“Possible Transmission of Human Immunodeficiency Virus to a Patient during an Invasive Dental Procedure,” Morbidity
and Mortality Weekly Report, July 27, 1990, p. 489-493. Dr. Shellie A. Kolavic provided me with copies of this and other articles on the
Acer case.
367
“AIDS From Dentist Disputed: 60 Minutes Raises Doubts in ‘80s Cases,” Miami Herald, June 18, 1994, p. 5B. The
arguments advanced in the 60 Minutes segments are reviewed and generally dismissed in Stephen Barr, “The 1990 Florida Dental
Investigation: Is the Case Really Closed?,” Annals of Internal Medicine, January 15, 1996, pp. 250-254.
368
David Brown, “The 1990 Florida Dental Investigation: Theory and Fact,Annals of Internal Medicine, January 15, 1996, pp.
255-256.
369
David Kidwell, “AIDS dentists lethal weapon? Accidental transmission unlikely in latest case, experts say,” Miami Herald,
June 6, 1993, p. 1A.
370
“Friend dentist may have spread AIDS on purpose,” Miami Herald, June 11, 1992, p. 2B. See also Hal Boedeker, “AIDS
dentist will be focus of 20/20 segment on Friday,” Miami Herald, September 30, 1993, p. 5B.
371
Breo, “The dental AIDS cases,” p. 2733. According to Jaffe, “He said under oath only that Acer was angry about his AIDS
infection, and he specifically said that Acer did not tell him that he was going to intentionally infect patients.”
372
David Kidwell, “AIDS dentists lethal weapon? Accidental transmission unlikely in latest case, experts say,” Miami Herald,
June 6, 1993, p. 1A.
373
Hal Boedeker, “AIDS dentist will be focus of 20/20 segment on Friday,” Miami Herald, September 30, 1993, p. 5B.
374
Leonard G. Horowitz, “Murder and cover-up could explain the Florida dental AIDS mystery,” British Medical Journal,
December 1994, p. 423-427.
375
Hal Boedeker, “AIDS dentist will be focus of 20/20 segment on Friday,” Miami Herald, September 30, 1993, p. 5B.
376
Judith Miller, “U.S. to Use Lab for More Study Of Bioterrorism,” New York Times, September 22, 1999, p. A25.
81
Case 1981-01: Unknown (Boris Korczak), September 1981
We have two distinctly different versions of what happened to Boris Korczak in September 1981.
These two accounts are totally inconsistent, and while one appears to originate with U.S. intelligence agencies,
it is the other version that appears more credible.
The first version was initially reported by Joseph D. Douglass, Jr., and Neil C. Livingstone in their
1987 book America the Vulnerable: The Threat of Chemical/Biological Warfare. According to Douglass and
Livingstone, Korczak was killed using a technique similar to that used on Georgi Markov and Vladimir Kostov
in 1978.
Intelligence sources in the West say that a similar pellet-firing weapon has been responsible for at
least six assassinations in recent years, including a CIA double agent, Boris Korczak, who was hit
at Tyson’s Corner, Virginia. Korczak was rushed to Fairfax hospital, where a major fight developed
between the CIA and the Soviets over custody of the body. The CIA held off the Soviets until the
cause of Korczak’s death was fixed, which turned out to be a small platinum-iridium pellet, which
presumably contained ricin. The CIA got the pellet; the Soviets got the body, which they
immediately shipped to Russia on an Aeroflot plane from which all passengers were excluded.
377
Dr. Benjamin C. Garrett, a scientist specializing in chemical and biological agents working at EAI Corporation,
wrote a similar version of this story, which he attributed to the Central Intelligence Agency.
378
A totally different account emerges from other sources, including a review of press articles published
in 1981 and 1996 and interviews with the alleged victim. According to newspaper accounts, in October 1981
Boris Korczak, a Lithuanian-Pole who had acted as a double agent for the Central Intelligence Agency in the
1970s, claimed that the KGB attempted to assassinate him with ricin pellets. Korczak had lived in Denmark
while working for the CIA, but came to the United States in 1979 when he came to believe that the KGB had
discovered his CIA connections.
According to the newspaper report, the Senate Intelligence Committee
confirmed that Korczak had worked for the agency.
379
Korczak claims that in mid-September 1981 he was attacked while shopping at the Tyson’s Corner
shopping mall. He told a reporter, “My friends say they saw a blond man, wearing British clothes, who seemed
to be following us around the shopping center. I believe he shot the pellet at me.” At that time, he felt
“something like a mosquito bite” on his back near his kidneys. A few hours later, his temperature climbed to
106° F, and he became delirious. He recovered after three days. He claims that several days later he excreted a
metal ball about one-five hundredth of an inch in size. “That ball has a niche that was filled with some deadly
poison which got into my kidneys when the ball lodged there.” Korczak made his allegations public because he
believed that the CIA had refused to protect him, despite his previous work for the agency.
380
According to a February 1996 Associated Press report, Korczak had just filed a lawsuit against the
CIA in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. In that suit, he claimed that he was owed $725,000 by the CIA, and
asked for a $25,000 annuity. At that time, he told journalists that in 1981 he was struck with a poisoned pellet
while grocery shopping. According to this account, he provided reporters with copies of his medical records
describing a “tiny … pellet” removed from the wound.
381
It is impossible to ascertain the truth of the Korczak’s story, given that there has never been an official
investigation into his allegations. Moreover, it is clear that Korczak had a strong motivation to invent the story,
given his dispute with the CIA. At the same time, however, the medical records that he has shown researchers
indicate that he did become quite ill at the time of the alleged incident, and he did show a small pellet to
reporters soon after the incident. In addition, his account of what happened has remained consistent over the
years, although he has given various explanations for why he was attacked.
The most unusual feature of this case is the discrepancy in the two accounts of what happened. The
story attributed to the Central Intelligence Agency is clearly specious. If Korczak had been murdered, there is
no question but that U.S. law enforcement officials could have performed an autopsy and taken any other steps
necessary to prosecute an investigation. The fact that certain people within the intelligence community
allegedly have spread what is clearly a specious story is in itself high suspicious. It is possible that the conflict
377
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, pp. 84-85. In another place (p. 185), the authors date the assassination to
1980, and describe the incident as follows: “Assassination of CIA agent Boris Korczak in McLean, Virginia (Tyson’s Corner), using ricin
weapon, possibly in umbrella configuration.”
378
Benjamin C. Garrett, “Ricin: A Case Study for the Treaty,” ASA Newsletter, No. 92-2, April 3, 1992, pp. 1, 10.
379
Joseph Volz, “Ex-Agent Says KGB Trying to Kill Him, CIA Refuses Help,” Washington Post, October 4, 1981, p. A14.
380
Joseph Volz, “Ex-Agent Says KGB Trying to Kill Him, CIA Refuses Help,” Washington Post, October 4, 1981, p. A14.
381
See “Double Agent for the CIA sues ‘the big bully’,” Philadelphia Inquirer, February 25, 1996.
82
between Korczak and his CIA handlers may have motivated the false account, but, in the absence of additional
information, any such conclusion is at best speculative.
Case 1970-04: Additional East Bloc bioassassinations, 1970s-1980s?
According to Douglass and Livingstone, intelligence officials believe that at least six other people
were victims of “a similar pellet-firing weapon,” besides Markov and Kostov. They mention Boris Korczak, as
well as the Algerian leader Houari Boumedienne. They claim that Boumedienne
was killed using a pellet gun
identical to the type used against the Bulgarians.
382
According to press accounts, Boumedienne was diagnosed as suffering from a rare disorder known as
Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, a blood disease characterized by an enlarged spleen and liver. He became
ill in the period September 19-24, 1978, during an Arab summit in Damascus, Syria. At the time, he was
suffering from fever, chills, malaise, anemia, and blood in his urine.
383
Around October 4 or 5, he was flown to
Moscow for treatment of what was by then thought to be a kidney infection.
384
The Soviets continued to treat
him until mid-November.
385
After Boumedienne returned to Algiers, the Algerians brought in additional
specialists, and he was diagnosed with Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia. During this period, Boumedienne
was attended by a medical team that at one point included 62 physicians drawn from 14 countries. Among
those attending were 14 doctors from the United States. The Algerians also brought in Dr. Jan Waldenstrom,
the Swedish doctor who first characterized the disease.
386
These accounts cast doubt on the theory that
Boumedienne was assassinated.
Another source claims, “U.S. intelligence figures privately indicated there had been other suspicious
attacks and at least two deaths involving other exiles, including a Bulgarian and a Croat.”
387
British authorities
might have looked into other such attacks during their Markov investigation. For example, The Times (London)
reported in November 1978 that British police had already traveled to West Germany on three occasions to talk
with Bulgarian dissidents, and that the police were interviewing a doctor in Munich. However, the subject of
the conversations was not specified, so it is only speculation that it may have involved other attacks on
dissidents.
388
During a March 13, 1980 discussion, Dr. Rufus Compton, the pathologist who performed the autopsy
on Georgi Markov, recounted the story of Mrs. Angela Hoppett, who traveled to the Soviet Union with her
father, apparently soon after the Markov murder. She reported that the Russians attempted to incriminate her
father by tricking him into reading anti-Soviet material. Crompton describes what happened next in the
following way:
… she felt a sting or a blow at the back of her neck, and noticed a small puncture mark there. She
described symptoms, a number of which were similar to those of the Markov and Kostov cases. She
developed a fever and backache with severe headache and malaise which lasted for a long time.
However, with all due respect, you really have to take her story with a certain pinch of salt, coming
after the Markov/Kostov affair.
389
Despite his skepticism about Mrs. Hoppett’s story, Crompton noted, “I believe that it probably is the case that
this instrument has been used not on numerous occasions but certainly on a number of occasions, other than on
these two men.” He added, that these other cases had “not been detected.”
390
During the same presentation, Dr.
Robin Keeley of the London Metropolitan Police Laboratory stated that the pellet’s platinum-iridium alloy is
biologically inert, so that it could remain inside the body without causing inflammation.
391
This would reduce
chances of the pellet being detected.
382
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, pp. 84-85.
383
Lawrence K. Altman, “Huge Medical Team Treated Algerian,” New York Times, December 28, 1978, p. A11.
384
Jim Hoagland, “Algerian Leader Ill, Treated in Moscow,” Washington Post, October 21, 1978, p. A13, and Ronald Koven,
“Algerian Deathwatch,” Washington Post, December 13, 1978, p. A30.
385
“Algerians Told Boumediene Is Sick and Unable to Work,” New York Times, November 20, 1978, p. A6.
386
Lawrence K. Altman, “Huge Medical Team Treated Algerian,” New York Times, December 28, 1978, p. A11.
387
Carl Sifakis, Encyclopedia of Assassination (New York: Facts On File, 1991), p. 122.
388
Stewart Tendler, “Police see Mr Markov’s brother for clues in killing,” Times (London), November 28, 1978, p. 2.
389
Dr. Rufus Crompton and Dr. David Gall, “Georgi Markov--Death in a Pellet,” Medico-Legal Journal, Volume 48 (1980), p.
60.
390
Crompton and Gall, “Georgi Markov--Death in a Pellet,” pp. 60-61.
391
Crompton and Gall, “Georgi Markov--Death in a Pellet,” p. 61.
83
Following the reports of Markov’s death in September 1978, another Bulgarian dissident, Stefan
Bankov, also claimed to have experienced a mysterious attack of a similar nature. Bankov told a French
newspaper, L’Aurore, that the incident took place during a 1974 airplane flight between Seattle, Washington,
and London. During the flight, someone violently bumped into Bankov. He told reporters, “He [the assailant]
didn’t apologize for bumping into me and I immediately experienced a terrible feeling of cold, beginning of
paralysis and difficulties in breathing.” He says that he was hospitalized after the trip and was ill for several
days.
392
Case 1979-02: Zimbabwe guerrillas, November 1979
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology attributes the following incident to November 1979.
Rhodesian officials publicly accused nationalist guerrillas of responsibility for the spread of anthrax
in 12 districts. Twenty people reportedly died from the disease, which also affected cattle. The
incident has not been confirmed and may in fact have been Rhodesian propaganda.
393
Case 1976-02: Rhodesian Central Intelligence Organization, 1976-1980
There is some evidence suggesting that the Rhodesian government used biological agents against
black civilians in Rhodesia and Mozambique. According to these accounts, the operation was organized by the
Central Intelligence Organization, the intelligence agency of the Apartheid government of Ian Smith.
394
The CIO drew on the services of Robert Symington, a professor of anatomy at the University of
Rhodesia. He recruited other members of the faculty and some students into his program to develop chemical
and biological agents. In 1975, the researchers tested their new agents on detainees.
The dissemination of the agent was the responsibility of Inspector Dave Anderton, chief of the
“Terrorist Desk.” He used members of the Selous Scouts, an antiterrorist group made up mostly of captured
members of the black nationalist guerrilla armies. According to a researcher who interviewed former members
of the CIO, they were responsible for the following operations:
“bacteriological agents” as yet unidentified which were used to contaminate boreholes, rivers, and
other water sources. There are several cases of deaths attributed to drinking water and Henrik Ellert
[a former CIO official] recounts one incident in which the Ruya River was infected with an
unidentified biological agent in 1976. This incident corresponds to a cholera epidemic along the
Ruya River in Mozambique in which fatalities were reported. In Mozambique, the water supply of
the town of Cochemane was poisoned by Selous Scouts. The CIO later reported 200 deaths in
Cochemane attributed again to cholera.
anthrax bacterium which was introduced into rural areas of Western Zimbabwe, resulting in
several hundred human deaths.
395
In 1979 and 1980, there were 10,738 documented cases of human anthrax in Rhodesia, resulting in 182 deaths.
In contrast, during the previous 29 years there were only 334 cases.
396
Most researchers believe that the anthrax
epidemic was a natural outbreak. The extent of the outbreak resulted from the collapse of public health and
veterinary medicine programs due to the civil war.
397
392
“Other Bulgarians claim poison umbrella attacks,” Tucson Citizen, September 15, 1978, p. 10A, and “2 more report being
stabbed with umbrellas,” Arizona Republic, September 16, 1978, p. A26 (city edition). The original report is Jacques Chambaz, “Les
Parapluies de Sofia,” [“The Umbrellas of Sofia”], L’Aurore, September 15, 1978, p. 16a.
393
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
394
Meryl Nass, “Anthrax Epizootic in Zimbabwe, 1978-1980: Due to Deliberate Spread?,” PSR Quarterly, December 1992, pp.
198-209, Meryl Nass, “Zimbabwe’s Anthrax Epizootic,” CovertAction, Number 43, Winter 1992-93, pp. 12-18+, and Brickhill,
“Zimbabwe’s Poisoned Legacy,” CovertAction, Number 43, Winter 1992-93, pp. 4-11+.
395
Brickhill, “Zimbabwe’s Poisoned Legacy,” p. 8. The following account appears in H. Ellert, The Rhodesian Front War:
Counter-insurgency and guerrilla war in Rhodesia 1962-1980 (Gweru, Zimbabwe: Mambo Press, 1989), p. 113:
During 1976 a group of [Selous] Scouts moved into the Ruya wild-life area near the Mozambique border. At
several points along the Ruya river they introduced measured quantities of bacteriological cultures into the
water. Whether any fatalities resulted from these experiments is not known but it did correspond with a reported
epidemic of deaths among people living on the banks of the Ruya river in Mozambique. The deaths were
officially attributed to cholera.
396
Nass, “Anthrax Epizootic in Zimbabwe, 1978-1980, pp. 199 and 202, and Nass, “Zimbabwe’s Anthrax Epizootic,” p. 13.
397
See James C. Pile, John D. Malone, Edward M. Eitzen, and Arthur M. Friedlander, “Anthrax as a Potential Biological
Warfare Agent,” Archives of Internal Medicine, March 9, 1998, as taken from http://www.ama-assn.org. The Rhodesian medical
84
A December 10, 1998 article that appeared in the Harare Financial Gazette, the Zimbabwe
government has opened an investigation into the claims, according to a statement by the country’s Health
Minister, Dr. Timothy Stamp. Stamp told the newspaper, “It is true that we are researching into the activities of
Rhodesian security agents during the liberation struggle and that they may have used bacteriological warfare.”
The newspaper also indicated that a former Rhodesian army office. Colonel Lionel Dyck said, “Poison was
used on clothes, but other forms of germ warfare, no. The war was not fought honorably and techniques used
by both sides were not honorable. Cholera was also used, mostly in Mozambique.”
398
Case 1971-01: KGB (Alexander Solzhenitsyn), August 1971
In 1992, a Russian newspaper, Sovershenno Sekretno (Top Secret) published a story claiming that the
KGB attempted to kill Alexander Solzhenitsyn as the noted author was standing at a department store candy
counter in Novocherkassk on August 8, 1971. KGB Lt. Col. Boris Ivanov, a member of the team allegedly
involved in the plot, recalled, “The whole operation lasted two or three minutes. The man left the shop and our
boss started to smile. Outside, he said, quickly but firmly, ‘It’s all over. He won’t live much longer.”
399
Solzhenitsyn told the Russian journalists that he was feeling well, and that he and a friend “visited the
cathedral and the shops.” He then gave the following account of subsequent events
I don’t remember any injection, I certainly didn’t feel it, but by mid-morning the skin on my left
side suddenly started to hurt a great deal. Towards evening (we had stopped to see people we
knew), I continued to deteriorate and had a very large burn. The following morning I was reduced
to a terrible state: my left hip, left side, stomach and back were covered with blisters, the largest of
which were 15 centimeters in diameter.
400
Solzhenitsyn’s wife told a Western reporter that he had “a strange, inexplicable disease” and that it took him
months to recover. For long periods, he was barely able to get out of bed or write. Doctors who examined
Solzhenitsyn could not figure out what had happened to him, although some surmised that he had suffered
from a severe allergic reaction. According to the Russian article, after consulting with a respected Russian
toxicologist, it was determined the substance used was probably ricin.
401
Oleg Kalugin confirms the reports that an attack was made against Solzhenitsyn. He states that the
KGB’s Operational and Technical Directorate “had a laboratory that invented new ways of killing people, from
poisons that could be slipped into drinks to jellies that could be rubbed on a person to induce a heart attack. A
KGB agent rubbed such a substance on Alexander Solzhenitsyn in a store in Russia in the early 1970s, making
him violently ill but not killing him.”
402
Kalugin does not indicate what poison was used in the jelly.
Case 1969-01: John R. Hill, March 1969
On March 19, 1969, Joan Robinson Hill died in a small suburban hospital in the Houston area. Within
days of the death, Ash Robinson, father of the dead woman, became convinced that her husband, Dr. John R.
Hill, a plastic surgeon, had murdered her. Dr. Hill’s relations with his wife were strained due to his on-going
affair with Ann Kurth, which he had previously promised to terminate. It appears that Joan Hill was
contemplating a divorce at the time of her death. Dr. Hill married Ann Kurth about three months after Joan
Hill’s death, but the two were in divorce court within four months.
403
Without Ash Robinson’s tenacity, wealth, and political resources it is highly unlikely this case would
have been investigated, much less prosecuted. Robinson made a fortune as an independent oilman, and was one
of Houston’s leading citizens. Therefore, his influence kept the case alive, even when the prosecutors doubted
that any evidence existed to warrant a criminal investigation.
community, despite the war, extensively studied the outbreak. See, for example, See J.C.A. Davies, “A Major Epidemic of Anthrax in
Zimbabwe, part I,” Central African Journal of Medicine, December 1982, pp. 292-298, and J.C.A. Davies, “A Major Epidemic of Anthrax
in Zimbabwe, part II,” Central African Journal of Medicine, January 1983, pp. 8-12.
398
“Zimbabwe probing warfare gem use by colonial govt,” Reuters, December 10, 1998, 7:41 a.m. Eastern.
399
David Remnick, “KGB Plot to Assassinate Solzhenitsyn Reported,” Washington Post, April 21, 1992, p. D2.
400
Remnick, “KGB Plot to Assassinate Solzhenitsyn Reported,” p. D1.
401
Remnick, “KGB Plot to Assassinate Solzhenitsyn Reported,” p. D1.
402
Oleg Kalugin, The First Directorate (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994), p. 180.
403
This account of the Hill case is based largely on Thomas Thompson, Blood and Money (Garden City, New York: Doubleday
and Company, 1976).
85
The evidence to support a charge of murder was tenuous at best. Three autopsies failed to clarify the
cause of Joan Hill’s death. Since she had died within 24 hours of her admission to the hospital, state law
required an autopsy. For reasons that were never clarified, Joan Hill’s body was embalmed within a few hours
of her death before an autopsy could be performed. The initial autopsy by the hospital pathologist identified the
cause of death as pancreatitis, a conclusion which was clearly flawed and that the pathologist revised within
days of his finding.
404
The coroner, who stated that the cause of death was hepatitis, performed a second autopsy soon
thereafter. The coroner discounted septicemia as the cause of death, since blood tests performed at the time of
Joan Hill’s hospital admission did not detect any infection. Unfortunately, the specimens were discarded after
her death, and no attempt was made to culture the blood. The coroner apparently was unaware that it was not
uncommon to get negative results from such tests even when patients were septicemic.
405
After the third
autopsy, he changed his official opinion and attributed her death to a “fulminating infectious process.”
406
Considerably later, a grand jury ordered a third autopsy. Dr. Milton Helpern, who was the chief
medical examiner for New York City, performed the last autopsy. Dr. Helpern concluded that Joan Hill died
from a widespread infection, identifying massive damage to organs throughout the body characteristic of
overwhelming septicemia. However, Dr. Helpern also concluded that it would be impossible to determine the
actual cause of death, since the embalming process killed any organisms that might have been present.
407
Ann Kurth also made some spectacular charges against Dr. Hill. During the trial, she testified that Dr.
Hill spent time in her apartment before his wife’s death. In the week before Joan Hill’s death, Ann Kurth
discovered something peculiar in her apartment.
… I went into the bathroom. And the door had been closed. There was a gooseneck light over the
side of the basin, and there were three petri dishes there with red something in them and little dots
of something in that …
I really didn’t get much of a look, because Dr. Hill came up behind me and said, ‘Oh, I am doing an
experiment and this room is supposed to stay warm.’ He had this little gooseneck light over them.
He backed me out of there and closed the door, and I really didn’t think about it.
408
According to Ann Kurth, she also found some pastries in her refrigerator, which apparently were the
same ones that Dr. Hill subsequently gave to his wife. Ann Kurth also claimed that Dr. Hill told her that he
deliberately infected his dead wife. She recalled the statement as follows.
I really didn’t want it to be this way. It didn’t really have to be this way, but Joan would never have
given me a divorce. Ash was going to see to that. So I took every kind of human excretion I could
find. I saved feces, urine from patients, pus from a boil off somebody’s neck, and I mixed them all
together and I grew cultures in those petri dishes … And I first gave her the pastries and that did
not do anything. Then I gave her some ipecac, and she threw up everything but her toenails …. And
she was so sweet about it, She was begging me to do something for her …. So I gave her a shot. I
gave her some broad-spectrum antibiotic, and I mixed in some of this culture in liquid suspension
… and that did it ….
409
Hill was never officially charged with the alleged murder. Rather, the state charged him with murder
by omission, which essentially held that he was acting as his wife’s physician and had failed to take
appropriate steps to treat her. The trial against Dr. Hill was brought to an abrupt end when the judge ordered a
mistrial over statements made by Ann Kurth. Under Texas law, wives (even former wives) were not able to
testify against their husbands. The Judge allowed Kurth to testify on certain specific issues, but she made
statements that went beyond those limits, and so the judge felt compelled to end the trial.
Dr. Hill was never retried. In 1972, a man allegedly hired by Joan Robinson Hill’s father, Ash
Robinson, murdered him. Robinson was never formally charged with the crime, apparently because of his age
and ill health.
The scanty evidence supporting a murder charge in this case is evident. It might be possible to clarify
the cause of death using modern analytic tools, such as PCR, which could identify DNA present in tissues
404
Thompson, Blood and Money, pp. 119, 124.
405
Thompson, Blood and Money, p. 124, 133.
406
Thompson, Blood and Money, p. 169.
407
On Dr. Helpern’s role in the case, see Thompson, Blood and Money, pp. 152-165, 182-188.
408
Thompson, Blood and Money, p. 232.
409
Thompson, Blood and Money, p. 235.
86
removed during the autopsies left by any dead pathogens. Presumably, if such tests identified multiple
pathogens, it would suggest deliberate infection along the lines alleged by Ann Kurth.
Case 1966-01M: Mario Jascalevich, 1966
Mario Jascalevich, a surgeon, allegedly poisoned five patients at Riverdell Hospital in Bergenfield,
New Jersey, during 1966. Prosecutors claimed that he injected the patients with tubocurarine, a form of curare.
Jascalevich was suspected of poisoning patients of a surgeon who was new to the hospital; he allegedly viewed
the new doctor as a threat to an extremely lucrative practice. An initial investigation by local law enforcement
officials was inconclusive, but following a series of New York Times reports of the case, the investigation was
reopened more than ten years later. In 1978, a New Jersey jury acquitted Jascalevich of the crimes. Jascalevich
subsequently lost his New Jersey medical license for unrelated acts, and returned to Argentina.
410
Case 1961-01: “J.L.”, October 1961
According to an outbreak investigation reported in the New England Journal of Medicine, 23 U.S.
Navy personnel (22 officers and one enlisted man) were stricken with Hepatitis A, possibly as a result of a
deliberate contamination of food served at an officer’s mess. Following a careful study of the outbreak, the
CDC concluded that one of the food handlers contaminated potato salad that he prepared on October 26, 1961.
This individual, who had a history of psychological problems, apparently was ill with Hepatitis A at the time of
the contamination. The investigators believed that he contaminated the salad at the time he was preparing it.
411
At the time, the investigators apparently believed that “J.L.” might have deliberately contaminated the food by
urinating into it. Contemporary authorities tend to discount this mode of transmission, since the current belief
is that Hepatitis A is extremely difficult to transmit through urine.
412
Because Hepatitis A has a lengthy incubation period, the first case was not reported until November
18. The bulk of the cases emerged between November 25 and 30. It was not until December 5 that the CDC
investigation was initiated. The careful records kept by the military aided the investigation. It was possible to
identify the officers who ate at each meal. There were even records of when jars of salad dressing were taken
from storage, making it possible to determine when new batches of the potato salad were prepared. It would
have been considerably more difficult to conduct a similar investigation in a setting in which less accurate
records were available.
The outbreak occurred at Cecil Field, a naval air station located near Jacksonville, Florida.
Subsequent investigation determined that the suspect, identified only as “J.L.” in the journal article, had a
history of psychiatric problems. Prior to the outbreak, he had been diagnosed as schizophrenic with a
recommendation that he be discharged from the Navy.
413
While there is reasonable evidence to support the belief that “J.L.” did urinate into the dressing, it is
not evident that he understood that doing so would transmit disease. Indeed, it is not even clear that he knew
that he had a communicable disease. In addition, even if “J.L.” knowingly contaminated the food with the
intention of transmitting his hepatitis A, it is uncertain that the route used could transmit the disease. It remains
possible that the food was actually contaminated by accident because of poor hygiene.
For these reasons, it appears doubtful that this case meets the definition of a biological agent incident.
Case 1957-01: Brazilian Indian Protection Service (SPI), 1957-1965
Brazil’s Indian Protection Service, known by its Portuguese initials as SPI, reportedly used biological
agents as part of a campaign of genocide against Brazilian aborigines.
414
The allegations were contained in a
report issued by Brazil’s Attorney General in March 1968, the so-called Figueiredo Report. Consisting of
twenty volumes and 5,115 pages, the report “found evidence of widespread corruption and sadism, ranging
410
For a discussion of this case, see Matthew Lifflander, Final Treatment: The File on Dr. X (New York: W.W. Norton, 1979)
and Myron Farber, Somebody Is Lying: the Story of Dr. X (Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982).
411
Joseph, P.R., Millar, J.D., and Henderson, D.A., “An Outbreak of Hepatitis Traced to food contamination,” New England
Journal of Medicine, July 22, 1965, pp. 188-194.
412
Electronic communications, Dr. Thomas Török, August 1, 1997, and Dr. Shellie A. Kolavic, July 15, 1997. Telephone
interview, Dr. J.R. Joseph, August 19, 1997. According to Dr. Joseph, Alexander Langmuir, director of the Epidemic Intelligence Service,
cautioned the CDC investigators about drawing any firm conclusions about the mode of transmission.
413
Telephone interview, Dr. Carter S. Bagley, M.D., July 16, 1997.
414
Catherine Caufield, In the Rainforest (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1985), p. 12. According to Caufield, “The SPI was
disbanded in 1967, after a government investigation revealed that Indian agents had practiced genocide by deliberately introducing
smallpox, influenza, tuberculosis, and measles into Indian groups and had joined with speculators and landowners in systematic murder
and robbery of their charges.” Paula DeSutter brought this case to my attention after finding a mention of it on the Internet.
87
from the massacre of whole tribes by dynamite, machine guns and sugar laced with arsenic to the removal of
an 11-year-old girl from school to serve as a slave to an official of the Service.”
415
Smallpox, influenza, tuberculosis and measles allegedly were spread in the Mato Grosso area from
1957 to 1963. Moreover, it appears that tuberculosis was spread in the northern part of the Amazon Basin in
1964 and 1965. According to one investigator, diseases “were deliberately brought into Indian territories by
landowners and speculators utilizing a metizo previously infected.”
416
The commission was unable to confirm
reports that two tribes of Pataxo Indians, located in Bahia State, were injected with smallpox.
417
Although strong evidence supports the contention that biological agents were deliberately spread
among the aborigines, the mode of transmission appears not to fit the case definition used in this study. Only if
strong evidence existed that some of the victims were deliberately injected would the case definition be
satisfied.
Case 1949-01: Toshima Hospital Outbreak, November 1949
The Toshima Metropolitan Hospital, located in Tokyo, experienced a substantial outbreak of typhoid
in November 1949. The outbreak was traced to food served at the hospital. In all, 20 people became ill from
consuming the contaminated food, including both hospital employees and members of their families. In
addition, another 20 people contracted the disease from those originally infected. Police reportedly believed
that a hospital intern was responsible for the outbreak, but lacked the evidence needed to mount a
prosecution.
418
Case 1947-01: “Zionist” terrorists, 1947-1948
On July 22, 1948, the Palestinian Arab Higher Committee submitted a thirteen-page report to the
United Nations accusing Palestinian Jews of using biological agents against Egypt and Syria. According to the
document, “For several years the Zionists have planned and prepared for the use of bacterial warfare. To that
end, they set up laboratories in Palestine. The Jews plan to use this inhuman weapon against the Arabs in the
Middle East in their war of extermination.” The report contended that there was “some” evidence to link
Palestinian Jews to cholera outbreaks in Egypt in November, 1947, and in Syria “about February, 1948.”
419
In addition, the report noted that on May 28, 1948, the Egyptian Ministry of Defense issued a
communiqué claiming that the Egyptian military had captured four “Zionists” who were attempting to
contaminate wells around Gaza with “a liquid which was discovered to contain the germs of dysentery and
typhoid.” The Palestinian Arab Higher Committee Report claimed that one of the perpetrators confessed to the
plot, which the Egyptian government planned to communicate to the International Red Cross.
420
According to
another source, two Israeli soldiers were involved in the plot: David Horeen and David Mizrachi. Both were
caught by Egyptian forces in May 1948, and were hanged three months later. This account indicates that to
Rachel Katzman, Horeen’s sister, said, “I met one of his commanders in a lecture in Jerusalem. I asked him
whether my brother had really attempted to poison wells. ‘These were the weapons we had,’ he said, ‘and
that’s that.” This account also claims that the Israelis poisoned the water supply of the Arab town of Acre,
causing a major outbreak, and other Arab villages, to prevent the villagers from returning, citing military
historian Uri Milstein as a source.
421
The cholera outbreaks in Syria and Egypt received extensive attention in the international press. The
first reports of the Egyptian outbreak date appeared on September 25, 1947.
422
By the time the final cases
appeared in January 1948, 10,262 people died, about half of those contracting the disease. At the time,
415
Paul L. Montgomery, “Killing of Indians Charged in Brazil,” New York Times, March 21, 1968, p. 1.
416
“Germ Warfare Against Indians is Charged in Brazil,” Medical Tribune and Medical News, December 8, 1969, as quoted in
Shelton H. Davis, Victims of the Miracle: Development and the Indians of Brazil (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1977), pp. 10-
11.
417
Paul L. Montgomery, “Killing of Indians Charged in Brazil,” New York Times, March 21, 1968,p. 8.
418
This account is derived from an unpublished article by Masaaki Sugishima, Associate Professor at the Asahi University
School of Law, who based his account on press reports.
419
Thomas J. Hamilton, “Arab Assails Idea of Minority Shifts,” New York Times, July 24, 1948, p. 3.
420
Thomas J. Hamilton, “Arab Assails Idea of Minority Shifts,” New York Times, July 24, 1948, p. 3.
421
Wendy Barnaby, The Plague Makers: The Secret World of Biological Warfare (London: VISION Paperbacks, 1997), pp.
114-116.
422
“Cholera outbreak near Cairo,” Times (London), September 26, 1947, p. 4.
88
Egyptian health officials told the World Health Organization that the disease reached Egypt from India, which
had suffered a massive outbreak the previous summer.
423
There were at least two additional allegations that the outbreak resulted from human intervention. In
October 1947, a “well-known radio commentator,” accused the Soviet Union of responsibility for the outbreak.
Theodor Rosebury and Elvin A. Kabat flatly rejected this allegation in a letter to the New York Times. The two
were involved with the U.S. biological warfare program during the Second World War.
424
In addition, at about
the same time Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood was accusing the British of causing the outbreak in order to
distract the Egyptian people from the upcoming withdrawal of British forces from Egypt. It is unclear whether
the Muslim Brotherhood believed that the British deliberately introduced the disease, or if they thought the
response to the outbreak was deliberately inadequate.
425
The outbreak in Syria was much smaller, apparently limited to two towns about 60 kilometers south
of Damascus. The first report of the outbreak appeared on December 21.
426
The Syrian army formed a cordon
sanitaire around the villages: only health care providers, food convoys, and a water train were allowed into the
villages. Ultimately, the outbreak was contained, and there were only 44 cases, including 18 deaths.
427
There was an allegation that the outbreak resulted from intentional contamination. According to a
report that appeared in a French-language newspaper published in Beirut, Orient, the Damascus police arrested
several Zionist Jews who employed cholera to disrupt the mobilization of the “People’s Army” being created
to intervene in Palestine. The New York Times account, however, states that “official quarters” did not confirm
the allegation.
428
Case 1942-02: Polish resistance, December 1942
Himmler told Hitler in a December 4, 1942 report that the Germans had just discovered a laboratory
in a safe house used by the Polish underground. He added that they found “three flasks of typhus baccilli,
seventeen sealed rubber tubes presumably containing bacteria, and one fountain pen with instructions for use
for spreading bacteria.”
429
In September 1943, a Polish Liaison Officer informed the Combined Chiefs of Staff
that Polish forces had killed “a few hundred” Germans using “typhoid fever microbes and typhoid fever
lice.”
430
Another source, a member of the Polish underground during the Second World War, claims that the
State Institute of Hygiene, apparently located in Warsaw, Poland, was used by the Polish resistance, then
known as the Union for Armed Resistance (ZWZ). According to this account, the German Gestapo received
anonymous letters denouncing people for various purposes. In many cases, the letters were written to settle
grudges, but the fake charges were sufficient to get the victims arrested by the Germans. To put a halt to this
practice, the staff of the Institute of Hygiene prepared anthrax cultures, and infected fake anonymous letters
that were sent to the Gestapo. When Gestapo agents began to suffer from the symptoms of cutaneous anthrax,
they started throwing away anonymous letters without opening them. The source gives no date for the
incident.
431
423
New York Times, January 27, 1948, p. 7.
424
New York Times, October 19, 1947, section 4, p. 10.
425
“Cairo sprayed against Cholera,” Times (London), October 7, 1947, p. 3, and “Cholera in Egypt unabated: Anti-British
accusations,” Times (London), October 8, 1947, p. 3. Egypt’s Under-Secretary for Health was dismissed from the government for claiming
that the British caused the outbreak due to a failure to implement a quarantine. The Muslim Brotherhood also claimed that the British sent
cholera vaccine that had passed the expiration date to poison the Egyptian people.
426
“Cholera reported in Syria,” New York Times, December 22, 1947, p. 5.
427
“Syria moves quickly to stamp out cholera,” New York Times, December 24, 1947, p. 7, “U.S. Group in Syrian Cholera
Aid,” New York Times, January 3, 1948, p. 28.
428
Dana Adams Schmidt, “Cholera spreads to Syria, Lebanon,” New York Times, December 23, 1947, p. 13.
429
From a report that Himmler gave to Hitler, according to David Irving, Hitler’s War (New York: Viking Press, 1977), p. 463.
Irving claims that the Gestapo also discovered from captured documents that the laboratory had handled 20 pounds of arsenic. In addition,
he cites a Gestapo report to Hitler that the Soviet NKVD had given instructions for use of arsenic against Germans in occupied Soviet
territory. The reference to this source came from Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, A Higher Form of Killing: The Secret Story of
Chemical and Biological Warfare (New York: Hill and Wang, 1982), p. 89.
430
From a document in the records of the Combined Chiefs of Staff, as quoted in Harris and Paxman, A Higher Form of Killing,
p. 89. Typhoid cannot be transmitted by lice, suggesting that the source meant louseborne typhus. See Benenson, pp. 502-510.
431
Jan Nowak, Courier from Warsaw (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1982), pp. 62-63. Milton Leitenberg brought this
reference to my attention.
89
Case 1942-01: British SOE (against Reinhard Heydrich), May 27, 1942
According to Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, Czech agents used British-supplied hand grenades
filled botulinum toxin to assassinate Reinhard Heydrich. The basis of this claim is an alleged assertion by Paul
Fildes, the British scientist who was responsible for work on botulinum toxin at Porton Down, Britain’s
biological warfare research center. Long after the event, Fildes reportedly told several scientists that he “had a
hand” in the killing of Heydrich. In particular, he told one scientist that the Heydrich killing “was the first
notch on my pistol.”
432
In October 1941, the British Special Operations Executive (SOE) initiated a plot to assassinate
Heydrich, who had just been named Reichsprotektor of Bohemia and Moravia. Working with the Czech
government in exile, the British put together a team of agents who were flown into Bohemia on December 29,
1941. They brought with them two specially-modified versions of a standard British hand grenade, which
Harris and Paxman believe were adapted to carry botulinum toxin.
It was not until May 27 that the assassination team had an opportunity to kill Heydrich. On that day,
the Czech team—armed with submachine guns and the modified grenades—ambushed Heydrich’s car as he
was driving near Prague. One of the grenades was thrown at the car after the submachine gun jammed, and at
least some fragments from it injured Heydrich.
433
Harris and Paxman believe that fragments were contaminated
with botulinum toxin and that he died on June 4, 1942 from the effects of botulinum poisoning.
Some experts have cast doubt on this account. The historian M.R.D. Foot, who wrote the official
history of SOE operations in France, and probably knew as much about SOE as anyone, doubted that a poison
was used. “Rumour has it that the grenade was poisoned. There is no need to believe this; Prague’s wartime
suburban gutters were not clean. And the grenade fragments carried filth enough to kill him once embedded in
his insides.”
434
Callum MacDonald, who wrote a comprehensive history of the plot to kill Heydrich, discounted
the Harris and Paxman claims for two reasons. First, he argued that fragments from the grenade that hit
Heydrich also wounded one of the assassins, yet the attacker survived the attack. Second, he believed the toxin
could not have survived during the six months that the assassins were in Czechoslovakia before they used the
grenade.
435
G.B. Carter, who worked at Porton Down in the 1980s and researched the Harris and Paxman
allegations, rejected MacDonald’s arguments. According to Carter, experience suggests that an explosion can
destroy the toxin on some fragments but not others. Hence, it was perfectly possible that poisoned fragments
hit Heydrich, while poison-free fragments hit his attacker. In addition, he contended that there is no reason to
doubt that the toxin could have survived. Nevertheless, his investigations revealed no evidence to support the
story. He determined that Fildes undertook no pertinent research on botulinum toxin until after the
assassination. Since he argues that the symptoms of botulinum poisoning can mimic those of other diseases
that might infect wounds, he draws no conclusions from the symptoms that Heydrich suffered. Others have
noted that the grenade fragments passed through the door of Heydrich’s car and that dirt and other debris
contaminated his wounds. Finally, Erhard Geissler, who has undertaken an extensive review of the German
sources, also found little evidence to support the idea that the assassins used botulinum. Accordingly, as Carter
notes, “Until further evidence emerges, the matter remains obscure.”
436
Case 1940-01X: Egyptian “gangster”, 1940s?
In October 1947, an Egyptian newspaper reported that “a few years ago” an Egyptian gangster used
typhoid culture stolen from “the Government chemical laboratories” as part of a plot to murder insured victims.
The test tube was taken with the assistance of a laboratory technician.
437
432
Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, A Higher Form of Killing: The Secret Story of Chemical and Biological Warfare (New
York: Hill and Wang, 1982), pp. 88-94.
433
For a comprehensive history of the entire plot to kill Heydrich, see Callum MacDonald, The Killing of SS
Obergruppenführer Reinhard Heydrich (New York: Collier Books, Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989).
434
M.R.D. Foot, SOE: An outline history of the Special Operations Executive, 1949-1946 (Frederick, Maryland: University
Publications of America, 1986), p. 200.
435
Callum MacDonald, The Killing of SS Obergruppenführer Reinhard Heydrich, p. 227.
436
See the stories that appeared in 1996 issues of ASA Newsletter: Dr. Benjamin Garrett, “The CW Almanac: April 1996,” 14
June 1996, issue 96-3, p. 9, G.B. Carter, “The Legend of Fildes and the Heydrich Assassination,” 16 August 1996, issue 96-4, p. 8, Jiri
Matousek, “A BTX-bomb for Reinhard Heydrich? Doubts and Questions Still Remain,” 11 October 1996, issue 96-5, p. 8, Erhard
Geissler, “More about Heydrich Assassination,” 5 December 1996, issue 96-6, p. 10. Richard Price kindly supplied me with copies of
these articles.
437
“Epidemic due to lost flask?” Egyptian Gazette, October 3, 1947, p. 3, citing a story that appeared in the Wafd-controlled
newspaper, Sowt El Umma.
90
Case 1930-02X: German doctor, about 1930
A German-language medical journal published in1930 reported on the case of a physician who
attempted to commit suicide by injecting himself with tetanus toxin. He recovered when he was given tetanus
antitoxin after his symptoms were identified.
438
Case 1930-01X: Hungarian Artist, about 1930
Writing in 1940, Charles Thompson described an incident case that “occurred about ten years ago.”
A Hungarian artist was tried for attempting to murder his wife by means of typhoid and cholera
germs. The cholera medium in his possession was found to have lost all activity through having
been kept too long, while the typhoid culture, though quite a virulent one, failed to kill the victim.
The discovery of the crime was made through his attempts to obtain cultures from a private
laboratory and demanding virulent strains.
439
Thompson gave no additional details and provided no source.
Case 1917-01: German sympathizers, July 1917
In July 1917, it was discovered that certain brands of courtplaster being sold in the United States were
contaminated with tetanus. Courtplaster is an adhesive plaster that was used to cover small wounds, something
like a Band-Aid. Itinerant peddlers in several states were found to be selling tetanus-contaminated
courtplaster.
440
On July 28, 1917, the Department of Justice issued an official statement about the case.
The Department of Justice, without sharing in any sensational view as to the manner in which
sticking plaster or courtplaster became infected, states that some of the samples submitted and
analyzed have been thereby shown to contain tetanus germs. The public is consequently cautioned
against purchasing this remedy except from approved sources, the warning being particularly
directed against purchases in small packages from street peddlers and venders.
441
It was suspected at the time that German-Americans sympathetic towards Germany in the war were
responsible for the contaminated material. The New York State Department of Health’s issued a statement
through the State Defense Council that specifically referred to the allegation.
This warning comes close on the heels of the circulation of stories that Germans have sent agents
throughout the United States to spread such diseases as tetanus and typhoid by means of poisoned
courtplaster.
442
There is no indication that any such connection was ever established or that any prosecutions resulted.
Case 1910-02X: Pancho Villa, 1910s?
According to a description that appears in the autobiography of the novelist William Burroughs,
supporters of Pancho Villa used botulinum toxin against the Mexican federal troops. He describes the events as
follows:
Fill a water canteen to the top with freshly cooked and drained green beans. Close it and put aside
for several days. A few slivers of rotting pork are then added, and the canteen sealed tightly. Ten
incubators are buried underground. After seven days most will be swollen, indicating a thriving
botulism culture.
Can be smeared on any fruit, meats, or vegetables, dabbed on thornbushes and fragments of glass.
Guerrilla children sniped sentries with pottery shards or with obsidian chips dipped in botulism. A
little ingenuity. There are many ways and it takes such a little to do the Big Job.
443
438
Reported in Thomas A. Gonzales, Morgan Vance, and Milton Helpern, Legal Medicine and Toxicology (New York: D.
Appleton-Century Company, 1940), p. 611.
439
C.J.S. Thompson, Poisons and Poisoners: With Historical Accounts of Some Famous Mysteries in Ancient and Modern
Times (London: Harold Shaylor, 1940). The first edition of this study was published in 1930, so the episode could have occurred any time
during the 1920s or 1930s.
440
According to a statement by the U.S. District Attorney for Kansas City, Fred D. Robertson, at least one brand of courtplaster
being sold by peddlers was found to be contaminated. He indicated that tests of the courtplaster using guinea pigs suggested that the
material was sufficiently contaminated to cause harm to humans but not to kill someone. See “Tetanus Germs Found in Sticking Plaster,”
New York Times, July 29, 1917, p. I, 1. A subsequent report from Freeport, Illinois, indicated that courtplaster being sold by a peddler there
was found to be contaminated. “Tetanus Germs in Plaster,” New York Times, July 31, 1917, p. 5.
441
Quoted in “Tetanus Germs Found in Sticking Plaster,” New York Times, July 29, 1917, p. I, 1.
442
Quoted in “Tetanus Germs Found in Sticking Plaster,” New York Times, July 29, 1917, p. I, 1.
91
Case 1909-01: Bennett Clark Hyde, November 1909
On February 9, 1910, Bennett Clark Hyde, a surgeon living in Kansas City, Missouri, was indicted for
the alleged murder of Colonel Thomas H. Swope, one of Kansas City’s founding fathers. Thus began what one
writer called “one of the most amazing and puzzling poison cases to be found in history”.
444
The Hyde case is
also probably the most famous criminal case in Kansas City’s history. In 1996, the Kansas City Star called the
case “Kansas City's litigation of the century”.
445
Its notoriety arose from the prominence of the victims, Hyde’s
close relations to the alleged victims (he was married to one of Swope’s nieces), and the bitter legal fight that
led to one civil trial and three criminal trials. Ultimately, however, Hyde was never convicted.
446
Colonel Swope is best remembered today for donating the 1,300 acres that became Kansas City’s
Swope Park, the second largest urban park in the United States. (When he died, the park was valued in excess
of $2 million.)
447
Even after such acts of philanthropy, Swope died with a fortune of just under $2 million.
448
In 1909, Colonel Swope, then 82-years old, lived in Independence, Missouri, about 20 miles outside
Kansas City, along with his brother’s widow, Mrs. Logan Swope, and her children. Swope’s will divided the
bulk estate among his ten surviving heirs, meaning his sister-in-law and her children were named in the will.
The will stipulated that if any of them were to die, the assets designated for that person were to be redistributed
among the remaining heirs. James Moss Hunton, a cousin, was named as the trustee and administrator of the
will.
Among the beneficiaries of the will was Frances Hyde, one of Logan Swope’ daughters. Frances
married Hyde in 1907 over the strong objection her mother. Despite Mrs. Swope’s views, Colonel Swope liked
Hyde, and helped the newly weds buy and furnish a house in Kansas City, where Hyde had a profitable
practice.
In September 1909, Hunton became ill, and Hyde was asked to look after him. According to Hyde,
Hunton was suffering from apoplexy, and determined that it was necessary to bleed him to reduce his blood
pressure. During the bleeding, Hyde took six pints of blood. On October 1, 1909, Hunton died. Subsequently,
the state claimed that Hyde essentially allowed Hunton to bleed to death.
Only two days later, on October 3, Colonel Swope became ill. Hyde was called in to look after the old
man. According to the testimony of a nurse, Hyde gave Colonel Swope a capsule. Twenty minutes later,
Colonel Swope turned blue and suffered convulsions. He died soon thereafter. The state alleged that he was
given a mixture of strychnine sulfate and potassium cyanide, relying on the different effects of the two poisons
to prevent a diagnosis of the cause of death.
Some weeks later, a typhoid epidemic broke out in Colonel Swope’s house. The first to become ill
was Mrs. Logan Swope. On December 2, one of the nieces also showed signs of typhoid. Around December 3,
one of Colonel Swope’s nephews, Chrisman Swope, became ill with typhoid. On December 4, three servants in
the household became sick. The next day, a visitor to the household, Mildred Fox, was stricken. Another niece,
Sarah Swope, became ill on December 9, followed by one of her sisters, Stella, on December 11. The last
member of the household to become ill was Lucy Lee Swope, who was traveling abroad and only returned
home four days before she became ill. All recovered, except one of Colonel Swope’ nephews, Chrisman.
Although the young man appeared to be getting better, he was suddenly seized with convulsions and died on
December 6, 1909.
449
After the death of Chrisman, one the attending nurses became suspicious, and threatened to quit
because “people are being murdered in this house.” This led Mrs. Swope to give a Dr. G. T. Twyman charge of
the case. Twyman investigated and could find no obvious cause for the typhoid outbreak. Consequently, Mrs.
Swope brought her concerns to the attention of the trustee for her brother-in-law’s estate. He launched a series
of investigations. A bacteriologist was employed to review conditions in the house. He also could find no
443
Quoted in Benjamin Weissman, “Dream Control,” Los Angeles Times, Book Review, p. 15. The alleged use of botulism
toxin by Pancho Villa’s followers is mentioned in passing in Uncle Fester, Silent Death, Revised and Expanded 2
nd
Edition (Port
Townsend, Washington: Loompanics Unlimited, 1997), p. 93.
444
Edward H. Smith, Famous Poison Mysteries (New York: The Dial Press, 1927), pp. 176. I am indebted to Jason Pate, Center
for Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for bringing this case to my attention.
445
Brian Burnes, “Turning back the clock on justice UMKC law school re-creates trial in death of philanthropist Thomas
Swope,” Kansas City Star, January 13, 1996, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.kcstar.com.
446
Smith, Famous Poison Mysteries, p. 176.
447
“Thomas H. Swope,” New York Times, October 4, 1909, p. 9.
448
“$118,000 for Mrs. Hyde,” New York Times, November 8, 1912, p. 22.
449
“Two Rich Men Dead, Murder is Charged,” New York Times, January 14, 1910, p. 2.
92
obvious reason for the outbreak. The water used in the house was not infected. This led the bacteriologist to
suspect that the disease was being brought into the house.
Especially suspicious were the circumstances under which Lucy Lee Swope became ill. She became
ill only four days after returning from a trip abroad, although it was thought that the incubation time was ten
days. As it happened, Hyde had traveled to meet here on the East coast to bring her back to Independence.
Later, she recalled being given a foul tasting drink of water by Hyde during the trip home.
By this time, the family was firmly convinced that something was wrong. An exhumation order was
granted, and autopsies were performed on the dead men. Toxicological tests were conducted, which
demonstrated that strychnine was present in the remains.
Hyde had access to typhoid organisms, according to testimony given to the grand jury that indicted
Hyde. In September 1909, Hyde had lunch with Edward L. Stewart, a pathologist and bacteriologist. Hyde
asked for Stewart’s assistance in working on bacteria. Stewart agreed, and on November 10 prepared six
cultures for Hyde:
No. 1: Bacillus anthrax
No. 2: Bacillus pyocyanous
No. 3: Bacillus prodigissis
No. 4: Bacillus staphycoceus albus
No. 5: Bacillus typhoid
No. 6: Diphtheria (later proved not to be diphtheria)
Stewart delivered the cultures to Hyde on November 11 or 12. After the outbreak of typhoid in the Swope
family, Stewart became suspicious. Stewart went to Hyde’s office on December 14, and discovered that the
entire top surface of the culture tube for the typhoid organisms had been “swept clean”. According to Stewart,
“there were enough germs taken out to inoculate the whole of Kansas City.” He removed the tube and locked it
up. The next day he replaced it with a similar tube so that Hyde would not get suspicious. Stewart subsequently
went to meet with Hyde at the latter’s office on December 27, and noted that this time there was a stroke
through the culture in the tube containing the diphtheria. Because the bottom of the tube was cracked, Stewart
took that tube away with him. At that time, Hyde told Stewart that he had “just fooled around a bit” with the
cultures.
450
Hyde’s trial lasted for a month. The lead attorneys were highly respected figures in the Missouri legal
community. The Swope family hired the prosecutor, while Frances Hyde used her money to pay for an
extremely expensive defense. According to one newspaper account, the legal bills for the defense totaled more
than $75,000 by late 1911. Ultimately, the prosecution prevailed, and the jury voted to convict the defendant,
although the first ballot was eight to four in favor of acquittal.
On April 11, 1911, the Missouri Supreme Court issued a ruling overturning the conviction. According
to the court, the evidence that Hyde was involved in the typhoid epidemic was inconclusive. Moreover, the
court held that the evidence for the presence of poison in the case of Colonel Swope was marginal, and that the
old man could have died of “senile debility” or “uraemic” poisoning.
451
Recently, legal experts who have
looked into the case appear to agree that the autopsies and subsequent analyses were seriously mishandled.
452
A second trial began in November 1911, but a mistrial was declared when the one of the sequestered
jurors escaped from the hotel where he was being lodged by climbing through a transom and jumping 15 feet
from a fire escape. When he returned to the court four days later, the presiding judge declared that the juror
was insane and declared a mistrial.
453
A third trial held in 1912 ended in a hung jury. The County Prosecutor intended to bring the trial to
court yet again. The trial was again delayed. In January 1917, a judge decided that enough was enough and
450
“The Grand Jury Testimony,” Kansas City Star, April 24, 1910, p. 4A. Generally, grand jury information is permanently
secret. In this case, a transcript of the testimony became public because one of the prosecutors lost a copy, which found its way into the
hands of the defense.
451
“Swope Poison Case Must Be Retried,” New York Times, April 12, 1911, p. 7.
452
Burnes, “Turning back the clock on justice,” Kansas City Star, January 13, 1996.
453
“Hyde Juror Flees,” New York Times, December 12, 1911, p. 4, and “Hyde Juror Back; Is Insane,” New York Times,
December 15, 1911, p. 10.
93
dismissed the case.
454
Thus, Hyde was never convicted or acquitted of the alleged murders. The state never
legally established that he was responsible for the typhoid outbreak in the Swope household.
455
Case 1900-01X: Deaths in Malawi, unknown dates
Some have asserted that castor beans, which contain the toxin ricin, have been involved in numerous
murders. It has been possible to identify only one claim that appears based on substantive data. According to a
comprehensive survey of poisonous plants located in East Africa, “There have been many cases in Malawi of
unwanted offspring having been murdered by the inclusion of the seed in food.” One of the co-authors of this
study was at one time the Botanist in Charge, East African Herbarium, Nairobi, Kenya, and he drew on those
records in writing his account. Unfortunately, he gives no other details of the alleged incidents.
456
454
“To Try Hyde a Fourth Time,” New York Times, December 19, 1913, p. 3, and “To Drop Case Against Hyde,” New York
Times, January 3, 1917, p. 4.
455
Smith, Famous Poison Mysteries, p. 187.
456
Bernard Verdcourt and E.C. Trump, Common Poisonous Plants of East Africa (St. James’s Place, London: Collins, 1969), p.
60.
95
Chapter 6:
Threatened Use
Threatened Use (Probable or Known Possession)
This category includes cases in which the perpetrators threatened to use biological agents, and
subsequent investigations confirmed that they possessed or probably possessed biological agents. This category
includes cases in which the perpetrators never implemented planned attempts to use biological agents. It also
includes cases in which the perpetrator’s intentions were kept secret.
Case 1998-06: Iraqi terrorism in UK, March 1998
On March 18, 1998, the Home Office circulated an “all-ports warning” that Iraq might attempt to
smuggle chemical or biological weapons into the United Kingdom. The confidential memorandum was sent to
Customs and Excise, the Special Branch, the Foreign Office, and the Ministry of Defence. According to press
reports, the alert contained the following language.
Iraq may launch a chemical and biological attack using materials disguised as harmless fluids.
Could officers therefore be alert for any items which may contain harmful substances. Particular
attention should be given to containers of any size holding liquids with specific characteristics.
457
Press reports suggest that British authorities were worried that the suspect materials might be
smuggled into the country inside bottles disguised as liquor bottles, perfume sprayers, or cigarette lighters. The
report apparently was based on intelligence information, originally obtained prior to Christmas in 1997.
458
According to the report that made the alert public, a March 24 story in a British tabloid, The Sun, the threat was
directed at the United States, Britain, and other NATO countries that might support military operations against
Iraq.
459
The press reports led the Blair government to issue several clarifying comments. The Home Secretary,
Jack Straw, made the following statement to the parliament.
It is right to take sensible measures. But it is unnecessary to be alarmist. But our information is that
there is no specific threat to the UK. There is no evidence to indicate that any attempt has actually
been made to smuggle anthrax into this country. There is also no evidence that such an attempt at
smuggling might be in prospect.
460
The Iraqi government claimed that the whole story was “silly and baseless.”
461
Case 1997-01: Thomas Leahy, January 1997
Thomas Leahy, a resident of Janesville, Wisconsin, was arrested on April 28, 1997 and charged with
possession of ricin as a weapon in violation of federal law. He was indicted on May 15, 1997 by a federal
grand jury. A superceding indictment, containing three counts, was issued on September 17, 1997. Count 1 was
identical to the May 15 charge. Count 2 charged Leahy with possession of nicotine as a weapon. Count 3
457
As quoted in Philip Webster, Richard Ford, Michael Evans, and Stewart Tendler, “Anthrax alert on duty-free spirits,” Times
(London), March 24, 1998, as it appeared on the newspapers web site, http://www.sunday-times.co.uk.
458
Webster, et al., “Anthrax alert on duty-free spirits,” Times (London), March 24, 1998.
459
“World must be constantly wary of Baghdad–Blair,” Reuters, March 24, 1998, 12:42 p.m.
460
John Morrison, “UK plays down Iraq anthrax scare,” Reuters, March 24, 1998, 11:47 a.m.
461
Hassan Hafidh, “Iraq Denies Smuggle Anthrax to Britain,” Reuters, March 24, 1998, 04:33 p.m.
96
charged him with possession of a delivery system in the form of the mixture of nicotine and DMSO in a spray
bottle.
462
On October 28, 1997, Leahy entered a guilty plea to the first count, admitting that he possessed the
ricin, that he knew it was a weapon, and intended to use it as a weapon.
463
On January 7, 1998, the U.S. District
Court in Madison, Wisconsin sentenced Leahy, to 151 months in prison with no possibility of parole. In giving
this sentence, the judge stated that he believed Leahy was dangerous. The judge increased the length of the
sentence beyond that specified in the federal sentencing guidelines because of the lethality of the poisons that
Leahy possessed and the judge’s belief that Leahy essentially possessed a weapon of mass destruction.
464
Leahy has appealed the length of the sentence, arguing that the judge abused his discretion when he increased
sentence beyond the limits specified by the sentencing guidelines.
465
The U.S. Court of Appeals agreed with the
defendant’s lawyers that the original sentence was excessive, and ordered the trial judge to reconsider his
sentence.
466
The origins of the case date to November 23, 1996, when Leahy was arrested for allegedly shooting
his 13-year-old stepson in the face. At the time, Leahy’s wife, Debora Ann Leahy, informed police that he
talked about poisoning using bacteria and poisons. She indicated that Leahy had “many books and manuals in
reference to poison,” that he had threatened to poison family members, and that he claimed to have substances
that could “kill without a trace.”
467
On December 3, 1996, she gave the Janesville police several plastic bags
which contained bottles of poisons and other chemicals, some books, a number of items that appears to indicate
an interest in biological agents. Specifically, the police inventory indicates that Leahy had biological growth
media, petri dishes, a book called Procedures for the cure and handling of bacteria and fungi, and a collection
of biologicals. Among the agents in Leahy’s possession were several vaccines and toxoids (including for
Clostridium perfringens). This material posed a problem for the police. According to a Janesville Police
Department Incident Report, “If there is any chance these substances are hazardous there is no safe place for
their keeping and they will be destroyed.”
468
On January 9, 1997, Leahy’s wife again approached the Janesville Police Department concerning
Leahy’s activities. According to the FBI, she told the police that Leahy “had many books and manuals
referring to poison and creating bacterial strains to make poison.” She also told the police that Leahy was
growing materials on petri dishes, which he claimed to her “are capable of killing people without a trace.” On
January 13, 1997, a detective from the Janesville Police Department contacted the FBI, and informed them of
Leahy’s activities.
469
Press reports suggest that the police initiative resulted from the continued complaints of
Leahy’s wife.
470
She was sufficiently concerned about the contents of their former apartment that she had
convinced their landlord to let her move into another apartment.
471
462
Letter from John W. Vaudreuil, Assistant U.S. Attorney, Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney, Western District
of Wisconsin, August 18, 1998.
463
Press Releases, Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin, April 28, 1997, May 15,
1997 and October 28, 1997. I am grateful to Myra Longfield in the U.S. Attorney’s office for providing copies of the first two press
releases.
464
Press Release, Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin, January 8, 1997.
465
Letter from John W. Vaudreuil, Assistant U.S. Attorney, Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney, Western District
of Wisconsin, August 18, 1998.
466
Kevin Murphy, “Sentence to be reduced in toxin case,” Journal Sentinel (Milwaukee, Wisconsin), February 23, 1999, as
found on the newspaper’s World Wide Web site at http://www.jsonline.com.
467
Kathleen Ostrander, “Janesville man charged with possession of toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, April 29, 1997, at
http://www.onwisconsin.com. Leahy entered a guilty plea on October 14, 1997 to charges associated with the shooting of his stepson. See
Kathleen Ostrander, Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, October 15, 1997.
468
As attached to the indictment against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager,
U.S. Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin.
469
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
470
Kathleen Ostrander, “Janesville man charged with possession of toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, April 29, 1997, and
Kevin Murphy, “Judge orders man held for toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, May 2, 1997. Additional coverage of the case appears in
the reporting of the Beloit Daily News, available from its web site at http://www.beloitdailynews.com.
471
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
97
On January 17, 1997, the FBI, the Janesville police, and the hazardous materials team of the Madison
Fire Department searched Leahy’s apartment and a garage storage area.
472
Leahy’s wife, who had keys to the
apartment and the garage, let them into the sites.
473
According to statements made by Assistant U.S. Attorney
John Vaudreuil, a massive amount of material was seized. “The volume of evidence in various searches is
more than anything I can recall in my time here. Boxes of equipment, poisons and unknown substances would
fill the jury box in this (court) room.”
474
Among other items found in Leahy’s possession were three six-ounce bags and five and one-half 7-
ounce bags of caster beans.
475
The search also turned up two pickle jars with “rotted vegetable in clear liquid
solution” and two pickle jars with an “unknown clear liquid/residue on bottom.” These might have been an
effort to produce botulinum toxin. In addition, the agents found a 400-milligram bag with Foxglove digitalis
seeds, a book Bacterial Infections of Humans, and a guidebook to venomous animals and poisonous plants.
476
This material was shipped to the Wisconsin State Crime Laboratory, located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
477
Following these discoveries, the FBI interviewed Deborah Leahy and learned that her husband
claimed that he could “never have too many poisons.” In addition, she said that Leahy had claimed “that he
could make poisons that were organic in nature and which would break down in the human body so that the
cause of death could not be determined and these poisons would not show up in the victim’s blood.”
478
Another informant told the FBI that Leahy claimed to possess bacteria “to be utilized to kill his
enemies via the United States Postal Service.” Leahy told the informant that he had airborne bacteria “that he
would mail to his enemies, so that when they opened the envelopes the bacteria would become airborne and
infect the victims.” He also allegedly asserted that he could to put “killer viruses” on razor blades that he
intended to attach to envelopes mailed to his enemies. He hoped that when his enemies opened their mail, they
would cut themselves on the razor and become infected.
479
Authorities also interviewed Leahy’s stepson, Dillon Leahy. According to Dillon, during the summer
of 1996 he first discovered his stepfather wearing a gas mask and a white plastic gown. Leahy also talked to his
stepson about weapons, and showed him his stocks of chemicals and biologicals. At one point, Leahy showed
him a poison mixed with DMSO, which he used to kill a mouse. Finally, Dillon told authorities that Leahy
threatened his own mother, and that he claimed to have “killed people before.”
480
For reasons that are unclear, the evidence in the case was not analyzed during the following three
months. Immediately following the April 23, 1997, B’nai B’rith incident (see page 110 for a discussion of that
incident), for reasons that are not clear, the FBI began to take a closer look at Leahy’s activities. As a result,
the Hazardous Materials Response Unit at the FBI’s Laboratory tested items found in the January 17 search.
They discovered ricin in a small bottle and a “pulverizer/mixer.”
481
Subsequent reports indicate that the vial
proved to contain 0.7 grams of 4 per cent pure ricin. The pestle apparently had been used to grind the castor
472
Kevin Murphy, “Judge orders man held for toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, May 2, 1997.
473
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
474
“Man faces second charge in toxin possession case,” Star Tribune (Minneapolis-St. Paul), September 10, 1997, at
http://www.startribune.com.
475
Exhibit 2 of Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S.
Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin.
476
Exhibit 2, Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S.
Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin.
477
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
478
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
479
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
480
Brief of Plaintiff-Appellee, United States of America, Plaintiff-Appellee, v. Thomas C. Leahy, Defendant-Appellant, No. 98-
1176, in the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, May 26, 1998. These details were drawn from the presentence report
prepared after Leahy’s conviction.
481
Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney,
Western District of Wisconsin.
98
beans that are the source of ricin. According to law enforcement officials, that was enough ricin to kill 125
people.
482
On April 26, 1997, the FBI raided a storage locker rented by Leahy and made additional discoveries.
Among the items found were 13 plastic petri dishes with “unknown cultures” and 9 glass jelly jars with
“unknown substances.” On that same day, the FBI searched Leahy’s apartment and found a number of books
demonstrating an interest in poisons.
483
Finally, they obtained laboratory equipment and supplies from the
apartment where Leahy’s wife was living. Among the more interesting items were an incubator, pipettes,
instructions for rehydrating biological cultures, growth media for bacteria, and plastic tissue culture dishes.
There was a box labeled “Intro to Natural Genetic Engineering.” He apparently also had some biological
cultures, including E. coli.
484
Tests were made of 27 samples taken from the petri dishes and jelly jars and sent
to the IIT Research Institute in Chicago, Illinois. The only organism detected in the samples was an avirulent
strain of C. botulinum.
485
The laboratory analyst believed that Leahy was probably trying to produce the toxic
form of the organism.
486
Based on this evidence, Leahy was arrested April 28, 1997 and was charged with possession of a
toxin for use as a weapon. At that time, federal officials alleged that Leahy had claimed that he intended to
produce lethal airborne bacteria that he could use to kill people by mailing packages to them. A federal
magistrate determined that there was sufficient basis to support the allegations against Leahy, and ordered that
he be held without bail.
487
A federal grand jury indicted Leahy on May 15 on a single count of possessing a
toxin for use as a weapon.
Additional laboratory tests reportedly indicate that Leahy possessed other poisons as well. On
September 9, 1997, Vaudreuil told reporters that Leahy would soon be indicted on a second charge for
possession of a toxin. According to Vaudreuil, police discovered three spray bottles containing a mixture of
nicotine and DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide). Vaudreuil asserted that three sprays of the mixture would kill
someone.
488
According to Leahy’s lawyer, he takes medicines to treat schizophrenia and has “perceived enemies,
real or unreal.” Leahy’s sisters reportedly told police that he was dangerous and they feared he might try to kill
them. Accordingly, they refused to allow their addresses to appear on police reports. Similarly, Leahy’s mother
was frightened of him, and initially refused to testify in court from fear that he would harm her.
489
Case 1996-04: Michael Just, May 1996
In May 1995, Michael Just initiated a product contamination blackmail scheme by acquiring a
pathogen, Yersinia enterocolitica, from a catalogue supply house.
490
Just was heavily in debt from failed
482
Kevin Murphy, “Judge orders man held for toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, May 2, 1997, and “Man faces second charge
in toxin possession case,” Star Tribune (Minneapolis-St. Paul), September 10, 1997. These press reports put the ricin purity at 5 percent,
and says that there was enough ricin to kill 100 people. The purity is given as 4 percent in subsequent statements by prosecutors, who also
changed the estimate of the number of lethal does to 125. See Press Release, Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S. Attorney for the
Western District of Wisconsin, October 28, 1997.
483
Exhibit 4, Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S.
Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin.
484
Exhibit 3, Complaint against Thomas Leahy, April 26, 1997, provided by the Office of Peggy A. Lautenschlager, U.S.
Attorney, Western District of Wisconsin. For some reason, Leahy also had animal vaccines and toxoids.
485
John Vaudreuil, electronic communication, December 30, 1997.
486
Brief of Plaintiff-Appellee, United States of America, Plaintiff-Appellee, v. Thomas C. Leahy, Defendant-Appellant, No. 98-
1176, in the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, May 26, 1998. This view was drawn from the presentence report
prepared after Leahy’s conviction.
487
Kevin Murphy, “Judge orders man held for toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, May 2, 1997.
488
“Man faces second charge in toxin possession case,” Star Tribune (Minneapolis-St. Paul), September 10, 1997. For sources
on DMSO, see footnote 496 on 99. The inventory of items seized on January 17 from Leahy’s apartment and garage includes “1 plastic
container—unknown reddish colored liquid (mixture of nicotine sulfate and DMSO?).”
489
Kevin Murphy, “Judge orders man held for toxin,” Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, May 2, 1997.
490
Y. enterocolitica causes diarrhea. Contaminated chocolate milk, tofu, and undercooked pork have transmitted it.
Significantly, it can grow even when refrigerated in storage containers with little free oxygen. There are more than 50 strains of the
organism, many not pathogenic. See Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition
(Washington, DC: American Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 524-527. According to a 1999 CDC calculation, Y. enterocolitica was
responsible for an estimated 96,368 cases of infection a year in the United States, about 90 percent through foodborne transmission. Most
of the cases resulted from consumption of contaminated pork. About half a percent of those infected died from the disease. See Paul S.
Mead, et al., “Food-Related Illness and Death in the United States,” Emerging Infectious Diseases, September-October 1999, pp. 607-625.
99
business ventures, and attempted to extort £250,000 from five British dairies by threatening to contaminate
their milk with the Y. enterocolitica. He had a degree in microbiology and virology from Nottingham
University. He sent threatening letters to the companies on several occasions. In one letter, he sent a milk
carton to a company that was contaminated with a dye to demonstrate that he could inject substances into
cartons without the tampering being evident. In a subsequent package, he sent test tubes containing Y.
enterocolitica cultures.
In response to Just’s demands, the companies deposited money in an anonymous Austrian bank
account. When Just attempted to withdraw money from the account, however, Austrian police arrested him. He
was tried in Austrian courts and sentenced to three years in prison on a charge of serious blackmail.
491
Just’s
wife, Nora Just, was arrested and sentenced to three years in prison for her part in the plot.
492
Case 1993-05: Dwayne Kuehl, March or May 1993
An Escanaba, Michigan businessman, Dwayne Kuehl, was tried in December 1999 on charges of
plotting to use ricin to murder a building inspector. Kuehl admitted that he planned to murder the official, Jim
O’Toole, and that he considered using ricin to poison the building inspector. O’Toole was closing buildings
that Kuehl owned and thus depriving him of rent revenues. According to Kuehl’s account, “I was in the
process of making the poison. I was almost done.” He planned to smear the ricin on the doorknob of a rental
property that O’Toole was scheduled to inspect. In courtroom testimony, Kuehl claimed, “ I didn’t end up
putting any poison there.” According to other accounts, however, he actually went through with the attempt. A
former girlfriend and a former employee told the court that Kuehl told them that he had gone through with the
attempt. Other testimony suggested that he actually told people that he had gone through with the attempt.
Prosecutors claimed that the attempt was made in March 1993, while Kuehl claimed that it occurred in May
1993. The discrepancy in the date was significant, because the statute of limitations in Wisconsin for attempted
murder is only six years and police arrested Kuehl in April 1999.
493
The jury acquitted Kuehl. However, federal authorities charged him with possession of ricin. He pled
innocent to the federal charges.
494
On March 27, 2000, he pleaded guilty to charges of possessing ricin. He was
sentenced to three years and 10 months of prison time and fined $10,000.
495
Case 1992-03: Minnesota Patriots Council, May 1992
In May 1992, Collete Baker informed the Swift County Sheriff’s office that her husband, Douglas
Allen Baker, possessed a substance “that would kill a person on contact.” At that time, she also filed a
complaint against him for threatening to kill her with a shotgun. She later brought a coffee can to the
authorities to support her story. Inside the can were a baby food jar and a canister containing the solvent
dimethyl sulfoxide, commonly known as DMSO.
496
FBI testing determined that the baby food jar contained
ricin.
497
Also in the coffee can was a note with the following text:
491
Sarah Boseley, “Man held over threats to poison food,” Guardian (London), July 9, 1996, p. 4, Lin Jenkins, “Blackmailer
threatened to poison dairy foods,” Times (London), August 28, 1996, p. 4, and Steward Tendler, “Coded Times messages used to trap
blackmailer,” Times (London), July 9, 1996, p. 1.
492
Adrian Lee, “Wife who connived in plot to blackmail food firms is jailed,” Times (London), January 29, 1997, p. 8.
493
“Businessman denies trying to poison Escanaba’s housing inspector,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, December 11,
1999, AM cycle. See also “Jury selection begins for trial in Delta County,” October 25, 1999, a report found at http://www.msnbc.com and
attributed to WLUC, an NBC affiliate in Marquette, Michigan.
494
Associated Press State and Local Wire, December 13, 1999, BC cycle, and Associated Press State and Local Wire,
December 17, 1999, BC cycle.
495
“Businessman admits to making poison”, Detroit News, March 31, 2000, and “Pub owner gets 3 years in prison,” Detroit
News, August 2, 2000, both articles found at http://detnews.com.
496
See Jonathan B. Tucker and Jason Pate, “The Minnesota Patriots Council (1991),” pp. 159-183, in Jonathan B. Tucker,
editor, Toxic Terror: Assessing Terrorist Use of Chemical and Biological Agents (Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2000). Wayne
Wangstad, “Trial begins for men accused of possessing deadly poison,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, February 22, 1995, p. 1D. A discussion of
how a terrorist might use DMSO in this fashion appears in Neil C. Livingstone, The War Against Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts:
Lexington Books, 1982), p. 112. For a scientific discussion of DMSO, see “Dimethyl Sulfoxide,” pp. 1429-1431, in Matthew J. Ellenhorn,
et al., editors, Ellenhorn’s Medical Toxicology: Diagnosis and Treatment of Human Poisoning, 2nd Edition (Baltimore: Williams &
Wilkins, A Waverly Company, 1997). According to Ellenhorn, DMSO has been used to enhance the absorption of a large number of
drugs, including insulin, antibacterial agents, and local anesthetics.
497
Wayne Wangstad, “2 Minnesota men first to be convicted under Biological Weapons Act,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, March 1,
1995, p. 3B.
100
Doug, Be extremely careful! After you mix the powder with the gel, the slightest contact will kill
you! If you breathe the powder or get it in your [sic] eyes, your [sic] a dead man. Dispose all
instruments used. Always wear rubber gloves and destroy them also. Good hunting!! P.S. Destroy
this note.”
498
The fingerprints of a second man, Leroy Charles Wheeler, also were found on the coffee can.
499
This provided law enforcement officials with the evidence needed to conclude an investigation that
actually began a year previously. In May 1991, Scott Loverink, informed the Douglas County Sheriff’s office
that Henderson belonged to a tax-protest group known as the “Patriots Council” and that they were talking
about bombing a federal office building and murdering a sheriff’s deputy using the ricin. According to
information that Loverink provided at the trial, Henderson called the ricin “Maynard,” and intended to mix the
ricin with DMSO and Aloe Vera to enable it to penetrate the skin.
500
The name refers to Maynard Campbell,
who sold them the book of directions and the castor beans that were the source of the ricin.
501
During the investigation, the FBI set up a wiretap, which caught one of Wheeler’s sons telling
someone that his father kept stocks of beans and ammunition buried in his yard. In addition, an informant told
Deputy U.S. Marshall William Ott that Douglas Baker put out a “contract” on Ott. Apparently, Ott was
responsible for serving the court papers in a judgment against a friend of Baker’s.
502
The two were indicted and arrested in August 1994 for violating the Biological Weapons
Antiterrorism Act of 1989. No explanation was provided for the time required to bring the case before a grand
jury.
503
Baker and Wheeler were convicted after a jury trial.
504
They both received 33 month sentences.
505
In September 1996, a federal appeals court ruled two to one that Baker deserved a new trial, accepting
his lawyer’s contention that his conviction was tainted by the inclusion of evidence that only implicated
Wheeler.
506
Two other conspirators, Dennis Bret Henderson and Richard Oelrich, were indicted by a federal grand
jury in August 1995. They were accused of violating the Biological Weapons and Antiterrorism Act of 1989.
Specifically, Henderson and Oelrich were accused of purchasing in April 1991 castor beans and the ricin-
making instructions from a man in Ashland, Oregon.
507
In addition, Oelrich was accused of talking about
murdering a deputy U.S. Marshall using the ricin. Oelrich and Henderson were co-owners of a carpet cleaning
business.
508
Henderson and Oelrich were convicted at their trial.
509
Henderson received a sentence of four years
in prison followed by three on probation.
510
Case 1990-03: Iraqi terrorism, 1990-1991
William Burrows and Robert Windrem claim that inspectors for the United Nations (presumably
working for the United Nations Special Commission, or UNSCOM) discovered evidence that Iraq developed
498
Wayne Wangstad, “Trial begins for men accused of possessing deadly poison,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, February 22, 1995,
p. 1D.
499
Wayne Wangstad, “Trial begins for men accused of possessing deadly poison,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, February 22, 1995,
p. 1D.
500
Wayne Wangstad, “2 Minnesota men first to be convicted under Biological Weapons Act,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, March 1,
1995, p. 3B.
501
According to the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), Maynard Campbell, who lived in Ashland, Oregon, wrote two
books, Catalogue of Silent Tools of Justice and Kingdoms At War. In 1994, he was given a ten-year federal jail sentence for resisting arrest
in 1992. He was murdered in prison in 1997. SPLC reported that Campbell was a tax protester, had anti-Semitic beliefs, and was involved
in Posse Comitatus, an anti-government movement that flourished in the late 1970s and 1980s. See the entry on Campbell at the SPLC
web site, http://www.splcenter.org.
502
“Tax protesters charged with plot to blow up building, poison officials,” Grand Forks Herald, February 17, 1995, p. 6A.
503
“Tax protesters charged with plot to blow up building, poison officials,” Grand Forks Herald, February 17, 1995, p. 6A.
504
“Jury convicts two of intending harm,” Grand Forks Herald, March 1, 1995, p. 7A.
505
“Man gets three years for poison possession,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, June 2, 1995, p. 2B.
506
Molly Guthrey, “New trial ordered for man convicted of terrorism,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, September 28, 1996.
507
“Two face charges in poison case,” Grand Forks Herald, August 6, 1995, p. 5C.
508
Wayne Wangstad, “2 Minnesota men first to be convicted under Biological Weapons Act,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, March 1,
1995, p. 3B.
509
“Men convicted of producing deadly poison,” Grand Forks Herald, October 26, 1995, p. 4B.
510
“Man sentenced for having toxin,” Grand Forks Herald, January 21, 1996, p. 4A.
101
plans to use its biological agents for “terrorist activities.”
511
They provide no details of the alleged plans, and
do not identify the source of their information.
A Russian press report, written by a “special correspondent,” appeared in Komsomolskaya Pravda on
January 25, 1991, and claimed that Iraq had a “network of secret agents in Europe prepared to use chemical
and bacteriological bombs.” The article cites as its source a report appearing in the Egyptian newspaper Al-
Ahbar. The intended targets allegedly were airports and airline offices, factories, schools, railroads, oil
refineries, and hospitals treating wounded soldiers. Specifically, the story claimed that the Iraqis had targeted a
refinery in Rotterdam described as the world’s largest refinery and media targets, especially the BBC.
512
Case 1984-03: Kevin T. Birch and James B. Cahoon, November 1984
On November 21, 1984, the FBI arrested two Canadians at the Buffalo, New York, Federal Express
office when they picked up a shipment of what they thought was Clostridium botulinum. In fact, the FBI had
substituted an “inert substance” for the C. botulinum culture before it was shipped by the American Type
Culture Collection because it had reason for suspicions concerning the order. At the time of the arrest, FBI
Special Agent John Thurston said that the shipment could have been used to produce enough C. botulinum “to
wipe out a whole city.”
513
The case developed on September 24, 1984, when someone claiming to be Thomas Plaxton, a vice
president at ICM Sciences, placed an order for 500-grams of freeze-dried Clostridium tetani. The material was
delivered to a Federal Express office in Cheektowaga, New York, a suburb of Buffalo, where someone
identifying himself as B. Bones picked it up.
514
The illicit purchase became known when a copy of the shipping invoice was sent to ICM Science by
Federal Express. ICM Science Ltd. was a small Canadian supplier of biological cultures located in
Mississauga, Ontario. The company’s president and owner, Serge Julien, contacted the American Type Culture
Collection, which provided him with the letter ordering the culture. It had a fake ICM Sciences letterhead, and
Julien contacted the police. In addition, the FBI was alerted of the illicit purchase.
Approximately a month after the first order was placed, Thomas Plaxton ordered more material,
including both C. tetanii and C. botulinum. The same fake ICM Sciences letterhead was used. As previously
noted, a harmless substance was substituted for the pathogen. The FBI then arrested the two men who came to
pick up the order on November 21, 1984.
Further investigation determined that the two suspects were Kevin Birch, a Bell Canada employee
who worked as a marketing supervisor, and James Cahoon, who was a senior consultant responsible for
assessing loan applications with the Ontario Development Corporation. Cahoon reportedly analyzed a loan
application from ICM Sciences.
According to an FBI statement, the two men acquired the material “for personal gain” and were not
involved in a terrorist plot.
515
One press report suggests that the two “intended to kill a racehorse in an
insurance fraud scheme.”
516
Another account implies that they intended to kill a harness race horse that failed
to perform well.
517
The two were indicted by a federal grand jury on April 18, 1985 on charges that they committed
telephone fraud and that they conspired to commit telephone fraud.
518
The two were accused of obtaining the
511
William E. Burrows and Robert Windrem, Critical Mass: The Dangerous Race for Superweapons in a Fragmenting World
(New York: Simon and Shuster, 1994), p. 49.
512
A. Shumilin, “Husayn’s Secret Weapon,” Komsomolskaya Pravda, January 25, 1991, p. 3, as translated in Foreign Broadcast
Information Service, Foreign Report: Soviet Union, January 25, 1991, FBIS-SOV-91-017, p. 16.
513
Margaret Hammersley, “Canadians Held In Purchase of Deadly Bacteria,” Buffalo News, November 23, 1984, p. A1, and
“FBI still searching for motive in botulism smuggling case,” Sun (Vancouver), November 26, 1984, p. A10.
514
“2 Canadians held in U.S. over bacteria,” Sun (Vancouver), November 24, 1984, p. A7.
515
“Bacteria terrorism ruled out,” Sun (Vancouver), November 30, 1984, p. A14, and Zuhair Kashmeri, “Quick reaction by
Mississauga lab foiled botulism scheme, police say,” Globe and Mail (Toronto), November 30, 1984, pp. M1, M3.
516
Karl Vick, “Man gets hands on bubonic plague germ, but that’s no crime,” Washington Post, December 30, 1995, p. D1.
517
Margaret Hammersley, “Two Canadians Are Indicted in Bacteria Case,” Buffalo News, April 18, 1985, p. B5, and
Associated Press, December 2, 1985, PM cycle. This was confirmed by Assistant U.S. Attorney Joseph M. Guerra, III, in a telephone
interview, February 26, 1998.
518
Margaret Hammersley, “Two Canadians Are Indicted in Bacteria Case,” Buffalo News, April 18, 1985, p. B5, and
Associated Press, April 18, 1985, AM cycle.
102
biological cultures under false pretenses. They negotiated a plea bargain agreement, and pled guilty to the
charges. On December 2, 1985, each was fined $1,000.
519
Case 1972-01: R.I.S.E., January 1972
On January 18, 1972, the Chicago police arrested two teenagers who were reportedly plotting to infect
the Chicago municipal water system with Salmonella typhi, the organism that causes typhoid fever. The two
men charged in the plot were Steven Pera, 18, and Allen C. Schwander, 19. Pera and Schwander were students
at Chicago City College. Police believed that the two were “within a few days” of contaminating the Chicago
water system.
520
The Chicago police had arrested Schwander in September 1971 for theft and possession of stolen
property, in November 1971 for sexual delinquency, and for burglary on January 13, 1972. Pera was a C
student who had dropped all his courses, except biology, which gave him access to a laboratory at Chicago
City College’s Amundsen-Mayfair campus. Pera also had volunteered to work at a laboratory at Rush-
Presbyterian-St. Luke’s Medical Center “to gain additional knowledge of biology,” but he had been ejected
from it after his activities alarmed officials at the hospital. According to the hospital’s account, “it became
evident that he had been growing cultures in the laboratory that were not part of the research activities, and
these cultures were destroyed.”
521
Illinois State’s Attorney Edward V. Hanrahan said that Pera and Schwander had created a white racist
organization called “R.I.S.E.” In a public statement, Hanrahan indicated that “Members of ‘RISE’ were
allegedly to be inoculated and immunized, enabling them to survive … and to form the basis of a new master
race. Water filtration plants in the Midwest were allegedly to be infected with typhoid and their deadly
bacteria.”
522
Chicago police believed that Pera and Schwander had only begun to recruit members to their
organization, and had seven or eight members. Two of these new recruits, apparently alarmed at what Pera and
Schwander planned to do, informed police of their activities on January 16, 1972. At that time law,
enforcement authorities mounted a heavy guard over the city’s two main water treatment facilities. In addition,
a hunt was initiated for Pera and Schwander, and the two were arrested at Schwander’s home two days later.
The two informants told police that they had each received two injections to protect them against typhoid, and
were supposed to receive a third at the time that they decided to report the plot.
Subsequent analyses apparently confirmed that the two had possession of quantities of S. typhi at the
college laboratory and at Schwander’s apartment. There were initial concerns that the two also had botulinum
toxin.
523
Another account also suggests that the two had diphtheria cultures as well.
524
Subsequent tests,
however, indicated that the two did not have any botulinum toxin.
525
Bail for the two was initially $250,000, but that was subsequently lowered to $50,000 for Pera and
$40,000 for Schwander. Pera and Schwander subsequently skipped bail and fled to Cuba. According to an FBI
statement, the two hired a small plane to take them from Jamaica to Cuba in early May 1972.
526
The Cubans
later arrested Schwander and sentenced him to six years in prison for “counterrevolutionary activities.”
527
Pera returned to the United States in late 1974, and voluntary surrendered. After initially pleading not
guilty, he negotiated a plea agreement with the Cook County District Attorney’s office. On June 20, 1975, Pera
was sentenced to five years probation. On January 7, 1977, Pera’s attorney filed a motion requesting that the
probation be terminated, which apparently happened in a court hearing on February 4, 1977.
528
519
Associated Press, December 2, 1985, PM cycle, and Karl Vick, “Man gets hands on bubonic plague germ, but that’s no
crime,” Washington Post, December 30, 1995, p. D1.
520
Ronald Koziol, “Tighten Water Plant Guard After Poison Scare Arrests,” Chicago Tribune, January 19, 1972, pp. 1, 6,
Andrew H. Malcolm, “2 Youths Charged With Plot to Poison Water of Chicago,” New York Times, January 19, 1972, p. 18, and Gene
Bludeau, “Two in Chicago Accused of Plot to Poison Water,” Washington Post, January 19, 1972, p. A3.
521
Ronald Koziol, “Tighten Water Plant Guard After Poison Scare Arrests,” Chicago Tribune, January 19, 1972, p. 6.
522
Ronald Koziol, “Tighten Water Plant Guard After Poison Scare Arrests,” Chicago Tribune, January 19, 1972, p. 1.
523
Jerry Crimmins, “Bond Cut Denied in Poison Plot, Chicago Tribune, January 26, 1972, section 1A, p. 16.
524
“Diphtheria cultures found in plot case,” Los Angeles Times, January 27, 1972, p. 20.
525
Jerry Crimmins, “Two in Germ Plot Sought in 3 States,” Chicago Tribune, March 31, 1972, section 1A, p. 1.
526
“2 Sought in Plot to Poison Water,” Washington Post, May 23, 1972, p. A7.
527
“Cuba jails Chicago water plotter,” Chicago Tribune, p. 3, and Jerry Crimmins, “Cuba will free me: water plot suspect,”
Chicago Tribune, July 11, 1973, p. 1B.
528
This information comes from the archives of the Office of the Circuit Court Clerk of Cook County, Chicago, Illinois, People
vs. Pera et al., case 72-475 seq.
103
It is not known what happened to Schwander. The outstanding warrant was quashed on March 22,
1983, apparently due to the statute of limitations.
Case 1960-02: CIA (against Lumumba), September 1960
In 1960, the U.S. government was concerned that Patrice Lumumba might exploit the political
instability in the former Belgian Congo to gain political power there. Assassination was one method explored
to eliminate this perceived political threat. Among the assassination tools considered were poisons supplied to
the CIA Station Officer. According to the Station Officer, on September 26, 1960 he was supplied with “rubber
gloves, a mask, and a syringe” along with the unnamed biological poison. The object was to place the poison
on something that Lumumba would put into his mouth, “whether it was food or a toothbrush.” The poison was
never used. It appears that by early October the poison was reaching its expiration date, the point where it
would lose its potency. According to one account, the material was dumped into the Congo River by October
5, 1960.
529
Case 1960-01: CIA (against Castro), 1960-1961
Congressional investigators identified at least two plots to assassinate Castro that involved use of
biological substances.
530
In the first instance, on August 16, 1960 cigars contaminated with botulinum toxin
were given to a CIA official by the organization’s Office of Medical Services. According to the congressional
account, “The cigars were contaminated with a botulinum toxin so potent that a person would die after putting
one in his mouth.” There is no evidence to indicate whether an attempt was made to give the cigars to Castro.
A second attempt took place in March-April 1961, and involved a batch of botulinum toxin pills
designed to dissolve in water. The plot involved organized crime figures working with the CIA to assassinate
Castro. Castro was known to frequent a particular restaurant, and a Cuban in the pay of the mobsters worked
there. The CIA produced an initial batch of pills, but since they did not dissolve in water, a second batch had to
be prepared. This batch dissolved as needed, and testing with monkeys determined that the pills “did the job
expected of them.” According to one of the mobsters involved in the plot, “As far as I remember, they [the
pills] couldn’t be used in boiling soups and things like that, but they could be used in water or otherwise, but
they couldn’t last forever…. It had to be done as quickly as possible.” The plot was never executed, for reasons
that are not altogether clear. One source claimed that Castro stopped visiting the targeted restaurant, while
another said that the Cubans needed authorization to use the poison and it was never given.
A third plot involved a CIA agent known by the codename “AM/LASH.” According to the
congressional investigations, the agent approached his contacts at the CIA and requested assistance in
assassinating Castro. To satisfy this request, a poison pen device was produced. The device contained a
hypodermic needle so small that the victim would not feel the penetration. The CIA, however, did not supply a
poison, and the agent was advised to use Blackleaf-40, described by the congressional account as “a deadly
poison which is commercially available.”
531
Case 1952-01: MGB (against Tito), late 1952
In 1993, General Dimitrii Volkogonov, a military historian and then an advisor to Russia’s President
Boris Yeltsin, reported that documents in Soviet archives proved that the Soviet Union considered
assassinating Joseph Broz Tito. Marshall Tito, the wartime leader of Yugoslavia’s communist resistance
forces, broke with Stalin and the Soviet Union in 1948. According to the accounts uncovered by Volkogonov,
Stalin became increasingly angered by Tito’s policies, and criticized the head of the MGB (predecessor of the
KGB), the notorious Lavrenti Beria, for failing to remove Tito from power. In late 1952, Beria ordered his
subordinates to explore options for killing Tito.
532
529
Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations, U.S. Senate, Alleged Assassination Plots Involving Foreign Leaders,
(Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975), pp. 24-25, 29-30. Warren Hinckle and William Turner, Deadly Secrets: The
CIA-Mafia War Against Castro and the Assassination of J.F.K. (New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1992), pp. 28-29, claim that the agent
was a disease “indigenous to that area,” without citing any sources.
530
Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations, U.S. Senate, Alleged Assassination Plots Involving Foreign Leaders,
(Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975), pp. 73, 79-82, 88-89.
531
Blackleaf-40 is a solution of 40% nicotine extracted from tobacco leaves.
532
Anne McElvoy, “Archives prove Stalin wanted Tito killed,” Times (London), June 12, 1993, p. 15, and “Soviet Plan to
Assassinate Tito Told,” Los Angeles Times, June 12, 1993, p. A12. I first came across this story in Wendy Barnaby, The Plague Makers:
The Secret World of Biological Warfare (London: VISION Paperbacks, 1997), p. 37.
104
To execute the murder, Beria recruited an agent, I.R. Grigulevich, known by the code name Max. At
the time, Max had managed to insinuate himself as a special plenipotentiary of Costa Rica in Italy and
Yugoslavia. He was a seasoned operative: he had participated in the 1940 murder of Leon Trotsky in Mexico.
Beria’s minions developed several alternative schemes by which Max could murder Tito. One option called for
Max to obtain a private meeting with Tito, during which Max would activate a mechanism secreted in his
clothes that would release enough plague to kill everyone present. To protect Max, he was to be treated with
“an anti-plague serum in advance.” Other options did not involve biological agents. The remaining options
relied on other techniques. A second option relied on use of an unspecified poison gas, which was to be
released upon opening of a jewel box. Finally, consideration was given to providing Max with “a silent
mechanism concealed as a personal item” that fired a bullet.”
533
The plan was forwarded to Stalin. It is not known if Stalin formally approved the document, but
apparently some preliminary preparations were made to implement the proposal, since Max was directed to
write a “farewell letter” to his wife in the event of his capture. In any case, the operation never proceeded after
Stalin’s death in March 1953.
534
Case 1944-01: British SOE (against Hitler), June 1944
According to documents released by the Public Record Office, the British considered assassinating
Adolph Hitler during the Second World War. The plot originated with Special Operations Executive (SOE).
SOE was the organization created by the British to conduct covert operations against the Germans. The plans
were never implemented.
535
The primary focus of the British plans appears to have involved use of a sniper to kill Hitler at
Berchtesgaden, his retreat in the Bavarian mountains. The British also considered using a bomb to destroy
Hitler’s train. Alternative plans involved putting an unidentified poison into either Hitler’s food or the water
supply of his railroad car. Someone also suggested that a poisoned dart fired from a specially modified
fountain pen could be used. These methods were rejected for practical reasons. Someone might eat the
poisoned food before Hitler. Similarly, Hitler probably would drink bottled water, not water taken from a
railroad car tap. Finally, the use of a poison dart was considered too risky for the operative responsible for
operating the device.
536
Some consideration was given to use of a biological agent. One of the ideas discussed involved
contaminating Hitler’s clothes with anthrax. The anthrax was to be smuggled into Germany inside a fountain
pen, eyeglasses, or false teeth. The available evidence suggests that these ideas were rejected at a relatively
early stage. They were not incorporated into the final report that outlined the alternative approaches
recommended for use in an assassination.
537
Threatened Use (No Known Possession)
This category includes cases in which the perpetrators threatened to use biological agents, but
subsequent investigations determined that they did not possess biological agents. This category also includes
cases in which it seems unlikely that the perpetrators possessed biological agents although no definitive
533
This account is based on a translation of the original document describing the proposed operation. It originally appeared in
the Russian newspaper Izvestiia, June 11, 1993, and was translated by Natasha Shur and published in “Stalin’s Plan to Assassinate Tito,”
Cold War International History Project Bulletin, Number 10, March 1998, p. 137. I am indebted to Professor Joshua Lederberg for bring
this document to my attention. Ken Alibek, Biohazard (New York: Random House, 1999), p. 173, describes a conversation about this
incident with a KGB liaison officer. According to Alibek’s source, a dry powdered form of plague was produced in the late 1940s for use
in assassinations.
534
Based on the editor’s note accompanying “Stalin’s Plan to Assassinate Tito,” Cold War International History Project
Bulletin, Number 10, March 1998, p. 137.
535
A copy of the report prepared by SOE outlining the plans given serious consideration is reproduced in Operation Foxley:
The British Plan to Kill Hitler (London: PRO Press, 1998). For press coverage of the reports, see “Britain Planned to Kill Hitler,”
Associated Press, July 23, 1998, 6:27 a.m. EDT, and “British agents plotted to kill Hitler in 1944,’ Reuters, July 22, 1998, 1:39 p.m.
Eastern time.
536
Michael Evans, “Britain’s secret plot to assassinate Hitler revealed,” Times (London), July 23, 1998, as found at
http://www.sunday-times.co.uk.
537
Michael Smith, “Britain planned to kill Hitler with anthrax,” Daily Telegraph (London), July 23, 1998, as found at
http://www.telegraph.co.uk. Significantly, anthrax does not appear in the final assassination plan reproduced in Operation Foxley: The
British Plan to Kill Hitler, suggesting that the mission planners rejected use of biological agents at an earlier stage. Mark Seaman, who
wrote an introduction to Public Records Office publication of the plan, also does not mention anthrax.
105
determination was ever made. It also includes some cases in which the perpetrator’s allegedly planned to
employ biological agents but never made any public threats. Anthrax hoaxes that occur in the United States,
which have become extremely common since 1998, are found in the next section.
Case 2000-08: Biological threat (against potteries), June 2000
Two potteries in East Liverpool, Ohio, were sent letters that contained a green, moldy substance. The
targets were Pioneer Pottery, which makes apothecary jars, coffee mugs, and other items using traditional
patterns, serving ware, and W.C. Bunting, which decorates quality pottery produced in the East Liverpool area,
including items produced by Pioneer. An employee of Bunting took the letter that they received back to the
post office. Postal employees apparently were concerned that it might be an anthrax threat, leading them to
notify the local fire department. The post office was evacuated, and three people were decontaminated. One of
the owners of Bunting apparently believed that he knew who was responsible for sending the letters, but it is
unclear anyone was charged for the incident. Press reports do not indicate whether a note giving an explicit
threat was included in the envelope. Authorities indicate that the envelopes did not contain anthrax, but suspect
that it may have contained talcum powder or cornstarch.
538
Case 2000-07: Klingerman Virus, May 2000
According to e-mail messages widely circulated on the Internet, an organization known as the
Klingerman Foundation was mailing blue envelopes containing sponges contaminated with a pathogen known
as the Klingerman virus. According to the e-mail alert, 23 people have been infected by the virus, including
seven who died.
539
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Internet warning is a
hoax.
540
Even though the Klingerman virus is a hoax, it has caused a number of emergency responses by
people fearful that they have been exposed to it. For example, Geraldine Emanuel received an envelope that
she feared might contain the Klingerman virus on May 20, 2000. Two days later, she called authorities. The
Palm Beach County Sheriff’s office, precipitating a response that also involved the local bomb squad,
hazardous materials, and the U.S. Postal Service inspectors.
541
This case is included as a threat, and not as a hoax, because of the extent to which people apparently
believed in the reality of the danger and because it caused actual response operations.
Case 1999-66: Ricin threat (against federal judge, September 1999
James Kenneth Gluck was arrested in Tampa, Florida, on November 5, 1999 for allegedly threatening
two Colorado state judges with ricin. In September 1999, Gluck reportedly sent a threatening, eight-page letter
to Colorado Court of Appeals Judge Daniel Taubmann. In that letter, Gluck apparently claimed that he had the
ability to kill 10,000 people using ricin, and implied that he could use ricin to kill everyone in the Jefferson
County Administration and Courts Facility. The letter also reportedly claimed that ricin was “a quintessential
American weapon for ‘making a killing’ (literally) without any responsibility because it cannot be determined
who used it and it cannot be determined where it came from."
542
Press accounts suggest that Gluck was angry about two clashes with Jefferson County officials.
543
In
1997, a Jefferson County judge ruled against Gluck on a zoning dispute related scrap materials stored on some
property he owned. In 1989, he was fined for illegal possession of a dead barn owl.
544
An FBI hazardous
materials team searched the Tampa house where he was living. Gluck had a makeshift laboratory. The FBI told
538
“FBI Enters Case of Two Suspicious Mailings,” Dayton Daily News, June 14, 2000, p. 4B, and “Anthrax ruled out in
suspicious mailings,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, June 14, 2000, BC cycle.
539
“E-Mail Warning About Virus Is Hoax, Health Officials Say,” New York Times, December 23, 2000. p. B8.
540
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, “False E-Mail Report about ‘Klingerman Virus’,” May 17, 2000, as found at
http://www.cdc.gov. See also U.S. Postal Service, “False ‘Klingerman Virus’ E-Mail Rumor,” May 25, 2000, as found at
http://www.new.usps.com.
541
“Internet hoax spurs woman to call bomb squad about mailed envelope,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, May 23,
2000, BC cycle.
542
Ace Atkins, “Man denies threatening with poison,” Tampa Tribune, November 9, 1999, Florida/Metro section, p. 1
543
Peggy Lowe, “Toxin suspect denied monitor,” Denver Post, November 9, 1999, p. B-2, Peggy Lowe, “Ex-Boulder man
arrested for toxin threat,” Denver Post, November 8, 1999, p. B5, Pat Leisner, “No bond in case of alleged terrorist threat,’ Miami Herald,
November 9, 1999, as found at http://www.herald.com.
544
Jose Patin O Girona and Janet Leiser, “Toxin threat leads FBI to search, arrest,” Tampa Tribune, November 7, 1999,
Florida/Metro section, p. 1, and “New hearing ordered in ‘junk’ fight,” Rocky Mountain News, August 8, 1997, p. 43A.
106
a U.S. Magistrate that he had simple laboratory equipment, unspecified books on toxicology, and the
Anarchist’s Cookbook. According to FBI Agent Francis Gallagher, “there is no evidence that any refined ricin
existed within the residence.”
545
Case 1999-77: Diazien Hossencofft, September 1999
On October 6, 1999, a federal grand jury indicted Diazien Hossencofft on a charge of threatening to
give the government of China the code for a virus that “would kill the entire population except for a few
people.” Hossencofft apparently believed that his son, who had been given up for adoption, was being
subjected to experiments by the government.
546
At the time, Hossencofft was a suspect in the disappearance of
his estranged wife. Subsequently he was charged with murdering her.
547
Hossencofft had a long record of telling bizarre stories about his activities. Reportedly, he told a
friend that he worked for the CIA and developed for them a virus that the government plans to put into the
world’s water supply in 2007 to kill two-thirds of the world’s population.
548
Case 1999-76: Robberies with HIV threats in Vancouver, August 1999
The Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, police reported that a man attempted to rob three people at
automatic teller machines on 22 and 23 August 1999. Reportedly, a 25-year-old white male approached the
victims while brandishing a syringe filled with a red colored liquid. The robber claimed that the syringe
contained HIV contaminated blood. In one case, the assailant told a victim, “Excuse me sir. I really hate to do
this, but I have AIDS and this a syringe with AIDS-tainted blood.” One of the incidents occurred on August
23, while the other two took place on the previous day.
549
According to a report by the Vancouver Sun, such incidents are relatively common. Writing in early
1998, the newspaper quoted a Vancouver police officer who indicated that the city had suffer a spate of such
attacks in the past two months, including two on February 8, 1998. In many cases, the robbers did not even
bother to fill the syringe with a red liquid, because people understood that even a used needle might be
contaminated with HIV.
550
Case 1999-64: World Islamic Front for Fighting Jews and Crusaders, April 1999
Ahmed Salama Mabruk, the military operations chief of Egyptian Islamic Jihad, told the Arabic
newspaper Al-Hayah that the World Islamic Front for Fighting Jews and Crusaders “has biological and
chemical weapons which it intends to use in operations against US and Israeli targets.”
551
In a follow-on story,
the newspaper reported, “a prominent fundamentalist residing outside Egypt has revealed that these weapons
have been purchased from Eastern European countries and the former Soviet Union over the past two years.”
This unnamed individual also reportedly said, “Plans had been developed to distribute quantities of these
weapons to elements belonging to the front in several states for use when necessary against US and Israeli
targets in case of the failure to carry out operations against these targets through the use of explosives and
conventional weapons.”
552
545
Many Gonzales, “Agents find nerve gas materials,” Rocky Mountain News, November 7, 1999, p. 14A.
546
Guillermo Contreras, “Man Accused of Telephone Threats,” Albuquerque Journal, October 6, 1999, p. B2, “Lawyer says
client wanted assurance of son’s safety,” Santa Fe New Mexican, September 25, 1999, p. B-3, and Guillermo Contreras, “Woman Missing
2 Weeks,” Albuquerque Journal, September 24, 1999, p. B1. This case was brought to my attention by Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana
McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 172.
547
Joline Gutierrez Krueger, “Missing wife's husband charged with murder,” Albuquerque Tribune, November 18, 1999, p. A1.
548
Rick Maese, “Hossencofft’s life story reads like a sci-fi tale,” Albuquerque Tribune, October 5, 2000, p. A1.
549
Kim Bolan, “Police seek thief who threatened bank customers with syringe,” Vancouver Sun, August 24, 1999, p. B5. This
episode was brought to my attention by Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism
Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The
Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p.171.
550
“Police Warn of Bandits Armed with Syringes,” Vancouver Sun, February 10, 1998, p. B1.
551
Mohammad Salah, “Al-Zawahiri Aide Tells Al-Hayah: We Have Biological Weapons,” Al-Hayah (London), April 19, 1999,
p. 1, as translated by Foreign Broadcast Information Service.
552
Mohammad Salah, “Fundamentalist Source: Bin-Laden Front Purchased Chemical Weapons from Eastern Europe,” Al-
Hayah (London), April 20, 1999, p. 1, as translated by Foreign Broadcast Information Service. See also “Jihad obtained bio-chemical
weapons from ex-Soviet bloc,” Agence France Press, April 20, 1999, 07:59 GMT,
107
Case 1999-71: Chechen interest in biological weapons, February 1999
According to Russian newspapers, in February 1999 a Chechen separatist military leader, Salman
Raduyev, threatened to forcibly acquire biological weapons from Russian laboratories involved in the Soviet
biological weapons program unless the Russian government released two women sentenced for participation in
a terrorist attack. The Chechen also claimed that they would use radiological weapons against the Russians.
The Russian government reportedly increased security at certain biological laboratories in reaction to the
threat.
553
Subsequently, Russian press reports suggested growing concerns regarding Chechen interest in
biological weapons. The Russian Interior Minister, Vladimir Rushaylo, claimed that instructions for use of
biological weapons had been discovered on Chechens captured in Dagestan. He told reporters, “Abstracts from
instructions on the use of bacteriological weapons were found on killed Chechen bandits who took part in the
attack on Dagestan last August and September.”
554
Other reports also appeared suggesting that the Chechens may possess biological agents. According to
Izvestia, Valery Manilov, Senior Deputy Chief of the Russian General Staff, claimed that a disease outbreak
among Chechen forces was caused by mishandling of biological weapons.
555
Subsequently, Chechen officials
claimed that epidemics among their forces resulted from Russian use of biological agents.
556
Insufficient
information is available to evaluate the veracity of any of these claims.
557
Case 1999-70: Theft using “HIV-contaminated” syringe, January 1999
According to a story that originated with the Croatian news agency HINA, a currency exchange in
Zadar, Croatia was robbed of 500 German marks by a man who threatened a clerk with a syringe that the
robber claimed was filled with HIV. Police indicated that they had no way to confirm if the perpetrator might
have possessed an HIV contaminated fluid.
558
Case 1999-68: Threat against milk producer, March 1999
According to a report issued by the U.S. General Accounting Office, someone found or received a
note claiming that milk, apparently produced by a specific plant, was contaminated with a biological agent.
The allegation was reported to the state agriculture department, which initiated an investigation that also
involved state and local law enforcement and public health organizations. In addition, the FBI opened a
criminal investigation. The allegedly contaminated milk was sequestered, and the producer voluntarily halted
production. Within 12 hours, investigators determined that there was no contamination. As of October 1999, no
one had been charged in the case.
559
Case 1999-75: Christian Millenarian Groups, Throughout 1999
According to a compilation of chemical and biological terrorism incidents, the U.S. government
reportedly warned the Israeli government that certain Christian groups might use biological weapons. The full
account reads as follows:
US security forces allegedly warned their Israeli counterparts that Christian millenarian groups
could use biological weapons for an attack in Israel during 2000. Such groups have supposedly
553
Valentina Lezvina, Andrey Bagrov, and Sergey Gorbatov, “Moscow Preparing for Biological War with Chechnya,”
Kommersant [Moscow], February 17, 1999, p. 1, both translated from the Russian by Foreign Broadcast Information Service.
554
Andrei Chitov, “Russia Rushailo ends visit to USA over terrorism, crime,” TASS, October 29, 1999, and British
Broadcasting System, “Biological warfare instructions found on Chechen rebels—interior minister,” BBC Summary of World Broadcasts,
November 1, 1999.
555
Dmitry Koptev, “Federal Forces all but admit presence of Biological Weapons in Chechnya,” Izvestia, August 12, 2000, p.
3, as reported in Agency WPS, August 16, 2000.
556
“Chechen commander denies plans to disrupt election, condemns Russia’s dirty war,” Kavkaz-Tsentr News Agency, 16
August 2000, as found on the Internet and translated by the Foreign Broadcast Information Service, August 16, 2000.
557
The Chechen threats and the Russian claims of Chechen interest in biological weapons, were brought to my attention by
Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National
Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, pp. 163, 172.
558
“Man robbed exchange office threatening with AIDS syringe,” Associated Press, January 6, 1999, 07:46 Eastern Time. This
incident was brought to my attention by Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism
Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The
Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 162.
559
General Accounting Office, Food Safety: Agencies Should Further Test Plans for Responding to Deliberate Contamination,
GAO/RCED-00-3, p. 5.
108
been purchasing poisons and bacteria from a variety of sources and have been seeking scientists
and engineers to help in the development of “a doomsday weapon.”
560
Case 1998-31: HIV threat (against Emmpak Foods), December 1998
According to press reports, a Milwaukee meat products company, Emmpak Foods, was the target of a
threat to contaminate its products with HIV.
561
The incident began when a local law enforcement agency
received a telephone call telling it where to find a threat note. The letter, found on December 8, 1998,
apparently indicated that a terrorist group had contaminated meat products with HIV. A substantial response
was mounted involving local, state, and federal agencies. According to an account of the incident provided by
the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO), the FBI and the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Office of
Inspector General searched the plant.
562
The local police department assisted the criminal investigation. More
than 800 people were interviewed during the investigation. In addition, a risk assessment was conducted by
Agriculture’s Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS), supported by the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC) and the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA), to determine the extent of
the potential danger to the public. Press accounts suggest that the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
became involved in the investigation, although it is unclear in what capacity. The Wisconsin Department of
Health and Family Services and other state and local agencies were a part of the investigation.
After a three-day investigation, a U.S. Department of Agriculture spokesman declared, “At this point,
we have no reason to express to you any concerns that public health has been compromised.” The Wisconsin
Department of Health and Family Services reported that, “We did not feel that there was a viable threat.”
Consequently, Emmpak Foods was allowed to resume shipments of food. The GAO reports that as of October
1999, no perpetrator had been identified and the case remained open.
Case 1998-10: Republic of Texas, June 1998
On July 1, 1998, law enforcement officials arrested three men in Olmito, Texas, on charges of
threatening to use biological agents against federal officials. Johnnie Wise, 72, Jack Abbott Grebe, Jr., 43, and
Oliver Dean Emigh, 63, were arrested at mobile home by a team comprised of agents from the FBI, the Texas
Department of Public Safety, the U.S. Secret Service, the Internal Revenue Service, the McAllen police, and
the Cameron County Sheriff’s Department. According to an FBI official, the men “had sent threatening
documentation to several federal agencies regarding the use of these weapons of mass destruction.” FBI
spokesman refused to comment on the motivation of the suspects.
563
The Brownsville Herald reported that the
three men were members of the Republic of Texas, a militant group that believes that Texas should be an
independent nation.
564
According to the arrest affidavit, only unsealed by a federal magistrate judge on July 13, 1998, the
investigators were hunting for biological agents when they searched the homes of the three perpetrators.
According to the search warrant, among the items sought were containers thought to contain HIV-infected
blood, rabies virus, and anthrax spores. In addition, federal agents were looking for instruction manuals,
written threats, and production equipment. Authorities reportedly seized a syringe and a container marked
560
Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving
Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 161.
561
Jesse Garza, “Threat made on products at Emmpak Foods,” Journal Sentinel (Milwaukee), December 11, 1998, as found at
the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.jsonline.com, “Threat of mean contamination unsubstantiated, authorities say,”
Associated Press, December 11, 1998, as found at the Journal Sentinel’s World Wide Web site. Additional details of this incident are
provided in General Accounting Office, Food Safety: Agencies Should Further Test Plans for Responding to Deliberate Contamination,
GAO/RCED-00-3, p. 4. Although the GAO report does not identify the target of the threat or the agent involved, the details provided
clearly indicate that it is describing this case.
562
It is unclear why the search for contaminated product did not appear to involve the Department of Agriculture’s Food Safety
Inspection Service, the federal agency responsible for monitoring food safety. As such, it had both legal authorities to prevent distribution
of potentially contaminated meat products, as well as personnel with considerable experience in conducting such investigations when no
intentional contamination is suspected.
563
Dane Schiller, “Valley threats land 3 in jail: Use of biological weapons feared,” San Antonio Express, July 1, 1998. All
references to this paper are from its World Wide Web site, http://www.expressnews.com. See also, Madeline Baro, “FBI mum on
biological weapons arrests,” Associated Press, July 2, 1998, 10:05 a.m. EDT.
564
Karisa King, “Alleged plot involved anthrax, HIV and rabies,” Brownsville Herald, July 14, 1998. All references to this
newspaper are from its World Wide Web site, http://www.brownsvilleherald.com.
109
“DMSO”.
565
Subsequent reports, however, indicate that investigators discovered nothing that could be used to
prepare biological agents, and found no indications that the trio had attempted to acquire such agents.
566
Press reports indicate that Emigh wrote a letter, “Declaration of War,” which promised to “bring
utmost grievous harm to federal agents and their families.” The affidavit also recounted the text of a message
allegedly sent by Wise an Grebe to FBI Director Louis Freeh:
Your FBI employees and their families have been targeted for destruction by revenge. We, the
people are extremely mad and will not accept the inequities any longer. Non-traceable, personal
delivery systems have been developed to inject bacteria and/or viruses for the purpose of killing,
maiming and causing great suffering. Warn all concerned so that they may protect themselves and
be made aware of this threat to themselves and their families. Good Luck.
567
Other officials who received threatening messages included local, state, and federal officials. Cameron County
Judge Migdalia Lopez, who apparently was the first intended victim. State officials reportedly included Texas
Attorney General Dan Morales and the Director of the Texas Department of Public Safety. Federal officials
targeted included U.S. Attorney General Janet Reno, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, the
Director of the U.S. Secret Service, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, the Director of the
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF), and the Director of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency.
President Bill Clinton’s family also was threatened.
568
The case was tried in October 1998. Wise and Grebe were convicted by a jury of sending two
threatening e-mail messages, one to the IRS and the other to the DEA. The two men were acquitted of all other
charges. Emigh was acquitted of all the charges.
569
The two men were given a sentence of more than 24 years
in prison followed by 60 months of supervised release.
570
Case 1998-34: HIV Hoax, April 1998
An unidentified perpetrator spread rumors that the meat at a Pittsfield, Maine grocery store, Bud’s
Shop ‘n Save, had been deliberately contaminated with HIV. An investigation by state and federal agencies
was conducted involving the federal Department of Agriculture, the Maine State Police, and the state Attorney
General’s Office. According to a State Police official, the investigation determined that “there is no factual
basis to the allegations.” According to the store’s owner, “Our biggest concern was our customers. Even when
it’s not true, a rumor like this can raise havoc with a business. There’s nothing worse than losing the
consumer’s confidence.”
571
Case 1998-08: Palestine Islamic Jihad, April 1998
On April 8, 1998, a Jordanian newspaper, Al-Bilad, reported that Asad Bayud At-Tamimi, a leading
figure in “Islamic Jihad-Jerusalem,” talked about the possibility of using biological warfare at a memorial
service for Muhyuddin Ash-Sharif, the bomb maker who was reportedly murdered by a competing group
within Hamas. According to the newspaper report, “Tamimi elaborated that the Islamic movements had finally
learned the secret that would allow them to defeat their enemies by using weapons of mass destruction.” The
account also noted, “Tamimi stressed how easy and simple it is to get such weapons. He clearly mentioned the
furor created earlier by the British government regarding Iraq’s capability of spreading germ warfare all over
the world by means of cosmetics.”
572
565
Dane Schiller, “Anthrax, HIV are suspected in Valley plot,” San Antonio Express, July 13, 1998, and “Three accused in
biological weapons plot appear in court,” Associated Press, July 14, 1998, 00:52 CDT.
566
Karisa King, “Defense team seeks evidence being used in killer cactus case,” Brownsville Herald, October 14, 1998.
567
Karisa King, “Alleged plot involved anthrax, HIV and rabies,” Brownsville Herald, July 14, 1998.
568
Karisa King, “Alleged plot involved anthrax, HIV and rabies,” Brownsville Herald, July 14, 1998.
569
Madeline Baro, “Two men convicted in biological weapons case,” Associated Press, October 30, 1998, 0114 EST.
570
Madeline Baro, “Men sentenced to more than 24 years each in biological weapons case,” Associated Press, February 5,
1998, 1544EST.
571
Brenda Seekins, “Meat contamination at Pittsfield untrue,” Bangor Daily News (Bangor, Maine), April 13, 1998.
572
Israel's Business Arena, Apr 13, 1998, as found in http://www.globes.com.il, citing a report that appeared in the Jordanian
newspaper, Al-Bilad. A copy of the original article and a translation was provided by David Schenker, then a Senior Researcher at the
Investigative Project. See Mahmud Khalil, “At-Tamimi alludes to the use of germ warfare, and Netanyahu on the top of the hit,” Al-Bilad,
April 8, 1998.
110
Case 1998-50: Lawrence A. Maltz, April 1998
According to the FBI’s annual terrorism report for 1998, the bureau arrested Lawrence A. Maltz on
April 8, 1998 on charges of threatening to use a weapon of mass destruction. According to this account of the
incident, Maltz made “implied threats involving biological, chemical, and nuclear devices over a twenty year
period.” Among the recipients of the threat were the President, members of Congress, the Director of the FBI,
the Department of State, and the Internal Revenue Service. Maltz was a manic depressive trained as a
physicist. The FBI apparently discounted the threats because of his mental health. Over time, however, his
threats became more specific. Because of concerns that Maltz was increasingly likely to resort to violence, and
because of evidence that he was probably capable of producing sarin nerve agent, the Bureau opened an
intensive investigation into his activities. In September 1998, Maltz was sentenced to 16 months in federal
prison and three years of supervised probation after pleading guilty to a charge of mailing threatening
communications. He also paid a $3,000 fine.
573
The nature of his biological threats is unclear from the available account. Nor is it evident when they
were made.
Case 1997-11: Ricin threat against “Retail Store Chain”, December 1997
A Federal Bureau of Investigation report on terrorism contains the following comments on a ricin
threat:
In December 1997, a retail store chain in Oklahoma was notified that ricin (a biological toxin) had
been placed in and on items in a number of stores. The perpetrators requested $75,000 in exchange
for information on which items were contaminated. However, investigation revealed no evidence of
ricin in the stores.
574
No additional information has been located concerning this incident.
Case 1997-04: PKK, August 1997
In September 1997, the British newspaper Guardian published a story that purported to be the results
of an interview with a man who claimed to have been a bomb-maker for the PKK, a Kurdish terrorist group.
Their source, Seydo Hazar, a 31-year-old Kurd, gave details of the activities of the PKK, claiming that they
were receiving assistance from the Greek government, and that they were considering use of chemical and
biological agents. Hazar specifically asserted that PKK could culture E. coli and C. botulinum, and considered
contaminating beaches with E. coli. The newspaper claimed that his reports were confirmed by Western
intelligence sources.
575
Case 1997-05: Counter Holocaust Lobbyists of Hillel, April 1997
A package was delivered in the Wednesday, April 23, 1997, mail to the international headquarters of
the B’nai B’rith, a Jewish organization located in Washington, D.C. Although B’nai B’rith was closed for
Passover, a mail clerk was working to sort through the incoming mail. The clerk put aside this package because
the postmark was impossible to read, an indication of a potentially suspicious package, and because the address
did not identify a specific recipient. When the clerk examined the package the next morning, there was a red
liquid seeping out of it with an “ammonia-type” smell. At that point, the clerk alerted the organization’s
security chief. Together, they put the envelope into a trashcan, which they moved to a grassy area in front of
the building. At that point, around 10:30 a.m., the security chief called 911.
576
The result was a massive response. The District police department’s bomb squad examined the
envelope, and concluded that it was not an explosive device. Upon opening the package, the police discovered
573
Federal Bureau of Investigation, National Security Division, Counterterrorism Threat Assessment and Warning Unit,
Terrorism in the United States 1998, no date, p. 6. There appears to have been no press coverage of this incident, but it is possible to
identify letters to the editor that Maltz sent to newspapers in New Jersey.
574
Federal Bureau of Investigation, Terrorism in the United States 1997, no date, as found at the FBI’s web site,
http://www.fbi.gov.
575
Shyam Bhatia, “Bomber on the run has no place to hide,” Observer, September 28, 1997, p. 14. See also Shyam Bhatia
Naxos and Leonard Doyle, “Poison bomber offers secrets for Sanctuary,” Observer, September 28, 1997, p. 1, and “PKK member says
splinter group planning chemical attacks, Agence France Presse, September 28, 1997, 27:23 GMT. All sources are from the Lexis-Nexis
database. The author is indebted to Jason Pate, Center for Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute of International Studies, for
bringing this case to his attention and providing the references.
576
Sara Horwitz, “FBI Sends Alert to Jewish Groups, Package in D.C. Incident Called Threatening but Not Toxic,” Washington
Post, April 26, 1997, p. C1.
111
that it contained a broken petri dish swathed in plastic bubble wrap. The petri dish had a label with the word
“anthracis” written on it. Included in the package was a business envelope containing a two page, typed,
unsigned letter attributed to an unknown group calling itself the Counter Holocaust Lobbyists of Hillel. The
letter reportedly described the included material as a “chemical weapon”.
While trying to determine what was in the package, District authorities blocked off a two-block area
in the heart of the downtown area for nearly nine hours. By 5:00 p.m., officials had determined that the
substance did not contain anthrax, but it was not until 8:00 p.m. that people were allowed to leave. Traffic was
snarled in downtown. The people working in the building were prevented from leaving, and nearby roads were
cordoned off. Initial tests were made at the site, apparently using rapid identification kits developed by the U.S.
Navy’s Naval Medical Research Institute (NMRI).
577
These tests proved negative for a set of commonly
accepted biological warfare agents (probably including anthrax, botulinum toxin, plague, ricin, and SEB). The
package was taken from the B’nai B’rith headquarters to the laboratories of the Naval Medical Research
Institute (NMRI), located in Bethesda, Maryland, at the Naval Medical Research Center.
According to press reports, laboratory investigation confirmed that the material in the package was
agar, a common laboratory growth media. Routine culture techniques revealed only Bacillus cereus, a common
household organism that is known to be pathogenic only under limited conditions involving poorly prepared
foods, such as recooked rice.
578
B. cereus is closely related to B. anthracis. According to one microbiology account, studies of the
DNA of the two organisms shows that they are so similar “that they should be considered to belong to a single
species.” This opens the possibility that the perpetrator may have believed that the organism present was B.
anthracis.
579
Case 1997-12: Neil Francis Roberts, March 1997
On June 25, 1997, Neil Francis Roberts, an accountant at a Coca-Cola distribution plant in Akron,
Ohio, pled guilty to a charge of tampering with consumer products. Roberts apparently approached plant’s
human resources director in March 1997 and claimed to have placed an unspecified substance in a batch of soft
drink. He had worked for the company for ten years when he made the threat. Roberts reportedly played a
videotape that showed him contaminating the product, and threatened to send a copy of the tape to the press
unless he was paid an unspecified amount of money over a six-year period.
580
The threat was investigated by the FBI and the Food and Drug Administration’s Office of Criminal
Investigations. Within a week, they determined that there was no evidence of contamination.
581
Testing
subsequently determined that 14 bottles and 5 bags of product were adulterated with sugar water. The
contamination took place sometime between 1994 and December 31, 1996.
582
Roberts was indicted for extortion and product tampering on May 8, 1997 by a federal grand jury. On
June 25, he pled guilty to a charge of product tampering and in return the U.S. Attorney’s office dropped the
extortion charge. He was sentenced to one year and one day in prison.
583
The General Accounting Office categorizes this case as an instance of bioterrorism, and claim that
Roberts suggested that he put a biological substance into the product.
584
Press reports, however, suggest that he
never identified the nature of the contaminant, so the basis for the GAO’s classification is unclear.
577
Michael Powell and Allan Lengel, “Chemical Alert Traps Workers in Buildings, Discovery of Leaking Package at B’nai
B’rith Turns Into Nine-Hour Ordeal in D.C.,” Washington Post, April 25, 1997, p. A1.
578
Sara Horwitz, “B’nai B’rith Package Contained Common Bacteria, Involved Tests Were Needed to Identify Substance; ‘It
Was Nothing Harmful,’ FBI Says,” Washington Post, April 29, 1997, p. B2. B. cereus infections are rarely fatal, and usually last for only
24 hours. See Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American
Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 188-189.
579
Bergey’s Manual of Determinitive Bacteriology, p. 1112. See also, CRC Handbook of Microbiology, p. 321. Dr. Dave
Huxsoll drew my attention to this literature and pointed out its implications in this case.
580
Debra Dennis, “Employee Admits Tampering with Coke,” Plain Dealer, June 27, 1997, p. 1B, and Debra Dennis, “Coke
Worker Indicted by U.S.; Charges include Extortion, Tampering,” Plain Dealer, May 9, 1997, p. 1B.
581
General Accounting Office, Food Safety: Agencies Should Further Test Plans for Responding to Deliberate Contamination,
GAO/RCED-00-3, p. 4.
582
Debra Dennis, “Employee Admits Tampering with Coke,” Plain Dealer, June 27, 1997, p. 1B.
583
“Coca-Cola Tampering,” Plain Dealer, September 5, 1997, p. 4B, and “Former Coca-Cola Official Sentenced,” Associated
Press, September 4, 1997, 11:12 Eastern Time.
584
General Accounting Office, Food Safety: Agencies Should Further Test Plans for Responding to Deliberate Contamination,
GAO/RCED-00-3, p. 4.
112
Case 1996-03: Tokiyuki Asaoka, August 1996
On September 4, 1996, the Japanese police arrested Tokiyuki Asaoka on suspicion of attempting to
extort ¥60 million (estimated at the time to equal US$550,000) from the Yamazaki Bakery. He allegedly
threatened to contaminate their product by injecting them with body fluids infected with E. coli bacteria.
585
According to press reports, he sent a threatening letter to the company on August 26. He ordered the
company to display a cellular telephone number in the window of a company store. The number was put out on
September 3. When he called the number, police were able to trace the connection, and identify the caller.
After his arrest, Asaoka confessed to the extortion.
586
Case 1996-07: Hiroaki Chiku, August 1996
On August 18, 1996, someone called a Seven-Eleven Umeshima 2-chome store located in Tokyo and
warned that he had placed poisoned bread in the store. A search revealed a package with a message that said,
“Beware, O-157. Eat it and you’ll die.” It was signed “Shin Kitsuneme no Otoko” (meaning the new fox-eyed
man). Subsequent analysis failed to identify the presence of any pathogens. The next day, the Seven-Eleven
Japan Company received a letter threatening to place food poisoned with E. coli O-157 H7 on the shelves of its
store unless the company paid an extortion of ¥120 million. The letter reportedly said, “O-158 would be the
most appropriate poison today.” On the 22
nd
and 23
rd
someone made 21 telephone calls to the company
demanding payment. At the request of police, the company agreed to make the payment. A suspect was
arrested on the 24
th
while attempting to collect the extortion payment. The alleged perpetrator was a 51 year-
old “corporate executive” who was attempting to pay off a ¥30 million debt.
587
Case 1996-08: Justice Department, March 1996
An animal rights group calling itself the Justice Department sent envelopes allegedly containing razor
blades covered with HIV-infected blood to fur retailers in Canada. The envelopes included a letter and a
second, sealed envelope that supposedly contained the contaminated razor blades. The letter contained the
following message.
588
Fur is dead. And hopefully so are you. We placed these razor blades (coated with AIS infected
blood, by the way) in the hopes of eliminating scum like yourself from the earth. There is no excuse
for the fur trade. This is war and in war, people die. Enough animals have been killed, now it’s your
turn.
You have been marked.
You have six months to shut down your business. After that you will start receiving [sic] explosive
devices which WILL kill you.
This is not a joke.
According to the letter, similar packages were sent to 87 retailers. Authorities identified only a few of the
stores that allegedly received the packages. Several Canadian media outlets also were recipients.
It was unclear if the razor blades were contaminated with HIV-infected blood, but, even if that were
the case, experts believed that the HIV could not have survived. Accordingly, the letters posed no threat.
Case 1996-01: German blackmailers, January 1996
A German prosecutor in Essen reported in April 1996 that unidentified blackmailers had threatened to
contaminate food with venom taken from cobras, mambas, and other poisonous snakes unless they were paid
DM 400 million (about US$ 264 million) in diamonds. The threats were first made in January. Reportedly, the
585
“Blackmail food scare,” Guardian (London), September 5, 1996, p. 13, and “Police Arrest Man They Say Threatened to
Spread Deadly Bacteria,” Associated Press, September 4, 1996. The Guardian story is based on AP reporting, so the two stories are
essentially drawn from the same source.
586
“Police Arrest Man They Say Threatened to Spread Deadly Bacteria,” Associated Press, September 4, 1996.
587
“Executive arrested in O-157 extortion attempt,” Mainichi Daily News, August 25, 1996, “Man Suspected of Trying to Use
Food Poison Scare in Extortion Scam,” Associated Press, August 24, 1996, 06:18 Eastern time, and Kyodo News Service, Japan Economic
News Wire, August 24, 1996. All sources are from the Lexis-Nexis database. The author is indebted to Jason Pate, Center for
Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute of International Studies, for bringing this case to his attention and providing the references.
588
Pete McMartin, “Anti-fur group sends death threat,” Vancouver Sun, March 9, 1996, p. A17, Larry Pynn, “Police warn fur
retailers about mail-terror threat,” Vancouver Sun, March 8, 1996, p. B3, and “Police warn fur dealers to watch for letters with bloody
razor blades,” Edmonton Journal, March 8, 1996, p. A4,
113
demands were sent to food manufacturers on computer disks. According to the German newspaper Bild
Zeitung, the threats were kept secret until April when the prosecutor held a meeting with the senior managers
of sixty European companies to discuss the threat.
589
Case 1995-06: Biological weapons threats against Latin American cities, April 1995
Paraguay’s president, Juan Carlos Wasmosy, told reporters that several embassies in Washington,
D.C., received letters that threatened to launch biological weapons attacks against several cities in Latin
America. The letters, which were sent from California, were not attributed. According to Wasmosy, the letter
provided a list of cities being targeted, and mentioned several biological agents, cholera, typhoid, malaria, and
yellow fever.
590
Case 1995-04: Barry Dixon, November 1995
Barry Dixon, a onetime warehouse worker, attempted to extort £100,000 from Sainsbury’s, a UK
supermarket chain, by threatening to contaminate food with HIV-infected blood. Dixon reportedly sent a letter
to Sainsbury’s headquarters in November 1995 making the threat. In the letter, Dixon wrote, “Don’t tell the
police. If this goes to the papers it would read ‘Aids and HIV--everyone’s favorite ingredient.’” He also sent
two syringes filled with blood, which proved to come from a pig. In the letter, he told the company that HIV-
contaminated blood would be placed in the stores. The letter added, “Imagine the horror on your customers’
faces when they see this Aids blood next to fresh meat, bread and cheese.” He was sentenced to four years in
prison for the crime. A second man implicated in the plot was acquitted.
591
Case 1995-05: Frank Riolfo, October 1995
In October 1995, Frank Riolfo, a former member of the Royal Army Medical Corps, was sentenced to
eight years in jail for attempting to blackmail the Tesco supermarket chain. Riolfo told the company that he
had AIDS, and threatened to contaminate food at its stores unless the chain agreed to give him a bank debit
card allowing him to withdraw sums of money. The company supplied Riolfo with such a card. He was
arrested after withdrawing £7,000 using the card.
592
Case 1994-02: Michael Norman and Alexander Taylor, January 1994
In January 1994, two men attempted to extort £12 million from three British supermarket chains,
Safeway, Sainsbury’s, and Tesco.
593
The two co-conspirators, Michael Norman and Alexander Taylor, sent
letters demanding payment of a “tax” to aid small businesses. Unless paid the money, the two threatened to
contaminate foods that were purchased and eaten by customers without further cooking.
According to a letter sent to one of the chains, “There are a small number of our members who are
tested HIV positive. We can have the supply of infected fluid whenever and we can deliver this to the produce
in your store.” The letter claimed to be from a group that called itself Action in the Community. Other letters
apparently threatened to contaminate food products with bacteria and chemicals.
After the stores contacted police about the threats, policemen posing as supermarket executives
negotiated payment of a ransom with the two men. Eventually, they were given £475,000, and then were
arrested for extortion. Taylor pled guilty to the charges and was sentenced to five years in prison. Norman was
convicted and received eight years.
After his arrest, Norman claimed to the police that a mystery novel, The Banker, written by Dick
Francis, was the inspiration for the plot.
594
589
“Blackmailers threaten to spike food with snake venom,” Guardian (London), April 16, 1996, p. 11, and “World Briefly:
Blackmailers threaten to poison food supply,” Orange County Register, April 17, 1996, p. A13.
590
“Paraguay: Chemical Warfare Planned by Terrorists, President Warns,” Inter Press Service, April 28, 1995. I am grateful to
Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for drawing my attention to this material.
591
“Blackmail pair ‘made Aids threat to store’,” Times (London) September 18, 1996, p. 6, “Man cleared,” Times (London),
September 21, 1996, p. 9, Adrian Lee, “Store blackmailer sent Aids threat,” Times (London), December 17, 1996, p. 4, “Store blackmailer
jailed,” Times, December 18, 1996, p. 2.
592
“Ex-soldier jailed for Tesco food blackmail,” Times (London), October 14, 1995, p. 3, and “Blackmailer jailed for 8 years,”
Financial Times, October 14, 1995, p. 7.
593
Catherine Milton, “Aids plot denied by man on blackmail charge,” Times (London), November 2, 1994, p. 3, “Blackmail
plot,” Times (London), December 3, 1996, p. 2, “Police foiled plot to poison foods,” Independent, December 3, 1994, p. 4.
594
“Store blackmail pair sent to jail,” Financial Times, December 3, 1994, p. 4.
114
Case 1994-01: Animal Liberation Front, January 1994
Ron Purver reports, without providing attribution, that in January 1994 a group calling itself the
Animal Liberation Front (ALF) mailed “a number of postal devices containing fragments of hypodermic
needles, which it claimed had been infected with the HIV virus.” His account does not say in what country the
needles were mailed.
595
This incident does not appear on the list of Animal Liberation Front activities
maintained by the Animal Liberation Frontline Information Service.
596
Case 1992-04: “The Terminator”, September 1992
An unknown extortionist, who signed his letters as “The Terminator”, threatened that he would
contaminate products at the Budgens supermarket chain with HIV unless he was paid £300,000.
597
In the third
letter that he mailed, which was sent to the Daily Mirror, the blackmailer claimed that he had placed HIV-
contaminated products in nine of the chains 100 stores.
As far as is known, the perpetrator was never identified.
Case 1992-01: Animal Aid Association, January 1992
Ron Purver indicates that on January 15, 1992, British Columbia News received a report that “the
Animal Aid Association (AAA) had injected ‘Cold Buster’ bars with the AIDS virus to protest the use of
animals in research and the diversion of funds from AIDS research.”
598
An Internet listing of Animal Liberation Front activities, maintained by Animal Liberation Frontline
Information Service, contains the following passage:
1/1/92-AB; Animal Rights Militia claims to have poisoned 87 Canadian Cold Buster Chocolate
bars in Edmonton and Calgary because of the University of Alberta vivisector Larry Wang's 16
years of experiments on rats that led to the invention of the bar. Production halted and bars pulled
from store shelves across Canada, $250,000 damage. -A.R.M.
599
A newsletter produced by the Canadian Intelligence Service states that this incident involved oven cleaner, not
a biological agent.
600
The Animal Liberation Frontline Information Service listing includes no incident similar
to the one reported by Purver.
Case 1991-02: Threatening the Kelowna, BC, water supply, January 1991
Ron Purver reports that on January 25, 1991 Canadian authorities received a letter that contained a
threat to pollute the water supply of the town of Kelowna, British Columbia, with “biological contaminates.”
According to Purver, the incident was “associated with the Gulf War.” He reports that security at the water
system was enhanced due to the threat, but law enforcement agencies never identified who made the threat.
601
Case 1989-01: Robin Smith, May 1989
In September 1989, Robin Smith was sentenced to five years in prison by a Scottish court for an
extortion scheme involving more than £600,000. Starting in May 1989, Smith sent letters to a number of
companies threatening to contaminate their products with HIV-infected blood. At least some of the extortion
letters were signed “the Bogyman”. In all, he threatened five companies, including two food chains, Safeway
and Littlewoods, and several consumer products companies, including Proctor and Gamble and Vidal Sassoon.
Police traced a telephone call that he made to one of the companies, and arrested him.
602
595
Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism, p. 38. For a discussion of ALF, see Rachel Monaghan, “Animal Rights and
Violent Protest,” Terrorism and Political Violence, Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1997), pp. 106-116.
596
Taken from http://www.envirolink.org/ALF/doa/nadoa94.html.
597
Nicholas Watt, “Blackmail letters warn of HIV plot,” Times (London), October 6, 1992, p. 3, David Connett, “Supermarket
threatened by HIV blackmailer,” Independent (London), October 6, 1992, p. 3.
598
Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism, p. 34.
599
Taken from http://www.envirolink.org/ALF/doa/nadoa92.html.
600
G.D. Smith, “Militant Activism and the Issue of Animal Rights,” Commentary Number 21, Canadian Security Intelligence
Service, April 1992, found at http://www.csis-scrs.gc.ca/eng/comment/com21e.html.
601
Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism, p. 34.
602
Kerry Gill, “Shop blackmailer gets five years for food poison threat,” Times (London), September 29, 1989, p. 3,
“‘Bogeyman’ jailed for extortion attempts,” Guardian (London), September 29, 1989, p.5, and “Poison food blackmailer gets 5 years,
Daily Telegraph, September 29, 1989, p. 3.
115
Case 1984-01: Peter Vivian Wardrop, January 1984
On January 16, 1984, the Queensland’s State Premier, Joh Bjelke-Peterson received a letter
threatening to spread foot-and-mouth disease unless prison reforms were implemented within twelve weeks.
Specifically, the anonymous letter said that wild pigs would be infected with the disease, which would then
spread to cattle and sheep.
603
In response, the State Premier offered an A$45,000 reward and the Cattleman’s
Union in Queensland offered an A$450,000 reward for evidence leading to the arrest of the extortionist.
604
The
State Premier later increased the reward to A$75,000.
605
The perpetrator turned out to be a 37-year old
murderer serving a life sentence in Townsville’s Stuart Jail, Peter Vivian Wardrop.
606
In December 1984, Queensland’s premier said that he had received a similar letter, also threatening to
spread foot-and-mouth disease unless prison reforms were instituted within three months.
607
Case 1983-01: Montgomery Todd Meeks, October 1983
On January 30, 1985, a jury in Orange County, Florida, convicted Montgomery Todd Meeks, a 19-
year old high school senior, of attempted murder and solicitation to murder in connection with a plot to kill his
father using ricin toxin. On March 7, 1985, Orange County Circuit Court Judge Lawrence Kirkwood sentenced
him to three years in prison, 50 years probation, and 200 hours of community service during every year of
probation, for plotting to murder his father using ricin. In addition, the judge specified that Meeks was to
obtain psychiatric treatment, and ordered him to pay the costs of the trial (estimated at about $10,000). Meeks
was eligible for parole in 18 months, but if he violated the terms of parole the Judge indicated that Meeks could
face 17 to 22 years in prison.
608
Meeks was extremely intelligent. According to Judge Kirkwood, he had an IQ of 147. However, he
had failed a course in his senior year in high school, and never graduated. His father, Prentice Meeks, owned a
mobile home dealership in Orange County.
609
According to testimony at his trial, Meeks openly discussed murdering his father during the spring of
1983. After conducting research on poisons at the University of Central Florida’s library, he settled on ricin as
his agent of choice. Meeks purchased the ricin from a company in Louisville, Kentucky, known as Aardvark
Enterprises. The company apparently produced ricin for commercial uses. On October 21, 1983, one of Meek’s
classmates, Robert Peterson, flew to Louisville to pick up the ricin, paying $200 for it. Peterson, however, was
convinced by friends who knew of the plot not to give the ricin to Meeks, and, upon returning to the Orlando
International Airport, emptied the vial of ricin into a toilet at the airport and refilled it with water. The county
sheriff’s office was informed of the plot at that time.
610
On October 24, Peterson gave the vial supposedly containing the ricin to Meeks. The next day, Meeks
told Peterson that he had poured the substance into a glass of water that his father was about to drink. That
same day, the sheriff’s office informed the elder Meeks about the plot. Prentice Meeks and his wife moved out
of the house that day, telling their son that they were going on a trip. On November 2, 1985, Meeks was
arrested on a charge of solicitation to murder.
611
At his trial, Meeks admitted to pouring the contents of the vial into a glass of water and a water
pitcher being served to his father. He claimed, however, that he gave up the plot and poured out the poison
603
Tony Duboudin, “Australian livestock threatened,” Times (London), January 21, 1984, p. 5, and Reuters, January 20, 1984,
PM cycle.
604
Reuters, January 22, 1984, BC cycle.
605
Reuters North European Service, January 24, 1984.
606
Tony Duboudin, “Murderer in court over virus threat,” Times (London), February 22, 1984, p. 5.
607
Reuters, December 5, 1984, PM cycle.
608
Louis Trager, “Meeks gets 3-year term for trying to poison father,” Orlando Sentinel, March 8, 1985, p. D-1, and Associated
Press, March 7, 1985, AM cycle. According to Judge Kirkwood, the sentencing guidelines called for a 12 to 17 year term, but he gave a
lower sentence in response to the requests for a shorter sentence by Meeks’ father, the prosecutors, the jury, and the probation office
investigating officer.
609
Trager, “Meeks gets 3-year term,” Orlando Sentinel, March 8, 1985, p. D-11.
610
Elaine Bennett and Jonathan Susskind, “Police charge teen with attempting to kill father,” Orlando Sentinel, November 3,
1984, p. C1.
611
Bennett and Susskind, “Police charge teen,” Orlando Sentinel, November 3, 1984, pp. C1, C11.
116
before his father drank any of the water. The prosecution argued that Meeks intended to carry out his murder
plot. The jury clearly rejected the defense position.
612
According to the prosecutor, Buck Blankner, Meeks stood to gain substantially from the death of his
father. He stood to earn several hundred thousand dollars as a beneficiary of a life insurance policy and would
have inherited his father’s mobile home business.
613
The defense argued that Meeks’ father abused his first
wife and that the memory of his actions led to the murder plot.
614
Case 1982-01: William Chanslor, April 1982
On August 3, 1982, a jury in Houston, Texas, convicted William Chanslor, a Texas attorney, of
plotting to murder his wife, Sue Chanslor. Chanslor was accused of planning to poison her with ricin toxin. Sue
Chanslor was paralyzed from the waist down due to a stroke she suffered in 1979.
615
Chanslor was a past
president of the Houston Trial Lawyers Association and played on the University of Texas football team.
616
In 1981, Chanslor placed advertisements under the alias John G. Thomas, in paramilitary journals,
including Soldier of Fortune and Gung-Ho, for an “expert in poisons & chemical agents with access to same.”
In those magazines he saw an advertisement for the How to Kill volumes written by John Minnery, a Canadian
living in Ontario. Chanslor purchased the volumes, and then got into touch with Minnery. Between October
1981 and April 1982, the two had about six telephone conversations. Initially, Chanslor apparently evidenced
an interest in using poisons to kill animals. He asked Minnery for advice on cyanide and questioned him about
the availability of shellfish toxins. Eventually, however, he told Minnery that he intended to murder a 42-year
old partially paralyzed woman, and asked for help in obtaining poison. He apparently told Minnery that the
medical examiner in his small town would never detect use of an unusual poison.
617
Minnery, alarmed by Chanslor’s request, informed the Ontario Provincial Police of the request.
According to his testimony, he also was aware of the ads placed by Chanslor. The Ontario police recorded at
least one of the telephone calls. The two finally met on April 8, 1982 at a lounge in the Toronto airport. Joining
the two was Keith Symons, an Ontario policeman who posed as someone who could supply poisons. During
the hour-long conversation, which Symons taped, Minnery and Chanslor discussed possible poisons that could
be used. Most were rejected because they would leave identifiable traces. Eventually they settled on ricin.
618
At that time, the Canadian authorities were unaware of Chanslor’s identity. Based on wiretaps, they
apparently were aware that Chanslor was calling from Texas, but they had no other information about him. The
Canadian authorities took Chanslor’s fingerprints off a glass he drank from. This information enabled the
authorities to identify Chanslor.
619
About two weeks later, Symons flew to Houston and met with Chanslor in a hotel at the airport.
During the meeting, which was videotaped by the Houston police, Symons gave Chanslor two “Ricin” tablets
(which actually contained vitamin C), a surgical mask and gloves, and tweezers to handle the “poison”.
Chanslor paid $2,500 for the poison. Chanslor also asked Symons to obtain poison for use in another murder.
After Chanslor left the hotel, the police arrested him.
620
During the trial, Chanslor claimed that his wife was despondent and wanted to die to get out of her
misery. This assertion was supported by dramatic testimony given by his wife. Prosecutors cast some doubt on
the accuracy of her testimony. According to police witnesses, on the day of Chanslor’s arrest she denied asking
612
Bennett and Susskind, “Police charge teen,” Orlando Sentinel, November 3, 1984, pp. C1, C11, and “Teen on trial in attempt
on dad’s life,” Miami Herald, January 24, 1985, p. 2B.
613
Trager, “Meeks gets 3-year term,” Orlando Sentinel, March 8, 1985, p. D11, and Associated Press, March 7, 1985, AM
cycle.
614
Trager, “Meeks gets 3-year term,” Orlando Sentinel, March 8, 1985, p. D11, and United Press International, January 30,
1985, AM cycle.
615
This account is based largely on “Case of the Willing Victim,” Newsweek, August 16, 1982, p. 27, and “Poison Plot: A
kaleidoscope of deception,” Time, August 16, 1982, p. 43. In addition, Houston Post coverage of the trial was reviewed. Jim E. Lavine,
who prosecuted the case for the Harris County District Attorney’s office, clarified some of the details in a telephone interview on February
27, 1998.
616
Associated Press, August 3, 1982, PM cycle.
617
Minnery’s role is described in United Press International, April 23, 1982, PM cycle. For his testimony at the trial, see Mary
Flood, “Lawyer sought advice on poison method, expert testifies,” Houston Post, July 28, 1982, p. 2A.
618
The testimony of Judson and Minnery at Chanslor’s trial is recounted in United Press International, July 28, 1982, AM
cycle.
619
Mary Flood, “2
nd
poisoning allegedly planned,” Houston Post, July 29, 1982, p. 22A.
620
Flood, “2
nd
poisoning allegedly planned,” Houston Post, July 29, 1982, p. 22A.
117
for help in committing suicide, and Chanslor was captured on tape telling Minnery that his wife was not
willing to commit suicide.
621
In the end, it took the jury only three hours to reach a guilty verdict. Prosecutors asked for a 16-20
year sentence. Possibly swayed by the pleas of Sue Chanslor during the sentencing hearing to treat her husband
leniently, the jury gave Chanslor to a three-year jail sentence and a $5,000 fine. A state judge rejected a request
for a new trial.
622
The conviction was overturned on appeal, based on a conclusion by the appellate court that the trial
judge erred in his instructions to the jury. In a 9-0 decision, the Texas Court of Criminal Appeals ruled that the
trial judge should have instructed the jury to consider a lesser offense of aiding a suicide. According to the
appellate court, “The jury could have reasonably believed that that if (Chanslor) was guilty at all he was guilty
only of aiding a suicide.” At the time, the district attorney’s office indicated that it intended to retry the case.
623
Before he could be brought to trial again, Chanslor pled guilty and was given probation.
624
Case 1980-02X: Tamil “militants”: 1983-1987?
According to an account of the ethnic strife in Sri Lanka, a Tamil militant group issued a communiqué
threatening to wage biological warfare against the Sinhalese-dominated government of Sri Lanka. The text of
the message, as reported by this source is as follows.
The Ceylon Government has announced that it will get the help of the devil to fight the
terrorists—that is to subjugate the Tamil race. It is now quite apparent to the whole world that the
Government is doing exactly that by its diabolical acts against innocent Tamils. Hence it is quite fit
and proper for the Tamils to counter the Government in a similar manner, and with this object in
view, we have formed an operation squad to wage total war against the Government in all parts of
Ceylon. One strategy is to wage a biological war which we believe will cripple Ceylon in a few
years. Doctors and scientists have got over their scruples and now working on methods to
implement the following:
1. Sending qualified volunteers to bring infected material, cultures and infected water snails to
spread Bilbariasis (River Blindness) in the canals and reservoirs of the Mahaweli at several points.
It may take some time before infected people come to the hospitals, but by that time the damage
will have been achieved.
2. Similarly, bring infected material and mosquitoes to spread Yellow Fever in the South, where the
carrier mosquito is already found.
3. A Tamil in South America has already volunteered to supply infected material for rubber trees
(Leaf Curl) not presently found in Ceylon. It is hoped to wipe out the rubber plantations by
spreading the infection at widely separated points.
4. Arrangements are being made to send competent volunteers to collect infected tea to propagate
diseases not presently found in Ceylon tea plantations. Diseases not found in Ceylon tea bushes are
prevalent in Assam.
Other activities such as poisoning water supplies of the army in the North and East, continuing the
overseas propaganda to halt tourism and investment in Ceylon, will continue on an intensified
scale. We have little doubt that unborn Sinhalese generation will curse the folly and wickedness of
the government which will make Ceylon a cursed land shunned by the world. History will record
the just demands of the Tamils and diabolical actions and policy of the Ceylon Government.
Actions speak louder than words.
625
Which Tamil secessionist organizations made the threat is not specified. There were five main Tamil
groups, the most famous being the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), usually known as the Tamil
621
Mary Flood, Chanslor found guilty of plotting to poison his wife,” Houston Post, August 4, 1982, p. 1A.
622
Mary Flood, “Jury gives Chanslor 3 years in jail, fine, “ Houston Post, August 5, 1982, p. 1A, and United Press
International, January 18, 1983, AM cycle.
623
Jane Elliott, “Poison plot conviction reversed,” Houston Post, July 11, 1985, p. A1.
624
Telephone interview, Jim E. Lavine, February 27, 1998.
625
Rohan Gunaratna, War and Peace in Sri Lanka (Sri Lanka: Institute of Fundamental Studies, 1987), pp. 51-52. I am indebted
to Milton Leitenberg, Biological Weapons Arms Control, Project on Rethinking Arms Control, Center for International and Security
Studies at Maryland School of Public Affairs, University of Maryland at College Park, PRAC Paper No. 16, May 1996, pp. 53-54, for
bringing this reference to my attention.
118
Tigers. In addition, there were numerous smaller groups, most with only a transitory existence. One such
group, the Tamil Eelam Army, claimed in early 1986 that it contaminated Sri Lankan tea with potassium
cyanide in an apparently successful attempt to disrupt exports of this commodity.
626
Most of the major Tamil groups received substantial assistance from the government of India. The
available histories of the conflict suggest that officials of the Research and Analysis Wing (RAW), India’s
CIA-equivalent, provided funding, training, and weapons to the Tamil groups. In addition, the groups were
allowed to operate relatively freely in Tamil Nadu, the Indian state across the water from Sri Lanka with a
predominantly Tamil population. It is likely that the involvement of the Indian government would have had an
impact on the tactics pursued by any of the Tamil groups, even those that the Indians did not support. On at
least one occasion, the Indians allowed the LTTE to suppress a rival group because it paid insufficient attention
to New Delhi’s wishes.
627
The communiqué does not necessarily reflect a highly refined knowledge of biological agents.
Schistosomiasis, also known as bilharziasis or snail fever, is caused by one of several species of Schistosoma
worms that infect the blood and livers. The disease is spread when people are exposed to Schistosoma larvae
that have contaminated water. The larvae grow in snails, which are essential to the natural life cycle of the
disease. The disease is found in Africa, the Middle East, South America, and Southeast Asia. It has been
eradicated from Japan.
628
The authors of the communiqué may have confused bilharziasis with another disease, Onchocerciasis,
also known as river blindness, which is caused by a different species of parasitic worms, Onchocerca volvulus,
which create nodules under the skin or near bones. The female worms produce offspring, known as
microfilaria. Blindness results when the microfilariae invade the eyes. The worms are found in areas of
Mexico, Central America, and parts of South America, as well as a large part of sub-Saharan Africa. The
worms are spread by the bites of one of several species of blackflies of the genus Simulium. Control measures
concentrate on eliminating the blackflies.
629
Yellow fever is a viral disease of the genus Flavivirus spread by one of several mosquito species of
the Aedes genus. The most common species believed involved in yellow fever transmission is Aedes aegypti,
which is found in tropical regions of sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America. Yellow fever has never been
identified in Asia. Between 1986 and 1991 there was an outbreak in Nigeria that resulted in 20,000 cases,
including 4,000 deaths.
630
Case 1970-05X: Red Army Faction, 1970s
There are numerous allegations that members of the Red Army Faction received training in biological
warfare or were interested in using it. According to a story that appeared in Defense & Foreign Affairs Daily,
“Several press agencies report that West German terrorists—the remnants of the Baader-Meinhof group (Red
Army Faction)—are preparing to use bacteriological weapons. At least 13 terrorists are being trained in a camp
south of Beirut, which is run by FPLP [probably PFLP], the most radical Palestinian terror organization.” The
account claims that “Western security agencies treat this information with skepticism.”
631
Jeffrey Simon also
reports, “A few years earlier, the Baader-Meinhof gang had threatened to poison water in 20 West German
towns if three radical lawyers were not allowed to defend a comrade who was on trial.” He does not cite any
sources for this allegation, but the report was contained in the “RAND Chronology of International
Terrorism”.
632
626
“Sri Lanka Denies Report Of Tainted Tea Exports,” New York Times, January 5, 1986, p. I-5, and “U.S. Holds Up Sri
Lankan Tea After Rebels Warn of Cyanide,” New York Times, January 7, 1986, p. A4.
627
There is a substantial literature on the Sri Lankan troubles, and on the role of the Indians in supporting the Tamil groups. The
author consulted three: Dagmar Hellmann-Rajanayagam, The Tamil Tigers: Armed Struggle for Identity (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag,
1994), Edgar O’Ballance, The Cyanide War: Tamil Insurrection in Sri Lanka 1973-88 (Washington: Brassey’s (UK), 1989), and M.R.
Narayan Swamy, Tigers of Lanka, from boys to guerrillas (Delhi: Konark Publishers, 1994). The Tamil Tigers gave their soldiers cyanide
capsules to take if captured. O’Ballance (pp. vii, 126) estimates that 300 killed themselves in this way.
628
Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American
Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 417-421.
629
Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, pp. 336-339.
630
Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, pp. 519-524.
631
“Lebanon: Bacteriological Warfare Training By Terrorists?” Defense & Foreign Affairs Daily, May 18, 1979, p. 1. Bruce
Hoffman provided a copy of this article from the archives of the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
632
Jeffrey D. Simon, Terrorists and the Potential Use of Biological Weapons: A Discussion of Possibilities, RAND
Corporation, December 1989, p. 8, and Jeffrey Simon, electronic communication, August 24, 1998.
119
Another source claims that “an unconfirmed report denied by authorities” alleges that “domestic
terrorist elements, possibly hard-core RAF members, were planning to attack the Federal Research Institute for
Animal Virus Diseases in Tuebingen [Germany] in order to steal highly infectious viruses.” The story claims
that “the targeted facility was secretly photographed by unidentified persons planning the attack.” The source
of the allegations is never identified in the account.
633
Finally, there is a claim that during some unspecified period the Baader-Meinhof gang threatened to
send anthrax through the mails. The account does not specify the intended targets, nor does is clarify whether
the terrorists intended to mail some kind of dissemination device or if they only intended to send contaminated
letters.
634
Case 1979-01: Aliens of America, July 1979
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, in July 1979 “An individual claiming
membership in Aliens of America threatened to contaminate the U.S. consulate in Munich with Legionnaires
Disease bacteria.”
635
Case 1978-02: Tucson Extortionist, September 1978
Early in September 1978, the mayor of Tucson, Arizona received two letters threatening to “spread a
plague” in that city unless certain conditions were met.
636
Press accounts suggest that he intended to use fleas to
spread the disease, although those reports do not clarify whether it was clear from the letters that Yersinia
pestis, the organism that causes bubonic and pneumonic plague, was mentioned.
The extortionist reportedly wanted a payment of $500,000, demanded that the city provide free food
for poor people, and insisted that the Kino Community Hospital resumed providing free abortions for indigent
patients.
637
An unsuccessful attempt was made to pay the money. Following directions given by the
extortionist, on September 14, a police officer went to a phone booth in the North Side of Tucson. He received
the first of several telephone calls that directed him to different pay phones. The perpetrator, however, never
appeared, so no payment was made.
638
The mayor, Lewis C. Murphy, believed that the letters were the work of a “crank.” He told reporters,
“We’re paying absolutely no attention to it, as far as I know … The police may have a slightly different
reaction because they get nervous so easily.” According to Murphy and police officials, the letters were poorly
typed with numerous misspelled words. For this reason, one law enforcement official told a reporter, “It’s a
prank. I wouldn’t get too excited about it. The possibility of pulling this thing off is very, very remote.”
Nevertheless, law enforcement officials took the threat sufficiently seriously to mobilize a task force consisting
of about 25 people drawn from the Tucson Police Department, the Pima County Sheriff’s Department, the
Narcotics Task Force, and the FBI.
639
Press reports differed on whether the plague threats were linked to the threat earlier in the year to
spread typhoid.
640
The letters were typed using a different typewriter than used in the April extortion attempt.
641
633
Risk Assessment Weekly, May 19, 1989, p. 3. Bruce Hoffman provided a copy of this article from the archives of the RAND-
St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
634
Richard Charles Clark, Technological Terrorism (Old Greenwich, Connecticut: Devin-Adair, 1980), p. 137. The complete
reference is the following: “We recall also the threat made by the Baader-Meinhof gang to spread anthrax through the mails of West
Germany.”
635
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
636
The dates on which the letters were written do not appear in press accounts. According to “New extortion try threatens
Tucson with bubonic plague,” Arizona Daily Star, September 15, 1978, p. 1B, however, they were sent “in the past two weeks,” citing
police and city officials.
637
“Tucson police discount plague plot,” Arizona Republic, September 16, 1978, p. B2.
638
Mark Kimble, “Mayor calls plague threat ‘crank’,” Tucson Citizen, September 15, 1978, p. 1C.
639
Mark Kimble, “Mayor calls plague threat ‘crank’,” Tucson Citizen, September 15, 1978, p. 1C.
640
The Tucson Citizen says “Police officials and Murphy say they don’t think the letters were written by the same persons,” in
Mark Kimble, “Mayor calls plague threat ‘crank’,” Tucson Citizen, September 15, 1978, p. 1C. In contrast, the Arizona Daily Star is
equally definitive that the threats were the work of the same people. See “New extortion try threatens Tucson with bubonic plague,”
Arizona Daily Star, September 15, 1978, p. 1B.
641
“New extortion try threatens Tucson with bubonic plague,” Arizona Daily Star, September 15, 1978, p. 1B.
120
Case 1978-01: Tucson Extortionist, April 1978
In early April 1978, the mayor of Tucson, Arizona received an anonymous letter threatening to
contaminate the city’s water system with typhoid. The letters demanded a payment of $750,000.
642
Mayor
Lewis C. Murphy told reporters that the letter specifically mentioned the city’s water fountains, while an FBI
source claimed that the letter threatened the water system itself.
643
The city government immediately brought the FBI into the case. The FBI had jurisdiction because of
the use of U.S. mails to send the letter. A task force with more than 200 people was put together in response to
the threat, drawing from the Tucson Police Department, the Pima County Sheriff’s Office, the Pima County
Attorney’s Office, and the FBI.
644
The letter ordered the city to insert a classified advertisement with the following language into the
city’s two major newspapers: “Wanted to buy—any car manufactured before 1900. We pay top dollar.” The ad
was run from April 8 through April 14.
645
A second letter was then received, which ordered the city to send a
female police officer to a phone booth to await a telephone call with further instructions. On April 17, 1978,
the city attempted to comply with these directions. A police officer went to the specified telephone, and
awaited further instructions. She received a series of telephone calls, which directed her to move from one pay
telephone to another. Eventually, she arrived as instructed at a particular telephone but received no additional
messages.
Another attempt was made to comply with the demands on April 21. The police went through the
same routine, moving from one pay telephone to the next. Finally, a package of money was left at the spot
demanded by the perpetrator, although not the $750,000 demanded. The site was monitored to see if anyone
would claim the money, but nobody showed up. Approximately 100 law enforcement officials participated in
the operation. In addition, the police requested the telephone company to attempt to trace the telephone calls.
Tucson did not normally need to add chlorine to its water at that time.
646
Although city officials
doubted that the perpetrators could contaminate the city’s water system, Tucson’s Department of Water and
Sewers developed contingency plans, apparently including reserve stocks of chlorine and other chemicals.
647
The water was entirely drawn from wells. The system was spread out over 1,200 square miles, stretching from
Catalina, which was 15 miles north of Tucson, to Corona de Tucson, which was 15 miles southeast. There
were 2,400 miles of underground pipe, 300 wells, 101 pumping stations, and 83 storage facilities. The six
largest storage tanks stored 99 million gallons of water.
648
It appears that the perpetrators were never identified.
Case 1977-01: Unknown, March 1977
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, in March 1977 “A U.S. advertising firm
received a letter alleging the discovery of a lethal bacterium capable of contaminating the fresh water of
nuclear-armed nations.”
649
Case 1977-03: Unnamed extortionists, 1977
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, “Extortionists threatened to put botulism
toxin in Miami's water supply” sometime in 1977.
650
642
Accounts of this case appear in John Rawlinson and Tom Beal, “Letter demands $750,000 for water safety,” Arizona Daily
Star, April 22, 1978, p. 1A, and Mark Kimble, “Extortionist threatens city’s water supply,” Tucson Citizen, April 22, 1978, p. 2A. The two
newspapers differ on some of the details. According to the Arizona Daily Star, the letter was delivered on April 7. The Tucson Citizen
dates it to April 9.
643
John Rawlinson and Tom Beal, “Letter demands $750,000 for water safety,” Arizona Daily Star, April 22, 1978, p. 1A
644
Mark Kimble, “Extortionist threatens city’s water supply,” Tucson Citizen, April 22, 1978, p. 2A.
645
Mark Kimble, “Extortionist threatens city’s water supply,” Tucson Citizen, April 22, 1978, p. 2A.
646
John Rawlinson and Tom Beal, “Letter demands $750,000 for water safety,” Arizona Daily Star, April 22, 1978, p. 1A.
647
Mark Kimble, “Extortionist threatens city’s water supply,” Tucson Citizen, April 22, 1978, p. 2A.
648
Mark Kimble, “Extortionist threatens city’s water supply,” Tucson Citizen, April 22, 1978, p. 2A.
649
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
650
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
121
Case 1976-01: Stephen Grant Morton, June 1976
From October 13, 1975 through January 1, 1977, extortion letters were sent to approximately 250
companies around the United States demanding that substantial payments be made to a bank in Matamoros,
Mexico. The letters were attributed to “B.A. Fox” and “J. Foxworth.” However, FBI investigations determined
that the accounts identified in the letters did not exist.
651
In June 1976, letter bombs were sent to at least 18 of
the threatened companies. Several people were injured when some of the devices exploded.
652
In addition, at least four letters were mailed containing ticks.
653
One letter was sent to the Combined
Insurance Company of America, located in Colorado. It was accompanied by a letter making the following
statement: “The secret is that B.A. Fox has a fine bacteria lab, well stocked with various types of bacteria,
viruses, germs--ranging from simple staph type infections up to and including rabies.”
654
Another tick letter
was sent to Mobile Chemical Company’s plastic division.
655
One was sent to FBI Director Clarence M. Kelley.
According to the Tulsa, Oklahoma postmaster, “three or four” letters carrying ticks were sent to recipients in
that area. He indicated, however, “They were just mashed. By the time they got through the canceling
machines and equipment they were dead.”
656
Federal authorities believed that it was highly unlikely that the ticks could transmit disease. According
to an FBI statement, “Laboratory examinations of some of these ticks have been conducted to determine if they
constitute a health hazard. Preliminary results of these tests indicate that the chances of these ticks transmitting
any infectious diseases to humans are extremely remote.”
657
It was determined that the ticks were not
infected.
658
On July 14, 1977, Stephen Grant Morton was indicted in Denver, Colorado, by a federal grand jury on
extortion charges. According to the indictment, Morton mailed more than 250 threatening letters, including
four containing ticks. Morton also was charged with poisoning drugs at grocery stores in Colorado Springs and
with contaminating foods at grocery stores in Houston.
659
The case against Morton was dismissed at the request of the government.
660
Case 1975-01: Polisario, February 1975
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, sometime in February 1975 “Polisario
reportedly contacted the ETA (a Spanish Basque nationalist group) to plan the poisoning of water supplies of
Paris, Madrid, Rabat, and Nouakchott with cholera viruses. This action would be in retaliation for the policies
of France, Spain, Morocco, and Mauritania regarding Western Sahara.”
661
Case 1974-03: “Middle East firm”, 1974
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, sometime in 1974 “a Middle East firm
was reported to be engaged in the development of means of poisoning the Jordan River sources by bacteria.”
662
651
Whit Sibley, “Indictment Charges Letter-Bomb Threats,” Denver Post, July 15, 1977, p. 2, “Bombs Mailed to Firms; One
Injures Four Workers,” Washington Post, June 15, 1976, p. C9, Edward C. Burke, “Extortion Note Preceded Letter Bombs,” New York
Times, June 17, 1976, p. 24, and John M. Goshko, “Letter Bombs Tied to Extortion Ring,” Washington Post, June 16, 1976, p. A1.
After briefly describing this incident, one source also claims, “There had been earlier reports of a “germ letter” written on paper
impregnated with deadly bacteria that would infect the recipient.” It is unclear whether the source intended to link this allegation with the
sender of the tick-infested letters, or if this was a totally different case. Brian M. Jenkins and Alfred P. Rubin, “New Vulnerabilities and
the Acquisition of New Weapons by Nongovernment Groups,” p. 228, in Alona E. Evans and John F. Murphy, editors, Legal Aspects of
International Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company, 1978).
652
“Terrorism by Mail,” New York Times, June 20, 1976, p. IV-3.
653
Sibley, “Indictment Charges Letter-Bomb Threats,” p. 2.
654
Edward C. Burke, “Extortion Note Preceded Letter Bombs,” New York Times, June 17, 1976, p. 24
655
“2nd Mailing of Ticks Reported,” New York Times, June 17, 1976, p. 24.
656
“Postal Ticks Discounted by FBI As Health Peril, Kelley Gets One,” Washington Post, June 19, 1976, p. A16.
657
“Postal Ticks Discounted by FBI As Health Peril, Kelley Gets One,” Washington Post, June 19, 1976, p. A16.
658
“Terrorism by Mail,” New York Times, June 20, 1976, p. IV-3.
659
Sibley, “Indictment Charges Letter-Bomb Threats,” p. 2, “Extortion Suspect Freed on Bond,” Denver Post, July 16, 1977, p.
3, “Denver Man Accused of Mail Threats Involving Bomb and Live Ticks,” New York Times, July 16, 1977, p. 6.
660
According to information provided by the Office of the Court Clerk, U.S. District Court, Denver, Colorado, March 10, 1998.
661
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology for identifying this incident.
662
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
122
Case 1974-02: Legion of Nabbil Kadduri Usur, 1974
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, sometime in 1974 “The ‘Legion of
Nabbil Kadduri Usur’ (of which nothing else is known) distributed leaflets in Germany demanding money and
threatening to release bacteria if their demands were not met.”
663
Case 1973-01: The German “mad scientist”, November 1973
In November 1973, German press reports indicated that a “mad scientist” had threatened to use
anthrax and botulinum toxin against targets in Germany. According to press accounts, on November 8, 1973 an
unidentified biologist sent an English-language extortion letter to the office of Chancellor Willy Brandt, and
perhaps to other senior government officials. The extortionist threatened to contaminate the water supplies of
German cities, to place “biological bombs” in synagogues and in stores and hotels owned by Jews, and to mail
letters infected with pathogens to politicians. He demanded a payment of DM 22 million (about $8.5 million)
in “atonement money” for the killing of five Palestinian terrorists during the 1972 Munich Olympics. Some of
the letters were signed “The Commander in Chief of the Legion.”
664
Press reports indicate that the German government took the threats extremely seriously. Police guards
were placed around water reservoirs and regular water samples were taken. In addition, press accounts
suggested that the Germans mounted a massive manhunt to track down the perpetrators. The German public
reacted by buying large quantities of bottled water.
German press accounts also indicated that the police were hunting for an unnamed biology professor
who lived in Hamburg, who, it was claimed, was trying to flee to Denmark with his female laboratory
assistant. German and Danish border police, however, denied that they were looking for any such person.
It is not known if the alleged “mad scientist” was ever identified and arrested, or if the whole incident
was a hoax.
Case 1970-06X: Poisoner of Los Angeles water supply, no date
Neil C. Livingstone alleged in a 1982 book that the FBI and Los Angeles police arrested someone
“who was preparing to poison the city’s water supply with a biological poison.” No date or other particulars are
provided.
665
No such episode is listed in the chronology that Douglass and Livingstone prepared for their 1987
book.
666
Threatened Use (Anthrax Hoaxes)
This section includes all incidents that involved threats involving anthrax that suggest no likely
possession of the agent by the perpetrator. All these cases occurred in the United States. Anthrax hoaxes in
other countries are described in the previous category.
Case 2000-10: Anthrax threat (against Florida industrial park), November 2000
The Cape Coral Industrial Park received a letter that claimed to contain anthrax. A white powder was
found in the envelope, but tests conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicated that it
contained nothing harmful. Fourteen people were exposed to the envelope and sent to the Cape Coral Hospital
for treatment. The Cape Coral Fire and Rescue hazardous materials team responded to the report, as did the
Cape Coral Police and the FBI.
667
663
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
664
“Bonn silent on postal germs story,” Times (London), November 22, 1973, p. 1, “Scientist held in germ blackmail case,”
Times (London), November 23, 1973, p. 6, “Hunt for ‘mad scientist’ concentrates on Hamburg,” Times (London), November 24, 1973, p.
5, John M. Goshko, “‘Mad Scientist’ Threatens Germans,” Washington Post, November 25, 1973, p. A14.
665
Neil C. Livingstone, The War Against Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1982), p. 112, states “the
Los Angeles police, acting in conjunction with FBI agents, arrested a man who was preparing to poison the city’s water supply with a
biological poison.”
666
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, pp. 184-187.
667
“Lab tests show ‘anthrax’ powder in letter is hoax,” St. Petersburg Times, November 28, 2000, p. 5B.
123
Case 2000-09: Anthrax hoax (misidentified item), September 2000
Police investigating a pipe bomb in Palm Bay, Florida, discovered a plastic container labeled
“anthrax”. The 19-year-old occupant told authorities that the jar was filled with a muscle enhancer that he was
trying to keep friends from using.
668
Case 2000-06: Anthrax threat (against University of Pennsylvania Jewish group), April 2000
The director of the University of Pennsylvania Hillel Foundation received an anthrax threat letter on
April 20, 2000. The envelope contained a powder and a threat letter. The letter, which contained an anti-
Semitic diatribe, asserted that the powder was anthrax. After the director made contact with the powder, he
contacted authorities. A response was mounted by the University of Pennsylvania Police, the Philadelphia Fire
Department, the FBI, the University’s Office of Environmental Health, and members of a federal counter-
terrorism task force. The powder was not anthrax or a chemical hazard.
669
Case 2000-05:Anthrax hoax (US Post Office mailbox), March 2000
On March 30, 2000, a postal worker discovered a package in a Lincoln, Nebraska mailbox labeled
“anthrax”. The postal employee took the package back to his post office, and law enforcement and public
health officials were notified. A jar filled with a white powder was found inside the package. Preliminary tests
suggested that the material was not anthrax, but it was sent to the Nebraska State Public Health Laboratory,
located in Omaha.
670
Case 2000-04:Possible biological threat (against IRS service center), March 2000
On March 23, 2000, the Ogden IRS Service Center received an envelope that proved to contain an
unidentified blue powder. Three employees exposed to the powder appeared to break out in a rash, possibly
because of the exposure. Ultimately, 10 people were sent to a hospital for treatment. The powder was sent to a
laboratory at the Dugway Proving Grounds, which is located in Utah. The envelope reportedly also contained a
threatening letter, but no details were made public. Tests determined that the substance was not a known
pathogen or poison.
671
Case 2000-03: Anthrax threat (against Fredonia High School), March 2000
A 15-year-old student was arrested on March 6, 2000 on charges of making bomb and anthrax threats
against Fredonia High School, located in the town of the same name in the Buffalo, New York area. According
to the press account of the incident, the threats were made on March 2 and March 3, but it is unclear which
threats were made on which day. There is no information on how the threats were transmitted.
672
Case 2000-02: Anthrax threats (in Milwaukee area), January 2000
On January 14, 2000, the FBI arrested Micky A. Sauer on charges of mailing threatening
communications. Authorities believe that he sent 17 threats, including 16 involving threats of anthrax use. The
letters, which were delivered January 5-18, 2000, were received by two schools, a grocery store, two women’s
clinics, and other locations. He was sentenced to 21 months in prison on September 26, 2000.
Case 2000-01: Anthrax threats (against abortion clinics), January 2000
On January 3, 2000, abortion clinics located across the United States began receiving anthrax threat
letters. It appears that the clinics all received the same threat letter. The white envelopes were post-marked
December 30, 1999 in Cincinnati, Ohio, and had a return address that corresponded to an abortion clinic in
Indianapolis, Indiana. The letters apparently all contained the same typewritten text.
You will die in less than 24 hours from exposure to the anthrax on this letter. There is simply no
other way to get rid of you., we’re sorry.
668
Mike Strobe, “Bay area agencies train against biological terror,” The Tampa Tribune, September 17, 2000, p. 1.
669
Jonathan Margulies, “U. Penn Hillel receives death threat in hate mail,” Daily Pennsylvanian, April 25, 2000, and Jonathan
Margulies, “Students feel safer as crime decreases,” Daily Pennsylvanian, June 1, 2000, as found at http://www.dailypennsylvanian.com.
670
Tanya Eiserer, “Lincoln Officials Await Results On Package Labeled ‘Anthrax’,” Omaha World-Herald, March 30, 2000, p.
16, and “‘Anthrax’ Jar Was a Hoax, Officials Say,” Omaha World-Herald, April 1, 2000, p. 14.
671
Matthew Ott, “Letter Powder Seen As an IRS Threat,” Associated Press, March 23, 2000, 1:04 PM, and “IRS Powder
Harmless,” Salt Lake Tribune, March 25, 2000, as found at http://www.sltrib.com.
672
“Teen Arrested on Threat Charges,” Buffalo News, March 7, 2000, p. B5.
124
In addition, it appears that the letters were addressed to the “Security Director” at the clinics. According to one
source, the threatening letters were sent to abortion clinics in 21 states, including Alabama, Connecticut,
Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Michigan, North Carolina, New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, and Wisconsin, as
well as the District of Columbia.
673
It appears that several of the letters were misdirected. One letter was delivered to a Pinkerton Security
Services office in Knoxville, Kentucky. There was a Planned Parenthood office below the Pinkerton office.
674
Similarly, it appears that a Social Security Administration office in the Bronx received one of the letters. A
Planned Parenthood office was in the same building.
675
A social services agency in Richmond, Virginia, The
Daily Planet, also got one of the letters. Planned Parenthood previously ran an abortion clinic at the same
location.
676
Case 1999-59: Anthrax threat (against high school), December 1999
The Bedford North Lawrence High School was closed on Monday, December 13, 1999, after an
unidentified man called the school at 7:25 a.m. and claimed to have contaminated it with anthrax. The school
district decided to cancel classes for the day after consulting with local, state, and federal authorities. Classes
resumed the next day.
677
Case 1999-62: Anthrax threat (against high school), November 1999
On November 20, 1999, a note was found in the Fredonia High School claiming that the school was
contaminated with anthrax., Police arrested an unidentified juvenile the next day.
678
Case 1999-55: Anthrax threat (against Department of Energy site), November 1999
On November 8, 1999, an employee at the administrative offices of a one-time uranium processing
plant in Fernald, Ohio, found a note attached to a coffee cup, “Anthrax sample. Do not touch.” The people in
the building were evacuated, and other employees were not allowed in the building. The analysis was
conducted by an Environmental Protection Agency laboratory, which determined that afternoon that no anthrax
was present in the cup. The investigation was turned over to the FBI.
679
Case 1999-78: Anthrax threat (against Providian Bancorp Services), October 1999
On October 29, 1999, an employee working in the mailroom of the Providian Bancorp Services office
in Concord, New Hampshire noticed that an envelope sent through the automated mail opener released a cloud
of particles. The office processes credit card payments. Further examination revealed that it contained a small
package the size of a sugar packet containing with Spanish printing on it. The packet was sealed in a plastic
bag and put aside. Subsequently, the employee put his finger in his mouth and got a bitter taste. Worried that
the packet may have contained something harmful, he notified authorities.
The Concord Fire Department activated its hazardous materials response unit. The team
decontaminated five employees who were exposed to the envelope, and turned the envelope over to the state
laboratory for further analysis. Reportedly, the envelope was taken by the came out of an envelope when put
off a An envelope On 29 October, an employee at a bank in Concord, New Hampshire, opened an envelope
containing an unidentified white powder.
680
673
“Clinics Begin Year with Spate of Anthrax Hoaxes,” Anti-Abortion Violence Watch, January 19, 2000, Number 22, p. 2.
This source claims that the letters were post-marked December 29, but some news reports put the date at December 30.
674
Don Jacobs and Scott Barker, “Anthrax Scare: Pinkerton manager being treated after getting letter apparently meant for
Planned Parenthood,” Knoxville News-Sentinel, January 4, 2000, p. A4.
675
Philip Messing, “Anthrax Scare at SS Office,” New York Post, January 4, 2000, p. 26.
676
Mark Bowes, “Testing fins letters claiming to contain anthrax were hoaxes,” Richmond Times Dispatch, January 12, 2000, p.
B-6.
677
“Students Sent Home,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, December 13, 1999, AM cycle.
678
“Juvenile Arrested in Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, November 20, 1999, p. 5B.
679
“Building evacuated because of anthrax scare,” Associated Press, November 8, 1999, 5:54 PM EST.
680
“Authorities investigate possible anthrax scare,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, October 29, 1999, AM cycle,
“Probe continues,” New Hampshire Sunday News, October 31, 1999, p. A3, and “Anthrax scare,” The Union Leader, October 30, 1999, p.
A5. This incident was brought to my attention by Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD
125
Case 1999-53: Anthrax threat (against Kentucky Educational Television), October 1999
On October 12, 1999, a package containing an unidentified organic substance was opened in the
mailroom of the offices of Kentucky Educational Television in Lexington, Kentucky. According to an
accompanying letter, the substance was anthrax. The employees in the building were isolated in the building
from 10:30 a.m. until 2:00 p.m. The material in the package tested negative for anthrax.
681
Case 1999-52: Anthrax threat (against U.S. Post Office administrative office), September 1999
An envelope containing an anthrax threat was opened on September 13, 1999 at a U.S. Post Office
administrative office in Robinson, Pennsylvania. Nine people working in the office were decontaminated, and
then transported to Ohio Valley General Hospital. No evidence of anthrax was detected.
682
Case 1999-54: Anthrax threat against Truman Library, August 1999
The Truman Library in Independence, Missouri received an anthrax hoax letter on August 16, 1999.
The note, described by an FBI agent as “a rambling letter; it didn’t make a lot of sense,” was written in three
languages, German, Swedish, and Greek. After opening the letter, and attempting to translate it, the staff of the
library concluded that it contained an anthrax hoax. Local authorities were notified at about 3:20 p.m. The
building was quarantined, and 70 people were kept in the building until authorities concluded that it posed no
threat. The people were allowed to leave at 5:00 p.m.
683
Case 1999-60: Anthrax threat (against internet service provider), August 1999
An Internet service provider located in downtown Seattle received an envelope containing a white
powder. Tests by the Seattle Fire Department gave “inconclusive results,” according to an unnamed
government official. Subsequent tests by the Washington state Department of Health determined that the
substance was not anthrax. Based on the appearance of the material, however, authorities were convinced that
the threat was a hoax. Three people were exposed to the package, but none were treated. The FBI was
investigating the case.
684
Case 1999-57: Anthrax threat (against Proctor and Gamble), August 1999
An anthrax hoax letter was mailed from Seattle to a Cincinnati, Ohio, office of Proctor and Gamble. A
powdery substance was found in the envelope. The letter said that the company would receive more packages
if it continued to use animals for testing.
685
Case 1999-56: Anthrax threat (against Aldi’s grocery store), July 1999
On the morning of July 28, 1999, employees at a Kansas City grocery store found a duffel bag
containing a note that was thought to be an anthrax threat. Authorities were notified, and at least four
employees were decontaminated. The store was reopened that afternoon.
686
Case 1999-58: Anthrax threat (against Planned Parenthood), July 1999
The Planned Parenthood Association of Northwest/Northeast Indiana received an anthrax threat letter
on July 2, 1999. After opening it, a staff member called the Merrillville police. The Merrillville police and FBI
Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The
Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 172.
681
Patricia Lynch Kimbro, “KET building quarantined for anthrax scare in mail,” Herald-Leader (Lexington), October 13,
1999, and Patricia Lynch Kimbro, “Anthrax scar is lesson for Lexington,” Herald-Leader (Lexington), October 14, 1999, as found at the
newspaper’s Web site, http://www.kentuckyconnect.com/heraldleader/.
682
“Postal workers treated after anthrax threat,” Associated Press, September 14, 1999, AM cycle, and “Anthrax threat
investigated,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, September 16, 1999, p. B-4.
683
Trisha L. Howard, “Anthrax scare closes Truman Library,” Kansas City Star, August 17, 1999, p. B3, and Trisha L.
Howard, “False alarm on anthrax,” Kansas City Star, August 17, 1999, p. B1.
684
Rebecca Cook, “FBI Investigates mysterious white powder mailed to Seattle Internet Business,” Associated Press State and
Local Wire, August 13, 1999, PM cycle.
685
“Anthrax Hoax Postmarked in Seattle,” August 12, 1999, as found at http://dailynews.yahoo.com.
686
Kevin Hoffman, “Officials respond to anthrax threat at store,” Kansas City Star, July 29, 1999, p. B2, and “Abandoned
duffel bag at store contained letter with ‘threats of anthrax’,” Associated Press, State and Local Wire, July 28, 1999, BC cycle.
126
agents went to the scene to investigate the threat, which appeared to have been mailed locally. Hazardous
materials and fire teams were put on alert, but not activated.
687
Case 1999-42: Anthrax threats (against Nassau County, New York, courthouses), June 1999
Letters claiming that the recipients had been exposed to anthrax were delivered on June 15, 1999 to
two courthouses in Nassau County, New York: the 1
st
District Court (Hempstead) and the County Court
Building (Mineola). According to authorities, the letters contained a message, written using letters cut from
newspapers and magazines, that indicated, “Congratulations. You’ve been infected with anthrax.” The
envelopes were addressed using a computer printer.
688
The letter in the Hempstead courthouse was discovered about 1:00 p.m., and the other was found
about an hour later. The buildings were sealed off for several hours after the letters were discovered. During
that time, the air conditioning systems were turned off to ensure that the anthrax would not spread if any were
present. Officials from the local police and fire departments and the FBI reacted to the threats. Tests on the
spot indicated that no anthrax was present, and people were allowed to leave the buildings about three hours
after the letters were found.
Case 1999-45: Anthrax threat (against Planned Parenthood clinics, Cincinnati, Ohio, June 1999
Two clinics in Cincinnati, Ohio, received anthrax threats on June 2, 1999. The clinics, operated by
Planned Parenthood of Southwest Ohio and Northern Kentucky, received letters claiming to have been
contaminated with anthrax. The letters were turned over to the FBI for examination. Both letters were sent
from Columbus, Ohio.
689
Case 1999-51: Anthrax threats (against Catholic college and high school), May 1999
The alumni office at LeMoyne College, a Jesuit-run college located in Syracuse, New York, received
an anthrax threat letter on May 17, 1999. On the same day a similar letter was delivered to Bishop Sudden
High School, also in Syracuse. The FBI is investigating the case.
690
Case 1999-41: Anthrax threat (against Mentor, Ohio, high school), May 1999?
The Mentor High School, in Mentor, Ohio, reportedly received an anthrax threat letter during the last
few weeks of the school year. According to a press report, a secretary opened a letter that contained a message
claiming that it had been contaminated with anthrax. The FBI and the local police, fire, and public health
departments responded to the incident. In addition, the CDC provided advice on how to respond to the
incident. Five employees and two students were isolated for several hours.
691
Case 1999-38: Anthrax threat (against Madison, Tennessee, library), May 1999
On May 15, 1999, library employees discovered an envelope in a book returned to the night
repository at the Madison Public Library, in Madison, Tennessee, containing a note claiming that the envelope
was tainted with anthrax. The employees contacted the city fire department, which sent its hazardous materials
unit to the library. In addition, health department officials responded to the event.
On May 19, Joseph M. Calvert, Jr., confessed to police that he was responsible for the incident. Five
days later, May 24, after further investigation, the man was arrested and charged with making a threat to use a
weapon of mass destruction. The man lived with his grandmother, who claimed that he had confessed to the
crime because he could not afford a place to live and wanted to get sent to prison. According to a spokesman
for the FBI’s Nashville office, “The FBI doesn’t take confessions on their face value. There has to be
supporting evidence.”
692
687
Associated Press State and Local Wire, July 5, 1999, PM cycle.
688
Al Baker and Chau Lam, “A Scare at Two Nassau Courts,” Newsday, June 16, 1999, p. A4, and Robert Gearty, “Anthrax
threats Heeded,” Daily News (New York), June 16, 1999, p. 9.
689
“Planned parenthood gets anthrax threat,” Beacon Journal (Akron, Ohio), June 3, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.ohio.com/, and Al Andry, “FBI helps probe threats at Planned Parenthood,” Cincinnati Post, June 3, 1999, as
found at the paper’s web site, http://www.cincypost.com.
690
Sue Weibezahl, “Letter Hoax a Real Ordeal for Opener,” Post-Standard (Syracuse, New York), May 21, 1999, p. A1. I am
indebted to Leonard Cole for bringing this case to my attention.
691
Andrea Simakis, “Administration Relieved School is Out,” Plain Dealer (Cleveland), June 13, 1999, p. 1B.
692
Beth Warren, “Police Arrest Madison Man in Library Anthrax Scare,” Tennessean (Nashville), May 25, 1999, p. 2B.
127
Case 1999-37: Anthrax hoax (Brooklyn, New York), May 1999
On May 13, 1999, emergency medical technicians entered an apartment in Brooklyn, New York, and
discovered an unidentified dead man, possibly killed by a drug overdose. They also found a package of drain
cleaner marked “radioactive”, an empty oxygen tank labeled “anthrax”, and three red tubes with “TNT” written
on them. The next day, a team of police and fire officials returned to the building, and evacuated everyone in
the building where these items were discovered, as well as the three buildings that surrounded it. A fire
department hazardous materials unit recovered the items from the apartment. All were discovered to be
harmless.
693
Case 1999-40: Anthrax threat (against Sharonville, Ohio, anti-pornography group), April 1999
On April 30, 1999, a letter containing a white powder was delivered to the offices of the Citizens for
Community Values (CCV), a Sharonville, Ohio, anti-pornography organization. When the envelope was
opened, about a teaspoon of the powder spilled from the envelope. There was a letter in the envelope, but its
contents were not reported in press accounts of the incident. Two officers on the first floor of the building
where CCV had its offices were evacuated, and the Greater Cincinnati Hazardous Materials Unit
decontaminated three CCV employees. Subsequent analysis determined that the powder was baking soda.
694
Case 1999-61: Anthrax threat (against Blackfeet tribal offices), April 1999
The offices of the Blackfeet tribal council received an anthrax threat on April 19, 1999. The threat
was sent in an envelope with a greeting card and the message, “You have been exposed to anthrax, die, die,
die.” Unidentified granules also were in the envelope. The substance tested negative for anthrax, but was sent
to “a laboratory in Maryland” for further testing.
695
Case 1999-36: Anthrax hoax (Lake Worth, Florida, law office), April 1999
A letter containing an unidentified white powder was opened in the offices of a Lake Worth, Florida,
law office, on April 14, 1999. Also in the envelope was a folded, blank piece of paper. Initially, authorities
thought that it might be cocaine. When it proved negative for that drug. The Sheriff’s deputy who responded to
the event reported feeling a “tingling” sensation on his tongue, and the law firm’s employee’s began to feel
itchy. At that point, the hazardous materials team was sent to the scene, and the Sheriff’s deputy and six law
firm employees were decontaminated and sent to the JFK Medical Center for treatment. They were given
antibiotics and released.
696
Case 1999-35: Anthrax threat (against Intel Corporation), April 1999
A letter sent to an Intel Corporation office in Rio Rancho, New Mexico, contained a note claiming
that whoever opened the envelope would be infected with anthrax. There was no powder in the envelope.
Local, state, and federal officials were notified of the letter.
697
Case 1999-27: Anthrax threat (Dunkirk High School, Chautauqua County, New York), April 1999
On May 7, 1999, police arrested Jessica Lane, a 17-year-old student on a charge of third-degree false
reporting of a threat. The arrest was made in connection with an anthrax threat letter delivered to a faculty
member of Dunkirk High School in Chautauqua County, New York, on April 16, 1999. According to the letter,
it was contaminated with anthrax. The high school was locked down for 2 _ hours. Because a teacher from the
high school visited the middle school, the middle school also was affected. The letter and people who came
into contact with the letter were tested for the presence of anthrax. All the tests were negative. Authorities
suggested that others in addition to Jessica Lane might be arrested.
698
693
Sean Gardiner, “Toxic Scare Evacuation in B’klyn,” Newsday, May 15, 1999, p. A34.
694
Lew Moores and Earnest Winston, “Mysterious powder empties office,” Cincinnati Enquirer, May 1, 1999, p. B2, “Office
Evacuated,” Cincinnati Post, May 3, 1999, p. 11A, and “Powder Harmless,” Cincinnati Post, May 28, 1999, p. 19A.
695
“Lab tests show substance wasn’t anthrax,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, April 22, 1999, BC cycle.
696
Lillian Weis, “7 Taken to Hospital After Powder Scare,” Palm Beach Post, April 15, 1999, p. 6B.
697
“Virus Letter Didn’t Deliver on Threat,” Albuquerque Journal, April 15, 1999, p. 1.
698
“Dunkirk School Gets Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, April 17, 1999, p. 4B, “No Anthrax Found at Dunkirk School,”
Buffalo News, April 22, 1999, p. 4C, and “Teen Held in Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, May 8, 1999, p. 5C.
128
Case 1999-34: Anthrax hoax (against Logan, Utah, grocery store), April 1999?
Two men reportedly marked a load of milk at a grocery store in Logan, Utah, with the word “anthrax”
as a practical joke. Several gallons of milk were destroyed as a result. An Assistant U.S. Attorney for Utah
indicated that the men did not have the criminal intent to justify a prosecution, and so they were not charged.
699
Case 1999-33: Anthrax threat (against Grand Rapids, Michigan abortion clinic), April 1999
The employees at a Planned Parenthood office in downtown Grand Rapids, Michigan turned over a
suspicious package that appeared to contain a powdery substance to authorities on April 13, 1999. The package
was turned over to the FBI after it had been X-rayed by local police to ensure that it was not an explosive
device.
700
Case 1999-49: Suspected biological agent threat (against IRS Service Center), April 1999
Suspicions that two letters with dark stains on them might be contaminated with some hazardous
substance led officials to quarantine the Internal Revenue Service’s Kansas City Service Center the facility for
three hours on April 21, 1999. Employees reportedly detected a smelly, slimy substance on the letters, leading
them to implement emergency procedures. The air handling system in the building was shut down, and local
emergency response organizations were contacted. No hazardous materials were detected on the letters, but the
Kansas City hazardous materials response team decontaminated 38 employees. Approximately 2,000 IRS
employees were in the building while it was quarantined. Authorities apparently treated the incident as a
possible hazardous materials threat, including potential involvement of a biological agent such as anthrax.
701
Case 1999-48: Anthrax threat (against county courthouse, Biloxi, Mississippi), April 1999
On April 19, 1999, the Harrison County Sheriff’s Department discovered a note “threatening the
deployment of anthrax” while investigating a bomb threat against the Harrison County Courthouse in Biloxi,
Mississippi. The threat was classified as a hoax.
702
Case 1999-47: Anthrax threat (against individual in Lewisville, Texas), March 1999
On the morning of March 6, 1999, the occupant of a house in Lewisville, Texas, opened a letter
addressed to a former resident and discovered an anthrax threat. After being called about the threat, the
Lewisville Police Department notified the FBI, which activated the North Texas Joint Terrorism Task Force.
The task force concluded that the threat was a hoax. The motive for the threat was not known.
703
Case 1999-65: Anthrax threat (against high school), March 1999
On March 12, 1999, an anthrax threat was discovered written on a note found in a classroom at
Hamburg Senior High School. The school was located in Hamburg, New York, a town outside of Buffalo.
According to an FBI official, “It didn’t even rise to the level of a hoax.” The school remained open. At the end
of the day, students were sent home with a letter that told parents that the threat was assessed as “extremely
minimal.” It advised parents that the students should shower, that their clothes should be washed, and that they
should be alert for signs of illness.
704
Case 1999-32: Anthrax and Ebola hoax (at Pittsburgh International Airport), March 1999
Jason Anthony Chippich was detained at the Pittsburgh International Airport on March 26, 1999,
when he placed two vials on a U.S. Airways ticket counter labeled “anthrax” and “Ebola”. According to a
county official, “It was a practical joke.” According to authorities, the perpetrator was an intern at Children’s
Institute of Pittsburgh, where Chippich also worked. The culprit “said it was her last day of work at the
institute, and she decided to play a joke on Chippich. She put ground-up cereal in one of the vials, ground-up
699
“Anthrax Suspects Will Not Be Charged,” States News Service, April 14, 1999, 6:20 AM ET.
700
“Grand Rapids clinic wary of mail package,” Associated Press, April 15, 1999, as found at http://www.detnews.com.
701
Matt Campbell, “Suspicious mail disrupts IRS center,” Kansas City Star, April 22, 1999, p. B1. I am indebted to Leonard
Cole for bringing this case to my attention.
702
“Anthrax report treated as a hoax,” Associated Press (State and Local Wire), April 21, 1999, BC cycle. I am indebted to
Leonard Cole for bringing this case to my attention.
703
“Anthrax letter in Lewisville a hoax, FBI reports,” Dallas Morning News, March 7, 1999, p. 34A. I am indebted to Leonard
Cole for bringing this case to my attention.
704
“Anthrax Threat Said to be a Hoax,” Buffalo News, March 13, 1999, p. 5C.
129
antacids in the other, labeled them anthrax and Ebola and slipped them into his coat pocket.” County police
and FBI detained Chippich and his sister, who was accompanying him, at the airport for five hours.
705
Case 1999-31: Anthrax threat (against Southern Baptist Convention), March 1999
An anthrax threat letter was opened at the offices of the Southern Baptist Convention in Nashville,
Tennessee, on March 5, 1999. A secretary, who found a note claiming that it was contaminated with anthrax
spores, opened the letter. A Nashville fire fighter who responded to the report, and who handled the letter, and
four employees were decontaminated and given antibiotics. The FBI took the letter for further analysis.
706
Case 1999-30: Anthrax threat (against Lumberton, North Carolina, dialysis clinic), March 1999
An unidentified individual placed a telephone call to the Lumberton Dialysis Clinic in Lumberton,
North Carolina, claiming that anthrax was present in the clinic. The call, placed at 10:00 a.m. on March 4,
1999, led authorities to quarantine the 50 people then in the clinic for 3 _ hours. Local authorities responded to
the call, and the hazardous materials teams of the Lumberton Fire Department decontaminated the room with a
bleach solution. The people in the clinic were not decontaminated, but were advised by local health officials to
go home and take showers to clean off any possible contamination. The FBI took samples from the clinic for
further testing, but assessed the incident as a probable hoax.
707
Case 1999-28: Anthrax threat (against offices of Latter-Day Saints, Salt Lake City, Utah), March 1999
An anthrax threat letter was discovered on March 3, 1999 in the Church Office Building of the
Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints in Salt Lake City, Utah. The envelope was opened at about 9:57
a.m. in the mailroom, and was found to contain a letter claiming, “Congratulations, You’ve been exposed to
anthrax.” Three employees were decontaminated at the scene, and taken to University Hospital for medical
treatment. The letter was taken to the University of Utah for testing. Officials declared the letter a hoax.
708
Case 1999-26: Possible anthrax threat (Planned Parenthood clinic, Chicago, Illinois), March 1999
A suspicious package received in the mail by a Planned Parenthood clinic in Chicago, Illinois, was
found to contain a vial of liquid when bomb squad technicians X-rayed it. The incident apparently was treated
as a bomb threat, but was considered a possible biological threat after the initial examination.
709
Case 1999-29: Anthrax threats (against Blanca, Colorado, town officials), February 1999
In mid-February several anthrax threat letters were sent to the elected town officials in Blanca, a small
town of 125 families in southern Colorado. The letters were tested in a “military laboratory,” which determined
that no anthrax was present. The FBI is investigating the threats. According to press reports, this small town
has been wracked by a bitter political dispute, suggesting that the enemies of the town officials sent the
letters.
710
Case 1999-25: Anthrax threat (Honolulu, Hawaii), February 1999
The Honolulu, Hawaii, office of the state Department of Motor Vehicles was closed on February 24,
1999, due to an anthrax threat letter. An administrator at the facility opened the letter. He notified authorities
some time later, about 11:00 a.m., after hearing about the incident at the Ala Moana Center the previous day
705
Lawrence Walsh, “Airport police grab vials, detain 2,” Post-Gazette (Pittsburgh), March 27, 1999, and Lawrence Welch,
“Airport officials weren’t amused,” Post-Gazette (Pittsburgh), March 28, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s web site, http://www.post-
gazette.com.
706
Leon M. Tucker, “Southern Baptist office receives anthrax scare in letter,” Tennessean, March 6, 1999, as taken from the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.tennessean.com.
707
Jennifer Fuller, “Clinic receives anthrax threat,” Fayetteville Observer-Times (North Carolina), March 5, 1999, as found at
the paper’s web site, http://www.fayettevillenc.com.
708
“Latest Anthrax Scare Called Hoax,” Salt Lake Tribune, March 4, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s web site at
http://www.sltrib.com, and Lois M. Collins and Jennifer Dobner, “An anthrax threat at LDS offices,” Deseret News, March 3, 1999, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.desnews.com.
709
“Planned Parenthood clinic receives suspicious package,” Associated Press, March 16, 1999, 4:39AM EST.
710
Kit Miniclier, “Blanca: Town weathers stormy politics,” Denver Post, June 12, 1999, p. B4.
130
(see page 133). The office was closed from 11:45 a.m. through 1:30 p.m., until local police and fire officials,
along with the FBI, determined that there was no threat.
711
Case 1999-24: Chemical and biological threats (U.S. Capitol), February 1999
According to a Capitol Police spokesman, “Several Congressional offices had received threats
contained in them indicating that the recipient had been exposed to a biological hazard.”
712
The spokesman also
indicated, “We have received one letter which is exactly like those which have been received elsewhere in the
United States, claiming exposure of the recipient to anthrax. In addition, another individual has sent several
members of Congress letters which indicate the recipient has been exposed to a chemical or biological
agent.”
713
Case 1999-23: Anthrax threat (man in Gwinnett County, Georgia), February 1999
At 3:30 a.m. on February 10, 1999, a man in Gwinnett County, Georgia, received a phone call from
someone who said that an anthrax bomb had been placed in his mailbox. Nothing was found in the mailbox.
714
Case 1999-22: Anthrax hoax (Spring Hill, Florida, car wash), February 1999
On February 24, 1999, a milk bottle with the word “anthrax” written on it was found at a car wash in
Spring Hill, Florida. The plastic bottle was filled with a clear liquid. According to a press report, a customer
discovered the container in a trashcan. A sheriff’s deputy who responded to the call reportedly poured some of
the liquid onto the ground. The car wash was closed off, and traffic was routed around the adjoining street for a
period of time. Based on conversations with the CDC and FBI, local authorities determined that the substance
was unlikely to be anthrax. Subsequent analysis determined that the container was filled with water and
urine.
715
A similar incident occurred on March 20, 1999, when another milk jug was discovered with the word
“anthrax” written on it. The container was discovered by a Spring Hill man, who picked it up while cleaning up
debris near his apartment. He only noticed the writing after picking it up the jug. He put it in the back of his
pick-up truck, and called the offices of the Fernando Sheriff. The man was directed to drive to an open field,
where deputies packaged it. The container was turned over to the FBI for further investigation.
A third incident, apparently related, took place on March 25, 1999, in a deserted area of Spring Hill. A
milk jug marked with the word anthrax was discovered by a jogger at about 10:00 a.m. Three additional
containers were found about 200 feet away with references to Jim Morrison and the Doors written on them
with what appeared to be the same marker and handwriting. The FBI removed it around 12:40 p.m.
On July 4, 1999 an elderly man who had found one of the earlier containers found a fourth jug. It had
“anthrax:” written on it, along with additional references to the Doors. The jug was empty, but as precaution
the area where it was found was decontaminated with bleach.
Case 1999-21: Suspected anthrax threat (Atlanta Federal Courthouse), February 1999
On February 18, 1999, a suspicious package, reportedly filled with an unidentified powder, was found
at the loading dock of the U.S. Court of Appeals in Atlanta, Georgia. The address was, United FBI Lab, World
Court of Appeals.
716
711
Crystal Lau and Mary Adamski, “Second ‘anthrax’ letter arrives in Honolulu,” Honolulu Star Bulletin, February 24, 1999,
Rod Ohira, “Islanders get crash course on anthrax”, Honolulu Star Bulletin, February 24, 1999, Terence Lee, “Terrorism controls found
lacking, Honolulu Star Bulletin, March 2, 1999, as found at the paper’s Web site, http://www.starbulletin.com.
712
Amy Keller, “Livengood Warns House Offices About Anthrax Threat,” Roll Call, February 18, 1999.
713
Laura Dunphy, “Capitol Police probe anthrax threats,” The Hill, February 10, 1999, p. 1.
714
Scott Marshall, “Law and Order: No evacuation needed after anthrax threat,” Atlanta Constitution, February 13, 1999, p. 7JJ
(Gwinnett County extra).
715
Graham Brink, “Anthrax scare closes car wash,” St. Petersburg Times, February 25, 1999, p. 1, Graham Brink, “Anthrax
scare exposes lack of training,” St. Petersburg Times, February 28, 1999, p. 1, Robert King, “Hernando County has another anthrax scare,”
,” St. Petersburg Times, March 21, 1999, p. 3B, Graham Brink, “County, FBI officials investigate anthrax false alarm in Spring Hill,” St.
Petersburg Times, March 26, 1999, p. 1, and Graham Brink, “’Anthrax’ hoax grows with another bottle found in Spring Hill,” St.
Petersburg Times, July 7, 1999, p. 2.
716
“Mystery parcel to U.S. Court sent to FBI lab,” Atlanta Constitution, February 19, 1999, p. 5C.
131
Case 1999-20: Anthrax threats against abortion clinics, February 1999
In late February 1999, more than 30 anthrax threat letters were sent abortion clinics in all parts of the
United States. A few of the letters went to other targets, either because of support for abortion or due to
mistakes in the addresses. It appears that most, if not all, of the letters were postmarked in Lexington,
Kentucky.
717
Laboratory tests showed that none of the letters contained anthrax.
On February 18, it appears that anthrax letters were received in Asheville, North Carolina, Charleston,
West Virginia, Cincinnati, Ohio, Manchester, Vermont, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Portland, Oregon, Rapid City,
South Dakota, and Sioux Falls, South Dakota, and Washington, D.C.
Femcare, a woman’s clinic in Asheville, North Carolina, received a box containing an anthrax threat
on February 18. After the package was opened, and the threatening note was discovered, it was put into a
sealed plastic bag.
718
An abortion clinic in the Charleston, West Virginia, area, Kaneohe Surgicenter, received a
letter with the message, “Anthrax. Have a nice death.” The letter was sent from Lexington, Kentucky.
719
A
woman’s health clinic, Cincinnati Woman’s Services, located in Walnut Hills, discovered an anthrax threat
letter at 11:00 a.m. on February 18. Four employees in the facility were decontaminated and given antibiotics.
Preliminary tests indicated that no anthrax was present.
720
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Manchester, Vermont, received an anthrax threat letter on February
18. The letter was opened at 11:45 a.m. by an employee, and was found to contain a white powder and a
threatening note. The powder tested negative for anthrax.
721
The Summit Health Clinic, a Milwaukee, Wisconsin, abortion clinic also received an anthrax threat
letter on February 18. Fire fighters using so-called “Smart Tickets” to test for the presence of anthrax received
a positive indication for the presence of anthrax. A test on a second ticket, using a control solution, also
indicated a positive result, suggesting possible problems with the first test. It took 12 hours to confirm that no
anthrax was present, relying on tests made at a laboratory in Maryland.
722
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Portland, Oregon, received an anthrax threat letter, but did not open it.
After recognizing that the letter was similar to anthrax threat letters sent to other clinics, employees notified the
FBI of the letter.
723
Clinics in two cities in South Dakota, Rapid City and Sioux Falls, also received letters on
February 18.
724
In Washington, D.C., the Washington Surgical Center received a package on February 18 with a label
claiming that it contained anthrax. The Washington, D.C. fire department recovered the package and placed it
in container for transport. It was then taken to the Naval Medical Research Institute for examination.
725
On February 19, threat letters were received in Birmingham, Alabama, Des Moines, Iowa,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, Portland, Maine, St. Johnsbury, Vermont, and St. Paul, Minnesota. In addition, a
Nashville, Tennessee, clinic received a letter that was mistakenly identified as a threat.
726
A Birmingham, Alabama, clinic, New Woman All Woman Healthcare, turned over to the FBI an
unopened letter that was similar to those delivered elsewhere. According to an FBI spokesman, “We really
717
Angela Galloway and Adrienne Lu, “Del. Clinic receives anthrax hoax letter,” Philadelphia Inquirer, February 23, 1999, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.phillynews.com.
718
“Clinic in Asheville received anthrax threat,” Winston-Salem Journal, February 20, 1999, as found at
http://www.journalnow.com/, Valerie Honeycutt, “Threats postmarked Lexington,” Herald-Leader (Lexington, Kentucky), February 20,
1999, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.kentuckyconnect.com, and “Official: Clinic Threats from Ky.,”
Associated Press, February 20, 1999, 6:41 AM ET.
719
Malia Rulon, “Charleston abortion clinic receives letter with anthrax threat,” Associated Press, February 24, 1999. Reports
that a Charleston, South Carolina, clinic was involved appears to be a mistake.
720
Tanya Bricking and Tim Bonfield, “Anthrax threat mailed to local clinic,” Cincinnati Enquirer, February 19, 1999, as found
at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://enquirer.com.
721
Mark Hayward and Denis Paiste, “Planned Parenthood gets anthrax scare,” Union Leader (Manchester, New Hampshire),
February 19, 1999, “Anthrax hoax exposed, clinic set to reopen, Union Leader (Manchester, New Hampshire), February 22, 1999, as
found at the paper’s Web site, http://www.theunionleader.com.
722
“Abortion clinic gets anthrax threat,” Journal Sentinel (Milwaukee), February 19, 1999, and Jessica McBride, “Field test
didn’t rule out anthrax,” Journal Sentinel (Milwaukee), March 2, 1999, both from the paper’s Web site, http://www.jsonline.com.
723
“Portland clinic gets fake anthrax threat,” Oregonian, February 25, 1999, as found at the paper’s Web site,
http://www.oregonlive.com.
724
“Official: Clinic Threats From Ky,” Associated Press, February 20, 1999, 6:40 a.m. EST.
725
“Abortion Clinic Gets Threatening Package,” Washington Post, February 19, 1999, p. B2.
726
Kathy Carlson, “Letter no threat to abortion clinic,” Tennessean, February 27, 19999, as posted on the newspaper’s Web
site, http://www.tennessean.com.
132
don’t know [if the letter is one of those threatening anthrax], but we think it probably is.” The letter was
recovered by a hazardous materials team and sent to a Virginia laboratory for testing.
727
A Des Moines, Iowa,
Planned Parenthood clinic received an anthrax threat letter on February 19. The letter arrived that morning, and
caused the clinic to shut down for two hours. An estimated 10 people were evacuated from the facility,
including some patients.
728
A Minneapolis, Minnesota, Planned Parenthood clinic received an anthrax threat on February 19. The
letter was turned over to the FBI, and the Minnesota Department of Health determined that no anthrax was
present.
729
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Portland, Maine, received an anthrax threat letter. The letter was not
opened, because clinic employees were suspicious of the return address, which named a laboratory not used by
the clinic, and had a Lexington, Kentucky postmark. Aware that other abortion clinics had received anthrax
threat letters, the envelope was turned over authorities. Laboratory tests demonstrated that no anthrax was
present.
730
A Planned Parenthood clinic in St. Johnsbury, Vermont, received an anthrax threat letter, apparently
similar to the one sent to the clinic in Portland, Maine.
731
A St. Paul, Minnesota, Planned Parenthood clinic
also received an anthrax threat letter. When tested by the Minnesota Health Department, no anthrax was
identified.
732
On February 22, anthrax threat letters appeared at clinics in Atlanta, Georgia, Billings, Montana,
Charleston, West Virginia, Cranston, Rhode Island, Kansas City, Missouri, Minneapolis, Minnesota, Salt Lake
City, Newark, Delaware, Utah, and Spokane, Washington. A clinic in Albany, New York, may have received a
letter on that date, but threw it away.
733
An anthrax threat letter was delivered to a National Organization for
Women chapter in New York City.
734
Similarly, the National Abortion Rights Action League in Washington,
D.C., also reportedly received an anthrax threat.
735
At 10:30 a.m. on February 22, Compassionate Services, the administrative arm of Atlanta Northside
Family Planning Services, received a package with a return address marked “PAACO Surgical Instruments.”
This return address was associated with at least a dozen previous anthrax threat packages. Aware of the
connection, employees at the facility, located in Sandy Springs, left the envelope unopened and turned it over
to authorities. The office building was evacuated for three hours.
736
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Billings,
Montana, reportedly received an anthrax letter on February 22.
737
A Planned Parenthood center in Wood
County, near Charleston, West Virginia, received an anthrax threat on February 22.
738
The Women’s Medical
Center in Cranston, Rhode Island, received an envelope similar to those sent to abortion clinics around the
727
“Birmingham clinic among those receiving anthrax letters, “ Associated Press, February 20, 1999, 12:36 Eastern.
728
Valerie Honeycutt, “Threats postmarked Lexington,” Herald-Leader (Lexington, Kentucky), February 20, 1999, as found at
the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.kentuckyconnect.com, and “Anthrax scare forces clinic evacuation,” report issued by
KTIV-4, a television station in Sioux City, Iowa, and found at http://www.msnbc.com.
729
Wayne Wangstad, “Germ threat to Planned Parenthood ruled hoax,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, February 20, 1999, as found at
the newspaper’s Web site, http://www.pioneerplanet.com,/ and “Twin Cities Women’s Clinics Receive Threats,” WCCO, posted February
19, 1999, 5:45 p.m., as found at http://www.wcco.com.
730
“Suspect letter to Portland clinic part of hoax,” Press Herald (Portland, Maine), March 4, 1999, as found at the paper’s Web
site, http://www.portland.com, Dale Vincent, “Vermont, Maine clinics get anthrax threat letters,” Union Leader (Manchester, New
Hampshire), February 20, 1999, from the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.theunionleader.com, and “Anthrax hoaxes hit
Maine,” Bangor Daily News, March 3, 1999, from the newspaper’s Web site, http://www.bangornews.com.
731
Dale Vincent, “Vermont, Maine clinics get anthrax threat letters,” Union Leader (Manchester, New Hampshire), February
20, 1999, from the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.theunionleader.com.
732
Wayne Wangstad, “Germ threat to Planned Parenthood ruled hoax,” St. Paul Pioneer Press, February 20, 1999, as found at
the newspaper’s Web site, http://www.pioneerplanet.com,/ and “Twin Cities Women’s Clinics Receive Threats,” WCCO, posted February
19, 1999, 5:45 p.m., as found at http://www.wcco.com.
733
“Anthrax Letter Scare,” States News Service, February 24, 1999, as found at http://dailynews.yahoo.com.
734
Beth Gardiner, “Anthrax threats at women’s clinic, NOW office,” Associated Press, February 23, 1999, 10:12 PM.
735
Ruth E. Igoe and Mark Morris, “Kansas City is not alone in dealing with anthrax hoax, Kansas City Star, February 23, 1999,
as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.kcstar.com.
736
Brad Schrade, “Anthrax scare empties offices hit by ’97 bomb,” Atlanta Journal-Constitution, February 23, 1999, as found
at http://www.accessatlanta.com.
737
Bill Morlin, “FBI Investigates valley anthrax threat,” Spokesman-Review, February 23, 1999, as found at
http://www.spokane.net/, includes this city in a list of Planned Parenthood clinics targeted with anthrax threat letters on February 22.
738
Malia Rulon, “Abortion clinic receives letter with anthrax threat,” Associated Press, February 24, 1999.
133
country. It was turned over to authorities without being opened. Preliminary tests did not identify any
anthrax.
739
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Kansas City, Missouri, received an anthrax threat letter on February
22. The letter had a Kentucky postmark. Twenty-seven people were decontaminated, including seven
firefighters. Two people were treated at hospitals, one because of an adverse reaction to the bleach used in the
decontamination. The response to the incident involved about 100 people and took five hours.
740
In Newark, Delaware, a Planned Parenthood clinic was the recipient of an anthrax threat letter. The
letter was contained in a manila envelope, and had a West Virginia return address for a nonexistent surgical
supply company. As with other letters, it contained the words, “Have a nice death.” No one was quarantined,
decontaminated, or treated at the clinic, although the person who opened the letter immediately washed her
hands. The clinic was closed until the next day.
741
Another Planned Parenthood clinic in Salt Lake City, Utah, was the target of an anthrax threat. One
person was given antibiotics as a precaution, but tests indicated that anthrax was not present.
742
On February 22, a Christmas card was delivered to a dentist’s office in Spokane County, Washington.
The envelope was addressed to the “Director of Medical Operations, South 20 Pines,” which was the building
that contained a Planned Parenthood clinic. The envelope was almost certainly meant for the clinic, but it
received all its mail through a post office box. According to initial press reports, the envelope contained a
powder, but subsequently authorities said that there was no powder and no threats were made.
743
On February 23, 1999, anthrax threats were delivered to clinics in Honolulu, Hawaii, New York, New
York, and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Queen’s Medical Center, located in the Ala Moana Building in
Honolulu, Hawaii, was the target of an anthrax threat letter on February 23. Five people in the clinic were
treated at a hospital, and three floors of the building were evacuated. The letter was taken to the state’s Public
Health Laboratory, located in Pearl City, and tested negative.
744
That same day, the Eastern Women’s Center in
New York, New York, received a letter claiming to have been contaminated with anthrax.
745
Women’s Health
Services, an abortion clinic in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania also received an anthrax threat letter on February 23.
Three people were decontaminated.
746
A Planned Parenthood clinic in Boise, Idaho, received an anthrax threat letter on February 25. There
was powder in the envelope, and three people were exposed to it. No anthrax was present.
747
Case 1999-19: Anthrax threat (Yemen), February 1999
An otherwise unknown group, identifying itself as the “Army of Suicidals, Group No. 66, Bin Laden
Militant Wing,” issued a statement threatening to kill American and British citizens in Yemen unless they left
within 12 days. According to the letter, “If you stay, then you’ve chosen death …. We’ll make you pay for
every drop of Arab and Muslim blood you shed since the Crusades.” The letter apparently stated that all those
739
Richard Salit, “Anthrax threats are keeping clinics on heightened alert,” Journal (Providence, Rhode Island), February 28,
1999, as found at the paper’s Web site, http://www.projo.com.
740
Oscar Avila and Cristine Vendel, “Planned Parenthood is first KC target of anthrax threats,” Kansas City Star, February 22,
1999, as found at http://www.kcstar.com,
741
Angela Galloway and Adrienne Lu, “Del. Clinic receives anthrax hoax letter,” Philadelphia Inquirer, February 23, 1999, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.phillynews.com.
742
Jennifer Dobner, “Anthrax scare at S.L. clinic,” Deseret News, February 23, 1999, and “Brown stuff on letter to S.L. clinic
isn’t anthrax,” Deseret News, February 24, 1999, as taken from the newspaper’s Web site, http://www.desnews.com.
743
Bill Morlin, “FBI Investigates valley anthrax threat,” Spokesman-Review, February 23, 1999, and Bill Morlin, “No anthrax
found in card sent to clinic,” Spokesman-Review, February 26, 1999, as found at http://www.spokane.net/.
744
“Building evacuated after doctor’s office receives anthrax threat,” Associated Press, February 23, 1999, 10:13 PM, Crystal
Kua and Mary Adamski, “Second ‘anthrax’ letter arrives in Honolulu,” Star-Bulletin (Honolulu), February 24, 1999, and Rod Ohira,
“Islanders get a crash course on anthrax,” Star-Bulletin (Honolulu), February 24, 1999, as found at the paper’s Web site,
http://starbulletin.com.
745
Beth Gardiner, “Anthrax threats at women’s clinic, NOW office,” Associated Press, February 23, 1999, 10:12 PM.
746
Kim Burger, “Abortion clinic target of deadly anthrax threat,” Tribune-Review (Pittsburgh), February 24, 1999, and Torsten
Ove, “Scare tactics: Harmless envelope similar to those sent to clinics in 30 cities,” Tribune-Review (Pittsburgh), February 24, 1999, as
found in the paper’s Web site, http://www.triblive.com, and “A new anthrax threat letter found to be a hoax,” Associated Press, February
24, 1999.
747
“Anthrax Hoax Letter Writer Sought,” States News Service, March 1, 1999, as found at http://dailynews.yahoo.com.
134
remaining in Yemen after the deadline would be attacked with anthrax. The letter reportedly was delivered to a
Yemeni newspaper by fax from London.
748
Case 1999-18: Anthrax threat (Los Angeles Times Offices, Los Angeles), February 1999
Several square blocks of downtown Los Angeles were shut down on February 12, 1999, when the
main offices of the Los Angeles Times received a letter that claimed contain anthrax. Included in the envelope
was a small quantity of a gray powder.
749
Case 1999-17: Anthrax threat (against State Department, Washington, D.C.), February 1999
An envelope containing what were claimed to be anthrax pellets was delivered to the State
Department building in Washington, D.C. The letter was opened on the seventh floor of the building, the same
floor that contains the offices of the Secretary of State. According to the State Department spokesman, “At 11
a.m. … a letter was received in which pellets fell out of the letter an there was a note saying by opening this
letter the openers were being hit by anthrax.” The FBI, the D.C. Joint Terrorism Task Force, and the D.C.
police responded.
750
Case 1999-16: Anthrax threats (against offices in multiple cities), February 1999
Several apparently related anthrax threats were made on February 5, 1999. In all the incidents it
appears that letters were found claiming that plastic bags found in the envelopes contained anthrax. According
to one account, the letter was “rambling” and the unknown substance was in double plastic bags. One of the
letters was sent to the offices of the Washington Post in Washington, D.C. Another was delivered to the Old
Executive Office Building next to the White House. A third letter was sent to the NBC News bureau in Atlanta,
Georgia, and a fourth was found at the U.S. Post Office in Columbus, Georgia.
751
Two additional envelopes,
apparently similar, arrived the next day at the Old Executive Office Building and the U.S. Court of appeals.
752
In addition, it appears that an anthrax threat letter was received on February 8 by “an unnamed federal
agency,” according to a press report. In addition, a spokesman for the Capitol Police reported, “We have
received one letter which is exactly like those which have been received elsewhere in the United States,
claiming exposure of the recipient to anthrax.” The delivery date for the last threat was not specified.
753
Case 1999-15: Anthrax threat (against East Aurora, New York, school), February 1999
The Main Street School in East Aurora, New York, was closed on February 5, 1999, after a note was
found on the front door of the school at 5 a.m. The building was searched to determine if the threat was real. A
seventh-grade student was arrested for making the threat.
754
Case 1999-14: Anthrax threat (against Lackawanna, New York, school), February 1999
On February 2, 1999, the Lackawanna, New York, police arrested two students for making an anthrax
threat in a phone call to 911. The call was made at 3:07 p.m., and claimed that the Lackawanna High School
748
“Yemen Steps Up Security After West Threatened With Attack,” Agence France Press (Northern European Service),
English, February 20, 1999, 1201 GMT, and “Unknown group warns Americans, Britons to leave Yemen,” Associated Press, February 16,
1999, 1119 ET.
749
“Anthrax Hoax at Times Building Disrupts Traffic,” Los Angeles Times, February 13, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com, and “Los Angeles Times sealed off because of anthrax scare,” Associated Press, February
12, 1999, 6:14 PST.
750
Toni Marshall, “Anthrax hoax gets attention of State,” Washington Times, February 10, 1999, p. A11, and “Anthrax Hoax
Received at State Department,” Reuters, February 9, 1999, 3:01 ET.
751
Maria Elena Fernando, “Anthrax Hoaxes Are Sent in Mail,” Washington Post, February 5, 1999, p. B8, Jack Warner,
“Anthrax threat appears to be hoax,” Atlanta Constitution, February 5, 1999, p. 1C, Jack Warner, “NBC Workers air complaints about
showers,” Atlanta Constitution, February 6, 1999, p. 2B.
752
“Two More Anthrax Threats Arrive by Mail in D.C.,” Washington Post, February 6, 1999, p. B2. The original story claimed
that the threat was received at the D.C. Court of Appeals, but that was subsequently corrected to the U.S. Court of Appeals. “Corrections,”
Washington Post, February 10, 1999, p. A3.
753
Laura Dunphy, “Capitol Police probe anthrax threats,” The Hill, February 10, 1999, as found at the publications web site,
http://207.152.182.86.
754
“Boy petitioned to court over anthrax threat,” Buffalo News, February 17, 1999, p. 5B, “East Aurora school shut after
anthrax threat warning,” Buffalo News, February 5, 1999, p. 4B, and “Success seen in meeting new standards,” Buffalo News, February 12,
1999, p. 5B.
135
had been contaminated with anthrax. The telephone call was traced to a pay telephone and local police
identified the perpetrators as two 14-year-old students of the Lackawanna Middle School.
755
Case 1999-13: Anthrax threat (against Cattaraugus County, New York, school), February 1999
Three students at the West Valley Central School, Cattaraugus County, New York, were arrested on
February 5, 1999, on charges of making an anthrax threat at their school. The students, two 13-years old and
one 12, typed a message and placed it in the school. The County Sheriff’s Department and the FBI arrested the
three.
756
Case 1999-12: Anthrax threat (against Alden, New York, business), January 1999
At 6:00 p.m. on January 25, 1999, someone called a business in Alden, New York, and claimed that
there was anthrax in its building. Emergency crews responded to the threat, and took several hours to
determine that no anthrax was present. The call apparently came from a pay telephone.
757
Case 1999-11: Anthrax threat (against grocery store), January 1999
A Jubilee food store in East Aurora, New York, was closed on January 22, 1999, after an employee
found a letter stuck in the store’s back entrance supposedly contaminated with anthrax. The letter was opened
when the first employees arrived at around 6:00 a.m., and the store and about one-third of the surrounding
shopping center was cordoned off as authorities investigated. About ten people were kept in the building,
including store employees and at least one delivery person who was present when the envelope was opened.
758
Case 1999-10: Anthrax threat (against Niagara County, New York, high school), January 1999
On January 21, 1999, the assistant principal of the Newfane High School in Niagara County, New
York, was given a note claiming that the school was threatened by anthrax. Initially, county sheriff’s deputies
quarantined the school, but eventually closed the school and allowed the students to go home. Two students
were arrested in connection with the incident, one 13 and the other 14. Federal officials recommended that the
two be tried under state laws for falsely reporting a threat, which is a misdemeanor under New York law.
759
Case 1999-09: Anthrax threat (against West Seneca, New York, town hall), January 1999
On January 21, 1999, an operator at the West Seneca, New York, town hall, received a telephone call
during the lunch hour claiming that anthrax spores were in the building’s ventilation system. There were 43
people in the building at the time. Eventually, the threat was discounted, because the building uses a hot water
heating system. Nevertheless, the town hall was closed until 6:00 p.m. while the threat was being evaluated.
Some people working in the building were shifted to a nearby hockey rink in the middle of the afternoon, but
remained quarantined.
760
Case 1999-08: Anthrax threat (against Erie County, New York, middle school), January 1999
On January 19,1999, the Iroquois Middle School in Elma, New York, located in Erie County,
received a letter with a handwritten note that read, “Anthrax may be in the building—this is a warning not a
threat.” The note was read around 8:30 a.m., and school officials promptly notified authorities. The middle
school was quarantined. This meant that about 700 students were kept in the school, including some students
from the connected intermediate school who were holding classes in the middle school. A hazardous materials
team searched for evidence of anthrax in the ventilation system, but came up empty. Ultimately, the students
were allowed to leave at around 6:20 p.m.
761
755
“Boys’ anthrax threat prompts warning,” Buffalo News, February 3, 1999, p. 4B.
756
“3 more held in anthrax threats,” Buffalo News, February 6, 1999, p. 5C.
757
Peter Simon and Thomas J. Prohaska, “Student at Iroquois High Charged in Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, January 26,
1999, p. 5B.
758
Mike Levy and Elmer Ploetz, “Anthrax Letter Threat Closes Jubilee Foods Store,” Buffalo News, January 22, 1999, p. C4.
759
Mark Levy and Elmer Ploetz, “2 Students Arrested in Anthrax Threat at Newfane High,” Buffalo News, January 22, 1999, p.
4C.
760
Mark Levy and Elmer Ploetz, “2 Students Arrested in Anthrax Threat at Newfane High,” Buffalo News, January 22, 1999, p.
4C, and Mike Levy and Elmer Ploetz, “Anthrax Letter Threat Closes Jubilee Foods Store,” Buffalo News, January 22, 1999, p. C4.
761
Elmer Ploetz, “Anthrax Scare Forces School to Isolate Students,” Buffalo News, January 21, 1999, p. 1B.
136
The next week a 15-year old tenth grade student was arrested in connection with the incident. He told
authorities that he wanted to get out of classes. The case was handled in juvenile court given the defendant’s
age, but authorities planned to ask restitution to cover the costs of the incident and intended to seek the
maximum criminal penalty possible. The student pleaded guilty to the charge.
762
He was placed on probation
for one year, required to perform 25 hours of community service, and ordered to pay the school district $1,500
as restitution.
763
Case 1999-07: Anthrax threat (against California hospital), January 1999
On January 21, 22, and 23, an unidentified man made a series of telephone threats against the Arcadia
Methodist Hospital in Sierra Madre, California. The called claimed that anthrax would be disseminated into the
hospital’s air handling system. One call claimed, “in five minutes a bomb will go off in one of the units, and
anthrax is in the system.” On January 23, the calls were traced to a home in Sierra Madre. The next day,
Christopher J. McCoy, the 24-year-old son of the house’s owners, was arrested on charges of threatening to use
a weapon of mass destruction. According to authorities he denied having made the threats, and told FBI agents,
“I don’t have the technology. It was only words.”
764
Case 1999-06: Anthrax threat (against Riverside County, California, restaurant), January 1999
On January 19, 1999, a Pizza Hut in Palm Desert, a town in Riverside County, California, received a
telephone threat claiming that the restaurant had been contaminated with anthrax. Firefighters investigated the
threat and found no evidence of contamination.
765
Case 1999-05: Anthrax threat (against U.S. Attorney’s Office, Buffalo, New York), January 1999
On January 14, 1999, the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Buffalo, New York, located in the Federal Center
in the downtown area, received a letter claiming to have been contaminated with anthrax. According to
authorities, the letter, which was postmarked in Rochester, New York, was smeared with an unknown
substance and had a message written on it indicating, “You have just been exposed to anthrax.” There was no
indication that the letter was tied to any ideological grievance, although it may have been tied to two letters
previously sent to the U.S. Attorney’s office in Rochester.
Firefighters began responding to the threat at 12:22 p.m., and deployed around a dozen fire trucks and
other emergency response vehicles to the scene. In addition to the Buffalo fire department, the Buffalo police
department, the Erie County hazardous materials team, and medical personnel from the Erie County Medical
Center were sent to the scene. In all, about 100 people were involved in the response.
Authorities closed off the area around the building and about 200 people in the building were detained
for several hours. Only the 4 people who came into direct contact with the open letter were decontaminated.
Tests performed at the Erie County Medical Center determined that the letter was not contaminated with
anthrax.
766
Case 1999-04: Anthrax threat (against Cathedral City, California, store), January 1999
At 5:10 p.m. on January 14, 1999, an employee of Cathedral City, California, Target store notified
police that the store had received a telephone call claiming that the building was contaminated with anthrax.
The building was evacuated and searched, but authorities found no evidence of anthrax and identified no
suspicious containers. The store was reopened at 7:00 p.m. The Cathedral City police and fire departments
were investigating the incident, as was the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
767
762
Peter Simon and Thomas J. Prohaska, “Student at Iroquois High Charged in Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, January 26,
1999, p. 5B, “Teen in Kin’s Custody after Denying Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, January 27, 1999, p. 5B, and “Sentencing Set for
Student in Iroquois Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, February 12, 1999, p. 5B.
763
Matt Gryta, “Teen sentenced in school anthrax scare,” Buffalo News, June 2, 1999, p. 4B.
764
“Man Charged in Anthrax Phone Calls to Hospital,” Los Angeles Times, January 28, 1999, as found in the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com.
765
“Bogus anthrax call clears pizza store,” Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), January 20, 1999, p. B3.
766
Lou Michel, “U.S. Office is Threatened with Anthrax,” Buffalo News, January 15, 1999, p. 1C, Dan Herbeck, “Federal
Office here hit by Anthrax Threat,” Buffalo News, January 16, 1999, p. 1C, Dan Herbeck, “No Anthrax Found on Letter to Federal
Facility,” Buffalo News, January 19, 1999, p. 1B.
767
“Store evacuated after phoned-in anthrax threat,” Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), January 15, 1999, p. B3.
137
Case 1999-03: Anthrax threat (against U.S. Attorney’s Office, Rochester, New York), January 1999
On January 14, 1999, two employees at the U.S. Attorney’s Office in the Kenneth B. Keating Federal
Building in Rochester, New York, opened letters that contained messages claiming that the letters were
contaminated with anthrax. The two employees were taken to the decontamination unit of the Rochester
General Hospital and given antibiotics. The letters were postmarked in Rochester.
768
Case 1999-02: Anthrax threat (against Oregon library), January 1999
At about 3:00 p.m. on January 13, 1999 the switchboard at the Tualatin, Oregon, City Hall received a
telephone call claiming that anthrax had been released in the Tualatin Public Library. The library was in the
City Hall building, and as a result the library and city offices were evacuated and closed until January 15. The
hazardous material team of Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue took environmental samples, which failed to
indicate the presence of anthrax. The FBI was called in to investigate the threat.
769
Case 1999-44: Anthrax threat against auto dealership, Los Angeles, California, January 1999
At 7:00 a.m. on January 11, 1999, Los Angeles police received a report that anthrax had been released
at an auto dealership on Wilshire Boulevard in Los Angeles, California. Authorities blocked off the street for
90 minutes while evaluating the threat. The incident was declared a hoax.
770
Case 1999-43: Anthrax threat against Ocala Regional Medical Center, Florida, January 1999
On January 3, 1999, a telephone caller claimed that the emergency room of the Ocala Regional
Medical Center had been contaminated with anthrax. The call, which was received at 1:00 p.m., led officials to
close the emergency room for four hours and divert all emergency cases to the Munroe Regional Medical
Center. Although the FBI, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the local public health
department assessed that the threat was a hoax, the hospital implemented emergency response plans for the
emergency department. The rest of the hospital was not affected.
771
Case 1999-50: Anthrax vial (Far North Dallas, Texas), January 1999
On January 10, 1999, a man walking on a sidewalk in Far North Dallas, Texas, discovered a vial with
a sticker with writing that suggested the vial contained anthrax. According to the man who picked up the vial,
the sticker contained a message stating, “This is not a joke. Do not open this. This bottle contains anthrax.”
772
Case 1999-01: Anthrax threat (against Orange County, California, High School), January 1999
An anthrax threat was directed against Gilbert-East High School in Anaheim, California, on January
4, 1999. A telephone call was received at the school just before noon claiming that anthrax had been released
into the ventilation system. Additional calls were sent to the school. According to an Anaheim Police officer,
the person making the call “did sound young, and we’ll be looking at whether he is a student.” Police and Fire
Department hazardous materials personnel sealed off the area around the school for nearly three hours. About
20 students and 100 school employees were at the school at the time. A threat assessment determined that “the
threat lacked credibility.” Authorities searched the building, and found nothing.
773
768
“2 at federal building treated after opening ‘anthrax’ letters, Democrat and Chronicle (Rochester, New York), January 14,
1999, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.rochesternews.com.
769
“Library closes after anthrax threat,” Oregonian, January 14, 1999, as found at http://oregonlive.com, and “Anthrax “threat
at Tualatin City Hall,” Associated Press, January 15, 1999, 3:39 a.m. EST.
770
“Anthrax,” City News Service, January 11, 1999, and Donna Kelley and Charles Feldman, “Anthrax Hoaxes Causing Very
Real Problems for Authorities,” CNN Today, January 12, 1999, 1:39 p.m. Eastern Time, transcript number 99011208V13. I am grateful to
Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for calling my attention to this incident.
771
Carlos E. Medina, “Anthrax threat shuts down ORMC emergency room,” Star-Banner (Ocala, Florida), January 4, 1999, as
found at http://www.starbanner.com. “Threatens biological attack,” United Press International, January 4 ,1999, pus the incident at the
Munroe Regional Medical Center. I am grateful to Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for calling my attention to this
incident.
772
Jason Sickles, “Containing dangerous rumors,” Dallas Morning News, March 1, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.dallasnews.com.
773
H.G. Reza, “1
st
O.C. Anthrax Hoax Quarantines Anaheim School,” Los Angeles Times, January 5, 1999, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://latimes.com, and Marla Jo Fisher, “Scare highlights busing problem,” Orange County Register,
January 5, 1999, as found at the paper’s web site, http://www.ocregister.com.
138
Case 1999-39: Anthrax threat (against Victorville, California, Wal-Mart), January 1999
A telephone caller told a 911 dispatcher that anthrax was present in a Wal-Mart in Victorville,
California. The call, made at 7:25 a.m. on January 2, 1999, caused the store to be evacuated while the local
hazardous materials team evaluated the threat. The store was reopened about 9:30 a.m., after an investigation
failed to identify the presence of anthrax.
774
Case 1998-44: Anthrax threat (against Rochester, New York, U.S. Attorney’s office), December 1998
On December 31, 1998, an employee at the U.S. Attorney’s office, located in the Rochester, New
York, federal building, opened a letter that allegedly contained anthrax. According to the Chief U.S. District
Judge, the letter claimed, “You have now been infected by the anthrax virus, smile.” The woman was taken to
the Rochester General Hospital, where she went through the decontamination unit and was treated with
antibiotics. The Monroe County health department sent the letter to another hospital for testing. No anthrax
was detected.
775
Case 1998-43: Robert Peterson (anthrax threat), December 1998
At 1:30 p.m. on December 29, 1998, the 911 operators at the Newark, California, police department
received a 911 emergency telephone call from WorldPac, a local auto parts shipping company, claiming,
“There’s 400 people here in this building, and anthrax has been released.” The telephone call was taped, which
was turned over the Bay Area Counter-Terrorism Task Force, a combined operations force drawn from federal,
state, and local law enforcement agencies in the San Francisco area. Hazardous materials teams were sent to
the company’s warehouse, and no evidence of anthrax was discovered. Law enforcement officials played the
tape for company management, who identified the caller as Robert Alinea Peterson, a 43-year old employee.
Peterson reportedly was considered an erratic worker, had made threats against a fellow employee earlier in the
year, and also had stated that he wanted to kill one of his supervisors. According to a co-worker, he asked
about how to obtain anthrax the day before allegedly making the threatening telephone call. Law enforcement
officials claim that he admitted making the call, apparently so that he could go home to get heart medicine.
Peterson was arrested on December 29. On December 31, a U.S. Magistrate decided that Peterson could
remain free on a $50,000 personal recognizance bond. He was scheduled for arraignment on January 19, 1999
in Oakland, California. He was represented by a public defender.
776
Case 1998-42: Anthrax threat (against Palmdale, California, grocery stores), December 1998
The Lancaster station of the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s office received a telephone call at 2:40
p.m. on December 26, 1998 threatening to release anthrax into the ventilation system of a building in Palmdale
(also in Los Angeles County). At 4:55 p.m. a second call claimed that the intended target was the Ralphs
grocery store in Palmdale. A third call was received at 5:20 p.m. alleging that an Albertson’s grocery store was
targeted. All the telephone calls apparently were made by the same man, and originated at pay telephones.
Sheriff’s deputies responded to both threats, along with fire and other emergency personnel. Customers in the
stores were given a hazardous agent exposure pamphlet.
777
Case 1998-41: Anthrax threat (against Wal-Mart), December 1998
At 7:44 p.m. on December 28
,
1998, the California Highway Patrol received a telephone call claiming
that anthrax had been released at 4:00 p.m. in a La Quinta, California, Wal-Mart store. Approximately 200
people were in the store at the time, but authorities estimated that 2,000 people had passed through the store
since the time of the claimed release. People in the store were detained in the garden section for around 2_
hours. They were not decontaminated, but were advised of the symptoms of anthrax and were told to shower
774
“Victorville: Anthrax empties store,” Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), January 4, 1999, p. B2.
775
Jon Hand, “Secretary treated after anthrax scare,” Democrat and Chronicle (Rochester, New York), January 1, 1999, as
found at the paper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.RochesterNews.com, “Letter Claims to Contain Lethal Anthrax Bacteria,” New
York Times, January 1, 1999, as found at http://proquest.umi.com, and “Anthrax Scare a Hoax,” WHEC-TV, Rochester, New York, from
http://www.msnbc.com.
776
E. Mark Moreno, “Worker in court over anthrax call,” San Jose Mercury News, January 1, 1999, as found at the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site at http://www.mercurycenter.com, and Bill Wallace, “Hayward Man Charged in Anthrax Scare,” San Francisco
Chronicle, January 1, 1999, p. A13, as found in the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.sfgate.com.
777
Don Jergler, “Series of anthrax scares hits Valley,” Antelope Valley Press, December 29, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site at http://www.avpress.com.
139
and wash their clothes. No evidence of anthrax was discovered, and at 8:45 a.m. the next morning Riverside
Sheriff’s Department declared the incident a hoax.
778
Case 1998-40: Anthrax threat (against Palm Desert department store), December 1998
At 10:20 a.m. on December 24, 1998, a telephone caller to the Mervyn’s Department Store in Palm
Desert, California, claimed that the store had been contaminated with anthrax. The response involved the
Riverside County Sheriff’s Department, Fire Department, Hazardous Materials Team, and the county’s
Department of Environmental Health. The Corona Hazardous Materials Team and the FBI supported them. In
response, the people in the store were quarantined and decontaminated by the Riverside County Hazardous
Materials Team. Some 229 people, including shoppers and store employees, were decontaminated. At the same
time, environmental samples were taken to determine if anthrax was present in the store.
779
Case 1998-38: Anthrax threat (against Pomona, California, dance club), December 1998
At 11:50 p.m. on Saturday, December 26, 1998, an unidentified man called the Pomona Police
Department and claimed that a “significant quantity” was about to be disseminated into a dance club.
Authorities closed off the club, and kept 800 employees and patrons in the building for four hours while the
Los Angeles County Fire Department’s hazardous materials team and personnel from the FBI’s Domestic
Terrorism Task Force checked for indications of anthrax. Tests were completed by the following Monday, and
revealed no signs of anthrax.
780
Case 1998-37: Anthrax threat (against office building), December 1998
At 10:15 a.m. on December 23, 1998, a telephone caller threatened to release a “biological agent” in a
Time Warner Cable Company building in Chatsworth, California. About 200 people were evacuated from the
building and detained until 4:15 p.m. when they were permitted to go.
781
Case 1998-36: Anthrax threat (against Van Nuys courthouses), December 1998
Just after 11:00 a.m. on December 21, 1998, an unidentified caller told a 911 operator, “I have
something to tell you—anthrax has been released in the Van Nuys courthouse.” Authorities sealed off two
courthouses, the old and new Superior Court buildings, and evacuated some 1,500 to 2,000 people from the
buildings. The Presiding Superior Court Judge ordered a court emergency, and closed down the operations of
the court until December 23. Los Angeles County Health Department officials detained the evacuated
individuals outside the courthouses. FBI agents and other Health Department officials searched the buildings to
take biological samples. The samples were taken to the county’s public health laboratory, which failed to
identify the presence of anthrax. By 4:00 p.m., authorities concluded that the threat was a hoax, and the people
evacuated from the building were released. Nevertheless, they were advised to take simple precautions,
including watching for signs of flu, which might be early symptoms of inhalation anthrax, and to take showers
to remove any possible contamination.
782
778
Marlowe Churchill, “Taking anthrax threats in stride,” Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), December 28, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.press-enterprise.com, and “Another anthrax threat,” Press-Enterprise,
December 30, 1998, and “Region’s eighth anthrax threat this month also turns out to be a hoax,” Associated Press, December 29, 1998,
00:00 PST.
779
Jacquie Paul, “Anthrax scare declared hoax,” Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), December 28, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.press-enterprise.com, and Jacquie Paul, “Anthrax threat forces Wal-Mart evacuation,”
Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California), December 29, 1998, p. B3.
780
“Anthrax Scare Disrupts Club,” Washington Post, December 28, 1998, p. A12, as found at http://www.washingtonpost.com,
and “Nightclub Anthrax Threat Proves to Be Another Hoax,” Los Angeles Times, as found at http://www.latimes.com, and “Another
Anthrax Scare in California,” Associated Press, December 28, 1998, 0932EST.
781
Andrew Blankstein and Solomon Moore, “Anthrax Threat Forces Evacuation,” Los Angeles Times, December 24, 1998, and
“Nightclub Anthrax Threat Proves to be Another Hoax,” Los Angeles Times, December 29, 1998, as found in the newspaper’s World Wide
Web site, http://www.latimes.com. The two sources disagree on the number of people evacuated. The figure used came from the more
recent article.
782
Andrew Blankstein, “Anthrax Scare Forces Evacuation of Courts,” Los Angeles Times, December 22, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com, and “Anthrax Scare forces Quarantined,” Associated Press, December 21,
1998, 8:25 a.m. EST.
140
Case 1998-35: Anthrax threat (against federal courthouse), December 1998
Around 1:30 p.m., on December 18, 1998, a clerk of the court at the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in
Woodland Hills, California, received a telephone call claiming that the building had been contaminated with
anthrax. The U.S. Marshal’s Office contacted the Los Angeles Fire Department at 2:10 p.m., initiated a
substantial response involving more than 100 people from the fire and police departments. Burbank Boulevard
was shut down, causing serious traffic problems. Tests determined that no anthrax was present.
783
Case 1998-33: Anthrax threat (against former wife), December 1998
Around 10:30 a.m., December 18, 1998, an employee at the Westwood Village, California, offices of
the Executive Parking Company opened an envelope containing a letter with a message claiming that the paper
had been contaminated with anthrax. According to one press report, a woman received a letter from her ex-
husband with the message, “You have been exposed to anthrax.”
784
A response effort consisting of FBI, Los Angeles County, and Los Angeles City officials responded to
the incident, including both fire and public health officials. Portions of the building were evacuated, its
ventilation system was turned off, and the employees in the office suite where the letter was delivered were
decontaminated and quarantined. They were initially decontaminated in the basement by a hazardous materials
team drawn from the county health department. When tests made on the site failed to show the presence of
anthrax, around 1:00 p.m., the employees were taken to the UCLA Medical Center. At the medical complex,
they were decontaminated again and given medical treatment. They were quarantined there for a period.
According to a spokesman for the Los Angeles Police Department, the response involved about 150
people and cost $500,000.
785
Case 1998-32: Anthrax threat (against Perris School District), December 1998
On December 14, 1998, the director of special education of the Perris School District, located in
southern California, opened a letter that contained the message, “You’ve been exposed to anthrax.” Inside the
envelope was a piece of gauze cloth with brown flakes on it. Initially, those present at the site were
quarantined, and several hours later they were decontaminated. It appears that 21 people were decontaminated
as a result of the threat, including 18 school district employees, two firefighters, and a mail carrier. Five
employees were sent to the Riverside County Regional Medical Center for treatment. Sheriff’s deputies from
Riverside County, the county’s hazardous materials team, FBI agents, and postal inspectors conducted the
initial response.
786
Case 1998-29: Anthrax threat (Texas post office), December 1998
At 12:45 a.m. on December 4, 1998, a postal worker at the Coppell, Texas, U.S. Postal Service bulk
mail center discovered a 4-inch long vial with the phrase, “You have just been contaminated by anthrax,”
written on it. Although there were 450-500 employees at the facility, only six were in the area where the vial
was discovered. The vial was discovered inside an all-purpose container located in an area closed to the public.
The vial did not appear to have been prepared for mailing, but it could have originated in a mailbox. The
facility contacted 911, and members of the FBI’s regional terrorism task force responded. The vial was
removed and the arms and hands of the six employees were washed with bleach and water. Authorities doubted
783
Sue Fox and Scott Glover, “Anthrax Scare Forces Building to Be Evacuated,” Los Angeles Times, December 19, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com., and “91 People Held After Anthrax Scare,” Associated Press,
December 19, 1998, 7:37 p.m. EST.
784
Josh Meyer and Matea Gold, “Anthrax Hoax Alarms Workers in Westwood,” Los Angeles Times, December 18, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com. See also, “Another anthrax hoax frightens office,” Sacramento
Bee, December 18, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.sacbee.com, and a December 17, 1998, news
report, “Westwood Anthrax Scare Phone, Says FBI,” Channel 2, the CBS affiliate in Los Angeles, California, at
http://www.channel2000.com/.
785
Sue Fox and Scott Glover, “Anthrax Scare Forces Building to Be Evacuated,” Los Angeles Times, December 19, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com..
786
Steve Fetbrandt, “Anthrax threat holds 21 in Perris,” Press-Express (Riverside, California), December 15, 1998, as found at
the newspaper’s World Wide Web site at http://www.inlandempireonline.com. See also “Anthrax Threat Received; 20 People
Quarantined,” Los Angeles Times, December 15, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com. See
also the December 14, 1998, news report, “21 Decontaminated After Anthrax Scare,” the Channel 2, the CBS affiliate in Los Angeles,
California, at http://www.channel2000.com/.
141
that the vial contained anthrax even before testing it, but the vial was sent to an FBI laboratory in Washington,
D.C., for testing.
787
Case 1998-28: Anthrax threat (against anti-abortion activist), November 1998
On November 23, 1998, Jeff White, the director of Operation Rescue California, an anti-abortion
group, received a letter with the message “You have been exposed to anthrax.” White, who operates from his
home in Twin Peaks, California, phoned 911 after reading the message. He apparently also called the FBI.
Subsequently, White told reporters, “I wasn’t too concerned about it. (Investigators) didn’t walk in the masks.
The FBI said they were 100 percent confident” that there was no anthrax in the letter. There was no powder in
the envelope. The FBI took custody of the letter as part of their investigation.
788
Case 1998-27: Anthrax Threat (at Pembroke Pines, Florida, post office), November 1998
On November 21, 1998, a mail sorter working in a Pembroke Pines, Florida, discovered an envelope
with a threatening phrase, “Congratulations, you have been exposed to anthrax,” written on it. The Pembroke
Pines Police Department, the Broward County Sheriff’s Office, the Broward County Hazardous Materials
Response Team, and the FBI responded. Authorities evacuated the building, and three postal workers were
taken to a hospital. The threat proved to be a hoax.
789
Case 1998-26: Anthrax Threat (against Virginia Beach school), November 1998
On November 13, 1998, the Tallwood High School in Virginia Beach, Virginia, received a telephone
threat claiming, “There will be an anthrax bomb on Monday at Tallwood High School.” The message indicated
that, “People will die. That is all.” It concluded with obscenities. The caller left the message on an automated
answering system sometime between 3:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m., but no one listened to it until 7:30 p.m. School
administrators contacted police, who arrived at the school at about 8:00 p.m. Soon thereafter the local fire
department arrived. Over one hundred people watching a play were evacuated from the school. A search of the
building was started, which was expected to continue until the next morning.
790
Case 1998-25: Anthrax Threat (against Virginia antiabortion activist), November 1998
On November 13, 1998, an antiabortion activist in Chesapeake, Virginia, was the recipient of an
anthrax threat letter. According to a press account of the incident, the man picked up the envelope from his
post office box, and opened it outside the post office. After reading the note inside, he contacted the local fire
department, which also informed the FBI and the Virginia Department of Emergency Services. The FBI
refused to indicate whether any substance was contained in the envelope, but did state that there was no
exposure to a dangerous substance.
791
Case 1998-24: Anthrax Threat (against Miami Beach magazine), November 1998
On November 18, 1998, a receptionist at a Miami Beach magazine, Ocean Drive, opened a letter
containing an anthrax threat and a white powder. According to the magazine’s publisher, “It says ‘if you’ve
opened this, you’ve been exposed to anthrax’ and then a four letter word I am not going to repeat.”
792
The letter was delivered to the office at 10:30 a.m., but was not opened until 1:30 p.m. A white,
granular substance, apparently similar to salt, poured out of the envelope onto the lap of the receptionist.
787
Domingo Ramirez, Jr., “Anthrax threat hits postal hub,” Star-Telegram (Fort Worth, Texas), December 4, 1998, as found at
the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.star-telegram.com, and Jason Sickles, Dalles Morning News, December 5, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.dallasnews.com.
788
Ryan Slattery, “Anthrax threat hits anti-abortion activist,” Press-Express (Riverside, California), November 24, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.inlandempireonline.com. This incident was also mentioned in the California
headlines produced by the States News Service, as found on November 24, 1998 at http://dailynews.yahoo.com.
789
“Anthrax scare disrupts postal facility in Pines,” Miami Herald, November 22, 1998., as found in the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.herald.com, and “Another anthrax scare in South Florida,” undated report, as found at http://www.msnbc.com/,
on November 22, 1998.
790
Steve Stone, “100 evacuated from Tallwood High after anthrax threat,” Virginian-Pilot (Norfolk, Virginia), November 14,
1998, p. B3.
791
“Anthrax exposure threat sent to Chesapeake post office box,” Virginian-Pilot (Norfolk, Virginia), November 13, 1998, p.
B9, and Steve Stone, “100 evacuated from Tallwood High after anthrax threat,” Virginian-Pilot (Norfolk, Virginia), November 14, 1998,
p. B3..
792
Jim Loney, Miami Beach anthrax scare was a hoax,” Reuters, November 18, 1998, 11:53 Eastern Time.
142
Accompanying it was a handwritten note with the anthrax threat. The receptionist called the emergency 911
number, but the operator told them to contact the Dade County’s hazardous waste department. Because they
were unable to find a number for that office, someone else called the Center for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC) in Atlanta, Georgia. CDC referred the matter to the FBI, and within a few minutes an FBI
agent was on the scene. Soon after, local police and fire personnel arrived. Nineteen people who worked in the
office, along with 7 response personnel, were taken to the Mount Sinai Medical Center for decontamination.
After consultations with Army and FBI officials, the hospital treated the victims with ciprofloxacin, an
antibiotic that the military recommends for treatment of anthrax. Officials from the Miami-Dade County
Health Department recorded the identity of the individuals treated so that they could be contacted and given
follow-on treatment if it was determined that they had been exposed to anthrax.
By 9:00 p.m., the FBI was
confident that the substance was not anthrax.
793
According to the FBI, this was the 19
th
anthrax hoax in the past six months.
794
Case 1998-23: Anthrax threat (against Alexandria Middle School), November 1998
According to press reports, two 14-year-old students at the Alexandria Middle School, located in
Alexandria, Indiana, a small town outside Indianapolis, attempted to perpetrate an anthrax hoax. They
reportedly put cinnamon in an envelope and enclosed a note claiming that the recipient had been exposed to
anthrax. The two boys apparently wanted to shut down the school. According to the Assistant Superintendent,
“They wanted to see the firemen in the special suits and the helicopters overhead.” The words “anthrax” and
“exposed” were misspelled in the note, reducing its credibility. Based on advice from FBI, school
administrators and local police decided not to shut down the school. According to school officials, one of the
perpetrators might be expelled for one year and the other suspended for at least five days.
795
Case 1998-22: Anthrax Threat (against Shelbyville Middle School), November 1998
On November 13, 1998, three students allegedly placed an envelope supposedly containing anthrax on
the desk of a teacher at the Shelbyville Middle School in Shelbyville, Indiana. The students apparently emptied
a medicine capsule into the envelope, and included a message that said the material was anthrax. A teacher
discovered the envelope at 8:50 a.m. Students in the classroom were quarantined, along with a fireman who
examined the envelope, while most of the others were sent to the school gymnasium while the incident was
being investigated. According to the local emergency management director, authorities believed the threat was
a hoax, because the purported anthrax did not have the expected consistency. The three students allegedly
responsible for the incident were arrested. One of them reportedly admitted to participation in what was
intended as a joke.
796
Case 1998-21: Anthrax Threat (against Bloomington, Indiana, courthouse), November 1998
On November 12, 1998, the court clerk’s office at the Justice Building in Bloomington, Indiana,
received a threatening letter that purportedly contained anthrax. The building was evacuated for over an hour.
The material was taken to the Bloomington Hospital, which determined that it was not anthrax.
797
Case 1998-20: Anthrax Threat (against bank branch, Indianapolis), November 1998
Around 4:30 p.m. on November 10, 1998 a piece of paper referring to anthrax was discovered at a
branch of Bank One in Indianapolis. No suspicious substances were seen. The building was evacuated, and
then searched by the Indianapolis Fire Department. Around 6:00 p.m. the Fire Department declared the
building safe.
798
793
Luisa Yanez, Dana Calvo, and Deborah Ramirez, “Anthrax hoax at magazine sends 26 to hospital, snarls South Beach,”
Sun-Sentinel (Ft. Lauderdale), December 18, 1998, as posed on the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.sun-sentinal.com/.
794
Yanez, Calvo, and Ramirez, “Anthrax hoax at magazine,” Sun-Sentinel (Ft. Lauderdale), December 18, 1998.
795
Diane Frederick, “Boy could be suspended r a year for anthrax hoax,” Indianapolis Star/News, November 17, 1998, as found
at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
796
Michael Stone, “3 students suspected in threat at school,” Shelbyville News (Indiana), November 13, 1998, and John Clark,
“Middle schoolers angry over threat,” Shelbyville News (Indiana), November 14, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site,
http://www.shelbtnews.com.
797
Jodi Burck, “Juvenile charged in hoax at school,” Herald-Times (Bloomington, Indiana), as found at the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.hoosiertimes.com.
798
John Masson and John R. O’Neill, “FBI pleads for an end to anthrax hoaxes,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 11, 1998,
as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
143
Case 1998-19: Anthrax Threat (against Warren Central High School), November 1998
At 9:00 a.m. on November 11, 1998, a letter was delivered to the Warren Central High School in
Warren Township, Indiana, which according to the school superintendent, “appears to be an anthrax threat.”
The hazardous materials team from the Warren Township Fire Department removed the envelope and sealed it.
The school was not evacuated.
799
Case 1998-18: Anthrax Threat (against Bloomington High School), November 1998
Around noon on November 10, 1998 a teacher at Bloomington High School South in Bloomington,
Indiana, discovered a letter on the floor outside the main office. It was addressed to the school principle. The
words “Open ASAP” also were written on the envelope. Inside the envelope were white crystals, purportedly
anthrax. The threat was written on notebook paper. The letter was tested by Bloomington Hospital, which
determined that anthrax was not present.
800
On November 12, a 16-year old student was arrested in connection
with the incident. He was charged with intimidation and false reporting.
801
Case 1998-17: Anthrax Threat (against Seymour, Indiana, Wal-Mart), November 1998
An anthrax threat letter was delivered on November 10, 1998, to a Salin Bank branch located in a
Wal-Mart store near Seymour, Indiana. According to a press report, dozens of people were evacuated from the
store. The Seymour Fire Department responded to the threat.
802
Case 1998-16: Anthrax Threats, November 1998
On November 10 and 11, 1998, a number of churches and anti-abortion organizations or individuals
received letters postmarked in Fort Worth, Texas, on 5 or 6 November claiming to contain anthrax.
803
One of the letters was sent to the office of Saint Matthew’s parish in Washington Township, Indiana.
According to the Catholic Archdiocese of Indianapolis, the letter stated, “You have been exposed to anthrax.”
Six people working in the offices were quarantined, decontaminated by firefighters and transported to Wishard
Memorial Hospital in Indianapolis. At the hospital, they were decontaminated again and then treated with
antibiotics. Authorities also ordered the evacuation of 481 students and teachers from the adjacent Saint
Matthew’s Catholic School. No powder was detected in the envelope, leading authorities to doubt that the
threat was credible. Nevertheless, FBI officials, who took custody of the letter, indicated that it would be sent
to a laboratory to determine if anthrax was present.
804
A second letter was sent to Pro-Life Action League, an anti-abortion group located in Chicago,
Illinois. Although there were seven people in the office when the letter arrived, none were decontaminated or
treated. The envelope had a Texas postmark, as did the one sent to Indiana.
805
On November 11, 1998, a similar letter was delivered to the Redeemer Lutheran Church in Rochester,
New York. The pastor opened the letter at 11 a.m., but only notified police at 6:45 p.m. Two other people
handled the letter in the intervening period. The police notified the Rochester Fire Department’s hazardous
materials team, which went to the church and picked up the letter. The three people who came into contact with
the letter were taken to the Rochester General Hospital, where they were decontaminated, quarantined in an
799
John Masson and John R. O’Neill, “FBI pleads for an end to anthrax hoaxes,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 11, 1998,
as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
800
John Masson and John R. O’Neill, “FBI pleads for an end to anthrax hoaxes,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 11, 1998,
as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
801
“Authorities arrest teen-ager in phony anthrax threat,” Associated Press, November 12, 1998, and Jodi Burck, “Juvenile
charged in hoax at school,” Herald-Times (Bloomington, Indiana), as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site,
http://www.hoosiertimes.com.
802
John Masson and John R. O’Neill, “FBI pleads for an end to anthrax hoaxes,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 11, 1998,
as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
803
“Letters from FW test negative for anthrax,” Dallas Morning News, November 15, 1998, p. 42A, and Jason Sickles, “Threats
were sent from FW,” Dallas Morning News, November 11, 1998, p. 40A. I am indebted to Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International
Studies, for bringing these references to my attention.
804
Thomas P. Wyman, “For 2nd time in 11 days, letter claims to contain anthrax,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 10,
1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com. and John Kelly, “Anthrax Threat Clears Ind. School,”
Associated Press, November 9, 1998, 8:36 p.m.
805
John Kelly, “Anthrax Threat Clears Ind. School,” Associated Press, November 9, 1998, 8:36 p.m.
144
isolation ward, and treated with antibiotics. The church was sealed off pending the completion of tests to
determine if anthrax was present.
806
Another letter, also mailed from Texas, was sent to a Carrollton, Georgia anti-abortion activist Neal
Horsley. Horsley had gained notoriety for maintaining a World Wide Web site that identifies physicians who
provide abortion. Some pro-abortion activists believe it served as a hit list for militant anti-abortion activists,
and the FBI was investigating Horsley’s activities. According to Horsley, the letter included the words, “You
have been exposed to anthrax,” and identified the strain of anthrax allegedly contained in the envelope.
Horsley immediately resealed the envelope and took it to the Carrollton Police Department. The police triple-
wrapped the envelope without looking at and contacted the FBI. Horsley was taken to the Tanner Medical
Center, where the West Georgia Regional Hazardous Materials Team decontaminated him.
807
An anthrax threat letter arrived on November 10, 1998 at the offices of the Kansas Area United
Methodist Foundation in Wichita, Kansas.
808
Another letter arrived that same day at the Ridgeview Baptist
Church in Knoxville, Tennessee. Two people were given antibiotic treatment as a precaution.
809
An
unidentified organization in Boston also was the recipient of one of the letters on 10 November.
810
Case 1998-14: Anthrax Threats (Against Abortion Clinics), October 1998
On October 30 and 31, 1998, eight abortion clinics in Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, and Tennessee
received threatening letters claiming that a powdery substance found in the envelopes was anthrax. Three of
the clinics were in Louisville, Kentucky. Three Indiana clinics were targeted: in Indianapolis, New Albany, and
Scottsburg. The other clinics were in Knoxville, Tennessee, and Wichita, Kansas. All the letters were sent from
Cincinnati, Ohio, and contained no return address.
811
Around 1:00 p.m. on October 30, an employee of a Planned Parenthood clinic in Indianapolis,
Indiana, opened an envelope that reportedly contained a letter and a brown powder. According to press reports,
the short letter claimed, “You have just been exposed to anthrax.” Upon reading the letter, the clinic employee
resealed the envelope, while another placed it into a biohazard bag. They then placed an emergency call to 911,
initiating a massive response process. Two police officers responded to the call. They were followed by
Indianapolis police officers, who cordoned off the area around the clinic, and fire department personnel,
including paramedics with ambulances and approximately a dozen members of the fire department’s hazardous
materials response team. The clinic and the people in it, which included staff and patient, were quarantined. In
addition, stores in the shopping center where the clinic is located were closed by authorities. A sample of the
substance in the envelope was taken to an Indiana Public Health Department laboratory for testing, but up to 72
hours were needed to culture the sample to determine if it contained anthrax.
812
Reportedly, authorities believed that 31 people might have been exposed, including two policemen,
two firefighters, the mail carrier, approximately 11 clinic employees, and clinic patients. The hazardous
materials response team set up a decontamination tent in the parking lot of the shopping center. People were
told to undress and place their belongings in plastic bags, were then given a ten minute shower in the
decontamination tent, and were then dressed in surgical scrubs. They were then transferred to one of three area
hospitals for treatment. Another decontamination line was set up in the ambulance bay at Wishard Memorial
Hospital, where 13 people were taken for treatment. The patients were given another shower and were dressed
in hospital gowns and booties, sheets, and blankets. They were then transported by security vehicles to another
part of the hospital, where they were treated with antibiotics. They were not moved through the hospital to
minimize chances of secondary contamination.
813
806
Alan Morrell and Jilaine Burley, “‘Anthrax’ letter sent to church in the city,” Democrat and Chronicle (Rochester, New
York), November 11, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.rochesternews.com.
807
Diane Lore, “Abortion foe reports anthrax threat,” Atlanta Journal-Constitution, November 11, 1998, ass found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.accessatlanta.com.
808
“FBI probes another threat of anthrax contamination,” Wichita Eagle, November 11, 1998.
809
“Anthrax may have tainted letter,” Chattanooga Times, November 12, 1998, p. B4. I am indebted to Jason Pate, Monterey
Institute for International Studies, for bringing this incident to my attention.
810
Jason Sickles, “Threats were sent from FW,” Dallas Morning News, November 11, 1998, p. 40A. I am indebted to Jason
Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for bringing this reference to my attention.
811
Rick Callahan, “Feds Seek Bomb Threat Letter-Sender,” Associated Press, November 2, 1998, 4:01 a.m. EST.
812
Stephen Beaven, “Anthrax threat probed,” Indianapolis Star-News, October 31, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.starnews.com.
813
Beaven, “Anthrax threat probed,” Indianapolis Star-News, October 31, 1998, and Jenny Labalme and John Masson, “FBI
says anthrax threat was hoax,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 1, 1998.
145
Two clinics in Louisville, Kentucky, received envelopes on October 30. A third clinic received a letter
the next day. After reading the letter on October 30, an employee at the Women’s Health Service Clinic sealed
the letter into a container. The worker, and the postal employee who delivered the envelope, were taken to the
University of Louisville Hospital, and one of them—probably the clinic worker— received antibiotic
treatments. Tests on the material in the envelope were conducted at the University of Louisville Hospital
indicated that the material was not anthrax. Reportedly, the samples were sent to the U.S. Army Medical
Research Institute for Infectious Disease, Fort Detrick, Maryland, for additional analysis.
814
The third envelope
was delivered to the EMW Women’ Surgical Center. The letter was placed on the desk of the clinic’s executive
director, who notified the FBI and postal inspectors when she noted that it fit the profile of the threatening
letters highlighted in press reports the previous day. FBI agents packaged the envelope in a bag designed to
handle hazardous materials and removed it.
815
The Knoxville Center for Reproductive Health received one of the envelopes in the mail around noon
on October 30. The clinic apparently contacted the E-911 center after opening and reading the letter. What
happened next is unclear, but press reports suggest that Knoxville’s police chief was dissatisfied with the
handling of the case, and ordered an investigation into the procedures followed in responding to the threat.
Initial reports do not indicate whether the clinic reported the anthrax threat in its initial report, or if the E-911
employees passed on the nature of the threat, or if the police officer sent to investigate the threat was aware of
the alleged anthrax contamination. It appears that the responding officer did not appreciate the nature of the
threat, because no steps were taken at the time to notify federal authorities. The letter was confiscated by the
police, and was sealed at the clinic by a crime scene technician. It was not until 7:15 p.m., however, that the
clinic was sealed off, when Knoxville Fire Department’s Hazardous Materials Team was asked by the FBI to
“put up crime scene tape.” Knoxville police assisted the fire personnel in posting warning notices. It is unclear
what steps were taken to provide medical treatment to people who may have been exposed to the suspected
anthrax. The FBI sent the envelope to its Hazardous Materials Response Unit laboratory in Quantico, Virginia,
for analysis. The unit did not expect to have results until sometime on the afternoon of November 2.
816
Postal workers found a similar letter addressed to a Planned Parenthood clinic in New Albany,
Indiana, and confiscated it before it could be delivered. The material in the envelope was analyzed on the
evening of October 31 by the University of Louisville Hospital, which determined that it was not anthrax. In
addition, there were concerns that one of the envelopes was sent to a clinic in Bloomington, Indiana, but
subsequent investigation determined that it was an ordinary business envelope.
817
A Wichita, Kansas, clinic received an envelope with a Cincinnati postmark on October 31. An alert
clinic employee, aware of the threatening letters received at the other clinics the previous day, did not open the
letter and called 911. The fire department’s hazardous materials team and the Wichita police responded. The
local authorities contacted the FBI. According to an FBI agent, “It wasn’t opened at all. Just looking at it
through back lighting, it does not look like there is any type of powder in there at all.” The letter was sent to a
laboratory in Washington to be opened.
818
Initial tests conducted October 30 on several of the envelopes indicated that the threats were a hoax.
Additional tests, completed by the afternoon of Saturday, October 31, were conducted at the U.S. Army
Medical Research Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) and confirmed that at least four of the
envelopes contained no infectious diseases. The results of tests on the remaining envelopes were expected at
the beginning of the next week.
819
According to an FBI official, “We now know that these letters appear not to
be what they're claiming to be, but just because it's not anthrax doesn't mean it's not a crime. It's a crime
nonetheless to threaten to use a weapon of mass destruction.”
820
814
Thomas Nord, “Abortion clinics sent anthrax threat,” Courier-Journal (Louisville), October 31, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.courier-journal.com.
815
Grace Schneider, “FBI: Anthrax threat to clinics was a hoax,” Courier-Journal (Louisville), November 1, 1998.
816
Jamie Satterfield, “Keith orders probe into response to anthrax threat,” Knoxville News-Sentinel, November 1, 1998, as
found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.knoxnews.com.
817
Nord, “Abortion clinics sent anthrax threat,” Courier-Journal (Louisville), October 31, 1998.
818
Robert Short, “Tiller’s clinic receives threat of anthrax contamination,” Wichita Eagle, November 1, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.wichitaeagle.com.
819
Press accounts indicated that tests were conducted at the University of Louisville Hospital and by the Indiana State
Department of Health. In addition to the tests at USAMRIID, press accounts suggested that the FBI laboratory in Quantico, Virginia, also
would be conducting tests to determine the nature of the substance.
820
Rick Callahan, “Feds Seek Bomb Threat Letter-Sender,” Associated Press, November 2, 1998, 4:01 a.m. EST.
146
On November 2, a similar envelope was delivered to the Center for Choice, an abortion clinic located
in downtown Toledo. The owner of the clinic identified the envelope at 4:15 p.m., placed it in a plastic bag, put
the bag on the sidewalk outside the clinic, and contacted authorities. It appears that she did not open the letter.
The people who came into contact with the letter, including the clinic owner and two employees, were taken to
the St. Charles Mercy Hospital for decontamination and treatment. No evidence of contamination was detected
on those individuals. The streets around the clinic was closed off for four hours until the letter was recovered
by the Toledo Fire Department’s hazardous materials unit. The letter was taken by the FBI for further
analysis.
821
Another Knoxville abortion clinic, the Volunteer Medical Center, also received one of the letters on
November 2. According to an FBI spokesman, “From the outward appearance [it] appeared to have originated
from the same source.” The letter was turned over to the FBI, and was sent to USAMRIID for analysis.
822
Following the anthrax threats, the Justice Department organized a multi-agency federal task force to investigate
recent attacks on abortion clinics, including the anthrax threats as well as the murder of a doctor who
performed abortions and 22 incidents in which someone released a chemical irritant, butyric acid, at clinics in
the South.
823
According to press reports, response personnel in both Louisville, Kentucky, and Indianapolis,
Indiana, had recently received training in responding to incidents involving chemical and biological agents.
824
As a result of the earlier scares, the U.S. Postal Service warned its mail handlers to look for suspicious
packages. At 9 a.m. on Saturday, October 31, a postman in Shelbyville, Indiana, discovered that a package
addressed to the W.S. Major Hospital was covered by a brown stain that appeared to result from a leak.
825
Although the package was mailed in Shelbyville, and did not fit the profile of the anti-abortion letters, the
postman notified his superiors about the suspicious package. Concerned that the package also might contain
anthrax, the post office activated its crisis management plan and evacuated the 31 postal employees working in
the building. The postal authorities notified the local fire department, which in turn notified the hazardous
materials team from nearby Columbus, Ohio, the FBI, the Shelbyville police, and the state fire marshal’s
office. Ambulances were readied in case they might be needed.
In the meantime, the postal employees, tired of waiting outside in the cold. Went to the nearby
Knights of Columbus hall to wait out events. Authorities, concerned that any contamination might have spread
to the hall, quarantined the postal employees and ten people who were in the Knights of Columbus hall, either
working there or eating the hall’s breakfast buffet. One person who left the hall before it was quarantined was
tracked down and warned not to have contact with anyone else.
The post office was sealed off for five hours until authorities determined that the stain was caused by
coffee. The package was an invoice sent from a local Holiday Inn to the hospital.
Case 1998-30: Anthrax threat (against teacher), October 1998
On October 21, 1998, Stacy Johnson, an elementary school teacher in Riverside, California, received
a package similar to those sent to three families in Colorado at about the same time. The envelope was
postmarked in Oxnard, California, and contained a thank you card. The front had the words “Thank You.” On
the inside were the words, “An agent will contact you about this anthrax sample.” Enclosed was an unopened
moist towelette packet. Johnson contacted the FBI when she received the package, who put her in touch with
the U.S. Postal Inspection Service. The material was turned over to the postal inspectors, who told her that it
contained nothing but a damp towelette. Neither Johnson nor her husband have any involvement with abortion
821
Ignazio Messina, “Abortion-clinic threat appears to be a hoax,” Blade (Toledo, Ohio) November 3, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.toledoblade.com.
822
Randy Kenner, “Knox women’s clinic gets fake bomb in mail,” Knoxville News-Sentinel, November 3, 1998.
823
Blaine Harden and Roberto Suro, “FBI Seeks Man in Buffalo Sniper Case,” Washington Post, November 5, 1998, p. A3.
824
The Indianapolis hazardous materials response team took part in an exercise simulating an anthrax release only three weeks
before. See Labalme and Masson, “FBI says anthrax threat was hoax,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 1, 1998. The Louisville-
Jefferson County Crisis Group had spent “several months” discussing how to respond to chemical and biological terrorism. See Andrew
Melnykovych, “Louisville crisis team was prepared for threat like ‘anthrax’ letter,” Courier-Journal (Louisville), November 1, 1998.
825
The account of this incident is based on John Silcox, “Post Office exercises caution with letter,” Shelbyville News (Indiana),
November 2, 1998, as found at the newspapers World Wide Web site, http://www.shelbynews.com, Tanya Bricking, “Workers endure
anthrax scare,” Cincinnati Enquirer, November 1, 1998, a found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://enquirer.com, and
Labalme and Masson, “FBI says anthrax threat was hoax,” Indianapolis Star-News, November 1, 1998.
147
or anti-abortion groups. The incident is being investigated by the Postal Inspection Service under laws that
prohibit the mailing of threatening communications.
826
Case 1998-13: Unknown perpetrator, October 1998
On Monday, October 12, 1998, a woman living in Highlands Ranch, Colorado, told the Douglas
County sheriff’s office that on the previous Saturday she had received a letter claiming that a moist towelette
packet in the envelope was contaminated with anthrax. The family was told to go to their family physician for
antibiotic treatment, and the family’s house and car were ventilated by the Arapahoe-Douglas County
hazardous materials response team to minimize the chances of contamination.
827
The previous week two other
families living in Colorado Springs received similar letters.
828
According to a U.S. Postal Inspector, the three
envelopes were mailed on the same day in early October from a small town in central California. On October
15, three members of the FBI’s Hazardous Material Response Unit flew to Denver to examine the packets.
829
Tests of the packets indicated that they were not contaminated with anthrax. They were transported to the FBI
laboratory in Quantico, Virginia, for additional analysis.
830
The case is being investigated by the FBI and U.S. postal inspectors. The county sheriff’s department,
the Colorado Department of Public Health and the Tri-County Health Department also were involved in
responding to the letters.
831
Case 1998-49: Anthrax threat (in Amarillo, Texas), October 1998
Sometime in October 1998 an unidentified woman in Amarillo, Texas, received an anthrax threat in a
letter with a California postmark.
832
Case 1998-48: Anthrax threat (against Catholic Church, Cheektowaga, New York), November 1998
A third letter was sent to the Queen of Martyrs church in Cheektowaga, New York, a suburb of
Buffalo. A hazardous materials team decontaminated seven people who were in the rectory, along with a
policeman and postal deliveryman. The potentially exposed individuals were treated with antibiotics. The
church was quarantined pending the results of tests of the letter by the U.S. Army Medical Institute for
Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID). Unlike the other envelopes, this one had an Illinois postmark.
833
Case 1998-45: Anthrax threat (in San Diego, California, hotel), August 1998
In August 1998, an anthrax threat was left beside a pay telephone in the lobby of the Sheraton Harbor
Island Hotel in San Diego, California. The note claimed, “This phone has been infected with anthrax.” A
service worker at the hotel discovered the note and notified the Harbor Police. A coordinated response was
mounted through the local antiterrorism team, and included the local police, fire department and hazardous
materials team, under the leadership of the FBI.
834
826
Tina Dirmann, “Riverside Teacher Target of Anthrax Mail Hoax,” Los Angeles Times, December 4, 1998, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com, and Mark Acosta, “Anthrax hoax puzzles Riverside teacher,” Press-
Enterprise (Riverside, California), December 2, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site at
http://www.inlandempireonline.com.
827
Marilyn Robinson, “Letter with ‘anthrax’ alarms area family,” Denver Post, October 13, 1998, p. B-3.
828
Hector Gutierrez, “Two more families get mailed anthrax threat,” Rocky Mountain News (Denver), October 14, 1998, p.
12A, and Ardy Friedberg, “FBI probes anthrax scare,” Gazette (Colorado Springs), October 15, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s World
Wide Web site, http://www.gazette.com.
829
Mike McPhee, “FBI arrives to take over anthrax letter probe,” Denver Post, October 15, 1998, p. B-3.
830
“Letter didn’t have anthrax,” Denver Post, October 16, 1998, p. B-3, and Ardy Friedberg, “FBI Finds No Traces of Anthrax,
Despite Note Sent to Colorado Families” Gazette (Colorado Springs), October 16, 1998.
831
Robinson, “Letter with ‘anthrax’ alarms area family,” Denver Post, October 13, 1998, p. B-3.
832
Laura Vozzella, “Threat mail handled in Fort Worth,” Fort Worth Star-Telegram, November 11, 1998, p. 1. . I am indebted
to Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for bring this incident to my attention.
833
John Kelly , “N.Y. Church Gets Anthrax Threat,” Associated Press, November 10, 1998, 4:50 a.m., and “Anthrax scare
closes rectory,” Newsday, November 11, 1998, p. A19, as found at the newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.newsday.com.
834
Cheryl Clark, “Alarm Sounded for silent disaster,” Union-Tribune (San Diego), February 28, 1999, as found at the
newspaper’s World Wide Web site, http://www.uniontrib.com. Interviews, March 2, 1999, with FBI Special Agent John A. Sylvester and
Dr. Michele Ginsberg, San Diego County Health and Human Services Agency.
148
Case 1998-12: Brothers for the Freedom of Americans, August 1998
According to press reports, during the morning of August 18, 1998 someone spread a white powder in
the Finney State Office Building in Wichita, Kansas, and left a note claiming that it was anthrax. Initial tests
suggested that it was not anthrax or any other toxic material. According to eye witnesses, the material looked
like baking soda or dry carpet cleaner. Law enforcement officials were investigating to determine who was
responsible for the apparent hoax.
835
The presence of the material was first noted at about 11 a.m., when it was discovered in several
elevators and spread over several floors. In response to the danger, 200 people working in the building were
evacuated and a four-block area around the building was cordoned off. Around 100 people might have been
exposed to the substance. People who had minimal exposure were kept isolated for about three hours, and were
then allowed to leave. They were told to shower and put their clothes into a plastic bag after returning home.
836
In addition, about 15 people who came into direct contact with the substance were decontaminated by a team
from McConnell Air Force Base, which set up a decontamination tent outside the building.
837
The building was
reopened on August 20. According to law enforcement officials, the perpetrator can be charged under state law
for making a criminal threat, which can result in probation for someone who has no previous criminal record.
838
According to an FBI official, “handfuls” of the substance were spread in the building. Indicating that
it was a widely available substance often found in households, he refused to specifically identify it. He did add,
“It is non-toxic, non-hazardous, and it could be found in any house.”
839
The following day, a bomb threat was sent to Wichita’s main library. According to a city police
official, the note sent to the library was similar to the one found in the state office building. However, the
official refused to confirm a possible relationship between the two cases.
840
Copies of the threat letter left at the Finney State Office Building were mailed to a number of news
organizations. On August 21, a local Wichita television station, KWCH (channel 12) received a copy of the
letter, as did a national radio talk show host, Art Bell. According to Bell, the package he received contained a
cover page and what was purported to be a duplicate of the original threat letter left in the building. It appears
that the television station received an identical package. Bell originally posted the letter on his World Wide
Web site, but removed it at the request of the FBI. Some details of the letter received by KWCH were reported
in the Wichita Eagle, and Bell described it during his August 21 radio broadcast.
841
According to Bell, the cover letter claimed that it was being sent to selected media outlets, including
CNN and the BBC. The letter said that a group called the Brothers for the Freedom of Americans (or BFA)
orchestrated the incident. According to the letter, the group was organized by people who broke away from the
Kansas militia movement and Operation Rescue because of the perceived cowardice of the existing
organizations. It claimed to be affiliated with the Christian Identify Movement, but also included two members
who came from Belfast, Northern Ireland. According to an FBI official, investigators were attempting to
determine whether this previously unknown organization actually existed, or whether it was another hoax.
842
According to press reports, the FBI put together a task force consisting of 20 agents to pursue 160
leads. Larry McCormick, the FBI Special Agent responsible for Kansas and western Missouri, told reporters
that the focus of the investigation was the threat letter. He said that the letter “just sort of rambles on about
their anti-government beliefs.” In an interview with the Wichita Eagle, Bell confirmed this depiction.
843
835
Scott Rothschild, “Unknown substance leads to evacuation,” Wichita Eagle, August 19, 1998, as found at
http://www.wichitaeagle.com.
836
Roxana Hegeman, “FBI rules out deadly anthrax in building,” Associated Press, August 19, 1998, 12:10 EDT, and
Rothschild, “Unknown substance leads to evacuation,” Wichita Eagle, August 19, 1998.
837
“Anthrax Note Evacuates Kan. Office,” Associated Press, August 18, 1998, 9:18 p.m.
838
Lori Lessner, “Threatening notes similar in evacuations,” Wichita Eagle, August 20, 1998.
839
Hurst Laviana, “20 FBI agents on hoax case,” Wichita Eagle, August 27, 1998.
840
Lori Lessner, “Threatening notes similar in evacuations,” Wichita Eagle, August 20, 1998.
841
Lori Lessner, “Groups takes credit for prank at building,” Wichita Eagle, August 21, 1998, Hurst Laviana, “20 FBI agents on
hoax case,” Wichita Eagle, August 27, 1998, and Art Bell’s World Wide Web site, http://artbell.com.
842
Lori Lessner, “Groups takes credit for prank at building,” Wichita Eagle, August 21, 1998, and Art Bell’s August 21 radio
broadcast, found at http://artbell.com.
843
Hurst Laviana, “20 FBI agents on hoax case,” Wichita Eagle, August 27, 1998.
149
Case 1998-05: Rental car in San Antonio, March 1998
On March 6, 1998, a canister marked “anthrax” was discovered inside a rental car parked in East San
Antonio. The report turned out to be a hoax.
844
The motivation of the perpetrator is not explained in the
available accounts.
Case 1998-03: Lawrence Edward Pagnano, March 1998
About noon on March 10, 1998, the employees at Recovery Technologies, a collection agency in
Phoenix, Arizona, opened an envelope that contained a mail order made out to $53.99 and a handwritten letter
claiming that the recipients had been exposed to biological agents. According to press reports, the letter
claimed, “You S.O.B.!!!! You have just been exposed to anthrax spores prepare to die.” In addition, the note
reportedly asserted, “Also a standard pestelence [sic] has been put on you and your family and your
organization and everybody associated with Smiths grocery stores.” A “black and white speckled powdery
substance” was found in the envelope.
845
In response to the threat, Phoenix police and fire officials closed Thomas Road, the street where
Recovery Technologies had its offices, from 32
nd
to 38
th
Streets. In addition, people were evacuated from the
Sunshine Square shopping center and other nearby business concerns. Emergency personnel immediate
quarantined nine employees of Recovery Technology and the Phoenix policeman who responded to the call.
The ten people were undressed, hosed down to decontaminate them, and then transported to the Good
Samaritan Hospital. At the hospital they were taken to an isolation room, given a medical examination, and
given antibiotics. They were released after being interviewed by FBI agents.
846
According to an official of the Phoenix Fire Department, the incident cost his department in excess of
$7,000. In addition, other government agencies had to cover the cost of the police security at the crime scene,
laboratory tests, and the criminal investigation.
847
The FBI discovered that the envelope contained a name and return address. Based on this information,
the FBI addressed Lawrence Pagnano at his house at 11 p.m. that evening. The next day, a federal grand jury
indicted him on charges of threatening to use a weapon of mass destruction and for mailing a threatening
communication. The first charge could result in life imprisonment, while the second charge could lead to a
maximum fine of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine.
As of March 12, authorities had not yet determined if anthrax was present in the envelope, although
police and fire officials indicated that they were skeptical that the organism would be found. Jim Topping,
director of the Maricopa County Public Health Laboratory, indicated, “In my opinion, this is a really good
hoax.”
848
On March 13, 1998, a spokesman for the FBI’s Phoenix field office reported that the powder in the
envelope was not anthrax. According to Wesley Press, the quality assurance manager for the state laboratory
operated by the Department of Health Services, “It was one organism that can be found on any desktop or
surface of paper. We believe this organism could have been living very happily on the envelope before he even
started working with it.”
849
Case 1997-10: Anthrax threats against U.S. cities, July 1997
On July 15, 1997, a fax was sent to numerous U.S. cities claiming that terrorists intended to
contaminate the water supplies of 36 cities with “germ warfare”, including anthrax and botulinum toxin. The
fax was sent by a retired army officer, Colonel James Ammerman, who was the head chaplain at the Full
Gospel Military Chaplains, located in Dalles, Texas. Ammerman reportedly obtained the information from
unidentified sources in Phoenix, Arizona. Among the cities to receive the threat were Tampa, Florida, Atlanta,
844
“Anthrax scare prompts preparedness concerns,” Associated Press, March 17, 1998, as found at http://lasvegassun.com. The
article cites as its source Major General Paul Carlton, USAF, commander, Wilford Hall Medical Center, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas.
In addition, the incident is described in an undated report produced by News 4 in San Antonio, Texas, Randy Escamilla, “Rapid response
team formed,” and retrieved from http://www.msnbc.com on March 17, 1998.
845
Susie Steckner, “Arrest in anthrax threat: Collection agency got ‘tainted’ letter,” Arizona Republic, March 12, 1998. All
references from the Arizona Republic were taken from the newspaper’s web site at http://www.azcentral.com.
846
Susie Steckner and Eric Miller, “Anthrax scare sends 10 to showers, hospital: Officials respond quickly at collections
agency,” Arizona Republic, March 11, 1998, and Susie Steckner, “Arrest in anthrax threat: Collection agency got ‘tainted’ letter,” Arizona
Republic, March 12, 1998.
847
Christina Leonard, “Letter threatening anthrax called hoax,” Arizona Republic, March 14, 1998.
848
Susie Steckner, “Arrest in anthrax threat: Collection agency got ‘tainted’ letter,” Arizona Republic, March 12, 1998.
849
Christina Leonard, “Letter threatening anthrax called hoax,” Arizona Republic, March 14, 1998.
150
Georgia, and Dallas, Texas. Security was strengthened at water systems in the threatened cities. An FBI
official indicated, “We’ve evaluated the threat and we believe it to be not credible. But we notified the police
department, mayor’s office and all the appropriate people.”
850
Case 1992-02: Henry D. Pierce, March 1992
On March 2, 1992, Henry D. Pierce was arrested and charged with malicious wounding after he
sprayed ten people, including his roommates and some guests, with a liquid that he claimed was anthrax.
851
According to press accounts, Pierce became intoxicated during a party at the house he shared in Vienna,
Virginia, and began acting in a belligerent manner. At around 10:00 p.m., he brought a small glass vial and a
machete from his bedroom. He then said that the vial contained anthrax and that “If I break this, we all die in
48 hours.” At that point, he broke open the vial with the machete, and began spraying the liquid in it on the
other people in the room. One of the victims then called 911, and police officers were sent to the house to
investigate. Pierce was confrontational with the police, and an electric stun gun was used to incapacitate him.
The Fairfax County Fire and Rescue Department decontaminated the people in the house at that
location before sending them to the hospital. They were kept overnight at the Fairfax Hospital and received
treatment for anthrax exposure. In addition, nine other people living in the neighborhood also went to the
Fairfax hospital for treatment. The substance was sent to USAMRIID, Ft. Detrick, Maryland, for analysis,
which showed that it was not anthrax.
850
Manuel Mendoza, “Channel 8’s anthrax report stirs the waters,” Dallas Morning News, July 18, 1997, p. 36A, “Tampa
warned f germ warfare,” Tampa Tribune, July 16, 1997, p. 2, Alfred Charles, “Security scare for city water; FBI discounts threat as hoax,”
Atlanta Journal and Constitution, July 17, 1997, pp. B6; B4. I am grateful to Colonel Edward Eitzen for bringing this incident to my
attention. According to Federal Bureau of Investigation, Terrorism in the United States 1997, no date, as found at the FBI’s web site,
http://www.fbi.gov, includes the following comments:
In the summer of 1997, a group of individuals in Florida issued a warning that the water supplies of 27 major
cities would be poisoned at a later date. Upon investigation, law enforcement identified no capability or
apparent intent by the individuals to commit the acts; the threat was assessed as a hoax.
There are differences between this account, and the one described by press reports. The FBI report refers to only 27 “major
cities” and the source of the report is placed in Florida, while press accounts mention 36 cities and identify the source as someone in
Texas.
851
Steve Bates, “Fairfax man accused of anthrax threat,” Washington Post, March 3, 1992, p. C3, “No anthrax in Tysons
Corner assault,” Washington Post, March 5, 1992, p. C5, and Patrick Boyle and Maria Koklanaris, “Party guests fear host practiced germ
warfare,” Washington Times, March 3, 1992, p. B3.
151
Chapter 7:
Possession
Confirmed Possession
This chapter includes cases in which authoritative sources confirmed that the alleged perpetrators
possessed biological agents. In these cases, no attempts or threats to use these were made.
Case 1996-02: Missing Botulinum Toxin, March 1996
A vial containing botulinum toxin was stolen from a laboratory at Florida Institute of Technology on
March 21 or 22, 1996. According to press accounts, the vial was stolen during a burglary, and apparently was
not the objective of the crime. The material had been stored in the laboratory in a locked cabinet for almost 25
years. Several days after the theft, police found it in a library book return box following an anonymous tip that
it had been deposited there.
852
There is no evidence that the toxin was stolen for criminal purposes, and its
subsequent return tends to suggest that the thief had no interest in it.
Case 1995-03: Dr. Ray W. Mettetal, August 1995
In August 1995, Dr. Ray W. Mettetal, a neurologist who trained at the University of Virginia, was
arrested in Nashville, Tennessee, for attempting to murder Dr. George S. Allen. Allen was Mettetal’s
supervisor as head of neurosurgery at the Vanderbilt University Medical Center in the 1980s while Mettetal
was a resident. Allen rated Mettetal poorly during his residency, which led Mettetal to resign from the
program. Because Mettetal was unable to become a neurosurgeon, he harbored a grudge against Allen.
853
At
the time of his arrest, Mettetal was near a parking space once assigned to Allen wearing a clumsy disguise that
attracted the attention of university security guards. In his possession was a large hypodermic needle filled with
boric acid and saltwater that he apparently allegedly intended to use to kill Allen.
854
Subsequent investigations revealed that Mettetal had acquired ricin, which he kept in a storage unit in
Harrisonburg, Virginia. A federal case was brought against Mettetal, according to a state law enforcement
official, because the antiterrorism legislation “is probably easier to try since they’re not dealing with such
complicated issues.” If convicted of the federal crime, Mettetal could receive up to life imprisonment and a
fine of up to $250,000, while if convicted in Tennessee courts of attempted murder he would receive no more
than a 25-year sentence.
855
Other reports claimed that Mettetal’s notebooks contained notes suggesting that he considered
soaking the pages of a book with a mixture of ricin and a solvent intended to promote movement of the toxin
through the skin.
856
Federal investigators discovered that he possessed copies of Poisoner’s Handbook, Silent
Death, Kill Without Joy, and Assorted Nasties.
857
A passage in one of the books that called ricin an excellent
poison because it was so hard to detect was checked, circled, and starred.
858
Mettetal’s case came to trial on July 27, 1998 at the U.S. District Court in Harrisonburg, Virginia. The
prosecution presented evidence that Mettetal stalked Dr. Allen, and that he created several false identities. An
852
“Botulism-causing powder stolen from lab,” Miami Herald, March 25, 1996, p. 1B, Laurin Sellers, “Botulism toxin vial
apparently returned,” Orlando Sentinel, March 26, 1996, p. D1, “Melbourne School: Please Return Toxin,” Orlando Sentinel, March 25,
1996, p. C1, and “Thieves grab toxic powder during school burglary,” Orlando Sentinel, March 23, 1996, p. D3.
853
Carlos Santos, “Neurologist to stand trial first in Virginia,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, September 20, 1996, p. B4.
854
Kirk Loggins, “Doctor accused of murder plot due federal trial,” Tennessean, September 7, 1996, p. 1A.
855
Kirk Loggins, “Doctor accused of murder plot due federal trial,” Tennessean, September 7, 1996, p. 1A.
856
Alan Bavley, “Castor-oil plant packs toxic punch,” Kansas City Star, December 12, 1995.
857
Lucas Wall, “Scientist says poison found in search could kill 3,900,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, July 29, 1998.
858
Lucas Wall, “Neurologist found guilty in toxin case, Charge included intent to kill man,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, August
1, 1998.
152
FBI official confirmed the discovery of ricin, and claimed that Mettetal had enough to kill 3,900 people.
859
After the prosecution rested, Mettetal took the stand in his own defense. He conceded that he had produced the
ricin, and that he had practiced extracting the substance since 1984. When asked why he produced the material,
he told the court, “I was just trying to see if I could make it… It seemed to satisfy some sort of emotional
outlet.”
860
He also claimed, “I never intended to use that ricin on Dr. Allen or anybody. It was purposeless, as
strange as that sounds.”
861
Mettetal was convicted of the charges.
862
On December 21, 1998, he was given a 10 year prison
sentence. He could have received a life sentence. Mettetal also faces attempted murder charges in Tennessee.
863
Case 1995-01: Larry Wayne Harris, May 1995
On May 12, 1995, about twenty law enforcement agents and firefighters raided the house of Larry
Wayne Harris. In the glove compartment of his car were three vials of freeze-dried Yersinia pestis, the
pathogen that causes bubonic and pneumonic plague. Harris had spent $300 to acquire the material from the
American Type Culture Collection in Rockville, Maryland. He was arrested for acquiring the Y. pestis using
falsified documents.
Investigators discovered a document that identified Harris as a lieutenant in the Aryan Nations. He
told reporters that he belonged to the Christian Identity Church, a religious group that preaches white
supremacy. He reportedly admitted these affiliations to his colleagues at Superior Labs, his place of
employment.
864
However, his attorney indicated that Harris dropped his affiliation with the Aryan Nation
following his arrest.
865
Harris claimed that he acquired the culture in order to develop a cure for plague. According to his
lawyer, “He wanted to write a book on antibiotics that can be used by average citizens against a germ warfare
attack.” He subsequently published a 131-page book, Bacteriological Warfare: A Major Threat to North
America.
866
In November 1995, Harris accepted a plea bargain agreement offered by federal prosecutors. The
prosecutors agreed to drop all the charges, except one count of wire fraud. In return, Harris was to get a
sentence of no more than six months in jail. A U.S. District Judge, however, rejected the agreement. Therefore,
Harris was tried.
867
On April 22, 1997, he was convicted of fraud concerning the acquisition of the Y. pestis
from ATCC. He was sentenced to 18 months probation and 200 hours of community service.
868
Under terms of
the plea bargain agreement, Harris was not allowed to acquire pathogens except in connection with
employment at an approved laboratory, and he was ordered to stop claiming that he was a one-time CIA
employee.
869
In February 1998, Harris was arrested as a result of allegations that he possessed anthrax for use as a
weapon. (The details of that case can be found on 167.) After Harris’ arrest, the Justice Department convinced
a U.S. magistrate in Las Vegas that Harris had violated his parole agreement and that there was a danger that
Harris might not show up for a court hearing in Ohio. The magistrate rejected arguments that Harris
represented a threat to the community. On March 6, Assistant U.S. Attorney Dana M. Peters presented the
government’s case to a federal magistrate. Peters argued that there were four violations of the parole
agreement. Harris possessed and experimented on pathogens. He boasted of possession of sufficient anthrax to
kill everyone in Las Vegas. He misrepresented his credentials in violation of the parole agreement by claiming
a one-time affiliation with the CIA. Finally, he failed to keep his parole officers informed of his location as
859
Lucas Wall, “Scientist says poison found in search could kill 3,900,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, July 29, 1998.
860
Lucas Wall, “Neurologist testifies he stalked man,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, July 31, 1998.
861
David Reed, “Neurologist calls plot to poison harmless,” Washington Times, July 31, 1998, p. C7.
862
Lucas Wall, “Neurologist found guilty in toxin case, Charge included intent to kill man,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, August
1, 1998.
863
Carlos Santos, “10-year term given in poison possession,” Richmond Times-Dispatch, December 22, 1998.
864
Robert Ruth, “Deal may be dropped in plague case,” Columbus Dispatch, April 2, 1996, p. D1. “Man suspected of buying
plague bacteria,” St. Louis Post Dispatch, May 17, 1995.
865
Karl Vick, “Plea Bargain Rejected in Bubonic Plague Case,” Washington Post, April 3, 1996, p. A8.
866
Robert Ruth, “Bubonic plague case trial set,” Columbus Dispatch, March 12, 1997, p. B1.
867
Robert Ruth, “Bubonic plague case trial set,” Columbus Dispatch, March 12, 1997, p. B1.
868
Robert Ruth, “Suspect in germ case won’t go to jail,” Columbus Dispatch, April 23, 1997, p. 1A.
869
Carri Geer, “Harris will stay in jail, judge rules,” Las Vegas Review-Journal, February 25, 1998, at http://www.lvrj.com.
153
required when he moved hotels during his Las Vegas visit. The magistrate rejected the first two arguments, but
accepted the last two. He then freed Harris pending a hearing before U.S. District Judge Joseph P. Kinneary,
who had sentenced Harris in 1997.
870
Harris could have received between three and nine months of jail time if
the judge determines that he violated his parole.
871
Ultimately, Judge Kinneary only extended Harris’ probation time by five months, ordered him to
perform 50 hours of community service, and required him to report in person to a probation officer every
Monday morning. In addition, the judge reiterated the earlier prohibition against Harris claiming any affiliation
with the CIA.
872
Case 1993-02: John Gunnar Linner, Texas, April 1991
In May 1991, John Gunnar Linner, a scientist working at the Cryobiology Research Center in The
Woodlands, Texas, a community about 25 miles north of Houston, was accused of attempting to poison a
subordinate by placing a known carcinogen, beta-propiolactone, into an Afrin Nasal Spray bottle.
873
In
addition, the victim believed that his telephone and doorknob were coated with the material. When the police
searched the alleged perpetrator’s home and office, they reportedly discovered in his possession canisters of
two poisons: tetrodotoxin and diisopropylfluorophosphate. They also found a recipe in his briefcase for
production of botulinum toxin.
874
According to Peter Speers, the district attorney in Montgomery County, Texas, “He is not your
ordinary fellow. He’s eccentric to say the least. He had a fascination with poisons generally.” Linner reportedly
kept two books on poisons on his desk, Silent Death and The Poisoner’s Handbook. A detective for the local
sheriff’s department reported that Linner was suspected of involvement in other poisonings. The detective was
investigating allegations that Linner boasted about poisoning a former roommate and apparently claimed that
he laced a colleague’s lab coat with a substance believed to cause cancer.
875
A grand jury handed down an indictment against Linner on August 8, 1991 on a charge of attempted
murder.
876
Linner was acquitted of attempted murder after a jury trial held in Conroe, a town 40 miles north of
Houston.
877
Case 1993-01: Thomas Lavy, April 1993
On April 8, 1993, Thomas Lewis Lavy, an electrician working in Valdez, Alaska, for an oil pipeline
company, was driving from Alaska to Arkansas. When he left Alaska, Canadian Customs became suspicious of
his behavior and searched his possessions. They found 4 guns, 20,000 rounds of ammunition, $89,000 in U.S.
currency, various publications, and a plastic bag with 130 grams of a white, powdery substance. According to
one account, the publications included two books, The Poisoner’s Handbook and Silent Death. Another
account suggests that he had neo-Nazi literature as well. According to U.S. officials, Lavy told the Canadians
that the bag contained a deadly poison, ricin, which he claimed to have stolen from the U.S. Army.
878
Robert Bundy, the U.S. Attorney in Anchorage, Alaska, later told a reporter, “He told two stories of
why he had the poison—one about protecting his chickens and the other about preventing people from stealing
his property. He said if a thief came onto his property, the thief would probably steal the ricin—thinking it was
cocaine. And then the ricin would kill the thief.”
879
Lavy also said that he intended to use the poison to kill
870
Robert Ruth, “Harris free; 2 charges dismissed,” Columbus Dispatch, March 7, 1998, at http://www.dispatch.com.
871
Frank Hinchey, “Anthrax criminal case dissolves,” Columbus Dispatch, March 15, 1998.
872
Robert Ruth, “Harris pleads guilty, is free: Anthrax case,” Columbus Dispatch, March 25, 1998.
873
J. Michael Kennedy, “Scientist Accused of Plot to Kill Colleague,” The Los Angeles Times, May 3, 1991, p. A4.
874
David McLemore, “Scientist reportedly spoke of poisonings,” Dallas Morning News, May 4, 1991, p. 18B, and Scott
McCartney, “Researcher Awaits Fate in ‘Mad Scientist’ Case,” Los Angeles Times, July 14, 1991, p. A8. McLemore identifies the two
poisons as tetrodotoxin and disopropylflourophosphate. McCartney mentions two substances (which he calls nerve agents): tetrodotoxin
and DFP.
875
Scott McCartney, “Researcher Awaits Fate in ‘Mad Scientist’ Case,” Los Angeles Times, July 14, 1991, p. A8.
876
“Scientist charged in nasal-spray case,” Dallas Morning News, August 9, 1991, p. 25A.
877
“Scientist acquitted of poisoning colleague at Houston-area lab,” Dallas Morning News, May 9, 1992, p. 1A.
878
John Kifner, “Antiterrorism Law used in poison smuggling case,” New York Times, December 23, 1995, Mark Hume,
“Smuggler’s lethal secret buried with him” Vancouver Sun, January 20, 1996, p. B1, and “Jailed man who hanged self defended,” Dallas
Morning News, December 30, 1995, p. 22A.
879
Michael Dorman, “Deadly poison, fatal mystery,” Newsday, January 7, 1996, p. A10.
154
coyotes that might try to kill his chickens, an explanation most law enforcement officials found difficult to
accept.
Lavy had neglected to fill out documents required to bring a large amount of money into Canada, and
the Canadian Customs officials refused to let him cross the border. They also seized the plastic bag with the
white material.
Nothing further was done about the ricin during the next two years. It was only in the spring of 1995
that law enforcement officials began to take a serious interest in the case. According to some accounts, this
reflected the involvement of an FBI agent, Thomas Lynch, who had been involved in the earlier investigations
of the Minnesota Patriots Council, a militia group accused of plotting to kill law enforcement officials using
ricin. In the fall of 1995, Lynch heard about the case after being transferred to the FBI’s Anchorage field
office. The case was brought before a federal grand jury in Anchorage, which indicted Lavy on December 12,
1995, for violating the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989.
On December 20, 1995, a law enforcement team consisting of FBI agents, including six members of
the Hostage Rescue Team, and the local sheriff arrested Lavy at his farm in Arkansas. U.S. Army and Navy
personnel with expertise in chemical and biological agents supported them. According to one Justice
Department official, as quoted in press accounts, the investigation found no identifiable link with any terrorist
group, and Lavy had no poison in his possession at the time of his arrest. They found three books describing
how to make ricin, as well as a small quantity of castor beans.
880
At the time of his arrest, Lavy provided some additional information on his interest in ricin.
According to one federal official, Lavy “admitted making the ricin. He even told Lynch how he made it and
deviated from the cookbook to improve the procedure.”
881
When Lavy realized that he could be given a life sentence, he apparently became despondent. On
December 23, 1995, he committed suicide in the Pulaski County Jail in Little Rock, Arkansas. According to
the U.S. Magistrate, Jerry W. Cavaneau, the government presented no evidence to him that Lavy had any intent
to use the ricin illicitly.
882
Lavy’s lawyer claimed that the material was only seven per cent pure.
883
It is unclear why it took more than two years for a criminal investigation to unfold after the Canadians
seized the ricin. U.S. officials told reporters that the Canadian Customs informed U.S. Customs about the ricin
at the time of its seizure. The Canadians also claimed to have asked U.S. Army officials in Alaska about the
ricin, who denied any knowledge of the toxin. A Canadian Customs official told a journalist, “We didn’t know
what it was. We treated it as a suspected narcotic.” They handled it using gloves and filtered facemasks, and
stored it in a locked container. According to one account, the Canadians took several weeks to understand the
danger posed by the ricin, and then a long search was needed to find someone willing to dispose of the
material. Another account, however, suggests that it took the Canadians a month to understand that the ricin
was dangerous, and that only at that point did they put the ricin into a container designed for hazardous
materials. The material then remained in storage for nearly two years, forgotten, until the locker it was kept in
was cleaned out. At that time, a Canadian military doctor identified the material, and the Canadian government
got into contact with the United States. The ricin was transferred to the United States as evidence in Lavy’s
criminal prosecution and reportedly was stored at Ft. Detrick. Once Lavy committed suicide, the material was
sent back to Canada for destruction.
884
Probable or Possible Possession
There is no authoritative confirmation that the perpetrators ever possessed biological agents in these
cases. In these cases, no attempt was made to use or threaten use of the agents.
Case 1998-46: PKK possession of cobra toxin, June 1998
According to a Turkish newspaper report, the Workers Party of Kurdistan (PKK) was in possession of
1,500 glass tubes with cobra poison. Reportedly, 960 of the vials, each worth $2,000, were seized from three
880
William C. Lhotka, “Suicide leaves questions in poison case,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, December 31, 1995, p. E1, and
“Jailed man who hanged self defended,” Dallas Morning News, December 30, 1995, p. 22A.
881
Richard Mostyn, “Stopped at border, man carried lethal toxin,” Yukon News, February 23, 1996, as taken from
http://www.yukonweb.wis.net.
882
“Inmate in toxin case is dead,” Kansas City Star, December 24, 1995. Taken from http://www.kcstar.com.
883
William C. Lhotka, “Suicide leaves questions in poison case,” St. Louis Post-Dispatch, December 31, 1995, p. E1.
884
Mostyn, “Stopped at border, man carried lethal toxin,” Yukon News, February 23, 1996, as cited in footnote 881 on page
154.
155
PKK operatives who was attempting to sell the material. The suspects were arrested as a result of a sting
operation conducted by the Gendarmerie Regiment Command Headquarters in Istanbul Province. The material
was smuggled into Turkey from Nakhichevan, and at least some was sold to an unidentified buyer based in
Vienna, Austria. Turkish authorities believe that the PKK was conducting the operation to raise revenue.
885
Case 1997-03: James Dalton Bell, February 1997
In May 1997, the Internal Revenue Service arrested James Dalton Bell for allegedly violating at least
two federal laws, including impeding the administration of the tax code by harassing IRS personnel and using
false social security numbers to evade income taxes. Bell, a 38-year old man living in his parent’s house in
Vancouver, Washington, has a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from MIT.
Bell became a focus of IRS attention because of the February 20, 1997 seizure of his car for unpaid
taxes. Among the items discovered in the car was a document, entitled “Assassination Politics”, lists of the
names and addresses of IRS employees, material on making improvised explosives (including accounts of the
Oklahoma City bombing), and militia literature. “Assassination Politics” outlines a scheme which “would be
awarding a cash prize to somebody who correctly ‘predicted’ the death of one of a list of violators of rights,
usually either government employees, officeholders, or appointees.” The scheme envisioned using encrypted
messages and anonymous electronic cash to make it possible to pay someone for carrying out assassinations.
886
The IRS also discovered that Bell was involved in the “Multnomah County Common Law Court,” a
group that was holding “trials” of IRS and other federal officials for various alleged infringements of U.S. law.
Following a review of this material, the IRS obtained search warrants to gain entry into the homes of
Bell and a close friend of his, Robert East. Bell had various schemes for harassing the IRS. He believed it
would be possible to destroy computers by putting small nickel-coated carbon fibers in the air ducts of
buildings. Among the targets that Bell discussed were the Portland offices of the 911 emergency service. East
told authorities that the two men talked about “putting the fibers down the air vents of a federal building.”
887
Evidence collected during the searches indicated that East and Bell also explored bioterrorism.
According to someone friendly with both East and Bell, Bell had “hypothetical” conversations concerning
contamination of water. In addition, Bell apparently tried to manufacture botulinum toxin in the late 1980s. At
that time, the informant was shown containers that Bell was using in his closet in an effort to make the toxin
using green beans.
888
On February 15, 1997, East sent Bell an e-mail discussing an article on biological terrorism. He also
commented, “I believe it might be worth looking for a source of castor beans for some experiments. I’m sure
that a nefarious soul could find a buyer for some of that nasty stuff.” East followed this up with some
comments in a March 7 e-mail asking Bell, “Why don’t you see what you can find on ricin? I’m really curious
about how to extract that toxin.”
889
According to press reports, when the IRS executed the search warrant for East’s house they expected
to find sarin and anthrax.
890
Federal officials were told that Bell had manufactured small quantities of sarin.
891
It is unclear whether Bell and East intended to implement their plans. Bell claimed that his essay,
“Assassination Politics”, was “hypothetical,” and said that federal agents were “overreacting in the same way
885
“PKK’s Attempt to Sell Cobra Poison Obstructed,” Istanbul Turkiye (Ankara edition), 9 June 1998, p. 17, as translated from
the original Turkish by Foreign Broadcast Information Service. I am indebted to Jason Pate at the Monterrey Institute for International
Studies for bring this incident to my attention.
886
Affidavit, Jeffrey Gordon, Inspector, Internal Revenue Service, March 28, 1997, requesting permission from a U.S.
magistrate for a search warrant. This copy of the document was taken from the World Wide Web site of the Columbian,
http://www.columbian.com. See also John Branton, “Affidavit: Internet essay solicits murder,” Columbian, April 3, 1997, also taken from
the newspaper’s web site.
887
John Painter, Jr., “IRS says suspect discussed sabotage,” Oregonian, May 20, 1997, Metro Section, p. P-1.
888
Taken from United States v. James Dalton Bell, Complaint for Violation, May 16, 1997, Magistrate’s Docket Case No. 97-
5048M, drafted by Philipp Scott, Inspector, Internal Revenue Service. The text of the document was taken from
http://www.jya.com/jimbell3.htm on July 3, 1997. See also John Painter, Jr., “IRS says suspect discussed sabotage,” Oregonian, May 20,
1997, Metro Section, p. P-1.
889
Complaint for Violation, May 16, 1997, identified in footnote 888 on page 155.
890
John Branton, “Feds were looking for nerve gas and anthrax,” Columbian, May 18, 1997, as shown on the newspaper’s web
site
891
Taken from the criminal complaint filed by Scott, May 16, 1997, mentioned in footnote 888 on page 155.
156
they did eight years ago” during the Waco and Ruby Ridge incidents.
892
East claims that Bell was “a talker, not
a doer,” and Bell says that he is a “man of ideas, not action.”
893
On July 18, 1997, Bell entered into a plea agreement. He admitted that he tried to intimidate IRS
employees and that he was responsible for the release of the stink bomb at the IRS’s Vancouver office. He also
admitted to the use of false Social Security numbers.
894
On December 11, 1997, a Federal District Judge
sentenced Bell to 11 months in jail. He also received two to three years of probation.
895
He could have received
up to eight years and $500,000 in fines. In addition, the probation terms included more than two dozen
stipulations. During probation he was prohibited from using computers or the Internet, from fraternizing with
common-law courts or militia groups, or from coming within 200 yards of any government official’s
residence.
896
He was released from prison in April 1998.
897
Case 1996-06: Aryan Republican Army, December 1996
According to press reports, members of the Aryan Republican Army have claimed that they could
gain access to radioactive isotopes and biological weapons. Law enforcement authorities have discovered no
such items in the possession of any of the group’s arrested members.
898
Case 1983-02: “Two Brothers in Massachusetts,” 1983?
According to Douglass and Livingstone, sometime in 1983 or 1984 the FBI seized an ounce of almost
pure ricin that two brothers living in Springfield, Massachusetts, had produced and were storing in a 25-mm
film canister. They further claim that an informer tipped off the FBI about the ricin cache, and that the FBI
agents, working with someone from the EPA, took the material to MIT in a paint can. Once the FBI understood
what they had found, it was taken to the U.S. Army laboratories at Ft. Detrick, where it was destroyed.
899
No
information is provided on the disposition of the case. Nor is it indicated why the two acquired the ricin.
Richard Danzig, a former Undersecretary of the Navy who had considerable interest in biological
warfare issues, described a similar incident. In a July 1995 presentation, Danzig said, “We recently had an
example where a State highway patrol system is reported to have encountered ricin.” The ricin “was carried
around in the back of a police car, as I understand it, for a couple of days before it was brought in and a fairly
elaborate chain led to its analysis.” He also noted that this incident “was associated with a warfare between two
drug gangs. One of them was producing this as a weapon to be used in this context.”
900
Danzig suggests that this incident happened relatively recently, implying that it might be a different
incident than the one described by Douglass and Livingstone. Given the limited amount of information
provided by Danzig, however, it is impossible to identify the incident by date or location.
Case 1980-01: Red Army Faction, Paris, November 1980
In November 1980, a West German prosecutor, Kurt Rebmann, told reporters that individuals
associated with the Red Army Faction (RAF), a leftist terrorist group, were experimenting with biological
agents. According to Rebmann, in October 1980 the French police discovered a culture of C. botulinum,
laboratory equipment, and notes on biological agents in a Paris apartment used by members of the group. The
892
John Branton, “Federal agents ‘overreacting’ says target of raid,” Columbian, April 2, 1997, as taken from the newspaper’s
web site.
893
John Painter, Jr., “IRS says suspect discussed sabotage,” Oregonian, May 20, 1997, Metro section, p. P-1.
894
“Guilty plea over IRS threats,” Seattle Times, July 19, 1997, p. A6.
895
Marcia Wolf, “‘Assassination Politics’ Author Gets 11 Months,” Columbian, December 12, 1997, p. A1.
896
Michael Zuzel, “Is this just a misfit in our midst?” Columbian, December 16, 1997, p. B9.
897
John Branton, “Bell is returning home on probation,” Columbian, April 15, 1998, p. B15.
898
Bill Morlin, “The War Within,” Seattle Spokesman-Review, December 29, 1996, from the web site http://www.spokane.net/.
899
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, pp. 31-32. At one point (p. 31), the authors say the incident took place in
1983, but later (p. 186) give the date as “1983/4, Spring.” In addition, on p. 186 they also state that the ricin was taken “from an
individual.”
900
Richard Danzig, “Biowarfare: Making a Big Problem Smaller,” pp. 1-14–1-15, in U.S. Public Health Service, Office of
Emergency Preparedness, Proceedings of the Seminar on Responding to the Consequences of Chemical and Biological Terrorism, July 11-
14, 1995, Unformed Services of Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland.
157
notes were written in the hand of Silke Maier-Witt, a leading member of the RAF. Rebmann also indicated that
there was no indication that the group was planning to mount any attacks.
901
A French newspaper, Le Figaro, published additional details relating to this incident, based on a
report that originally appeared in Neue Revue Illustrierte, a publication that originated in Hamburg, Germany.
According to this account, French and German police raided a two-room apartment located on the sixth floor
of 41A Chaillot Street in Paris, France, and discovered a biological laboratory at the site. They allegedly
discovered a culture of clostridium botulinum, the organism that produces the botulinum toxin. The culture was
contained an anaerobic retort to protect the organism from oxygen.
The Le Figaro account claims that police seized “typed sheets referring to bacterial pathology” and
“publications dealing with the struggle against bacterial infection.” Writing on the margins of the typed pages
apparently was identified as belonging to Silke Maier-Witt, a known member of the RAF. According to this
account, Maier-Witt was trained as a medical assistant and “therefore possessed knowledge which is
indispensable for the manufacture of microbes.” This account further claims that the apartment was rented the
previous May by a Belgian named Jan Derek. The rent was paid three months in advance. The landlady
reported the matter to the police after noticing no activity in the apartment.
The same newspaper provided additional details, apparently from their own sources of information.
This report differed in some respects from the previous account. According to this account, the “police
headquarters in Paris” confirmed that on October 14, 1980, a police unit “entered” an apartment at 41A
Chaillot Street. In this version, the police were invited into the apartment when the tenant returned from a trip
and could not find the Belgian to whom he had sublet the apartment. Although the Belgian called himself Jan
Derek, police determined that he was really Ralf Baptiste Fridrich, a known member of the RAF. They
discovered a suitcase and five cartons in the apartment. The French police turned this over to the Germans, but
never took an inventory of the contents.
902
Joseph Douglass and Neil Livingstone give a slightly different account of the incident. They claim
that the raid took place on October 14, 1984. Moreover, in their version, the police found medical publications
relating to infectious diseases and “a bathtub filled with flasks containing cultures of Clostridium botulinum.”
The authors do not cite the source of their information, but it apparently came from intelligence sources.
903
A recent study by Terence Taylor and Tim Trevan examines the episode in considerable detail, and
casts doubt on the accuracy of the initial press reports of this incident. According to Taylor and Trevan, there is
no corroborating evidence that Maier-Witt had a medical background. Moreover, German authorities told them
that they had “no evidence whatsoever that members of the ‘RAF’ had planned or prepared an attack using
biological agents.” Finally, Taylor and Trevan assert that use of mass casualty agents would not be consistent
with RAF’s usual methods of operation.
904
Unfortunately, the Taylor and Trevan critique fails to completely discredit the original account. First,
there is nothing to suggest that the botulinum toxin was being produced to inflict mass casualties. It is equally
plausible to believe that the intent was assassination. Second, the statement they quote by the German
authorities does not deny the possibility that RAF experimented with biological agents, but only that RAF had
no evident plans to use it. Finally, the authors never followed up the Reuters report about the press conference
that it says was given by the German prosecutor Kurt Rebmann.
Case 1945-01: DIN (Judgement), early 1945
There are several English-language accounts of a Jewish resistance group that intended to use
biological agents or poisons against Germans after the end of war in Europe. Michael Elkins, a long-time BBC
correspondent in Israel, gave the first account. Michael Bar-Zohar, an Israeli novelist and popular historian
wrote the other. More recently, Ehud Sprinzak and Idith Zertal provide a detailed account that differs in
significant respects from the others.
Elkins indicates that in early 1945 a group of Jewish resistance fighters operating in central Europe
organized a group to exact revenge on German officials involved in the mass murder of Jews. They called their
901
“W. German Terrorists Said to Test Bacteria,” International Herald Tribune, November 8-9, 1980, p. 2. This is a Reuters
report.
902
Le Figaro (Paris), November 8-9, 1980, p. 7. A translation of this story was provided by Bruce Hoffman from the archives
of the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology. It appears to have originated with the Joint Publication Research Service.
903
Douglass, Jr., and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, p. 29. Purver, Chemical and Biological Terrorism, pp. 36-37,
located six sources that described what he believes is the same incident, including the Douglass and Livingstone version. One account,
written by the House Armed Services Committee, dates it to 1989.
904
Terence Taylor and Tim Trevan, “The Red Army Faction (1980),” pp. 107-113, in Jonathan B. Tucker, Toxic Terror:
Assessing Terrorist Use of Chemical and Biological Weapons (Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2000).
158
organization Dahm Y’Israel Nokeam, a biblical phrase from the Hebrew meaning “The blood of Israel will take
vengeance.” The words formed the acronym DIN, which is Hebrew for judgment. During most of 1945, the
group was involved in a variety of schemes to murder former Nazi officials. Reportedly, they killed more than
100 people during this period.
905
Sometime in late 1945, the group conceived what they called Tochnit aleph, meaning Plan A. The
objective of the plan was to kill one million Germans. To accomplish this, they decided to contaminate the
water supply of several major German cities. According to Elkins’ account, those responsible for creating the
plan stopped the operations of DIN. Most of the members of the organization were told that it was disbanding
because its job was being taken over by the Allied war crimes tribunals. Only the most ruthless and trustworthy
members were brought into the new plot.
The group attempted to place some of its members in the water treatment facilities of five major
German cities: Berlin, Hamburg, Munich, Nuremberg, and Weimar. They were able to place people only in
Munich and Nuremberg. At the same time, they researched methods for mass murder, looking for something
that was odorless, colorless, tasteless, and capable of retaining virulence in the water. After researching the
possibilities, they decided to inject pathogens into the water systems. Lacking anyone with the required
expertise for culturing microorganisms, the group’s leader went to Palestine to enlist the services of scientists
there.
Elkins claims that the leader approached Chaim Weizman, who was to become the first President of
Israel, and received his blessing on the project. Using his support, the group managed to obtain a quantity of
some unspecified pathogen. The leadership of the Haganah was horrified when they were told of the plan.
According to this account, Haganah supplied the resistance figure with false identity papers that would allow
him to take a British troop ship back to Europe. The Haganah then informed the British authorities that the
man was a suspicious character, which led to his arrest. The Haganah subsequently sent operatives to Europe
who informed the other members of the group that the mission was cancelled.
Bar Zohar gives a different version of the story, based on accounts of former participants.
906
The
group, which he refers to as Nakam (Hebrew for vengeance), was formed in July 1945. It included 50 people,
divided into several sections. One section was charged with organizing its European operations. Another was
responsible for fund raising, and resorted to smuggling and theft. Bar-Zohar was told that Nakam had three
plans (known as A, B, and C). Plan B was the primary plan, and focused on killing former members of the SS
and other “prominent Nazis” who were being held by the Allies in internment camps. Plan B apparently was
actually carried out, and involved poisoning of bread with arsenic that was served to Germans held in an
internment camp near Nuremberg. Plan C focused on finding and killing individual Nazis, since it was
assumed that the Allies eventually would release most of the Nazis then in custody.
Finally, there was plan A. Bar-Zohar’s source told him the following about the plot:
The Nakam leaders evolved a scheme which was disclosed to only a very few people. Much time
and money went into the preparations. We knew that if we succeeded, no other action would be
necessary. Looking back, it could be called a diabolical scheme. It was designed to kill millions of
Germans. Yes, millions, and all at the same time, men, women and children, old and young. The
main difficulty was that we wanted to kill only Germans, and at that time there were large Allied
armies and thousands of displaced persons of all nationalities still in Germany. Besides some of us
were loath to commit such a terrible deed, even against Germans.
That’s why we concentrated on plan B.
907
About two months after executing plan B on April 15, 1946, members of the group revived the dormant plan
A. The plans did not get very far, because Haganah was concerned about Nakam’s operations. According to
what Bar-Zohar was told, seized the remaining Nakam operatives and thus shut down its operations.
908
Bar-Zohar also recounts another operation, which he claims was totally separate from Nakam’s.
909
This other group, composed mainly of non-Jews, planned to contaminate the water systems of large German
cities. They apparently investigated contaminating the water supplies of Berlin, Munich, Nuremberg,
905
Michael Elkins, Forged in Fury: A true story of courage, horror … and revenge (London: Piatkus, 1996), pp. 168-169, 194-
210.
906
Michael Bar-Zohar, The Avengers (New York: Hawthorn Books, 1967), pp. 40-50.
907
Bar-Zohar, The Avengers, p. 47.
908
Bar-Zohar, The Avengers, pp. 55-56.
909
Bar-Zohar, The Avengers, pp. 56-57.
159
Hamburg, and Frankfurt. Eventually, they focused on Nuremberg. Some of their members went to work for the
city’s water system, and obtained detailed information on its operations. The plot called for shutting down
parts of the water system serving either the barracks of Allied troops or districts that were primarily inhabited
by non-Germans.
The group found “a scientist living overseas” who agreed to provide them with an unspecified poison.
The poison was to be brought to France by ship. The courier was a soldier who would carry the poison in his
knapsack. Unfortunately, the ship’s captain arrested the courier once the transport entered French waters. The
knapsack was thrown over the ship’s side to prevent discovery.
The group continued its efforts, and a new poison was identified. In the end, however, the project was
abandoned. Bar-Zohar heard three different explanations for the cancellation of the project: (1) the group was
concerned that too many non-Germans would be victimized by the attack; (2) German authorities got word of
the operation; and, (3) the “Resistance” (Haganah?) heard about the operation and forced them to shut it down.
Bar Zohar’s account is remarkably similar in many respects to the operation that Elkins associated with DIN
and treated as Plan A, suggesting that they in fact refer to the same incident.
Finally, Sprinzak and Zertal provide the most recent account of DIN, and the only one of the three
that is documented. Drawing on Hebrew language printed sources and on some interviews, this account
provides a substantially different version of events.
910
First, they contend that Plan A always involved use of chemical poisons, although the basis for that
claim is unclear. Second, they cite a source that contends that Weizman was told about Plan B, not Plan A.
They rely on the same source for a report that arsenic was obtained in Palestine, not a biological agent. Finally,
Sprinzak and Zertal interviewed someone who knew the scientist who allegedly produced the poison DIN
acquired arsenic in Palestine. This individual contends that the scientist in question did not have the expertise
to produce a biological agent, lending credence to the suggestion that a chemical poison was involved.
Thus, the third account claims that DIN never considered using a biological agent, and never acquired
any.
911
910
Ehud Sprinzak and Idith Zertal, “Avenging Israel’s Blood (1946),” pp. 17-41, , in Jonathan B. Tucker, editor, Toxic Terror:
Assessing Terrorist Use of Chemical and Biological Agents (Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2000).
911
Although the Sprinzak and Zertal version of DIN is the best-documented and most thorough account available in English, it
fails to resolve the question of DIN’s potential interest in biological agents. They state, "Some analysts have speculated that Bergman
supplied Kovner with a biological agent rather than a chemical agent," and then make an argument supporting the involvement of chemical
agents. Unfortunately, they never directly address the evidence from Elkins' account, which does specifically a bacterial agent was being
sought and strongly implies (although does not specifically state) that it was obtained. Moreover, Elkins goes into great detail about the
thinking that went behind Plan A and states very explicitly that DIN's leaders concluded that only a biological could achieve the effects
that they were interested in.
According to Sprinzak and Zertal, DIN acquired only 50 kilograms of arsenic in Palestine, a quantity totally inconsistent with
Plan A. Such an amount is consistent with Plan B. However, DIN had no need to go to Palestine to acquire a common industrial poison.
After all, according to their version of events, Plan B eventually involved 18 kilos of arsenic, which DIN obtained in Europe. The notion
that a major city water supply could have been affected in any serious way with such a small quantity of agent is absurd, and Elkins' argues
that DIN understood that. He also claims that they had thought about the issue, had consulted scientific experts, and had come to
conclusion that biologicals were the only way to inflict mass casualties. The rationale that Elkins describes for adopting biologicals is so
160
overwhelmingly convincing that it impossible to believe the DIN leadership could have seriously believed that 50 kilos of arsenic would
have caused mass deaths if distributed through a water system.
Thus, the weight of evidence appears to support the thesis that Plan A almost certainly involved a biological agent, but there is
no direct evidence that DIN ever acquired a biological agent. In contrast, there is at least some evidence to suggest that DIN acquired
arsenic in Palestine.
161
Chapter 8:
Other
Possible Interest in Acquisition (No Known Possession)
These are cases in which the perpetrators expressed an interest in acquiring biological agents, but
never actually acquired the agent. In some cases, the interest was slight, while in other cases the perpetrators
actually attempted to acquire the agent. In these cases, the perpetrators also never made threats to employ
biological agents.
Case 1998-09:North American Militia of Southwest Michigan, 1998
In March 1998, agents of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF), the FBI, the IRS,
Michigan State Police, and local law enforcement agencies arrested three men belonging to a group calling
itself the North American Militia. According to federal prosecutors, the group obtained information on the
manufacture of ricin. There was no evidence that they ever attempted to acquire ricin.
912
Case 1998-11: Algerian Armed Islamic Group (GIA), March 1998
On May 26, 1998, a Belgian radio station issued a report claiming that sometime in March 1998
Belgian authorities searched a building associated with the Algerian Armed Islamic Group in Brussels Ixelles
district of, also known as GIA (based on its name in French). According to this report, the police discovered
isolation boxes containing biological cultures “which can lead to botulism”. Presumably, this refers to C.
botulinum, the organism that produces the toxin responsible for botulism. In addition, the report claimed that
an address book was discovered that listed a laboratory in Brussels that might have been the source of the
culture.
913
The next day, a French language Belgian newspaper, La Libre, issued a report that contradicted many
elements of the earlier report, but confirmed others. La Libre claimed that both the Brussels public prosecutor
and the Gendarmerie denied the report. It claimed that a search related to the GIA was made on March 5, and
that an address book was seized at that time. The further newspaper reported that one of the investigators told
it, “the only discovery made during the operation in the Rue Wery connected with botulism are instructions
enabling the production of a toxin of this kind.”
914
Case 1998-04: Unknown “amateur scientist”, March 1998
According to press reports, the police in Lansing, Michigan, in early March 1998 considered filing
charges against an unnamed “amateur scientist” who attempted to culture anthrax from dirt taken from a cow
pasture.
915
The Ingham County health department was considering fining the man for health code violations.
According to the Ingham County Medical Director, Dr. Dean Sienko, the man was an “overzealous
microbiology student” with an interest in pathogens, but “no intent to do harm.” The man had taken courses at
a community college. According to Sienko, “There was no anthrax,” and the man had acted “more out of
curiosity about what he could do rather than malicious intent.”
912
Lisa Singhania, “Militia member admits his role in bomb plot,” Associated Press, June 2, 1998, as found at the World Wide
Web site of the Detroit News, http://www.detnews.com. In a June 11, 1998 telephone interview, Lloyd Meyer, Assistant U.S. Attorney in
the Office of the U.S. Attorney for the Western District of Michigan, stated that the court was informed that the group possessed a video
tape prepared by Kurt Saxon on the manufacture of ricin.
913
Brussels La Une Radio Network, 1200 GMT, May 26, 1998, as translated from the French by Foreign Broadcast Information
Service and obtained from the service’s on-line repository.
914914
P.D.G. and F.H., “Fourteen Searched in Belgium without Arrests,” La Libre, May 27, 1998, p. 8, as translated from the
French by Foreign Broadcast Information Service and obtained from the service’s on-line repository.
915
This account is based on “Amateur Scientist Tries to Grow Anthrax,” United Press International, March 11, 1998, as found
at the web site of ABC News, http://www.abcnews.com, and in an updated form at http://dailynews.yahoo.com.
162
The incident started on Friday, March 6, when employees of a real estate company hired to sell a
house discovered a laboratory in the basement. They notified police and public health officials, who
investigated the report. According to Sienko, the laboratory had “some level of sophistication.” However, the
man’s “methods were fairly crude.” As of March 12, 1998, the Lansing police had not arrested anyone in
connection with the case, and the FBI indicated that it did not intend to investigate.
Case 1998-01: John Bernard Koch, February 1998
At 9:40 a.m. on February 5, 1998, John Bernard Koch attempted to bring what appeared to be an
explosive device into the Mecklenburg County Courthouse in Charlotte, North Carolina.
916
The device was
contained in a plastic file box, and reportedly contained two small canisters. An FBI search of Koch’s trailer
revealed that he had in interest in biological and chemical weapons, including at least one book on the subject.
As a result, it appears that law enforcement officials, including the explosive ordnance disposal personnel of
the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police, feared that the device might include chemical or biological agents.
Koch surrendered to police at 2:44 p.m., but it was not until 2:30 a.m. the following morning, the
bomb squad disarmed the device. There was no immediate indication whether in fact the device contained
chemical or biological agents.
The 31-year old man apparently was distraught over his divorce, and especially over a decision by a
judge to award custody of their two sons to his former wife.
A bail hearing for Koch was held on February 16, and the Mecklenburg District Judge required him to
pose a $2 million bond. At the hearing, Koch’s attorney claimed that the device was incapable of detonating,
pointing out that the wires in it were not connected.
917
Subsequently, the FBI reported that the device contained
no pathogenic materials, but did not clarify earlier suggestions that Koch had an interest in chemical and
biological weapons.
918
On July 8, 1998, Koch was indicted by a federal grand jury on related charges, including one count of
transporting an explosive device across state lines and three charges relating to violations of federal firearms
laws. He could be fined up to $1 million and receive up to 60 years in prison if he is convicted of all the
charges. Following the indictment, he was transferred from state to federal custody. In addition, Koch may be
charged under state laws, including alleged possession of a weapon of mass destruction and possession of a
weapon in a courthouse.
919
Case 1997-07: Osama bin Laden, 1997-1999
According to a report that appeared in an Arabic language newspaper published in Paris, Al-Watan al-
’Arabi, Dr. Hasan al-Turabi, the leading figure in the Sudanese Islamic government, hosted a meeting with
several terrorist figures, including Osama bin Laden. Bin Laden is a wealthy businessman of Saudi origin who
has became a major supporter of Islamic terrorist groups. Bin Laden is linked to a terrorist organization called
Al Qaeda. According to the report, one of the issues discussed at that meeting was funding for a biological
warfare facility.
920
The report listed a number of agenda items, including the following:
Find the necessary financing to develop the chemical and bacterial weapons factory that the
Sudanese Government has established in the Khartoum Bahri suburb of Kubar, in cooperation with
the Iraqi Government, which smuggled special materials for this factory after the end of the Gulf
War.
921
916
This account is based on Paul Nowell, “Bomb disarmed, standoff suspect in mental health facility,” Charlotte Observer,
February 6, 1998, and Diana Suchetka, “Extra precautions taken with device,” Charlotte Observer, February 6, 1998, as taken from the
newspaper’s web site at http://www.charlotte.com.
917
Gary L. Wright, “$2 Million Cash Bond for Koch,” Charlotte Observer, February 17, 1998, p. 1C, and “Bond Set at $2
million in courthouse bomb,” News & Observer (Raleigh, North Carolina), February 17, 1998, from the newspaper’s web site at
http://www.news-observer.com.
918
Gary L. Wright, “FBI: Courthouse Bomb Nothing to Cause Disease,” Charlotte Observer, February 20, 1998, p. 31.
919
“Man indicted in bomb threat at courthouse,” Charlotte Observer, July 9, 1998, as taken from the newspapers Web site.
920
Al J. Venter, “North Africa faces new Islamic threat,” Jane’s Pointer, March 1998, p. 11. Based on an October 31, 1997
report that appeared in an Arabic language newspaper published in Paris, Al-Watan al-’Arabi.
921
Jilad Salim, “Secrets of al-Manshiyah,” Al-Watan al-’Arabi, October 31, 1997, pp. 22-24, as translated from the Arabic by
FBIS.
163
On August 20, 1998, responding to the terrorist bombing of the U.S. embassies in Kenya and
Tanzania, the United States launched cruise missiles at the Shifa Pharmaceuticals facility in north Khartoum.
922
According to an unidentified U.S. intelligence official, the United States believed that the Shifa facility was
tied to bin Ladin.
Even though he left Sudan in 1996, we know that Bin Ladin's businesses acquire restricted, high
priced items for the Sudanese military including arms, communications, and dual use components
for chemical and biological weapons. [Emphasis added.]
923
Similarly, the George Robertson, Britain’s Secretary State for Defence, made the following statement on
August 23, 1998.
We have independent evidence ourselves that Bin Laden and others were seeking to acquire
chemical and biological weapons in order to prosecute the kind of campaign that we know they
were involved in.
924
Although these comments appear to confirm allegations of interest by Bin Ladin in biological agents,
they do not suggest an association between the Shifa facility and a possible biological weapons program.
925
U.S. government officials have released additional information suggesting that bin Laden and Al
Qaeda had an interest in nuclear and chemical weapons. According to a criminal complaint filed against
Mamdouh Mahmud Salim, a senior aide to bin Laden, sometime in 1993 the group tried to acquire highly
enriched uranium “for the purpose of developing nuclear weapons”
926
In addition, the criminal complaint,
which was written by an FBI Special Agent, made the following claim:
While al Qaeda was located in the Sudan, CS-1 [confidential source 1] advises that al Qaeda and
the NIF had a close working relationship in the Sudan, working together to obtain weapons and
explosives and in an effort to develop chemical weapons.
927
In June 1998, U.S. officials again renewed allegations that bin Laden was developing chemical and
biological weapons capabilities. According to a report by ABC News, he has acquired materials needed for
production of biological ad chemical agents from sources in the former Soviet Union. The same report claimed
that bin Laden had laboratories supporting his chemical and biological weapons programs at two locations in
Afghanistan, one near Khoust and the other near Jalalabad.
928
Case 1991-03: Hamas, 1991-1993
According to Congressional testimony of Steven Emerson, an investigative journalist who focuses on
Islamic terrorist groups, the Palestinian group Hamas wanted to acquire chemical and biological weapons
capabilities. As evidence of this interest, he cites Israeli documents that record the interrogation of a senior
Hamas official, Muhammad Salah. In material submitted to a U.S. court, Salah is quoted as making the
following statements:
My task was to collect names of brothers … together with the following details: Their fields of
study, the date when they completed their studies, date of return to the occupied lands, their ability
to express them selves, military activity, and the ability to work with chemical materials … such as
remote control activation, agricultural pesticides and basic chemical materials for the preparation of
922
James Bennet, “U.S. Cruise Missiles Strike Sudan and Afghan Targets Tied to Terrorist Network,” New York Times, August
21, 1998, pp. A1, A10, and Barton Gellman and Dana Priest, “U.S. Attacks Sites in Afghanistan, Sudan,” Washington Post, pp. A1, A10.
923
Background briefing on “Terrorist Camp Strikes,” August 20, 1998, as found at http://www.defenselink.mil.
924
“Britain Has Bin Laden Evidence,” Associated Press, August 23, 1998,11:00 a.m. EDT.
925
Considerable criticism has been directed at Clinton Administration claims that the facility at al-Shifa was tied to bin Laden
and that the al-Shifa Pharmaceutical Factory was used by Sudan’s reported chemical weapons program. For a careful review of the
evidence, see Michael Barletta, “Chemical Weapons in the Sudan: Allegations and Evidence,” Nonproliferation Review, Fall 1998.
926
Michael Grunwald, “U.S. Says Bin Laden Sought Nuclear Arms,” Washington Post, September 26, 1998; p. A19.
927
United States of America v. Mamdouh Mahmud Salim, Sealed Complaint, Violation of Title 18, United States Code,
Sections 2332 and 2332a, September 14, 1998. Similar language appears in an indictment of four bin Laden supporters. See United States
v. Wadih el Hage, et al., Indictment, October 7, 1998, filed by the U.S. Attorney, Southern District of New York. David K. Schenker, now
a Research Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy, provided me with a copy of these documents.
928
John McWethy, “Bin Laden Set to Strike Again?,” ABC News, June 16, 1999, as found at http://www.abcnews.go.com on
June 17, 1999. For a report that U.S. officials believe that bin Laden was acquiring chemical and biological weapons, see David Cloud and
Carla Anne Robbins, “U.S. Intelligence Suggests Bin Laden May Strike Again,” Wall Street Journal, June 17, 1999.
164
bombs and explosives … and in the use of instruments to jam telephone conversations, and watches
to activate explosive charges…
[We chose them] also according to their expertise, which were chemistry, physics, poisons, military
material, and computers…. For example, in chemistry we asked him what is your specialization?
Or what is your level [in] … toxins chemistry? Can you prepare poisons?
929
Although the statement clearly suggests an interest in chemical poisons, which could mean chemical agents, it
is less clear that biological agents are mentioned. The references to toxins appear in the context of chemistry,
and the context implies that the term was being used to refer to poisons.
Case 1991-01: Doug Gustafson, 1991
In October 1990, Doug Gustafson and a companion shot at a passing automobile from their own
vehicle, killing one of the occupants of the other car. Gustafson was convicted of second-degree murder, and
sentenced to 65 years in prison. Before his conviction, Gustafson plotted to kill a prosecution key witness,
George Kerr. Gustafson recruited both his brother and sister in this plot. He and his sister discussed using ricin
to poison Kerr. According to Gustafson, his sister attempted to acquire some castor bean plants from local
nurseries, but found that the plants could only be obtained by special order. Accordingly, they resorted to a
letter bomb instead, which killed Kerr’s father when he opened it. Gustafson was convicted of the letter
bombing and sentenced to life imprisonment. His sister received a 24-year sentence and his brother a 21-year
sentence for their roles in the bombing plot.
930
Case 1985-01: Michael Swango, 1985
On October 26, 1984, the police in the small town of Quincy, Illinois, arrested Dr. Michael Swango
on a charge of aggravated assault for allegedly attempting to poison some of his fellow paramedics. In the
month before the arrest, several of Swango’s colleagues had become ill, and some of them were suspicious that
he was responsible. One of them detected a strange sweetness in the tea that he had poured from the pitcher left
standing on a table in the paramedic’s room. When several of the paramedics began to feel ill after tasting
some of the tea, someone had the presence of mind to save a sample of the liquid for later analysis. Laboratory
tests proved that the tea had contained a lethal quantity of arsenic.
When police searched Swango’s apartment, they discovered that he had collected considerable
information on poisons. There were thirteen bottles of ant poisons, including one that proved to be chemically
identical to the poison put into the tea. In addition, police discovered that Swango had books describing how to
kill people, along with a collection of poison recipe cards. On those cards, he had extracted information on how
to make several toxins, including ricin and botulinum toxin. Also discovered were castor beans, which are the
source of ricin.
931
On May 3, 1985, Michael Swango was convicted of attempting to kill six paramedics with arsenic. He
was sentenced to five years in prison.
932
He could have been sentenced to a maximum of 60 years.
933
The questions by the Quincy police about Swango’s activities led to two additional investigations into
his activities in Columbus, Ohio, one by Ohio State University and the other by the local district attorney. The
Ohio State University report outlined some of Swango’s suspicious activities during his neurosurgery residence
from July 1983 to June 1984. These suspicious apparently played a role in the decision to release him from the
program.
The Franklin County Prosecutor reported that there was circumstantial evidence linking Swango to
several deaths at University Hospital, but that there was not enough evidence to warrant a prosecution.
934
The
929
Steven Emerson, “Foreign Terrorists in America Five Years after the World Trade Center Bombing,” February 24, 1998, a
report submitted to the United States Senate, Judiciary Subcommittee on Terrorism, Technology and Government Information.
930
Natalie Phillips, “Gustafson owns up to killing,” Anchorage Daily News, November 27, 1995, p. C1.
931
“Poison Packed Kitchen Shelves,” Newsday, October 21, 1993, p. 129, Michael J. Berens, “Swango is suspect in new
poisonings,” Columbus Dispatch, June 8, 1989, p. 1A. According to “Ohio won’t prosecute doctor: lack of evidence to tie him to patient
deaths cited,” Chicago Tribune, April 3, 1986, p. 4, the castor beans were discovered in Swango’s Columbus, Ohio, apartment. For an
extensive review of the case, see James B. Stewart, “Annals of Crime: Professional Courtesy,” New Yorker, November 24, 1997, pp. 90-
105. Stewart repeats the report that Swango was found to possess ricin, but also notes that he collected articles on the Markov case (see
Case 1978-05 on page 58).
932
“Poisoner of co-workers gets 5 years,” Chicago Tribune, August 24, 1985, p. 3.
933
“Sentencing delayed in poison trial,” Chicago Tribune, June 13, 1985, p. 3 (Midwest Final edition).
934
“Ohio won’t prosecute doctor: lack of evidence to tie him to patient deaths cited,” Chicago Tribune, April 3, 1986, p. 4.
165
Franklin County Prosecutor blamed the hospitals for failing to take appropriate steps following several
suspicious deaths involving Swango. Because of suspicions that several patients who died may have been
poisoned, seven autopsies were performed to look for signs of poisoning. While the pathologists
unsuccessfully hunted for signs of poisons, they discovered that one patient died after a gauze pad was shoved
down his throat. That death, which was then classified as homicide, occurred while Swango was on duty at the
hospital.
935
According to a 1986-press report, the autopsy performed on an elderly woman suffering from
leukemia who died during Swango’s residency period appeared consistent with ricin intoxication.
936
Swango
was never charged with any of these deaths.
It was after his dismissal from the program at Ohio State University, that Swango returned to work
part time in his hometown of Quincy, Illinois, as a paramedic.
937
His medical license, however, was rescinded
only after his 1985 conviction. After serving 30 months in prison, Swango was released. He apparently then
moved to Newport News, Virginia, where he went to work at a medical employment agency in 1989. He was
suspected of poisoning some of his coworkers, but was never charged.
938
Swango reappeared in 1992, when the
University of South Dakota admitted him as a resident in internal medicine. He was suspended after four
months when administrators learned of his tainted past through a cable television broadcast. After receiving the
report of the Ohio State University investigation, Swango was dismissed from the program.
939
In 1993, he was linked to several unexpected deaths at a Veterans Administration hospital while he
was in a medical residency at State University of New York, Stony Brook. He was removed from the residency
for failing to accurately fill out his application forms.
940
Swango then obtained a job in Zimbabwe, where he
worked at a hospital. He was suspended from that position in 1995 on suspicions that he was involved in the
deaths of some of the patients.
941
It is believed that he worked in Zambia and Namibia.
942
The government of
Zimbabwe also accused him of murdering five people, and indicated that it was interested in extraditing him.
No extradition treaty exists between the United States and Zimbabwe. According to an assistant U.S. attorney,
such an agreement was on the verge of being signed.
943
The FBI arrested Swango at Chicago’s O’Hare airport as he was returning to the United States from
South Africa. Although he used a false name in Zimbabwe, his U.S. passport was still under the name Swango.
This meant that he had to use his real name when buying his airplane ticket, and federal authorities detected his
name as a federal fugitive on the airplane’s passenger list. After his arrest, Swango was charged with illegally
prescribing narcotics to patients. This charge was based on the allegation that he had falsely obtained his
position as resident, and thus had no right to prescribe narcotics.
944
According to one account, FBI investigators believe that Swango may have been responsible for the
death of dozens of people.
945
As of June 1999, authorities were still investigating Swango’s activities,
according to James Tatum, assistant U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of New York. He told reporters that
some bodies might be exhumed.
946
935
“Autopsy shows crash victim a homicide,” Chicago Tribune, September 21, 1985, p. 3, “Autopsy done on Swango-treated
hospital patient,” Columbus Dispatch, November 10, 1993, p. 8D, and David Lore, “Trial set in OSU lawsuit: the hearing will be first
involving tenure of Swango,” Columbus Dispatch, October 17, 1993, p. 1B.
936
“Ohio Won’t Prosecute Doctor: Lack of Evidence to Tie Him to Patient Deaths Cited,” Chicago Tribune, April 3, 1986, p. 4.
This allegation is repeated with additional details in Stewart, “Annals of Crime: Professional Courtesy,” New Yorker, p. 98.
937
David Lore, “Swango is suspect in new poisonings,” Columbus Dispatch, June 11, 1989, p. 4B.
938
Robert Ruth, “Co-worker’s tip to police started new Swango probe,” Columbus Dispatch, June 10, 1989, p. 1A, Michael J.
Berens, “Swango talks to police in poisoning probe,” Columbus Dispatch, June 9, 1989, p. 1A, and David Lore, “Medical dragnet failed to
snag the ‘poison doctor’,” Columbus Dispatch, November 7, 1993, p. 2C.
939
The report appeared on a program called “The Justice Files.” See “Swango says South Dakota probers were misled about his
OSU residency,”, Columbus Dispatch, December 27, 1992, p. 2C, and David Lore, “OSU needs Swango’s approval to send files to
medical school,” Columbus Dispatch, December 10, 1992, p. 5C.
940
. David Lore, “Medical dragnet failed to snag the ‘poison doctor’,” Columbus Dispatch, November 7, 1993, p. 2C.
941
“Swango named in more deaths,” Columbus Dispatch, January 12, 1998, at http://www.dispatch.com.
942
Stewart, “Annals of Crime: Professional Courtesy,” New Yorker, November 24, 1997, p. 105.
943
“Swango named in more deaths,” Columbus Dispatch, January 12, 1998.
944
Robert E. Kessler, “New Charges for Poison Doctor,” Newsday, September 13, 1997, p. A3.
945
Stewart, “Annals of Crime: Professional Courtesy,” New Yorker, p. 105.
946
David Lore, “Jailed ex-doctor still under investigation,” Columbus Dispatch, June 11, 1999, as found at the paper’s web site,
http://www.dispatch.com.
166
Case 1980-03X: East German terrorist training, 1980s
According to a report that appeared in a British newspaper, the Independent, the East Germany secret
service, the Stasi, trained Iraqis, Palestinians, and others in the covert use of biological agents.
947
The story,
reportedly based on an interview with a former member of the Stasi, claims that through 1985 the training was
conducted at a secret facility outside Berlin. After that date, the training was given at camps in Iraq, Syria, and
Yemen. The story claims that the students were given training in use of anthrax and yellow fever virus.
Allegedly, they were taught to employ the agents in attacks on “wells, rivers and reservoirs or large areas of
terrain.” According to the former Stasi officer,
They were trained extensively in the use of chemical and biological weapons and also the effects
were explained in detail . In particular they studied plans for terrorist attacks where people
congregate, such as airports, railway stations and large public gatherings
The importance of this was to achieve a demoralising effect of terrorising the population, throwing
them off balance, and throwing into confusion the entire structure of the security forces in the
individual countries.
The paper claims that the Iraqis were members of the Muhabarat secret police. The Iraqis and other foreigners
were trained in groups of 15 to 20.
Case 1974-01: The Symbionese Liberation Army, January 1974
In January 1974, police raided a safehouse operated by the Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) and
discovered that the group possessed a volume on “Germ Warfare.” Also discovered was a manual on “Anti-
Aircraft Defenses,” suggesting that the collection of materials may not have represented the types of
capabilities the group intended to develop.
948
Although the group was known to coat its bullets with cyanide,
there is no evidence to suggest that it ever developed any biological agent capability.
949
Case 1972-02: Unnamed Middle East terrorist organization, 1972
According to the RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology, sometime in 1972 “A Middle East
terrorist organization was reported to have established a scientific committee and assigned to it the task of
purchasing and/or developing chemical and/or biological sabotage agents and the delivery systems for
them.”
950
Case 1970-03: Weatherman, November 1970
In late November 1970, Jack Anderson wrote a story, reportedly based on an Customs Bureau
intelligence report, claiming that the Weatherman faction, a radical leftist terrorist group associated with the
Students for a Democratic Society, was attempting to acquire pathogens from the U.S. Army’s biological
warfare research facility at Ft. Detrick, Maryland.
951
According to Anderson, the Weatherman hoped to use an
allegedly homosexual Army officer stationed at Ft. Detrick to gain access to information and materials. His
story mentions two meetings in which this effort was discussed.
In the first meeting, described in a November 3, 1970 report, an informant to the Customs Bureau
discussed a meeting with a drug dealer who allegedly associated with individuals in the Weatherman
organization. According to the Customs informant, this Weatherman associate wanted “information on what
kind of bacteria would be effective and would bypass the filtering system of a city and would incapacitate a
population by infection for seven-to-ten days.” According to the informant, this drug dealer “stated to me that
he was merely engaged in a discussion with some SDS Weatherman as to the possibility of this.” In addition,
the informant reported that, “He asked me to contact the (homosexual) officer I know there and set him up for
947
Harvey Morris, “Crisis in the Gulf: Saddam terrorists ‘trained by Stasi’,” Independent, January 30, 1991, p. 1. I am grateful
to Cornelius G. McWright for bringing this article to my attention.
948
U.S. Congress, House of Representatives, Committee on Internal Security, Symbionese Liberation Army (Washington, D.C.:
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974), p. 7. A less specific reference is Brian M. Jenkins and Alfred P. Rubin, “New Vulnerabilities and
the Acquisition of New Weapons by Nongovernment Groups,” p. 228, in Alona E. Evans and John F. Murphy, editors, Legal Aspects of
International Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company, 1978), citing Lowell Ponte, KABC radio
broadcast, Los Angeles, October 23, 1975.
949
A discussion of the books discovered in the hideout of Patty Hearst makes no mention of any volumes relating to biological
agents. See Philip Hager, “Guns and Bullets Among Patty’s Effects, FBI Says,” Los Angeles Times, September 30, 1975, pp. 3, 16.
950
The RAND-St. Andrews Terrorism Chronology.
951
Jack Anderson, “Weatherman Seeking BW Germs,” The Washington Post, November 20, 1970, p. D15.
167
a discussion, and mentioned the possibility of the use of blackmail to induce the ‘gay’ officer in question to
cooperate.”
The second meeting between the drug dealer and the Customs informant took place several days later,
was reported in a November 11 account. According to the informant, “He (the drug dealer) suggested that I
obtain pictures and records that could be used to blackmail this officer into furnishing information as to the
nature and character of a BW weapon that (1) is capable of infection, but not fatal infection, the entire
population of a large city for seven-to-ten days, and (2) would pass through the water filtering plant of a large
city and go directly into the homes of the population.”
Following publication of the Anderson report, the U.S. Army confirmed that it had received reports
that the Weatherman organization was plotting to acquire biological agents from Fort Detrick. The Army also
indicated that the warning had been received from the Customs Bureau, and that it was based on information
provided by an informant.
952
Case 1968-01: Arab Pharmaceutical Congress, September 1968
According to the newspaper Dagens Nyheter, the Arab Pharmaceutical Congress indicated its support
for the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and advocated training in biological warfare.
953
It is unclear
from this account whether the group was suggesting that the PLO undertake biological warfare training, or if
that suggestion was directed at Arab states.
False cases and hoaxes
These cases fall into several categories. First, there are some cases that never occurred, even though
they are identified by some sources as examples of biological agent use. In some instances, it is unclear if the
alleged event ever took place. In other cases, something may have happened, but if it did there is no indication
that a biological agent, as defined by this study, was not involved. This includes instances in which law
enforcement officials were unable to determine that alleged activities were in fact illegal.
Case 1999-67: Feared use of West Nile Fever by Iraq, October 1999
In October 1999, Richard Preston, a novelist and chronicler of disease outbreaks, published an article
in The New Yorker magazine suggesting that the CIA was investigating whether Iraq was responsible for
causing the outbreak of West Nile fever in the New York City area.
954
This account relied heavily on a story
written by an Iraqi defector claiming that Saddam Hussein planned to use a strain of West Nile virus to mount
biological weapons attacks. Preston drew on a story that appeared in the previous April in the London Daily
Mirror.
955
That story was based on a book authored by the defector, Mikhail Ramadan, who supposedly served
as a double for Saddam Hussein.
956
According to the newspaper account, Saddam Hussein told Ramadan about plans to use a strain of the
West Nile virus called SV1417 to stage biological warfare attacks. The newspaper story gave the following
account of the episode.
In 1997, on almost the last occasion we met, Saddam summoned me to his study. Seldom had I
seen him so elated. Unlocking the top right-hand drawer of his desk, he produced a bulky, leather-
bound dossier and read extracts from it. Immediately afterwards, I made coded notes of what he
said. The dossier holds details of his ultimate weapon, developed in secret laboratories outside
Iraq. That stage of Saddam's plan, Point One, was scheduled to be completed by mid-1998. Free of
UN inspection, the laboratories would develop the SV1417 strain of the West Nile virus - capable
of destroying 97 pc [percent] of all life in an urban environment. That would take two years, with
another year to stockpile the virus. Saddam revealed that the virus could be released with impunity
- the Iraqis would be safe. Plans were underway to distribute enough antidote to protect up to 30
million people. He said SV1417 was to be 'operationally tested' on a Third World population centre
of not less than 100,000 and no more than 250,000 people, probably in the year 2000. The target
had been selected, Saddam said, 'but that is not for your innocent ears'. Once sufficient stocks of
952
“Army Tells of Plot to Steal Bacteria From Ft. Detrick,” New York Times, November 21, 1970, p. 34.
953
“Arab Plan for Chemical War,” Dagens Nyheter, September 30, 1968, as cited in Roberta Wohlstetter, “Terror on a Grand
Scale,” Survival, May June 1976, p. 102.
954
Richard Preston, “West Nile Mystery,” The New Yorker, October 17 & 25, 1999, pp. 90-108.
955
Mikhael Ramadan, “I Was Saddam’s Double,” Daily Mail, April 6, 1999, pp. 34-35.
956
Mikhael Ramadan, In the Shadow of Saddam (London: GreeNZone Publishing, 1999), pp. 317-319.
168
virus and antidote had been gathered, the news would be conveyed to the UN, followed by a series
of ultimatums. The climax - Point Four in Saddam's dossier would be the releasing of SV1417 at
strategic points in the world.
957
The book’s account of this episode is essentially similar, but gives slightly more detail and varies in a few
important respects. The book places the fatality rate at only 90 percent, not 97 percent as claimed in the
newspaper article.
958
According to press reports, the CIA looked into the possibility that the outbreak resulted from
deliberate introduction. According to an unnamed CIA official quoted by the Washington Post, “there’s
nothing we’ve found that would support the notion at all.”
959
Subsequently, Peggy Hamburg, Assistant
Secretary of Health in the Department of Health and Human Services, said, “The data did not indicate it was a
result of terrorist action.” She confirmed that the FBI and CIA had investigated the outbreak, even though there
was skepticism about the possibility that it resulted from intentional acts.
960
Case 1999-63: Feared anthrax release (in Wichita, Kansas), December 1999
On December 17, 1999, hazardous materials teams blocked off a considerable part of downtown
Wichita, Kansas, after someone reported seeing a powder on the ground near the Finney State Office Building.
Consequently, rush hour traffic was obstructed for two hours by the street closures. The teams identified the
powder in more than 50 locations. Eventually, they discovered that the unknown substance was cooking flour
used by a group of runners, the Hash Street Harriers, to mark their running paths. They use chalk and flour to
mark the trails because they are environmentally friendly. According to a member of the group, “We’ve run
downtown probably 30 times over the last three years.”
961
Case 1999-74: Cobra venom smuggling, October 1999
According to a press report, on at least two occasions Bangladeshi police seized illicit shipments of
cobra venom. The cobra venom is collected for use in medical research. The newspaper claims that it is also
misused as an illicit drug, apparently for its psychotropic effects.
962
There is no indication from the account that
the people acquiring the cobra venom intended to use it to kill anyone.
Case 1999-73: Stolen tuberculosis, June 1999
According to press reports, a black overnight bag containing a vial of tuberculosis was stolen from the
room of a researcher staying at the Cathedral Hill Hotel in San Francisco, California. According to police, the
bag was taken during a daytime robbery. There is no evidence that the burglar knew that the tuberculosis was
in the bag or had any interest in it.
963
Case 1999-69: “Nong Jaew”, June 1999
According to a Bangkok newspaper, police suspected that a 34-year-old woman identified as “Nong
Jaew” was suspected of deliberately infecting policemen with HIV. According to these accounts, the woman’s
husband, a policeman, died of AIDS and infected her in the process. Apparently in revenge, she sought to
infect other policemen with the disease. The reports suggest that she may have slept with as many as 20
957
Mikhael Ramadan, “I Was Saddam’s Double,” Daily Mail, April 6, 1999, p. 35.
958
Ramadan, In the Shadow of Saddam, p. 318.
959
Vernon Loeb, “CIA Finds No Sign Virus Was An Attack,” Washington Post, October 12, 1999. p. 2.
960
“No evidence of bioterrorism in NY virus outbreak: official,” Agence France Press, January 6, 2000.
961
“Baking flour used to mark runners’ route mistaken for anthrax,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, December 18,
1999, AM cycle.
962
“Snake Venom,” The Independent Emerging Markets Datafile, October 29, 1999, as found in the Lexis-Nexis on-line
database. This episode was brought to my attention by Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD
Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The
Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 172.
963
“Stolen TB vial is still out there,” San Francisco Examiner, June 30, 1999, p. A5, Sabin Russell, “Stolen TB Vial Poses No
Immediate Peril,” San Francisco Chronicle, June 30, 1999, p. A15, and Jessie Seyfer, “Vial of virulent TB stolen from hotel room; police
warn of health risks,” Associated Press State and Local Wire, June 29, 1999, AM cycle. This episode was brought to my attention by
Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving Sub-National
Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 170.
169
policemen, but it was not known if the allegation was accurate or if any had become infected with HIV. The
woman was a nurse, and apparently died of AIDS on June 30, 1999.
964
It is unclear over what period the alleged seductions are supposed to have occurred. This incident does
not meet the case definition used in this study, because it involves the natural transmission of disease. It is
reported here because it was included in another survey of bioterrorism incidents and because it is a relatively
typical example of a type of crime that occurs more often than sometimes recognized.
965
Case 1999-72: Theft through threat of HIV exposure, March 1999
A Cuban newspaper, Tribuna de La Habana, reportedly issued a story on March 21, 1999 that police
had recently arrested two perpetrators, Manuel Basulto and Miguel Quevedo, who threatened to infect their
victims with HIV contaminated blood by cutting themselves.
966
This method of dissemination does not meet
the criteria for a bioterrorism or biocriminal case used by this study, but the incident is mentioned because of
its mention in the other survey.
967
Case 1999-46: Feared anthrax threats (in New York), January 1999
The Colonial Village Elementary School, located in the Niagara-Wheatfield school district in Niagara
County, New York, was shut down on January 25, 1999, because of a “suspicious” package found shoved into
the front door. Employees at an obstetrics/gynecology office in Lockport, New York, found an identical
envelope. Although the envelopes were treated as hazardous, subsequent investigation determined that they
were filled with advertisements from a collection agency in Amherst, New York.
968
Case 1998-47: Feared anthrax threat (in Providence, Rhode Island), November 1998
On November 30, 1998, a Planned Parenthood of Rhode Island clinic received a suspicious package
that was treated as a possible anthrax threat. The package, which was a little bigger than a shoe box, was
delivered at about 1:00 p.m. Because it had no return address, employees at the clinic feared that it might be
one of the anthrax threat packages being sent to Planned Parenthood clinics around the country. The package
was taken outside the building, and authorities were notified. After being examined with bomb detection
equipment, it was opened and found to contain return address labels for the clinic.
969
Case 1998-39: Anthrax scare (at hospital), December 1998
On December 18, 1998, the Providence St. Joseph Medical Center in the Media District of Los
Angeles County was closed for about an hour due to fears of possible anthrax contamination. At about 8:30
p.m. a woman suffering from flu-like symptoms arrived at the emergency room of the hospital. Medical
providers initially thought that she had been in the Woodlands Hills Bankruptcy Court building, which had
been the target of an anthrax threat. The hospital notified authorities and a Los Angeles city hazardous
materials team was sent to the hospital. Further questioning, however, determined that the woman had not been
in the court building but in one next to it, and there was no chance that she had been exposed to the anthrax.
970
Case 1998-15: Ricin scare in Jacksonville, Florida, November 1998
About 8:00 a.m. on November 3, 1998 police officers at the Jacksonville’s Sheriff’s Office tested a
white powder found in a small box seized in a vacant apartment to determine if the material was cocaine.
When tested, the substance reacted in a way that suggested that it might be ricin. The box containing the
964
“Infected wife targets men in uniform in AIDS vendetta,” Bangkok Post, July 2, 1999, and “AIDS Vendetta: Embarrassed
lawmen hounded by wives over widow,” Bangkok Post, July 3, 1999.
965
Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving
Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 161.
966
“Cuban police arrest muggers using AIDS as a weapon,” Agence France Presse, March 21, 1999, 20:51 GMT.
967
Gavin Cameron, Jason Pate, Diana McCauley, & Lindsay DeFazio, “1999 WMD Terrorism Chronology: Incidents Involving
Sub-National Actors and Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Materials,” The Nonproliferation Review, Summer 2000, p. 168.
968
Peter Simon and Thomas J. Prohaska, “Student at Iroquois High Charged in Anthrax Scare,” Buffalo News, January 26,
1999, p. 5B. I am grateful to Jason Pate at the Monterey Institute for International Studies for calling my attention to these incidents.
969
Jonathan D. Rockoff, “Suspicious package prompts alert at Planned Parenthood,” Providence Journal-Bulletin, December 1,
1998, p. 3B. I am indebted to Jason Pate, Monterey Institute for International Studies, for bring this incident to my attention.
970
Leslie Simmons, “Anthrax scare at St. Joseph’s,” Los Angeles Times, December 26, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site, http://www.latimes.com.
170
suspected ricin powder was dropped on the loading dock of the Sheriff’s Office as it was being removed from
the building. As a result, nine people were exposed.
In response to the possible release of ricin, the Sheriff’s Office was quarantined, and the Fire and
Rescue Department’s hazardous materials team was called to decontaminate the affected area. The material
was taken to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection for testing. The nine affected employees
were transported to the trauma center of the University Medical Center. The Sheriff’s Office employees were
decontaminated with a spray of bleach and water in a wash down area outside the trauma center. Other people
coming to the hospital center was questioned to determine if they might have been exposed to the agent release
at the Sheriff’s Office. A similar process was followed at the Methodist Medical Center across the street.
The employees were kept in the University Medical Center’s trauma unit for observation, and the unit
was quarantined. The next day it was determined that the substance was not ricin, and the patients were
released
971
Case 1998-02: Larry Wayne Harris and William Leavitt, February 1998
On February 19, 1998, the FBI arrested two men, Larry Wayne Harris and William Leavitt, for
alleged violations of the Biological Weapons Antiterrorism Act (Title 18, United States Code, Section 175).
Specifically, the two were indicted on two counts. The first count charged them with conspiring to possess a
biological agent for use as a weapon, while the second charged them with possessing a biological agent for use
as a weapon.
972
According to the criminal complaint, on February 18, a “citizen-informant” called the Las Vegas,
Nevada, offices of the FBI and reported that at noon Harris and Leavitt claimed to possess “military grade”
anthrax. The U.S. Attorney’s office identified the informant as a “research scientist, specializing in cancer
research.” According to the criminal complaint, the informant had two extortion convictions, but that the FBI
had no reason to suspect that he had any ulterior motive in providing this information. “It appears that his
providing information to the FBI was done simply as a citizen performing his civic duty.” Subsequent press
reports indicate that the informant was Ronald George Rockwell, president of Rife Research Lab and Rockwell
Research Company.
It appears that the informant must have called the FBI almost immediately after the meeting. At 3:15
p.m., Leavitt called the informant and set up a meeting at a restaurant for 7:00 p.m. that evening. The source
met Leavitt and Harris in the parking lot of the restaurant, where they discussed the planned tests. According to
press reports, the FBI recorded the conversation.
The FBI also identified another individual who encountered Leavitt and Harris at the Gold Coast
Hotel. This informant claimed that Harris showed him a vial wrapped in cardboard that supposedly contained
anthrax. Harris allegedly stated that the vial contained enough anthrax to “wipe out the city.”
The vials suspected of containing anthrax were not removed from the automobile until the next day,
February 19. They were securely packaged, and placed on an FBI aircraft that flew them to northern Virginia.
The plane arrived at nearly midnight. The material was then flown to Ft. Detrick, Maryland, to the facilities of
the U.S. Army Research Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID). Although the packages were delivered
at 8:00 a.m., it was not until around noon that laboratory analyses were begun. The delay resulted in part from
the need to handle the vials carefully so that evidence, such as fingerprints, was not disturbed. Analyses
continued until the afternoon of February 21, by which time it was clear that the vials contained a non-
pathogenic strain of anthrax used in veterinary vaccines.
973
Based on the laboratory report, the Justice Department dropped the charges against both Leavitt and
Harris. Leavitt was released from prison. Harris remained in jail because of claims by the Justice Department
that he had violated the terms of his probation agreement.
971
Kathleen Sweeney and Margie Mason, “Chemical scare taken seriously,” Florida Times-Union (Jacksonville), November 4,
1998, and “Ricin scare ends; cause investigated,” Florida Times-Union (Jacksonville), November 5, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s
World Wide Web site, http://jacksonbille.com.
972
Details are taken from the Criminal Complaint, United States of America vs. Larry Wayne Harris and William Job Leavitt,
U.S. District Court, District of Nevada, Case No. MAF-98-2042-M-RLH, February 19, 1998, found at the web site of the Las Vegas Sun,
http://www.lasvegassun.com. Count two of the complaint accused that the two “knowingly possessed a biological agent and toxin, to wit:
anthrax and anthrax precursors, for use as a weapon.” The complaint never clarifies what toxin was involved. Nor does it clarify what was
meant by “anthrax precursor.” In addition, the second count in the criminal complaint accused the two of violating Title 18, United States
Code, Section 2, for aiding and abetting. According to the code, “Whoever commits an offense against the United States or aids, abets,
counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal.”
973
Robert Suro and William Claiborne, “Caution Impeded Speed in Assessing Chemicals’ Threat,” Washington Post, February
24, 1998, p. A3.
171
The U.S. Attorney’s office in Las Vegas indicated that it intended to continue its investigation into the
incident. The next day, FBI agents exercised a search warrant to search Leavitt’s home. A considerable amount
of material was removed during the search. According to press accounts, not officially confirmed, a grand jury
investigation into the case was initiated.
The FBI subsequently came under considerable criticism for its reliance on Rockwell. Although the
FBI admitted that Rockwell had been convicted on extortion charges, some observers believed that they gave
his allegations far too much credence.
974
Leavitt’s lawyers claimed that Rockwell had a motive for making
false allegations. They claimed, supported in part by documents, that Rockwell made the allegations against
Leavitt and Harris only after negotiations between Leavitt and Rockwell collapsed. According to the attorneys,
Rockwell wanted a $100,000 advance payment for the machine sight unseen. The talks fell apart over this
issue, and, Leavitt’s lawyers suggested, Rockwell then retaliated by going to the authorities with the story
about the alleged activities of Leavitt and Harris.
975
Questions also were raised concerning Rockwell’s credentials as a cancer researcher. Rockwell was
unknown to scientists who specialize in cancer, and appeared to have written no scientific articles.
976
Leavitt’s
attorneys also claimed that Rockwell attempted to involve their client in research on time travel and
unidentified flying objects. According to the lawyers, Rockwell wanted Leavitt to finance this research.
977
Others who had encountered Rockwell confirmed these claims. One man who met Rockwell concluded that the
man was “a total fruitcake” based on a fifteen-minute conversation. “He said he can build flying saucers any
size you want. He said he has a plane the size of a 747 that extracts energy out of the air as it moves and flies
for hours on one gallon of gasoline.” Based on such statements, this individual concluded, “For the FBI to even
listen to this man, I’m appalled.”
978
Finally, press reports suggest that Rockwell claimed on February 12, 1998, before he made the
allegations about Leavitt and Harris, that he possessed anthrax obtained from the U.S. Army biological warfare
research facility at Dugway Proving Grounds, Utah. Although Rockwell denied the allegation, a tape recording
of the telephone conversation apparently exists.
979
On March 3, Harris was returned to Ohio for a court hearing to determine if he in fact violated terms
of his parole (see page 152 for details of the parole hearing).
980
Case 1998-07: Drug dealers and ricin, January 1998
In January 1998, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) sent a warning to law enforcement
agencies about the potential use of ricin toxin by operators of drug laboratories manufacturing
methamphetamine. According to the report, DEA was concerned that the ricin might be mixed in with illegal
drugs and that the ricin could poison police officials raiding drug laboratories. According to Rodney Adams, a
DEA spokesman, the warning originated in the agency’s El Paso office. It was sent to other DEA offices,
which then forwarded it to other law enforcement organizations. Adams denied that any specific information
led to the alert, “We are taking this seriously, but we don’t honestly believe there is any of this out there
yet.”
981
The reports apparently are linked to the seizure of ricin by Customs Canada in 1993 from Thomas
Lavy. (This episode is recounted starting on 153). Salt Lake County (Utah) sheriff’s detective Dave Burdett,
who reportedly looked into the story, was unable to find any instances in which drug dealers used ricin in this
974
For example, see John L. Smith, “Too bad some clients of Rockwell didn’t know a crock well,” Las Vegas Review-Journal,
February 25, 1988, and Jeff German, “FBI source’s credibility muddles anthrax probe,” Las Vegas Sun, March 7, 1998.
975
Jeff German, “One man released after anthrax turns out to be harmless veterinary vaccine,” Las Vegas Sun, February 21,
1998, and Jeff German, “FBI source made time travel, UFO research plans,” Las Vegas Sun, February 23, 1998.
976
Denise Cardinal and Art Nadler, “FBI informant’s credibility probed in anthrax arrests,” Las Vegas Sun, February 23, 1998
977
Jeff German, “FBI source made time travel, UFO research plans,” Las Vegas Sun, February 23, 1998.
978
Steve Friess, “Credibility of FBI tipster comes under scrutiny,” Las Vegas Review-Journal, February 24, 1998, as found at
http://www.lvrj.com.
979
Jeff German, “FBI tipster claimed he had anthrax,” Las Vegas Sun, March 6, 1998.
980
Robert Ruth, “Man in anthrax scare is returned,” Columbus Dispatch, March 4, 1998, as found at the newspaper’s web site,
http://www.dispatch.com.
981
J. Harry Jones, “DEA warns local police to beware of potent toxin,” San Diego Union-Tribune, January 15, 1998, as found
at http://www2.uniontrib.com.
172
way. Nevertheless, he told a journalist that, “It’s definitely taken on a life of its own.”
982
This was illustrated by
the subsequent appearance of the report in Canada.
983
Case 1997-09: Israeli Intelligence, September 1997
On September 25, 1997, two Israeli intelligence operatives attempted to assassinate Khaled Meshal, a
political activist associated with Hamas, in a botched attack in Amman, Jordan. According to press accounts,
the Israelis sprayed a synthetic opiate, Fentanyl, into his ear. Fentanyl is used as an anesthetic. The two agents
involved in the attack were captured by Jordanian security, and the Israelis were forced to divulge the nature of
the poison used in the attack. Meshal survived.
984
Some Arab sources speculated that the Israelis might have
used ricin in the attack.
985
Case 1997-08: Shigella at Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center, fall 1997
According to press reports, seven laboratory technicians at the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center
became infected with a strain of the shigella organism sometime in late September and early October of 1997.
Two technicians were hospitalized. The first case was diagnosed on September 20, but the majority occurred
during the first week of October.
986
The incident occurred at a time when vials of the organism were being
transferred on a cart from a freezer that was not working. The two technicians moving the organisms became
sick three days and seven days after moving the vials.
987
It appears that the subsequent victims were infected
while using a vortex machine, which is used to shake the contents of test tubes.
988
The incident was investigated by state public health officials, who invited the Centers for Disease
Control (CDC) to assist.
989
The CDC investigators reportedly argued that it was possible that the infection
resulted from deliberate spread of the disease. Investigators for the Centers for Disease Control looked into the
cases in January, 1998, contended that the organism could only survive in the open for one day. Thus, they
apparently believed that it was unlikely that other members of the staff could have become ill if the exposure
were accidental during the move. Accordingly, CDC recommended that the hospital refer the case to the state’s
attorney general’s office for further investigation. Apparently, the FBI also was brought into the case.
990
A review of the case by the hospital’s insurance company, American International Group, suggested,
however, that there was “no demonstrable evidence to support a case of intentional conduct.” Relying on
advice from Dr. Leonard Mermel of Brown University and Dr. Donald Goldman of Harvard Medical School,
the insurance investigator concluded that shigella can in fact live for days on dry surfaces and months in water.
Moreover, the investigator noted that both of the technicians claimed that none of the vials was opened during
the move, suggesting that the spread was accidental not intentional.
991
Case 1997-02: “Middle East” Terrorists in Ames, Iowa, February 1997
On March 3 and 4, 1997, Steve Quayle, a survivalist who broadcasts a shortwave radio show known
as “Blueprint for Survival,” told his listeners that some Middle East terrorists posing as veterinary students at
982
Tom Zoellner, “Urban Legend: Death-Drug Rumor Discredited, Cops Can Arrest Easier,” Salt Lake Tribune, February 6,
1998, p. A1, as found at http://archive1.sltrib.com.
983
Tom Godfrey, “Warning on Deadly Nerve Agent,” London Free Press (Ontario, Canada), March 28, 1998, as found at
http://www.canoe.ca/LondonNews. See also http://snopes.simplenet.com/spoons/faxlore/ricin.htm for a discussion of this story by the
Urban Legends Reference Pages.
984
Alan Cowell, “The Daring Attack that Blew Up in Israel’s Face,” New York Times, October 15, 1997, pp.. A1, A6.
985
See, for example, the article that appeared in an Amman, Jordan, newspaper soon after the attack: “Paper Links Toxic Ricin
to Mish’al Assassination Attempt,” al-Ra’y (Arabic), September 30, 1997, pp. 1, 17, as translated by the Foreign Broadcast Information
Service (FBIS) and retrieved from its World Wide Web site.
986
Richard Saltus, “N.H. hospital probes bacteria outbreak,” Boston Globe, December 3, 1997, p. B5.
987
This account is based on “Investigation finds shigella outbreak at Dartmouth not Deliberate,” Associated Press, April 22,
1998, 13:58 report, as found on the Boston Globe World Wide Web site, http://www.boston.com/dailynews.
988
Richard Saltus, “N.H. hospital probes bacteria outbreak,” Boston Globe, December 3, 1997, p. B5.
989
Richard Saltus, “N.H. hospital probes bacteria outbreak,” Boston Globe, December 3, 1997, p. B5.
990
This account is based on “Investigation finds shigella outbreak at Dartmouth not Deliberate,” Associated Press, April 22,
1998, 13:58 report, as found on the Boston Globe World Wide Web site, http://www.boston.com/dailynews.
991
This account is based on “Investigation finds shigella outbreak at Dartmouth not Deliberate,” Associated Press, April 22,
1998, 13:58 report, as found on the Boston Globe World Wide Web site, http://www.boston.com/dailynews.
173
Iowa State University had been arrested by government agents on February 1997.
992
According to Quayle, the
alleged terrorists were in possession of seven vials containing anthrax, along with equipment needed to
disseminate the agent into the air. Quayle told a journalist with the Ames Daily Tribune that the Federal
Emergency Management Agency sent 48,000 doses of anthrax vaccine to Iowa. He also claimed that the story
was first reported during a February 28 C-SPAN broadcast of a congressional hearing, although the subject
was never mentioned at that hearing. Ultimately, a reporter who investigated the story believes that it may have
originated with an article written by an official at the Iowa Department of Public Health that described a
fictional biological attack on Des Moines, Iowa.
Case 1989-02: The Breeders, November 1989
In November 1989, a group calling itself the “Breeders” claimed that it was releasing fertile
Mediterranean fruit flies (Medflies) in southern California. In a letter sent to Los Angeles Mayor Tom Bradley,
other government officials, and several newspapers, the group claimed that it brought fertile Medflies into the
region “and started breeding them here.” Furthermore, the group said, “State officials have probably noticed an
increased as well as an unusual distribution of Medfly infestation in Los Angeles County since March, 1989.”
The letter demanded a halt to aerial pesticide spraying or the group would release additional Medflies.
993
According to the letter, the Breeders planned to ”make the Medfly ‘problem’ unmanageable and aerial
spraying politically and financially intolerable.” The group also stated that they could be reached with
advertisements in the Los Angeles Times, but that “we are under no obligation to reply, and our position is
absolutely non-negotiable. Every time the copters go up to spray, we’ll go into virgin territory or old Medfly
problem areas and release a minimum of several thousand blue-eyed Medflies. We are organized, patient and
determined.
994
The claim was given credence by an expert’s panel convened on December 6, 1989. A U.S.
Department of Agriculture (USDA) researcher asserted, “There are some peculiar things happening.” The
experts noted that they were able to identify few Medfly larvae, that most of the Medflies trapped were
females, and that the Medflies were found in only one of three types of traps used to detect infestations.
Moreover, many of the Medflies were trapped just outside previously sprayed areas. Nevertheless, the panel
concluded, “We don’t see any hard evidence [that the letter writer] has the wherewithal to do what he has
threatened.” The Chairman of the panel, an expert of the Medfly who worked for the USDA, concluded, “I
have no explanation for it, except this may be just a string of improbable events.”
995
The letter was turned over to the Los Angeles Police’s Criminal Conspiracy Section. The FBI also
became involved in the investigation. An effort was made to contact the writer of the letter. The USDA
inserted a classified ad in the Los Angeles Times with the following language: “Breeders if you’re for real send
one of your little friends. We want to talk. Call John at USDA.”
996
It is not known if any reply was received.
This case is not included in the main list because it does not fit the definition for a biological agent
used in this study.
Case 1973-02: Naples cholera outbreak, 1973
In a list of “C/B Incidents,” Douglass and Livingstone include an episode, dated November 1974,
described in the following terms: “Forty-eight people, including the head of the Naples Port Authority, tried on
charges arising from a 1973 cholera outbreak.”
997
According to press accounts, however, the cholera outbreak resulted from contaminated mussels.
Government officials were prosecuted for negligence in permitting mussels to be harvested from beds located
in waters polluted by sewage.
998
992
“Anthrax in Iowa? There Just Isn’t Any,” Omaha World Herald, March 9, 1997, p. 1B.
993
Stephanie Chavez and Richard Simon, “Mystery Letter Puts a Strange Twist on Latest Medfly Crisis,” Los Angeles Times,
December 3, 1988, p. B1 (Orange County edition).
994
Ashley Dunn, “Officials Advertise to Contact Mystery Group Claiming Medfly Releases,” Los Angeles Times, February 10,
1990, p. 3B.
995
John Johnson, “Invasion of Pesky Medfly Defies Logic, Scientists Say,” Los Angeles Times, December 30, 1989, p. B6.
996
Ashley Dunn, “Officials Advertise to Contact Mystery Group Claiming Medfly Releases,” Los Angeles Times, February 10,
1990, p. 3B.
997
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, p. 183.
998
“City officials in Naples sent to jail,” Times (London), July 10, 1976, p. 4.
174
Case 1970-02: CIA (against Cuba), March 1970
On several occasions, the government of Cuba has alleged that it was the victim of biological warfare
operations conducted by the United States. These allegations must be put in the context of the broader conflict
between the United States and Cuba. On the one hand, there is a history of attempts by the United States to
assassinate Cuban leaders and to destabilize the communist regime there.
999
On the other hand, Cuba is alleged
by the United States to have an offensive biological weapons program (see page 29). This suggests that Cuba
could be making these allegations to divert attention from its own activities.
In 1971, Cuba experienced a massive outbreak of African hog fever, which they claim was caused by
the United States. According to Cuban estimates, nearly 500,000 hogs had to be killed as a result. The Cubans
also assert, “According to the consensus of competent specialists who investigated the facts, there is no
explanation for the epidemic except sabotage.”
1000
The Cuban version of this event is reflected in one history of
U.S. covert actions against Cuba, which recounts the following story. In March 1970, an anticommunist
terrorist organization allegedly received a vial of “African swine fever virus” from a U.S. intelligence agent.
According to this account, the virus was taken by a fishing boat to Navassa Island, and was then transferred to
Cuba. The account continues, “Six weeks later Cuba suffered the first outbreak of the swine fever in the
Western Hemisphere; pig herds were decimated, causing a serious shortage of pork, the nation’s dietary
staple.”
1001
In 1980, Cuba experienced a large outbreak of dengue fever. Cuban officials claim that an anti-Castro
group known as Omega-7 was responsible for introducing mosquitoes into Cuba carrying the dengue virus.
The Cubans further allege, “It is a well-known fact that no counterrevolutionary group has access to
bacteriological weapons, which require not only special handling but also special knowledge and treatment,
and that only the CIA or the U.S. Department of Defense can engage in thus type of action with White House
approval.”
1002
According to Cuban officials, 158 people were killed during the outbreak, including 101
children.
1003
Dengue is a viral disease endemic to South Asia, Southeast Asia, Latin America, and the Pacific
region. It affects mainly children. Recent outbreaks have occurred in Brazil, Columbia, Cuba, French Guiana,
Nicaragua, Puerto Rico, Suriname, and Venezuela. A 1987 outbreak in Vietnam affected a reported 370,000
people. If not properly treated, fatality rates can reach 40–50 per cent. With appropriate treatment, the fatality
rate drops to only 1–2 per cent.
1004
When hemorrhagic conjunctivitis appeared in Cuba in 1981, the regime also alleged that the United
States was responsible for its introduction. Indeed, the Cuban press asserted that an outbreak of the same
disease that also appeared in Suriname could have been caused by the United States as well, “In order to justify
its presence [the disease’s presence] in the region and later introduce it into Cuba.”
1005
In May 1997, the Cuban government aired allegations that the United States deliberately spread thrips
palmi, an insect that infects plants. According to the Cuban account, the United States flew a crop duster
operated by the State Department over Cuba, and released the insects. The United States has denied the
allegation. While U.S. agricultural experts discount the Cuban allegations, the United Nations has undertaken
an investigation of the Cuban claims.
1006
999
For an example of this type of activity, see the assassination plots against Castro described on page 103.
1000
Havana International Service, May 31, 1984, as translated from the Spanish in Foreign Broadcast Information Service,
Daily Report: Latin America, June 4, 1984, p. Q2.
1001
Warren Hinckle and William Turner, Deadly Secrets: The CIA-Mafia War Against Castro and the Assassination of J.F.K.
(New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1992), p. 349.
1002
Havana International Service, September 13, 1984, as translated from the Spanish in Foreign Broadcast Information
Service, Daily Report: Latin America, September 14, 1984, p. Q6.
1003
Havana International Service, September 12, 1984, as translated from the Spanish in Foreign Broadcast Information
Service, Daily Report: Latin America, September 13, 1984, p. Q3, and Havana International Service, September 13, 1984, as translated
from the Spanish in Foreign Broadcast Information Service, Daily Report: Latin America, September 14, 1984, pp. Q5-6.
1004
Abram S. Benenson, editor, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, Sixteenth edition (Washington, DC: American
Public Health Association, 1995), pp. 131-133.
1005
Havana Domestic Service, September 9, 1981, as translated from the Spanish in Foreign Broadcast Information Service,
Daily Report: Latin America, September 11, 1981, p. Q1.
1006
Craig Turner, “Cuba Accuses U.S. of Waging Bug Warfare,” Los Angeles Times, August 26, 1997, p. A21, “Cuba Accuses
U.S. of ‘biological aggression’,” Reuters, May 5, 1997, Havana Tele Rebelde and Cubavision Networks, 14 May 97, translated from the
Spanish by Foreign Broadcast Information Service, May 14, 1997, as available at http://fbis.fedworld.gov.
175
Case 1960-03X: Minutemen, date uncertain (1964-1969?)
Robert DePugh, who founded the right-wing Minutemen organization, once discussed possible use of
biological agents with a reporter. The journalist, J. Harry Jones, Jr., who followed the activities of the
Minutemen for many years and interviewed DePugh on many occasions, gave the following account of this
interview.
I have not talked with him [DePugh] at length yet without his quite calmly and unexpectedly
volunteering some incidental tidbit designed to alarm or chill me. While discussing the relative
likelihood of nuclear or bacteriological warfare being used against the United States, DePugh, who
regarded the latter as the more logical prospect, wrinkled his brow and with seeming seriousness
said. “Do you realize that I could kill everyone in the United States except myself if I wanted to?”
“Oh? How?”
He explained he could do this with a virus developed in his own Biolab Corporation laboratory, a
veterinary drug firm he heads in Norbonne, Missouri. After immunizing himself against it, he said,
he could spread it throughout the country merely by coughing on enough outbound passengers at
Kansas City’s Municipal Air Terminal. In two weeks, DePugh said, everyone else in the nation
would be dead.
1007
Jones does not date the interview, and clearly did not take the statements seriously. Significantly,
Jones provides no indication in his history of the Minutemen that DePugh ever attempted to develop a
biological, or even that he considered acquisition of such a capability. Nor is there any reason to believe that
DePugh’s company had the capability to undertake the kinds of research that he discussed.
DePugh was arrested for his activities involving the Minutemen, and served three years in federal
prison. He was arrested in September 1991 on charges of sexual exploitation of a minor. According to law
enforcement officials, he was found to have taken nude pictures of young girls, ages 10 to 15, while pretending
to be a fashion model.
1008
Following these allegations, DePugh was indicted by a federal grand jury on several
weapons-related charges. Among the weapons he allegedly possessed were an 81mm mortar, a machinegun,
handguns, rifles, rocket propellant, and antiaircraft ammunition. A jury convicted him on three of the four
weapons charges on February 20, 1992.
1009
Case 1963-01: KGB (against Hugh Gaitskell), 1963
Douglass and Livingstone claim that the British Labour leader, Hugh Gaitskell, was murdered by the
Soviets in 1963. They allege that the food served to him during a function held “at the Soviet embassy” was
contaminated with an unspecified biological agent that led to “an unusual illness and death.”
1010
Peter Wright, a former MI5 (British internal security) official who was involved in the investigation
of Gaitskell’s death, provides the following account of the incident.
1011
Wright knew the labor leader
personally, and had heard about a month before Gaitskell’s death about a trip that the labor leader planned to
take to the Soviet Union.
1012
After Gaitskell died, Wright claims that MI5 was contacted by one of his
1007
J. Harry Jones, Jr., A Private Army (Toronto, Canada: Collier Books, 1969), pp. 17-18. Jones was a correspondent for the
Kansas City Star who closely followed the activities of the Minutemen from 1964. DePugh made similar statements to other journalists.
He told one reporter that his group had “a number of our own physicians and bacteriologists working on the production of biological
agents…. Most of this research goes on after hours in public and private institutions where they hold a regular job during the day and have
an opportunity to moonlight a few hours in the evening on their own.” He also told this reporter that his group was working on seven
biological agents, and that they had undertaken “the selective breeding of various pathogens to increase or decrease their virulence and
render them resistant to antibiotics.” See Eric Norden, “The Paramilitary Right,” Playboy Magazine, June 1969, pp. 103-104, 146, 242-
246, as quoted in Milton Leitenberg, Biological Weapons Arms Control, Project on Rethinking Arms Control, Center for International and
Security Studies at Maryland School of Public Affairs, University of Maryland at College Park, PRAC Paper No. 16, May 1996, pp. 52-53.
1008
Bill Norton, “Head of rightist army charged in sex case,” Kansas City Star, September 14, 1991, Diane Carroll and John T.
Dauner, “Snapshots taken at area inn: Man who faces sex charge photographed girls in Independence,” Kansas City Star, September 20,
1991, and Bill Norton and Joe Stephens, “DePugh: A trail of trusts betrayed, Failed businesses leave towns in a state of shock,” Kansas
City Star, September 20, 1991, as they appear on the newspaper’s web site, http://www.kcstar.com.
1009
John T. Dauner, “Grand jury indicts ex-leader of ultraright group,” Kansas City Star, October 8, 1991, and Tom Jackman,
“DePugh convicted on gun charges, Jury not swayed by testimony of son that the weapons were his,” Kansas City Star, February 21, 1992,
as they appear on the newspaper’s web site, http://www.kcstar.com.
1010
Douglass and Livingstone, America the Vulnerable, p. 85.
1011
Peter Wright with Paul Greengrass, Spy Catcher: The Candid Autobiography of a Senior Intelligence Officer (New York:
Viking, 1987), pp. 362-363.
1012
According to press reports at the time, Gaitskell never took the Russia trip Wright mentions. See “Mr. Gaitskell puts off
Moscow visit,” Times (London), December 27, 1962, p. 6.
176
physicians, who had concerns about the manner of his death. The doctor told MI5 that Gaitskell died from
what Wright calls “lupus disseminata,” which the doctor told MI5 rarely appears in temperate regions. Based
on this information, Wright met with a medical officer at Porton Down. According to this expert the cause of
lupus was not known, some people thought that a fungus might be involved, and he had no notion about how
someone might be infected with the disease.
MI5 also received a report from a high level KGB defector who had interactions with colleagues who
worked for Department 13, which was responsible for assassinations (known as “wet affairs” to the Soviets).
This defector had learned that the KGB intended to assassinate a senior West European politician so that
someone favorable to the Soviet Union could take charge. This information naturally increased British
suspicions that Gaitskell had been murdered, given that many officials in MI5 were hostile towards Gaitskell’s
Labour party successor, Harold Wilson.
1013
The British asked for assistance from the CIA. According to Wright, the CIA discovered that one (and
only one) scientific paper had appeared in the Soviet Union about lupus. It showed how a particular chemical
(which Wright does not name, but other sources indicate was hydralazine) could produce lupus symptoms in
rats, but only with enormous doses. Wright claims that this information ended the investigation. However, MI5
fruitlessly continued looking for additional cases of lupus among people who might be Soviet targets for
several years thereafter.
1014
Other sources pinpoint additional suspicious indications. According to one account, allegedly based
on information provided by Wright, Gaitskell visited the Soviet consulate to apply for a visa for his upcoming
visit to the Soviet Union. There was a lengthy delay in dealing with his application. While waiting for his
meeting, Gaitskell was served coffee and biscuits. This account asserts that it was after this visit that Gaitskell
became seriously ill.
1015
Other accounts cast doubt on Wright’s story. According to Walter Somerville, who was Gaitskell’s
consulting physician, the Labor leader did not die of Lupus. An autopsy failed to find any evidence of Lupus.
Somerville reportedly told one investigator, “It was a condition like Lupus. What he actually had was what we
call an immune complex deficiency. His immune system broke down as the cells degenerated.” However,
Somerville also recalled, “Somebody close to Gaitskell told me they feared a pill may have been dropped in his
coffee while on a visit to Poland. They hadn’t seen this happen—they were speculating … I don’t know if
somebody who had been with Gaitskell told MI5.” Somerville denied that either he or the chief medical officer
at the hospital where Gaitskell was treated ever approached MI5 about the case.
1016
Wright interviewed Somerville after receiving the CIA-supplied article on hydralazine. Somerville
cast doubt on the poisoning theory, noting that hydralazine was commercially available for the treatment of
hypertension. Furthermore, “I told them there was nothing new in what they were saying. The side-effects of
hydralazine had been well-known in the West for ten years.” He also told Wright that to poison Gaitskell with
hydralazine would have required repeated doses of the drug given over an extended period.
1017
It also appears that others in MI5 were less inclined than Wright to believe that Gaitskell had been
killed. Arthur Martin, who headed the Soviet counterintelligence branch of MI5, talked to a virus specialist
familiar with Soviet research on Lupus, who totally discounted the possibility that the Soviets might have some
poison capable of producing the disease.
1018
Gaitskell’s biographer, Philip Williams, provided the most thorough account of this episode. Based on
wide ranging interviews, Williams determined that Gaitskell complained of “rheumatic pains” in early 1962
that made it difficult for him to work in the garden. On June 13, he blacked out. During the rest of the summer
he was extremely fatigued, and by the fall was no longer able to drive because of shoulder pains. On December
7, he told friends that he was ill and had “picked something up in Paris.” His condition deteriorated, and he
1013
There are conflicting accounts of the role played by this defector, Anatoli Golitsin. For an account by someone highly
skeptical of both Golitsin and his CIA and MI5 handlers, see David Leigh, The Wilson Plot (New York: Pantheon Books, 1988), pp. 79-86.
1014
Wright, Spy Catcher, p. 363. Chapman Pincher, Their Trade is Treachery (New York: Bantam Books, 1982), p. 78,
however, claims that the CIA discovered three articles. Pincher gives a slightly different spin on the subject. He writes, “Soviet medical
researchers had published three academic papers describing how they had produced a drug that, when administered, reproduced the fatal
heart and kidney symptoms.” Leigh, The Wilson Plot, p. 82, claims that Wright was the source of Pincher’s account.
1015
Pincher, Their Trade is Treachery, p. 77.
1016
As quoted in Leigh, The Wilson Plot, p. 82. Gaitskell arrived in Poland on August 31, 1962 and left on September 6, 1962,
after meeting with the prime minister, foreign minister, and first secretary of the communist party. See, “Poles anxious, Mr. Gaitskell
says,” Times (London), September 6, 1962, p. 5, and “Mr. Gaitskell arrives in Poland,” Times (London), September 1, 1962, p. 5.
1017
As quoted in Leigh, The Wilson Plot, p. 85.
1018
Leigh, The Wilson Plot, p. 83.
177
entered the hospital on December 15. He had a relapse soon after leaving the hospital on December 23, and
was readmitted. Thus, it is evident that the condition that ultimately killed him did not suddenly appear after
his visit to Poland in September or to the Soviet consulate in December.
1019
Following publication of Wright’s account, The Times (London) asked some poison experts (which it
did not name) about the possibility that Gaitskell was poisoned by the Soviets during a trip to Poland. The
newspaper identified hydralazine, a chemical used to treat high blood pressure, as the chemical known to
induce symptoms similar to those of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE), the disease that killed Gaitskell.
Based on its research, however, the newspaper concluded that “a single large dose of hydralazine causes
vomiting, drowsiness and collapse, so that it would be a very risky way of murdering a visiting politician.”
Other chemicals capable of causing symptoms similar to SLE were also considered unlikely.
1020
A review of this material suggests that it is unlikely that Gaitskell was murdered. Even if he was,
however, there is no evidence to suggest that a biological agent was involved.
1019
Philip M. Williams, Hugh Gaitskell: A Political Biography (London: Jonathan Cape, 1979), pp. 759-763.
1020
“Red herring,” Times (London), November 17, 1988, p. 15.
Appendix A:
List of Cases
181
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
I. A. Confirmed Use
1997-06 42 New Zealand farmers Illegal spreading of rabbit
hemorrhagic disease virus in New
Zealand.
August 1997 Rabbit
hemorrhagic
disease (RHD)
Criminal YES: Overwhelming evidence to
support intentional introduction of
prohibited pathogen.
1996-05 43 Diane Thompson Used Shigella taken from a hospital
laboratory to infect co-workers.
October 1996 Shigella Criminal YES: Thompson pled guilty to the
charges.
1995-02 45 Debora Green, MD Poisoned husband with ricin. August 1995 Ricin Criminal YES: Perpetrator convicted.
1994-04 47 Richard J. Schmidt Accused of injecting a former
girlfriend with HIV-infected blood.
August 1994 HIV Criminal YES: Convicted in jury trial.
1993-03 47 “Iwan E.” Accused of injecting lover with HIV-
contaminated blood.
June 1993 HIV Criminal YES: Convicted by Dutch judge.
1992-05 76 Brian T. Stewart Deliberately injected his own son
with HIV-contaminated blood.
February
1992
HIV Criminal YES: Convicted in jury trial.
1990-01 47 Aum Shinrikyo Allegedly attempted to use botulinum
toxin and anthrax.
April 1990-
March 1995
Bacillus anthracis,
Botulinum toxin,
and other
pathogens
Terrorist YES: Numerous press reports, but no
official indictment on these allegations.
1984-02 50 Rajneeshees Used biological agent to make
townspeople ill as test for plot to take
over community.
August-
September
1984
Salmonella
typhimurium
Terrorist YES: Two members of group convicted
in both state and federal courts for
participation in plot. Other members
admitted to participation, but never
tried.
1981-02 58 “Dark Harvest” Spread anthrax-contaminated soil to
send political message.
October 1981 Bacillus anthracis Terrorist YES: Press reports suggest that
anthrax was found in at least one
sample of dirt consistent with soil found
on Gruinard Island.
1978-04 58 Bulgarian Secret Police Attempt to assassinate Bulgarian
dissident Georgi Markov.
September
1978
Ricin State NO: State action. Official statements at
time of incident support theory of
Bulgarian use of ricin. Former KGB
officials admit involvement in case.
Subsequent reports consistent with
original account.
1978-03 60 Bulgarian Secret Police Attempt to assassinate Bulgarian
defector Vladimir Kostov.
August 1978 Ricin State NO: State action. Official statements at
the time support the theory of Bulgarian
use of ricin. Subsequent reports
consistent with original account.
1977-02M 60 Arnfinn Nesset Convicted of using curacit, a curare
derivative.
May 1977-
November
1980
Curacit Criminal NO: Medical case, although convicted
of murdering 22 people by a Norwegian
court.
1970-01 61 Eric Kranz, Ph.D. Used animal parasite to infect
roommates.
February
1970
Ascaris suum Criminal YES: Defendant indicted and brought
to trial for alleged use of parasite to
182
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
harm his roommates.
1964-01 61 Mitsuru Suzuki, MD Physician used shigella and
dysentery to infect up to 200 people.
December
1964-March
1966
Salmonella typhi
and Shigella
Criminal YES: Defendant indicted and brought
to trial for alleged use of pathogens.
1952-02 63 Mau Mau Use of plant toxin to kill livestock. 1950s Toxin: African
milk bush
(Synadenium
grantii)
Terrorist YES: Confirmed by scientific studies of
the incident.
1939-01 65 Kikuko Hirose Contaminated pastry used to infect
12 people.
April 1939 S. typhi and S.
paratyphi
Criminal YES: Accused convicted by Japanese
court.
1936-01 65 Tei-Seburo Takahashi Infected 17 people, killing 3, using
food contaminated with S. typhi.
March 1936-
November
1936
S. typhi Criminal YES: Convicted by a Japanese court
and sentenced to death.
1933-01 65 Benoyendra Chandra
Pandey
Use of plague to murder. November
1933
Yersinia pestis Criminal YES: Defendants convicted in court of
the offense.
1932-01 67 Japanese military Fruit infected with cholera fed to
League of Nations commission
investigating the take over of
Manchuria.
April-June
1932
cholera State NO: State action. Statement by
member of Japanese Imperial family is
the primary source of the information,
reflecting a document written by him in
the 1940s.
1916-01 67 Arthur Warren Waite Used various biological agents to
murder in-laws.
1916 Various Criminal YES: Convicted of murder and
executed.
1915-01 69 German intelligence Sabotage operations conducted by
German intelligence in neutral
countries to kill animals being
shipped to Allied countries or being
used to support Allied operations.
1915-1917 Glanders
(Burkholderia
mallei) and
Bacillus anthracis
State NO: State action. Overwhelming
evidence of these activities.
1913-01 71 Karl Hopf Infected third wife with typhus-
contaminated food. Acquired cholera
for same purpose. Also probably
killed first two wives and parents
using arsenic. May have used M.
bovis to kill two step-children
1913 S. typhi
M. bovis?
Criminal YES: Convicted by German court for
attempting to murder wife. Sentenced
to death for other murders involving
arsenic.
1912-1 71 Henri Girard Used Salmonella typhi and
poisonous mushrooms to murder
people to get death benefits from life
insurance policies. Killed two people.
1912-1918 Salmonella typhi
and poisonous
mushrooms
Criminal YES: Girard died before trial. He
allegedly admitted to crimes. Co-
conspirators were convicted.
1910-01 73 O’Brien de Lacy and
Vladimir Pantchenko
Use of diphtheria toxin to murder
O’Brien de Lacy’s brother-in-law.
1910 Diphtheria toxin
and cholera
endotoxin
Criminal YES: Defendants convicted in Russian
court for murder.
I. B. Probable or Possible Use
1994-03M 76 Orville Lynn Majors Accused of murdering six hospital 1994-1995 Possibly Criminal NO: Medical case. Unclear that Majors
183
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
patients, but could be responsible for
as many as 100 deaths. In addition
to use of potassium chloride, press
accounts allege that he may have
employed epinephrine (adrenaline).
epinephrine
(adrenaline) in
addition to
potassium
chloride.
used biological agent; not yet convicted
of any murders.
1993-04 76 Animal Liberation Front Claimed to have put HIV into a bomb 1993 HIV Terrorist YES: ???
1992-06 76 Marilyn Tan Accused of injecting Con Boland with
HIV-contaminated blood
1992 HIV Criminal NO: Judge acquitted Tan.
1990-05X 77 Unidentified woman Suicide attempt using HIV-infected
blood
1990? HIV Criminal NO: As a suicide does not meet the
case definition.
1990-02 77 Giardia in Scotland Feces containing giardia put into
apartment building water tank in
Edinburgh
June 1990 Giardia Criminal NO: No evidence that perpetrator knew
that his actions would cause a disease
outbreak.
1989-04M 77 Efren Saldivar Allegedly poisoned patients,
including using morphine (a toxin)
1989-1998 Morphine Criminal NO: Medical case also allegations still
under investigation and alleged
perpetrator not formally charged with
any crimes.
1989-03 77 Civilian Cooperation
Bureau, Republic of South
Africa
Allegedly contaminated water supply
in refugee camp in Namibia
1989 Cholera, Yellow
fever virus
State NO: State action. No confirmation of
this specific incident, but additional
details about efforts to acquire
biological materials for use in similar
types of activities revealed in hearings
by Truth and Reconciliation
Commission.
1988-01 78 Unknown Colonel Jean-Claude Paul, one-time
commander of the elite Dessalines
Battalion, was murdered by an
unspecified poison.
November 6,
1988
Unknown Unknown NO: Insufficient evidence to identify the
type of poison involved. May have been
a chemical.
1987-01 79 David Acer, DDS Dentist infected with HIV either
deliberately or accidentally infected
six patients with HIV
December
1987-1990
HIV Criminal NO: Never officially confirmed that Acer
deliberately infected his patients.
1985-02 80 Unidentified Mexican
workers
Allegedly spread parasite to protect
jobs in screwworm eradication
program.
1985? Screwworm Criminal NO: Only a single source, and account
suggests perpetrators were never
formally charged.
1981-01 80 Unknown One-time double agent for CIA (Boris
Korczak) allegedly attacked with
contaminated pellet similar to one
used against Markov and Kostov
September
1981
Ricin? State? NO: Alleged state action. Medical
accounts confirm that something
happened to Korczak.
1970-04X 82 Additional East Bloc
bioassassinations
Numerous reported instances of
assassination attempts using toxins
1970s-1980s Unknown State NO: Insufficient information.
1979-02 83 Zimbabwe terrorists White government of Rhodesia
claims that terrorists have spread
anthrax, possibly killing 20 people.
November
1979
Bacillus anthracis Terrorist NO: Insufficient information to support
allegations.
184
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
1976-02 83 Rhodesian Central
Intelligence Organization
Allegations that the former
government of Rhodesia deliberately
spread anthrax and cholera in
predominantly guerilla-controlled
areas.
1976-1980 Bacillus anthracis State NO: Insufficient information to support
allegations.
1971-01 84 KGB Reported attempt to assassinate
Alexander Solzhenitsyn using toxin-
contaminated salve
August 1971 Claimed to be
ricin
State NO: State action. Evidence marginal,
but appears to originate with former
KGB officials involved in the incident.
1969-01 84 John R. Hill. MD Allegedly murdered wife with
biological agents
1969 Probable multiple
unknown
Criminal NO: Insufficient evidence to support
allegations of bioagent use.
1966-01M 86 Mario Jascalevich, MD Allegedly murdered patients at a
hospital.
1966 Tubocurarine, a
curare
component.
Criminal NO: Medical case plus no conviction in
case.
1961-01 86 “J.L.” Hepatitis A virus contaminates food
served at officer’s mess
October 1961 Hepatitis A virus Criminal NO: No evidence that perpetrator
knowingly caused the outbreak.
1957-01 86 Brazilian Indian Protection
Service (SPI),
Used of biological agents against
aborigines in a campaign of
genocide
1957-1965 Multiple State NO: Available information suggests that
confirmed dissemination methods do
not meet case definition.
1949-01 87 Toshima Hospital Outbreak Allegation that unnamed intern
contaminated food infecting 20
people
November
1949
S. Typhi Criminal NO: Case never prosecuted,
apparently due to lack of evidence.
1947-01 87 “Zionist” terrorists Allegations that Jewish groups used
cholera and other agents against
Egypt and Syria
November
1947-May
1948
V. cholerae, S.
typhi, “dysentery”
Terrorist/
State
NO: Insufficient evidence on most
credible part of allegations.
1942-02 88 Polish resistance Use of pathogens to infect German
soldiers during World War Two
December
1942-
September
1943
Salmonella typhi Terrorist NO: Insufficient information
1942-01 89 British intelligence (SOE)
and Czech resistance
Allegation that botulinum was used
in assassination attempt against
Richard Heydrich
May 1942 Botulinum toxin State NO: Available evidence does not
support claim that botulinum toxin was
used.
1940-01X 89 Egyptian “gangster” Used stolen S. typhi culture to
murder victims in insurance scam
1940s? S. typhi Criminal NO: Insufficient information on incident.
1930-02X 90 German doctor Attempted to commit suicide by
giving himself an injection of tetanus
toxin
About 1930 Tetanus toxin Criminal NO: Insufficient information to confirm
that the case occurred as reported.
1930-01X 90 “Hungarian artist” Attempted to kill wife. About 1930 V. cholerae and
S. typhi
Criminal NO: Insufficient information to confirm
that case occurred as reported.
1917-01 90 Unknown German
sympathizers
Allegation that supplies of court
plaster, used to cover wounds, were
contaminated with tetanus by
July 1917 Tetanus Unknown NO: Available evidence does not
support claim that material was
deliberately infected.
185
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
German agents.
1910-02X 90 Pancho Villa Alleged use of botulinum toxin to
attack Federal troops during Mexican
revolution
1910s Botulinum toxin Terrorist NO: Insufficient information.
1909-01 91 B. Clarke Hyde Allegedly infected as many as 10
people with typhoid to cover up use
of poisons.
November
1909
Salmonella typhi Criminal NO: Suspect never convicted of alleged
actions, despite three trials.
1900-01X 93 Deaths in Malawi Use of castor beans (containing
ricin) to kill unwanted children.
Unknown Ricin Criminal NO: Insufficient details of cases to
permit analysis.
II. A. Threatened Use (Confirmed Possession)
1998-06 95 Iraqi terrorism Claimed plans by Iraq to use
biological agents against UK
March 1998 B. anthracis State NO: Insufficient information.
1997-01 95 Thomas Leahy Possession of toxins with apparent
intent to use them as weapons
January 1997 Ricin and nicotine Criminal YES: Convicted in U.S. federal court.
1996-04 98 Michael Just, Ph.D. Attempted extortion directed at
British dairies
May 1996 Yersinia
enterocolitica
Criminal YES: Defendants convicted in British
courts.
1993-05 99 Dwayne Kuehl Planned to use ricin to murder
building inspector
March or May
1993
Ricin Criminal YES: Defendant admitted to plot
1992-03 99 Minnesota Patriots Council Planned use of ricin toxin to murder
law enforcement officials
May 1992 Ricin Terrorist YES: Several defendants convicted in
federal court.
1990-03 100 Iraqi Terrorism Claimed plans by Iraq to use
biological agents in terrorism attacks
at time of Gulf War crisis
August 1990-
February
1991
Unknown State NO: Insufficient information.
1984-03 101 Kevin T. Birch and James
B. Cahoon
Use of pathogens to kill race horses November
1984
Clostridium
botulinum, and
Clostridium tetani
Criminal YES: Defendants convicted in U.S.
federal courts.
1972-01 102 RISE Planned use of S. typhi to
contaminate water systems
January 1972 Salmonella typhi Terrorist YES: One defendant pled guilty to the
offense.
1960-02 103 CIA Plot to kill Lumumba September
1960
Unknown State NO: State action. Confirmed by official
U.S. account.
1960-01 103 CIA Multiple plots to kill Castro 1960-1961 Botulinum toxin State NO: State action. Confirmed by official
U.S. account.
1952-01 103 MGB Plot to assassinate Tito Late 1952 Plague State YES: Confirmed by official records.
1944-01 104 British SOE Plot to assassinate Hitler June 1944 Anthrax State YES: Confirmed by official records.
II. B. Threatened Use (No Confirmed Possession)
2000-08 105 Unknown Two potteries threatened with
biological agent
June 2000 Unknown Unknown YES: Apparent threat intended to make
people believe that they were subjected
to biological attack.
2000-07 105 Unknown Internet hoax involving supposed
pathogen known as Klingerman virus
May 2000 Nonexistent Unknown YES: People apparently believed in the
existence of the danger, which led to
186
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
pathogen known as Klingerman virus real responses.
1999-66 105 James Kenneth Gluck Threatened ricin use September
1999
Ricin Criminal YES: Made threat and apparently
explored production of ricin.
1999-77 106 Diazien Hossencofft Threatened to provide virus to China September
1999
Unknown virus Criminal YES: Perpetrator clearly wanted people
to believe that he was capable of
producing material in question
1999-76 106 Unknown Threats against robbery victims with
allegedly HIV contaminated syringes
August 1999 Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended robbery
victims to believed HIV was present.
1999-64 106 World Islamic Front for
Fighting Jews and
Christians
Threatened use of biological agents
against Israeli and U.S. targets
April 1999 Unknown Terrorist YES: Intention to convince West that
biological agents could be used.
1999-71 107 Chechens Threats to obtain and use biological
agents, coupled with Russian claims
that Chechens possess agents
February
1999
Claimed
biological agents
Terrorists YES: Multiple claims of possession or
interest coupled with explicit threat to
obtain and use.
1999-68 107 Unknown Claim that milk was contaminated
with biological agent
March 1999 Unknown Unknown YES: Investigated by U.S. government
agencies.
1999-70 107 Unknown Croatian thief Robbery victims threatened with
allegedly HIV contaminated syringe
January 1999 Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended victims to
believe HIV was present.
1999-75 Unnamed Christian
Millenarian groups
Unspecified threats to use biological
weapons in Israel
Throughout
1999
Claimed
acquisition of
unspecified
biologicals
Terrorist NO: Despite claimed concern by U.S.
government intelligence organizations,
only one source available.
1998-31 108 Unknown HIV threat against meat packing
company
December
1998
Claimed HIV Unknown YES: No agent used, but perpetrator
intended recipients to believe HIV was
present.
1998-10 108 Republic of Texas: Johnnie
Wise, Jack Abbott Grebe,
and Oliver Dean Emigh
Threatened to use biological agents
against federal officials
June 1998 Unknown Terrorist YES: Threat confirmed, even if no
evidence of agent possession.
1998-50 110 Lawrence A. Maltz Unspecified biological threats April 1998 Unknown Criminal YES: Threatened to use biological
agents, although there is no evidence
of possession.
1998-34 108 Unknown Someone deliberately spread rumors
that meat was contaminated with
HIV
April 1998 HIV Criminal YES: Effort to make people think that
an actual incident occurred.
1998-08 108 Palestine Islamic Jihad Threatened to use biological
weapons against Israel
April 1998 Unknown Terrorist NO: Insufficient evidence.
1997-12 111 Unknown Extortion attempt involving claim that
products of a bottling plant were
contaminated with a biological agent.
March 1997 Unknown Criminal YES: Threat ultimately assessed as a
hoax, but perpetrator identified and
convicted.
1997-10 110 Unknown Threat against the water systems of
36 U.S. cities
July 1997 Anthrax and
botulinum toxin
Terrorist YES: Threats ultimately deemed not
credible, but were initially taken
seriously by government officials in
187
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
threatened cities. Actual source of
threat is unclear.
1997-04 110 PKK (Kurdish terrorist
group)
Allegation that group was
considering use of biological agents.
August 1997 E. coli and C.
botulinum
Terrorist NO: All reporting from one source of
uncertain reliability.
1997-05 110 Counter Holocaust
Lobbyists of Hillel
False claim that anthrax was sent to
B’nai B’rith headquarters in
Washington, D.C.
April 1997 Bacillus cereus,
but claimed
Bacillus anthracis
Terrorist YES: Considerable publicity of event,
but no prosecution.
1996-03 111 Tokiyuki Asaoka Extortion attempt August 1996 Claimed E. coli Criminal YES: Only one press account, but
based on official report.
1996-07 112 Hiroaki Chiku Extortion attempt August 1996 Claimed E. coli Criminal NO: Case confirmed by Japanese
police, but information received too late
to be incorporated into analysis.
1996-08 112 Justice Department Claimed that razor blades found in
envelopes contained in letters were
covered with HIV-infected blood
March 1996 Claimed HIV Terrorist YES: Perpetrators wanted recipients to
believe HIV was present.
1996-01 112 German Blackmailers Extortion attempt January 1996 Claimed Snake
venom
Criminal YES: Multiple press accounts citing
German police sources.
1995-06 113 Biological agent threats
against Latin American
cities
Threats April 1995 Claimed cholera,
typhoid, malaria,
and yellow fever
Terrorist NO: Only a single source.
1995-05 113 Frank Riolfo Extortion attempt October 1995 Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Defendant convicted in British
court.
1995-04 113 Barry Dixon Extortion attempt November
1995
Claimed Bacillus
cereus
Criminal YES: Defendant convicted in British
court.
1994-02 113 Michael Norman and
Alexander Taylor
Extortion attempt January 1994 Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Defendant convicted in British
court.
1994-01 114 Animal Liberation Front Mailing hypodermic needles
allegedly contaminated with HIV
January 1994 Claimed HIV Terrorist NO: Insufficient information. Incident
not included on Animal Liberation Front
list of its activities.
1992-04 114 “The Terminator” Extortion attempt September
1992
Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Press reports only, but based on
official reports.
1992-01 114 Animal Aid Association Claim that food bars were infected
with HIV
January 1992 Claimed HIV Terrorist NO: Insufficient information. Incident
not included on Animal Liberation Front
list of animal rights terrorist activities.
1991-02 114 Threat against Kelowna,
British Columbia water
supply
Claim that water supply of Kelowna,
BC was contaminated by a biological
material
January 1991 Unknown Terrorist NO: More information needed.
1989-01 114 Robin Smith Extortion attempt May 1989 Claimed HIV Criminal YES: Defendant convicted by court.
188
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
1984-01 115 Peter Vivian Wardrop Prison inmate tries to force
Queensland, Australia, authorities
into instituting prison reform
January 1984 Claimed hoof and
mouth disease
Criminal YES: Press coverage of incident cites
official statements.
1983-01 115 Montgomery Todd Meeks Attempted to acquire ricin to murder
father
October 1983 Ricin Criminal YES: Press reports indicate perpetrator
convicted.
1982-01 116 William Chanslor Attempted to acquire ricin to murder
wife
April 1982 Ricin Criminal YES: Press reports perpetrator
convicted.
1980-02X 117 Tamil guerrillas Threat to use biological agents
against Sinhalese and crops in Sri
Lanka by Tamil group
1983-1987? Claimed
Schistosoma
worms, Yellow
fever, Leaf Curl
(against rubber
plants), and
unspecified agent
against tea
bushes
Terrorist NO: Only one source of information on
incident.
1970-05X 118 Red Army Faction Variety of claims of interest in
biological agents
1970s Claimed Bacillus
anthracis
Terrorist NO: Insufficient information.
1979-01 119 Aliens of America Threatened to contaminate U.S.
consulate in Munich with
Legionnaires disease,
July 1979 Legionnaires Terrorist NO: Insufficient information.
1978-02 119 Tucson extortionist Threatened to spread plague-
infected fleas in Tucson, Arizona
unless an extortion payment was
made.
September
1978
Yersinia pestis Criminal YES: Press reports cite official
statements regarding incident.
1978-01 120 Tucson extortionist Threatened to contaminate Tucson,
Arizona water supply with typhoid
unless extortion was made.
April 1978 Typhoid Criminal YES: Press reports cite official
statements regarding incident.
1977-03 120 Unknown Claim that someone had discovered
a bacteria that could contaminate
water of nuclear-armed nations,
March 1977 Unknown
pathogen
Terrorist? NO: Insufficient information.
1977-01 120 Extortionist Unnamed extortionist threatened to
contaminate Miami city water supply
with botulinum toxin.
1977 Botulinum toxin Criminal NO: Insufficient information.
1976-01 121 Stephen Grant Morton Threat to spread pathogen-
containing ticks through the mails
June 1976 Unspecified Criminal YES: Substantial press coverage citing
official statements. Suspect arrested.
1975-01 121 Polisario Explored using biological agents to
contaminate water systems in major
cities.
February
1975
Cholera Terrorist No: Insufficient information.
1974-03 121 Middle East firm Allegedly sought bacteria to
contaminate Jordan River.
1974 Unknown Terrorist NO: Insufficient information.
1974-02 122 Legion of Nabbil Kadduri
Usur
Threat to release bacteria if
demands not met.
1974 Unknown Terrorist NO: Insufficient information.
189
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
1973-01 122 German “mad scientist” Threat to use botulinum toxin and
anthrax against targets in Germany
November
1973
Claimed Bacillus
anthracis and
botulinum toxin
Uncertain
(either
terrorist or
criminal)
YES: Substantial press coverage, but
evidence admittedly marginal.
1970-06X 122 Poisoner of Los Angeles
water supply
Threat to poison Los Angeles water
supply with biological poison
No date Unspecified Uncertain
(either
terrorist or
criminal)
NO: Insufficient information.
II. C. Threatened Use (Anthrax hoaxes)
2000-10 122 Unknown Anthrax threat against Cape Coral
Industrial Park
November
2000
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-09 123 Unnamed 19-year-old Falsely identified jar September
2000
Claimed B.
anthracis
None YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-06 123 Unknown Anthrax threat against University of
Pennsylvania Hillel
April 2000 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-05 123 Unknown Anthrax hoax at U.S. Post Office
mailbox
March 2000 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-04 123 Unknown Threat against IRS Service Center in
Utah treated as anthrax threat
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-03 123 Student Anthrax threat against Fredonia High
School in New York state
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-02 123 Micky A. Sauer Anthrax threat against targets in
Wisconsin
January 2000 Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
2000-01 123 Unknown Anthrax threat against abortion
clinics in 21 states and District of
Columbia
January 2000 Claimed B.
anthracis
Terrorist YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-59 122 Unknown Anthrax threat against Bedford North
Lawrence High School
December
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-62 122 Unidentified juvenile Anthrax threat against Fredonia High
School
November
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-55 124 Unknown Anthrax threat against Department of
Energy processing plant
November
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-78 124 Unknown Anthrax threat against financial
services office
October 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES:
1999-53 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against Kentucky
Educational Television in Lexington,
Kentucky
October 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-52 125 Unknown Anthrax threat against U.S. Post
Office in Robinson, Pennsylvania
September
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
190
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
1999-54 125 Unknown Anthrax threat against Truman
Library
August 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-60 125 Unknown Anthrax threat against Internet
service provider in Seattle,
Washington
August 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-57 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against Proctor and
Gamble
August 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-56 125 Unknown Anthrax threat against grocery store July 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-58 125 Unknown Anthrax threat against Planned
Parenthood office
July 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-42 137 Unknown Anthrax threat against two Nassau
County, New York, courthouses
June 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-45 105 Unknown Two Planned Parenthood clinics in
Cincinnati, Ohio, received anthrax
threat letters
June 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-51 105 Unknown Anthrax threat letters sent to Jesuit
college and Catholic high school
May 1999 Anthrax Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipient to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-41 126 Unknown Anthrax threat against Mentor, Ohio,
high school
May 1999? Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-38 126 Unknown Anthrax threat against Madison,
Tennessee, library
May 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-37 127 Dead man Anthrax hoax in Brooklyn, New York May 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-40 127 Unknown Anthrax threat against Sharonville,
Ohio, anti-pornography group
April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-61 127 Unknown Anthrax threat against offices of
Blackfeet tribal council
April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-36 127 Unknown Anthrax hoax against Lake Worth,
Florida, law firm: powder in letter
suspected of being anthrax
May 1999 Suspected B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: It appears that perpetrator
wanted recipient to believe that the
powder was a dangerous substance.
1999-35 127 Unknown Anthrax threat against Intel
Corporation
April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-27 127 Unknown Anthrax threat against Dunkirk High
School in New York
April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-34 127 Two pranksters Milk jugs labeled “anthrax” April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrators intended recipients
to believe anthrax was present.
1999-33 128 Unknown Suspicions that package was an
anthrax threat
April 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Unclear whether the package
was an anthrax hoax or not.
1999-49 128 Unknown Suspected hazardous materials
threat at Kansas City, Missouri, IRS
April 1999 Anthrax Unknown NO: No evidence that anyone actually
intended to threaten or imply a threat of
191
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
Service Center treated as potential
anthrax threat
biological agents.
1999-48 128 Unknown Anthrax threat against Harrison
County Courthouse, Biloxi,
Mississippi
April 1999 Anthrax Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-47 128 Unknown Anthrax threat letter sent to house in
Lewisville, Texas
March 1999 Anthrax Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipient to
believe anthrax present.
1999-65 106 Unknown Anthrax hoax at Hamburg Senior
High School
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-32 107 Woman put vials labeled anthrax and
Ebola in brother’s jacket, creating
incident at Pittsburgh International
Airport
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis and
Ebola
Hoax YES: Perpetrator intended recipient to
believe anthrax and Ebola were
present.
1999-31 129 Unknown Offices of Southern Baptist
Convention in Nashville, Tennessee,
sent anthrax threat
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-30 129 Unknown Anthrax threat against Lumberton,
North Carolina, dialysis clinic
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-28 129 Unknown Anthrax threat against offices of
Latter-Day Saints in Salt Lake City,
Utah
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-26 105 Unknown Suspected anthrax threat against
Planned Parenthood clinic in
Chicago, Illinois
March 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown NO: Press reports do not indicate if an
actual threat was included in the
package.
1999-29 129 Unknown Anthrax threat against Blanca,
Colorado, town officials
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-25 129 Unknown Anthrax threat against Department of
Motor Vehicles office in Honolulu,
Hawaii
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-24 130 Unknown Letters threatening congressional
offices with chemical and biological
weapons
February
1999
Unspecified Unknown YES: Perpetrators clearly wanted to
threaten use of biological weapons.
1999-23 130 Unknown Anthrax threat in Gwinnett County,
Georgia
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-22 130 Unknown Anthrax hoax at Spring Hills, Florida,
car wash: someone left a milk bottle
labeled “anthrax”
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended someone to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-21 130 Unknown A package with powder was
discovered at the loading dock of the
U.S. Court of Appeals, Atlanta,
Georgia
February
1999
Suspected B.
anthracis
Unknown NO: Press reports do not indicate
whether or not the incident involved a
threat, or whether it was just a
suspected threat.
1999-20 131 Unknown Anthrax threats against 30+ abortion February Claimed B. Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
192
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
clinics 1999 anthracis believe anthrax was present.
1999-19 133 Unknown Terrorist group in Yemen makes
anthrax threat
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-18 134 Unknown Anthrax threat against Los Angeles
Times
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-17 134 Unknown Anthrax threat against State
Department
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-16 134 Unknown Anthrax threat against multiple
targets, including government and
press offices
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-15 134 Unknown Anthrax threat against school in East
Aurora, New York
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Student YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-14 134 Unknown Anthrax threat against Lackawanna,
New York, school
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Students YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-13 135 Unknown Anthrax threat against school in
Cattaraugus County, New York
February
1999
Claimed B.
anthracis
Students YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-12 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against business in
Alden, New York
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-11 135 Unknown Anthrax threat against grocery store
in East Aurora, New York
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-10 135 Two students Anthrax threat mailed to Buffalo,
New York, high school
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-09 135 Unknown Anthrax threat called into West
Seneca, New York, town hall
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-08 135 High school student Anthrax threat sent to Erie County,
New York, middle school
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-07 136 Unknown Anthrax threat against Sierra Madre
hospital
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-06 136 Unknown Anthrax threat against Riverside,
California, Pizza Hut
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-05 136 Unknown Anthrax threat against U.S.
Attorney’s Office in Buffalo, New
York
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-04 136 Unknown Anthrax threat against Cathedral
City, California, Target store
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-03 137 Unknown Anthrax threat against U.S.
Attorney’s Office in Rochester, New
York
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-02 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against Oregon library January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-44 137 Unknown Anthrax threat against auto January 1999 Claimed B. Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
193
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
dealership in Los Angeles, California anthracis believe anthrax was present.
1999-43 137 Unknown Anthrax threat against Ocala
Regional Medical Center
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-50 105 Unknown Vial marked anthrax found on
sidewalk
January 1999 Anthrax Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipient to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-01 137 Unknown Anthrax threat against Orange
County High School
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1999-39 138 Unknown Anthrax threat against Wal-Mart in
California
January 1999 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
31998-49 107 Unknown Anthrax threat against woman in
Amarillo, Texas
October 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-48 147 Unknown Anthrax threat against Catholic
Church in Cheektowaga, California
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-45 107 Unknown Anthrax threat at San Diego,
California, hotel
August 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-44 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against U.S.
Attorney’s office, Rochester, New
York
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-43 138 Unknown Anthrax threat against Newark,
California, shipping company
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-42 138 Unknown Anthrax threat against grocery stores
in Palmdale, California
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-41 138 Unknown Anthrax threat against Wal-Mart in
La Quinta, California
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-40 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against California
department store
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-38 139 Unknown Anthrax threat against California
dance club
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-37 139 Unknown Anthrax threat against California
office building
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-36 105 Unknown Anthrax threat against Van Nuys
courthouses
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-35 140 Unknown Anthrax threat against federal
courthouse
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-33 140 Unknown Anthrax threat against ex-wife December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-32 140 Unknown Anthrax threat against employees of
California school district
December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: Perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-30 108 Unknown Teacher received towelette allegedly
containing anthrax
October 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present. May be
194
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
related to case 1998-13.
1998-29 140 Unknown Anthrax threat at Coppell, Texas,
postal facility
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-28 141 Unknown Anthrax threat against anti-abortion
activist in Twin Peaks, California
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-27 141 Unknown Anthrax threat discovered at
Pembroke Pines, Florida, post office
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-26 141 Unknown Anthrax threat against school in
Virginia Beach, Virginia
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-25 141 Unknown Anthrax threat against antiabortion
activist in Chesapeake, Virginia
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-24 141 Unknown Anthrax threat against Miami Beach,
Florida, magazine
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-23 142 Two students Anthrax threat against Alexandria
(Indiana) Middle School
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-22 141 Three students Anthrax threat against Shelbyville
(Indiana) Middle School with
envelope purportedly containing
anthrax left on a teacher’s desk
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-21 142 Unknown Anthrax threat against courthouse in
Bloomington, Indiana
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-20 142 Unknown Note left at bank mentioning anthrax
exposure
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-19 143 Unknown Letter purportedly containing anthrax
sent to Warren Township High
School, Indiana
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-18 143 Student Anthrax threat against high school,
Bloomington, Indiana
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Criminal YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-17 143 Unknown Letter purportedly containing anthrax
sent to branch bank in Wal-Mart
November
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown YES: No biological agent present, but
perpetrator intended recipients to
believe anthrax was present.
1998-16 143 Unknown Letters purportedly containing November Claimed B. Terrorist YES: No evidence of biological agent,
195
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
anthrax sent to five locations 1998 anthracis but perpetrator(s) clearly wanted
victims to believe anthrax was involved.
1998-14 143 Unknown Letters allegedly containing anthrax
mailed to ten abortion clinics
October 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Terrorist YES: No evidence of biological agent,
but perpetrator(s) clearly wanted
victims to believe anthrax was involved.
1998-13 146 Unknown Mailed letters allegedly containing
anthrax-contaminated moist
towelette packages
October 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown NO: No evidence of biological agent
and no information on motivation of
perpetrator.
1998-12 143 Brothers for the Freedom of
America
Claimed to have spread anthrax in a
state office building
August 1998 Anthrax Terrorist YES: Confirmed by multiple sources,
although the identity of the perpetrators
still unknown.
1998-03 110 Lawrence Edward Pagnano Claimed to have put anthrax into
letter mailed to collection agency
March 1998 B. anthracis Criminal YES: Effort made to make it appear a
biological agent was in the letter.
1992-02 150 Henry D. Pierce Claimed use of anthrax March 1992 Claimed Bacillus
anthracis
Criminal YES: Press reports only, but based on
official reports.
III. A. Confirmed Possession
1996-02 151 Unknown Theft of botulinum toxin from
university laboratory. Toxin returned
to university after publicity over theft.
March 1996 Botulinum toxin Criminal NO: No evidence that the perpetrator
even knew that botulinum was in the
stolen package.
1995-03 151 Ray W. Mettetal, MD Contemplated murder using ricin
toxin
August 1995 Ricin Criminal YES: Under indictment by U.S.
prosecutors. Not yet tried.
1995-01 152 Larry Wayne Harris Illicitly obtained Yersinia pestis
culture
May 1995 Yersinia pestis Uncertain YES: No evidence to support intended
terrorist intent, but he was convicted of
fraud in connection with acquisition of
the agent.
1993-02 153 John Gunnar Linner, Ph.D. Scientist found in possession of
several toxins, plus had recipe to
make botulinum
April 1991 Tetrodotoxin and
botulinum toxin
Criminal YES: Alleged perpetrator clearly had
interest in poisons, but was never
convicted of any criminal offense.
1993-01 153 Thomas Lavy Arrested for possession of ricin toxin April 1993 Ricin Uncertain YES: Considerable evidence to support
possession of agent, but no evidence
to prove intent.
III. B. Probable or Possible Possession
1998-46 154 PKK Reportedly in possession of cobra
toxin for resale.
June 1998 Cobra toxin Terrorist NO: Only a single source.
1997-03 154 James Dalton Bell Explored toxins as means to
assassinate IRS and other
government officials
February
1997
Botulinum toxin
and ricin
Terrorist YES: Although never tried on these
allegations, supporting evidence is
contained in court documents.
1996-06 156 Aryan Republican Army Claimed possession of radiological September Unspecified Terrorist NO: Insufficient evidence.
196
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
isotopes and biological agents 1997
1983-02 156 “Two brothers in
Massachusetts”
Allegedly possessed ricin 1983 Ricin Criminal NO: Insufficient information.
1980-01 156 Red Army Faction Police reportedly raided a safe
house in Paris, France, where a
laboratory being used to make
botulinum toxin
November
1980
Botulinum toxin Terrorist YES: German prosecutor confirmed
incident, but details remain scanty.
1945-01 157 DIN (Judgment) Plot by former Jewish resistance
fighters to put biological agents into
water supply of major German cities.
1945 Unspecified
pathogen
Terrorist NO: Insufficient information to confirm
allegation.
IV. A. Possible Interest in Acquisition (No Known Possession)
1998-11 161 Algeria’s Armed Islamic
Group (GIA)
Allegedly trying to grow C.
botulinum, but police only confirm
possession of document on how to
grow it.
March 1998 Botulinum toxin Terrorist YES: Press accounts appear to confirm
interest in biological agents.
1998-09 161 North American Militia of
Southwestern Michigan
Possessed video tape describing
techniques for manufacturing ricin.
March 1998 Ricin Terrorist NO: No evidence that group had an
serious interest in manufacturing ricin.
1998-04 161 “Amateur scientist” Attempted acquisition of anthrax March 1998 B. anthracis Unknown NO: Never actually obtained anthrax
and no indication of malicious intent.
1998-01 162 John Bernard Koch FBI feared that he had put chemical
or biological agents into bomb
February
1998
Unknown Criminal NO: No evidence that a biological
agent was in the bomb, and no
evidence of intent to make it appear
that a biological agent was involved.
1997-07 162 Osama bin Laden Claims that terrorist groups lead by
Osama bin Laden may be funding
construction of chemical and
biological warfare facility in Sudan
1997 Unknown Terrorist YES: Involvement of bin Laden
confirmed by U.S. and British
intelligence.
1991-03 163 Hamas Alleged interest in biological
weapons
1991 Unknown Terrorist NO: Insufficient evidence to suggest
interest in biological rather than
chemical agents.
1991-01 164 Doug Gustafson Contemplated use of ricin 1991 Ricin Criminal YES: Admitted in interview considering
use of ricin.
1985-01 164 Michael Swango, MD Researched production of ricin and
botulinum toxin, and possessed
castor beans
1985 Ricin Criminal YES: Evidence seized in connection
with investigation of crimes for which
he was convicted.
1980-03X 166 East German Stasi training Provided training in covert
employment of biological warfare to
Iraqis, Palestinians, and others
1980s “anthrax and
yellow fever virus”
Terrorist NO: Insufficient information. Only one
account available.
1974-01 166 Symbionese Liberation
Army
Possessed book on “Germ Warfare” January 1974 Unknown Terrorist YES: Press accounts based on
information released by law
enforcement officials.
197
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
1972-02 166 Middle East terrorist
organization
Unnamed organization allegedly
established a program to develop
chemical and biological warfare
agents.
1972 Unknown Terrorist NO: Insufficient Information.
1970-03 166 Weatherman Attempted to acquire biological
agents from Ft. Detrick
November
1970
Unknown Terrorist YES: Press accounts based on
information released by law
enforcement officials.
1968-01 167 Arab Pharmaceutical
Congress
Advocated training in biological
warfare
September
1968
Unknown Terrorist? NO: Insufficient information.
IV. B. False Cases
1999-67 167 None Claim that Iraq was planning to
spread West Nile Valley virus, and
may have been responsible for
outbreak in New York City
October 1999 Alleged West Nile
Valley virus
False case NO: No evidence to support allegation.
1999-73 168 Unknown Stolen tuberculosis culture June 1999 Tuberculosis Criminal NO: No evidence that perpetrator even
knew tuberculosis was included in
stolen material
1999-69 168 Nong Jaew Thai policemen June 1999 Transmission of
HIV
Criminal NO: Transmission means does not
meet case definition for inclusion in this
study.
1999-63 167 None Flour used to mark a trail by has
Street Harriers incorrectly thought to
be anthrax
December
1999
Suspected B.
anthracis
False case NO: No evidence that anyone intended
to threaten or use anthrax.
1999-72 169 Manuel Basulto and Miguel
Quevedo
Threatened robbery victims with
exposure to HIV infected blood
March 1999 Claimed HIV Criminal NO: Dissemination method does not
meet case definition for inclusion in the
study
1999-46 167 None Authorities wrongly suspected
envelopes of containing anthrax
threats
January 1999 Suspected B.
anthracis
False case NO: No evidence that anyone intended
to threaten or use anthrax.
1998-39 167 None Anthrax scare in California hospital December
1998
Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown NO: Scare based on patient’s ill-
founded fears.
1998-15 167 None Ricin scare in Jacksonville, Florida,
when police officials incorrectly
suspected that what was originally
thought to be cocaine was actually
ricin
November
1998
Suspected ricin Criminal NO: No evidence of biological agent.
1998-05 110 None Canister in rental car labeled
“anthrax” in East San Antonio
March 1998 Claimed B.
anthracis
Unknown NO: No evidence of biological agent
and no information on motivation of
perpetrator. Almost certainly a hoax.
1998-02 167 Larry Wayne Harris and
William Leavitt
Allegedly possessed B. anthracis
with intention to use as a biological
agent
February
1997
B. anthracis in
veterinary vaccine
(probably Sterne
strain)
Terrorist NO: U.S. Justice Department dropped
case
198
Case
Number
Page Perpetrator Action Date Agents
Involved
Type Included in cases
analyzed
strain)
1998-07 171 Drug dealers and ricin Claims that manufacturers of illicit
drugs were contaminating material in
their laboratories with ricin to poison
law enforcement officials
January 1998 Ricin Criminal NO: No evidence that anyone actually
has acquired ricin for this purpose.
1997-09 172 Israeli intelligence Failed assassination attempt against
Hamas activist.
September
1997
Alleged ricin, but
probably
Fentanyl, an
artificial opiate
State NO: State action, and no evidence a
biological agent was involved.
1997-08 172 None Fears of deliberate spread of
Shigella at Dartmouth-Hitchcock
Medical Center
October 1997 Shigella Unknown NO: Investigation strongly indicates
accidental contamination.
1997-02 172 “Middle East Terrorists” Alleged biological agent attack on
Ames, Iowa
February
1997
Claimed Bacillus
anthracis
Terrorist NO: No evidence of any attack.
1989-02 173 The Breeders Alleged release of Medflies in
California
November
1989
Claimed Medflies Terrorist NO: Not a biological agent.
1973-02 173 Naples cholera outbreak Episode involving cholera outbreak
in Naples
November
1974
Claimed Cholera Unknown NO: No intentional use of a biological
agent evident.
1970-02 174 CIA Operations against Cuba March 1970-
March 1997
Claimed African
swine flu virus
State NO: No evidence to support Cuban
allegations.
1960-03 175 Minutemen Claims that group was contemplating
use of biological agents
1964-1969 Unknown Terrorist NO: No evidence to suggest that group
had any real interest in biological
agents.
1963-01 175 KGB Allegations that KGB used a
biological agent to assassinate Labor
leader Hugh Gaitskell
1963 Unknown State NO: No evidence to support allegation,
and likely agent is not biological.
199
Sources
This is a partial listing of the sources consulted in researching this study. Omitted are publications
consulted that proved to have no information pertinent to the research. Also ignored are sites on the World
Wide Web, except those included through mention of a newspaper consulted by viewing a web site. Many of
the newspapers were used through on-line databases, such as NEXIS.
The secondary research was supplemented in a number of cases by primary research. Documents were
consulted in several instances, but such material is referenced only in the specific case studies. In addition,
people involved in investigating several of the cases were interviewed, and are noted in connection with the
specific case study.
Newspapers
Advocate (Baton Rouge, Louisiana)
Anchorage Daily News
Antelope Valley Press (Palmdale, California)
Arizona Republic
Arizona Daily Star
Baltimore Sun
Blade (Toledo, Ohio)
Boston Globe
Brazil Times (Indiana)
Brownsville Herald (Texas)
Buffalo News
Charlotte Observer
Chicago Tribune
Cincinnati Enquirer
Columbian (Vancouver, Washington)
Columbus Dispatch (Ohio)
Courier-Journal (Louisville)
Daily Mail(London)
Daily Telegraph (London)
Dallas Morning News
Democrat and Chronicle (Rochester, N.Y.)
Denver Post
Deseret News (Salt Lake City)
Edmonton Journal
Egyptian Gazette (Cairo)
Florida Times-Union (Jacksonville)
Gazette (Colorado Springs, Colorado)
Gazette (Montreal)
Financial Times
Globe and Mail (Toronto)
Guardian (London)
Grand Forks Herald (Minnesota)
Herald-Times (Bloomington, Indiana)
Houston Chronicle
Houston Post
Independent (London)
Indianapolis Star-News
International Herald Tribune
Japan Times
Journal Sentinel (Milwaukee, Wisconsin)
Kansas City Star
Knoxville News-Sentinel
L’Aurore (Paris)
Le Figaro (Paris)
London Free Press (Ontario, Canada)
Los Angeles Times
Miami Herald
Milwaukee Journal Sentinel
New York Herald (European Edition—Paris)
New York Times
News & Observer (Raleigh, North Carolina)
Newsday
Omaha World Herald
Orange County Register
Oregonian (Portland)
Orlando Sentinel
Philadelphia Inquirer
Plain Dealer (Cleveland)
Press (New Zealand)
Press-Enterprise (Riverside, California)
Review-Journal (Las Vegas)
Richmond Times
Rocky Mountain News (Denver)
San Diego Union-Tribune
Southland Times (New Zealand)
St. Louis Post-Dispatch
St. Paul Pioneer Press
Salt Lake Tribune
San Antonio Express
San Diego Union-Tribune
San Jose Mercury News
Seattle Spokesman-Review
Shelbyville News (Indiana)
Star of India (Calcutta)
Star-Telegram (Fort Worth, Texas)
Star Tribune (Minneapolis-St. Paul)
Sun (Las Vegas)
Sun (Vancouver)
Sunday Times (London)
Tampa Tribune
200
Tennessean
Times (London)
Times (Seattle)
Tucson Citizen (Arizona)
Union-Tribune (San Diego, California)
Vancouver Sun
Virginian-Pilot (Norfolk, Virginia)
Washington Post
Washington Times
Wichita Eagle (Kansas)
Yukon News
Wire services, Television
AAP
Agence France Presse
Associated Press
CNN
Deutsche Presse-Agentur
Reuters
Reuters North European Service
United Press International
Department of Defense Publications
Defense Science Board, 1997 Summer Study Task Force, DoD Responses to Transnational Threats, Volume I:
Final Report, October 1997, Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition and
Technology, Washington, D.C.
Joint Publication 1-02, DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms
Department of Defense. Report of the Quadrennial Defense Review, May 1997.
Medical Management of Biological Casualties (Fort Detrick, Frederick, Maryland: U.S. Army Medical
Research Institute of Infectious Diseases, March 1996).
National Defense Panel. Transforming Defense: National Security in the 21
st
Century, December 1997.
Office of the Assistant to the Secretary for Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Matters, and the U.S. Army
Chemical and Biological Defense Command. Assessment of the Impact of Chemical and Biological
Weapons on Joint Operations in 2010, November 1997.
Office of the Secretary of Defense. Proliferation: Threat and Response, November 1997.
Frederick R. Sidell, et al. Medical Aspects of Chemical and Biological Warfare (Washington, D.C.: Office of
the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, 1997).
Books
Alibek, Ken. Biohazard (New York: Random House, 1999).
Andrew, Christopher, and Oleg Gordievsky. KGB: The Inside Story of its Foreign Operations from Lenin to
Gorbachev (New York: HarperCollins, 1990).
Bar-Zohar, Michael. The Avengers (New York: Hawthorn Books, 1967).
Barnaby, Wendy. The Plague Makers: The Secret World of Biological Warfare (London: VISION Paperbacks,
1997).
Benenson, Abram S., editor. Control of Communicable Disease Manual, 16
th
edition (Washington, DC:
American Public Health Association, 1995).
Brackett, D.W. Holy Terror: Armageddon in Tokyo (New York: Weatherhill, 1996).
Burrows, William E., and Robert Windrem. Critical Mass: The Dangerous Race for Superweapons in a
Fragmenting World (New York: Simon and Shuster, 1994).
Clark, Richard Charles. Technological Terrorism (Old Greenwich, Connecticut: Devin-Adair, 1980).
Davis, Shelton H. Victims of the Miracle: Development and the Indians of Brazil (New York: Cambridge
University Press, 1977).
Davis, Wade. The Serpent and the Rainbow: A Harvard Scientist’s Astonishing Journey into the Secret
Societies of Haitian Voodoo, Zombis, and Magic (New York: A Touchstone Book published by
Simon and Shuster, 1997).
Douglass, Jr., Joseph D., and Neil C. Livingstone. America the Vulnerable: The Threat of Chemical and
Biological Warfare (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company, 1987).
Edgerton, Robert B. Mau Mau: An African Crucible (New York: Free Press, 1989).
Elkins, Michael. Forged in Fury: A true story of courage, horror … and revenge (London: Piatkus, 1996).
201
Ellenhorn, Matthew J., et al., editors. Ellenhorn’s Medical Toxicology: Diagnosis and Treatment of Human
Poisoning, 2nd Edition (Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, A Waverly Company, 1997).
Ellert, H. The Rhodesian Front War: Counter-insurgency and guerrilla war in Rhodesia 1962-1980 (Gweru,
Zimbabwe: Mambo Press, 1989).
Farber, Myron. Somebody Is Lying: the Story of Dr. X (Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982).
Foot, M.R.D. SOE: An outline history of the Special Operations Executive, 1949-1946 (Frederick, Maryland:
University Publications of America, 1986).
Gonzales, Thomas A., Morgan Vance, and Milton Helpern. Legal Medicine and Toxicology (New York: D.
Appleton-Century Company, 1940).
Gunaratna, Rohan. War and Peace in Sri Lanka (Sri Lanka: Institute of Fundamental Studies, 1987).
Hall, W. Reginald, and Amos J. Peaslee. Three Wars with Germany (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1944).
Harris, Robert, and Jeremy Paxman. A Higher Form of Killing: The Secret Story of Chemical and Biological
Warfare (New York: Hill and Wang, 1982).
Hellmann-Rajanayagam, Dagmar. The Tamil Tigers: Armed Struggle for Identity (Stuttgart: Franz Steiner
Verlag, 1994).
Hickey, Eric W. Serial Murderers and Their Victims, 2
nd
edition (Washington: Wadsworth Publishing
Company, 1997).
Hinckle, Warren, and William Turner. Deadly Secrets: The CIA-Mafia War Against Castro and the
Assassination of J.F.K. (New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1992).
Inter-Parliamentary Union Geneva. What Would Be the Character of a New War (London: Victor Gollancz,
1933).
Irving, David. Hitler’s War (New York: Viking Press, 1977).
Jenkins, Brian Michael. Future Trends in International Terrorism, RAND Paper P-7139, December 1985
Jenkins, Brian Michael. The Future Course of International Terrorism, RAND Paper P-7139, September 1985
Jones, Jr., J. Harry. A Private Army (Toronto, Canada: Collier Books, 1969).
Kalugin, Oleg. The First Directorate (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994).
Kaplan, David E. and Andrew Marshall. The Cult at the End of the World (New York: Crown Publishers,
1996).
Leigh, David. The Wilson Plot (New York: Pantheon Books, 1988).
Leitenberg, Milton. Biological Weapons Arms Control, Project on Rethinking Arms Control, Center for
International and Security Studies at Maryland School of Public Affairs, University of Maryland at
College Park, PRAC Paper No. 16, May 1996.
Lifflander, Matthew. Final Treatment: The File on Dr. X (New York: W.W. Norton, 1979).
Livingstone, Neil C. The War Against Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1982).
MacDonald, Callum. The Killing of SS Obergruppenführer Reinhard Heydrich (New York: Collier Books,
Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989).
Mann, John. Murder, Magic, and Medicine (New York: Oxford University Press, 1992).
Maloba, Wunyabari O. Mau Mau and Kenya An Analysis of a Peasant Revolt (Bloomington: Indiana
University Press, 1993).
Nowak, Jan. Courier from Warsaw (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1982).
O’Ballance, Edgar. The Cyanide War: Tamil Insurrection in Sri Lanka 1973-88 (Washington: Brassey’s (UK),
1989).
Pauw, Jacques. In the Heart of the Whore: The story of apartheid’s death squads (Halfway House, South
Africa: Southern Book Publishers, 1991).
Pincher, Chapman. Their Trade is Treachery (New York: Bantam Books, 1982)
Purver, Ron. Chemical and Biological Terrorism: The Threat According to the Open Literature, Canadian
Security Intelligence Service, June 1995.
Roberts, Brad, editor. Terrorism with Chemical and Biological Weapons (Alexandria, Virginia: Chemical and
Biological Arms Control Institute, 1997).
Rom, Mark Carol. Fatal Extraction: The Story Behind the Florida Dentist Accused of Infecting His Patients
with HIV and Poisoning Public Health (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1997).
Rothschild, J.H. Tomorrow’s Weapons (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1964)
Rule, Ann. Bitter Harvest: A Woman’s Fury, A Mother’s Sacrifice (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1997).
Sifakis, Carl. Encyclopedia of Assassination (New York: Facts On File, 1991).
Simon, Jeffrey D. Terrorists and the Potential Use of Biological Weapons: A Discussion of Possibilities,
RAND report R-3771-AFMIC, December 1989.
SIPRI. The Problem of Chemical and Biological Warfare, Volume I: The Rise of CB Weapons (New York: The
Humanities Press, 1971).
202
Narayan Swamy, M.R. Tigers of Lanka, from boys to guerrillas (Delhi: Konark Publishers, 1994).
Tedeschi, C.G., William G. Eckert, and Luke G. Tedeschi, editors. Forensic Medicine: A study in trauma and
environment, Volume III: Environmental Hazards (Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders, 1977).
Thompson, C.J.S. Poisons and Poisoners: With Historical Accounts of Some Famous Mysteries in Ancient and
Modern Times (London: Harold Shaylor, 1940).
Thompson, Thomas. Blood and Money (Garden City, New York: Doubleday and Company, 1976).
Triplett, William. Flowering of the Bamboo (Kensington, Maryland: Woodbine House, 1985).
Uncle Fester. Silent Death, Revised and Expanded 2
nd
Edition (Port Townsend, Washington: Loompanics
Unlimited, 1997).
Verdcourt, Bernard, and E.C. Trump. Common Poisonous Plants of East Africa (St. James’s Place, London:
Collins, 1969).
Williams, Philip M. Hugh Gaitskell: A Political Biography (London: Jonathan Cape, 1979).
Wilson, Colin, and Donald Seaman. The Encyclopedia of Modern Murder 1962–1982 (New York: G.P.
Putnam’s Sons, 1985).
Watt, John Mitchell, and Maria Gerdina Breyer-Brankwijk. Medicinal and Poisonous Plants of Southern and
Eastern Africa (London: E. & S. Livingstone, 1962).
Witcover, Jules. Sabotage at Black Tom: Imperial Germany’s Secret War in America, 1914-1917 (Chapel Hill,
North Carolina: Algonquin Books of Chapel Hill, 1989).
World Health Organization. Health Aspects of Chemical and Biological Weapons (Geneva: World Health
Organization, 1970).
Wright, Peter, with Paul Greengrass. Spy Catcher: The Candid Autobiography of a Senior Intelligence Officer
(New York: Viking, 1987).
Journal articles
“CDC Closes the Case of The Florida Dentist,” Science, May 22, 1992, p. 1130.
“Deliberate spreading of typhoid in Japan,” Science Journal, Vol. 2 (1966), pp. 2.11-2.76.
“Dirty Tricks and Dirtier Germs,” CovertAction Quarterly, Winter 1998, p. 29.
“Possible Transmission of Human Immunodeficiency Virus to a Patient during an Invasive Dental Procedure,”
Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, July 27, 1990, p. 489-493.
Barr, Stephen. “The 1990 Florida Dental Investigation: Is the Case Really Closed?,” Annals of Internal
Medicine, January 15, 1996, pp. 250-254.
Barron, John. “Castro, Cocaine and the A-Bomb Connection,” Reader’s Digest, March 1990, p. 70
Breo, Dennis L. “The dental AIDS cases—Murder or an unsolvable mystery,” JAMA, December 8, 1993, p.
2732.
Brickhill, “Zimbabwe’s Poisoned Legacy,” CovertAction, Number 43, Winter 1992-93, pp. 4-11+.
Brown, David. “The 1990 Florida Dental Investigation: Theory and Fact,Annals of Internal Medicine,
January 15, 1996, pp. 255-256.
Christopher, George W., et al. “Biological Warfare: A Historical Perspective,” JAMA, Vol. 278, No. 5 (August
6, 1997), p. 412.
Crompton, Rufus, and David Gall. “Georgi Markov--Death in a Pellet,” Medic-Legal Journal, Volume 48
(1980), pp. 51-62.
Davies, J.C.A. “A Major Epidemic of Anthrax in Zimbabwe, part I,” Central African Journal of Medicine,
December 1982, pp. 292-298.
Davies, J.C.A. “A Major Epidemic of Anthrax in Zimbabwe, part II,” Central African Journal of Medicine,
January 1983, pp. 8-12.
Garrett, Benjamin C. “Ricin: A Case Study for the Treaty,” ASA Newsletter, No. 92-2, April 3, 1992, pp. 1, 10.
Hoffman, Bruce. “Why Terrorists Don’t Claim Credit,” Terrorism and Political Violence, Vol. 9, No. 1
(Spring 1997), p. 4.
Horowitz, Leonard G. “Murder and cover-up could explain the Florida dental AIDS mystery,” British Medical
Journal, December 1994, p. 423-427.
Hugh-Jones, Martin. “Wickham Steed and German Biological Warfare Research,” Intelligence and National
Security, Vol. 7, No. 4 (1992), pp. 379-402.
Jenkins, Brian M., and Alfred P. Rubin. “New Vulnerabilities and the Acquisition of New Weapons by
Nongovernment Groups,” p. 228, in Alona E. Evans and John F. Murphy, editors, Legal Aspects of
International Terrorism (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company,
1978).
Jones, R.V. Reflections on Intelligence (London: Mandarin Paperbacks, 1990).
203
Joseph, P.R., Millar, J.D., and Henderson, D.A. “An Outbreak of Hepatitis Traced to food contamination,”
New England Journal of Medicine, July 22, 1965, pp. 188-194.
Knight, Bernard. “Ricin--a potent homicidal poison,” British Medical Journal, February 3, 1979, p. 350.
Kolavic, S. A., et al. “An Outbreak of Shigella dysenteriae Type 2 Among Laboratory Workers Due to
Intentional Food Contamination,” JAMA (Journal of the American Medical Association), August 6,
1997, pp. 396-398.
Lambert, D.P. “The Pakur Murder,” Medico-legal and Criminological Review, vol. 5, July 1937, pp. 297-302.
Laqueur, Walter. “Postmodern Terrorism,” Foreign Affairs, September-October 1996, pp. 24-36.
McGeorge, Harvey. “Chemical Addiction,” Defense and Foreign Affairs, April 1989, p. 17.
Meselson, Matthew, Jeanne Guillemin, Martin Hugh-Jones, Alexander Langmuir, Ilona Popova, Alexis
Shelokov, and Olga Yampolskaya. “The Sverdlovsk Anthrax Outbreak of 1979,” Science, Volume
266, Number 5188 (November 18, 1995), pp. 1202-1208.
Monaghan, Rachel. “Animal Rights and Violent Protest,” Terrorism and Political Violence, Vol. 9, No. 4
(Winter 1997), pp. 106-116.
Morton, Julia F. “Poisonous and Injurious Higher Plants and Fungi,” p. 1502, in C.G. Tedeschi, William G.
Eckert, and Luke G. Tedeschi, editors, Forensic Medicine: A study in trauma and environment,
Volume III: Environmental Hazards (Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders, 1977).
Nass, Meryl. “Anthrax Epizootic in Zimbabwe, 1978-1980: Due to Deliberate Spread?,” PSR Quarterly,
December 1992, pp. 198-209.
Nass, Meryl. “Zimbabwe’s Anthrax Epizootic,” CovertAction, Number 43, Winter 1992-93, pp. 12-18+.
Phills, James A., A. John Harrold, Gabriel V. Whiteman, and Lewis Perelmutter. “Pulmonary Infiltrates,
Asthma and Eosinophilia due to Ascaris Suum Infestation in Man,” New England Journal of
Medicine, May 4, 1972, pp. 965-970.
Pile, James C., John D. Malone, Edward M. Eitzen, and Arthur M. Friedlander. “Anthrax as a Potential
Biological Warfare Agent,” Archives of Internal Medicine, Vol. 158 (March 9, 1998), pp. 429-434.
Pomerantz, Steve. “Counterterrorism in a Free Society,” Journal of Counterterrorism & Security International,
Spring 1998, p. 24.
Punte, Charles L. “Some Aspects of Particle Size in Aerosol Studies,” Armed Forces Chemical Journal,
March-April 1968, p. 28.
Ramsey, C.N., and J. Marsh. “Giardiasis due to deliberate contamination of water supply,” Lancet, Vol. 336
(October 6, 1990), pp. 880-881.
Rauber, Albert, and Julia Heard. “Castor Bean Toxicity Reexamined: A New Perspective,” Veterinary and
Human Toxicology, Vol. 27 (December 1965), pp. 498-502.
Robertson, Andrew G. “From Asps to Allegations: Biological Warfare in History,” Military Medicine, August
1995, pp. 370-371.
Root-Bernstein, Robert S. “Infectious Terrorism,” Atlantic, May 1991, p. 48.
Rosenberg, Janice. “Attack of the killer shellfish, raspberries, hamburgers, milk, poultry, eggs, vegetables,
potato salad, pork…,” American Medical News, May 4, 1998, pp. 12-15.
S.J. “Homicide By Means of Plague Bacilli,” Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine, September 1967,
pp. 850-851.
Smith, G.D. “Militant Activism and the Issue of Animal Rights,” Commentary Number 21, Canadian Security
Intelligence Service, April 1992, found at http://www.csis-scrs.gc.ca/eng/comment/com21e.html.
Stern, Jessica Eve. “Will Terrorists Turn to Poison?,” Orbis, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Summer 1993), pp. 393-410.
Stewart, James B. “Annals of Crime: Professional Courtesy,” The New Yorker, November 24, 1997, pp. 90-
105.
Thorold, P.W. “Suspected Malicious Poisoning,” Journal of the South African Veterinary Medical Association,
Volume 24 (December 1953), pp. 215-217.
Török, Thomas J., et al. “A Large Community Outbreak of Salmonellosis Caused by Intentional
Contamination of Restaurant Salad Bars,” JAMA, August 6, 1997, pp. 389-395.
Venter, Al J. “North Africa faces new Islamic threat,” Jane’s Pointer, March 1998, p. 11.
Watson, A., and D. Keir. “Information on which to base assessments of risk from environments contaminated
with anthrax spores,” Epidemiology and Infection, 113(1994), pp. 479-490.
Wohlstetter, Roberta. “Terror on a Grand Scale,” Survival, May June 1976, p. 102.
Woker, G. "Chemical and Bacteriological Warfare," pp. 388-389, in Inter-Parliamentary Union, Geneva, What
Would Be the Character of a New War (London: Victor Gollancz, 1933).
Zilinskas, Raymond Allan. “Iraq’s Biological Weapons: The Past as Future?,” JAMA, Vol. 278, No. 5 (August
6, 1997), p. 419.
204
Zilinskas, Raymond Allan. “Terrorism and Biological Weapons: Inevitable Alliance?,” Perspectives in Biology
and Medicine, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Autumn 1990), pp. 44-72.
205
Index
A
Acer, David, 47, 96–97, 207
Aloe Vera, 118
American Type Culture Collection, 17, 120, 174
Arab Pharmaceutical Congress, 192, 220
Aryan Nation, 4, 174
Aryan Republican Army, 179, 219
Asaoka, Tokiyuki, 157–58, 216
Ascaris suum, 17, 19, 20, 74, 205
Aum Shinrikyo, 3, 4, 10, 11, 14, 23, 27, 34, 39, 48, 59,
60, 57–61, 205; Tokyo subway attack, 60
B
Bacillus anthracis, 10, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 28, 59,
60, 70, 71, 83, 84, 85, 100, 101, 107, 155, 156, 157,
160, 161, 166, 170, 175, 178, 185, 186, 194, 195,
197, 205, 207, 208, 209, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220;
biological decay rate, 28
Bacillus cereus, 157, 216
Baker, Douglas Allen, 118
Bell, James Dalton, 120, 177, 178, 179, 219
Botulinum toxin, 10, 18, 19, 20, 59, 60, 107, 108, 109,
115, 120, 121, 122, 157, 170, 173, 175, 178, 180,
189, 205, 208, 209, 218, 219, 220
Breeders, 197, 221
Brucella suis, 20
Bulgaria, 71, 72, 73, 86, 99, 100, 205
C
Campbell, Maynard, 18, 118
Castor beans, 18, 32, 55, 56, 112, 116, 118, 119, 176,
178, 189, 209, 220
Catalogue of Silent Tools of Justice, 18, 118
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), 53,
96, 97, 104
Central Intelligence Agency, 4, 98, 99, 122, 123, 165,
175, 198, 199, 201, 207, 209, 221
Chiku, Hiroaki, 158, 216
Cholera endotoxin, 20
Clostridium botulinum, 16, 17, 120, 180, 209
Clostridium tetani, 17, 120, 209
Cohen, William S., 3, 36
Corynebacterium diphtheria, 19
Coxiella burnetii, 20
Cuba: biological weapons program, 35
Curare, 44, 73, 104, 205, 208
D
Dark Harvest, 10, 11, 70–71, 205
Defense Intelligence Agency, 36
Defense Science Board, 6
DePugh, Robert, 199–200
Deutch, John, 5
Dimethyl Sulfoxide. See DMSO
Diphtheria toxin, 20, 26
Disopropylflourophosphate, 175
DMSO, 24, 117, 118
E
Ebola, 10, 60
F
Federal Bureau of Investigation, 3, 4, 9, 53, 56, 73, 114,
115, 116, 118, 119, 120, 121, 155, 157, 167, 168,
169, 170, 171, 176, 179, 186, 190, 191, 194, 195,
198, 219
Florida Institute of Technology, 173
Foot, M.R.D., 108
Francisella tularensis, 20
Freeh, Louis, 5, 12, 13
G
Gaitskell, Hugh, 200–202
Garrett, Benjamin C., 98
Giardia lamblia, 20, 93, 207
Girard, Henri, 24, 26, 86–88, 206
Green, Debora, 55, 56
Gruinard Island, 70, 71, 205
Gustafson, Doug, 188, 189, 219
H
Harris, Larry Wayne, 4, 17, 174, 194, 218, 220
Harris, Robert, 107
Hill, John R., 104
Hitler: Hitler, Adolph, 107, 123, 124, 209, 224
HIV, 19, 20, 47, 57, 58, 96, 153, 159, 160, 161, 205,
207, 216, 217
Hopf, Karl, 85–86, 206
Hydralazine, 201, 202
I
Iran: biological warfare program, 36
206
Iraq: alleged bioterrorism threats, 113, 119–20, 154,
187; alleged East German training, 191; biological
warfare program, 12, 35, 36; state supporter of
terrorism, 35
J
Japan, 11, 60, 61, 74, 76, 81, 157, 165
Jenkins, Bryan, 37
Just, Michael, 32, 117
K
Kenya, 10, 77, 112
KGB, 72, 98, 101, 102, 200, 201, 205, 208, 221
Korczak, Boris, 97, 98, 99, 207
Kostov, Vladimir, 72, 73, 72–73, 98, 99, 100, 205, 207
Kranz, J.A., 17, 73, 74, 205
L
Lavy, Thomas, 4, 176, 177, 218
Leavitt, William, 194, 195, 220
Libya: biological warfare program, 35, 36; state
supporter of terrorism, 35
Linner, John Gunnar, 175, 176, 175–76, 218
M
Majors, Orville Lynn, 92
Malawi, 112, 209
Markov, Georgi, 71, 72, 71–72, 73, 98, 99, 100, 189,
205, 207
Mau Mau, 10, 11, 78, 206
Mettetal, Ray W., 173, 218
MI5, 200, 201
Minnesota Patriots Council, 18, 24, 118, 176, 209
Minutemen, 199, 200, 221. See also DePugh, Robert
Mycobacterium bovis, 206
N
National Defense Panel, 7
Naval Medical Research Institute, 56, 157
Nesset, Arnfinn, 73, 205
New Zealand, 51, 52, 53, 205
Nicotine, 20, 24, 117, 123, 209
NMRI. See Naval Medical Research Institute
North Korea: biological warfare program, 35, 36; state
supporter of terrorism, 35
O
Office of Technology Assessment, 21, 22
Omega-7, 199
Operations Executive (SOE), 107, 108, 208
P
Pandey, Benoyendra Chandra, 17, 26, 32, 80, 206
Pantchenko, Dr., 26, 32, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 206
Paxman, Jeremy, 107
PKK, 156
Poisoner’s Handbook, 18, 175, 176
Puja, Ma Anand, 32
Purver, Ron, 3, 45, 61, 160, 161, 180
Q
Q fever, 10, 28, 60
Quadrennial Defense Review, 6
R
R.I.S.E., 11, 23, 27, 34, 121–22
Rabbit calicivirus disease, 51, 52, 53
Rabbit hemmorhagic viral disease. See rabbit calicivirus
disease
Rajneeshees, 9, 10, 11, 17, 24, 25, 34, 35, 37, 38, 48,
61–70, 205
RCD. See rabbit calicivirus disease
Red Army Faction, 166, 180, 217, 219
Republic of Texas, 153
Rhodesia, 100, 101, 207, 208
Rice blast, 20
Ricin, 4, 16, 18, 19, 20, 24, 32, 55, 56, 71, 72, 73, 98,
102, 112, 113, 116, 118, 119, 157, 162, 163, 164,
173, 176, 177, 178, 179, 188, 189, 190, 205, 208,
209, 217, 218, 219, 220; Boris Korczak and, 97;
Bulgarian Secret Police and, 71, 72; Debora Green
and, 55; detection of, 56; Doug Gustafson and, 188;
Drug dealers and, 195; James Dalton Bell and, 178;
lethal dose, 56; Malawi and, 112; Mau Mau and, 77;
Michael Swango and, 189, 190; Minnesota Patriots
Council and, 118; Montgomery Todd Meeks and,
162; Ray W. Mettetal and, 173; Thomas Lavy and,
176; Thomas Leahy and, 113; Unnamed perpetrators
and, 179; William Chanslor and, 163
Rickettsia prowazekii, 20
Robertson, George, 35, 187
Rye stem rust, 20
S
Salmonella typhi, 12, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 26, 76, 86,
87, 121, 206, 208, 209; rejected by Rajneeshees, 37
Salmonella typhimurium, 10, 17, 20, 24, 32, 37, 205
Shigella dysenteriae, 17, 18, 55
Shigella dysenteriae 2, 53
Silent Death, 18, 19, 110, 175, 176
Smallpox, 20, 27, 105
Solzhenitsyn, Alexander, 101–2
South Africa, 93, 94, 190, 207; Civilian Cooperation
Bureau, 93
South West African People’s Organization, 93
Special Operations Executive (SOE), 107, 123
Stewart, Brian T., 92–93
Sudan: alleged biological warfare program, 36; state
supporter of terrorism, 35
Suzuki, Mitsuru, 12, 18, 24, 25, 32, 74–77, 206
Swango, Michael, 189, 190, 189–90, 220
Symbionese Liberation Army, 191, 220
Syria: biological warfare program, 35, 36; state
supporter of terrorism, 35
207
T
Tenet, George J., 5, 13, 27
Tetanus, 208
Tetrodotoxin, 20, 95, 175
The Dalles, Oregon, 11, 48
Thompson, Diane, 54, 55
Thurmond, Strom, 36
V
Vibrio cholerae, 19, 20, 22, 81, 84, 85, 86, 90, 91, 94,
101, 109, 170, 198, 206, 208, 221
W
Wheat stem rust, 20
World Health Organization, 28
Y
Yellow fever virus, 20, 94, 165, 166, 191, 207, 217, 220
Yersinia enterocolitica, 20, 32, 117, 209
Yersinia pestis, 4, 15, 17, 18, 20, 21, 26, 32, 80, 81, 167,
174, 175, 206, 217, 218
Z
Zaire, 60
Zimbabwe, 100, 101, 190, 207
209
About the Author
W. Seth Carus is a Senior Research Professor Visiting Fellow at the Center for Counterproliferation
Research, where he is working on biological warfare issues. Prior to joining the center, Dr. Carus worked at the
Center for Naval Analyses (CNA), where he was a Research Analyst. While at the CNA, Dr. Carus directed a
study on the implications of NBC weapons on a major regional contingency in Korea. In addition, he
participated in other studies for the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, the Commander in Chief, U.S. Pacific
Fleet, and the Commander in Chief, Naval Forces, Central Command.
From 1991 to 1994, Dr. Carus was a member of the Policy Planning staff in the Undersecretary of
Defense for Policy, Office of the Secretary of Defense. Dr. Carus participated in the Clinton Administration’s
Nuclear Posture Review. Prior to joining OSD, he was a research fellow at the Washington Institute for Near
East Policy.
Dr. Carus has published extensively on the proliferation issues. He has published several studies on
chemical and biological weapons proliferation in the Middle East, including two monographs, “The Poor
Man’s Atomic Bomb,”?: Biological Weapons in the Middle East (January 1991) and The Genie Unleashed:
Iraqi Biological and Chemical Weapons (July 1989). He also has published extensively on ballistic and cruise
missile proliferation, including two monographic studies for the Center for Strategic and International Studies,
Cruise Missile Proliferation in the 1990s (1992) and Ballistic Missiles in the Third World: Threat and
Response (1990). He co-authored the first detailed description of Iraq’s Al-Husayn missile program in 1990.